Category: Uncategorized

Eu-China. https://matilda-macelroy.com/wp63/blog/2024/11/29/eu-china/

Legalized-theft-monetizing-nature-all-for-the-greater-good.

strategic-considerations-taking-control-of-humanity.

Our world is much Stranger than you’ve and I been made to believe not even in control but being controlled?

Posted on December 2, 2024January 25, 2025 by Macelroy

Index: please click on the link for the index please?

The use of AI to be able to create a fake reality on an individual scale.

Whitney Webb and Their Ultimate Plan For Society”/To be able to use of AI to create our reality?

Minions within the EU.

12,005 views 24 Dec 2024
🔥Efani $99 Discount! Only With Promo Code ‘Savvy’ ➡️ https://www.efani.com/onlythesavy

Ready to start your crypto journey?
Sign up with Gemini through our exclusive link: https://www.gemini.com/partners/onlyt…
Join one of the most trusted platforms for buying, selling, and storing digital assets.

Follow Only The Savvy:
LinkedIn: / only-the-savvy
X: https://x.com/onlythesavvy1?s=21

Watch the full interview here:

Transcript

The goal is to have everyone link their biometric digital ID uh first to a social media account and we’ve had people like Elon musk promote this even before he bought Twitter.
Saying we need to authenticate all real humans that use the platform to resolve the quote
unquote bot problem on Twitter which obviously it’s there but what he doesn’t really say is that a lot of those Bots are run by militaries including the US military which he contracts for.

Example but yeah it’s a it’s a pretty extensive uh issue in an interview with the Corbett report investigative journalist Whitney Webb.
Details what’s really happening with the digital ID how they plan to implement it who’s behind
it and where she sees this all going according to Whitney she shared that the digital ID is not a left versus right issue.

In fact she stated that she believes it’s the government in general it’s just how it’s framed to each
respective side’s fears if you’re on the right they are framing it as digital ID is the answer to Illegal immigration if you’re on the left they are framing it as the way to clean up the hate speech
online.

However ultimately all roads lead to the same result severely limiting your freedom, Whitney believes social media will play a big role in issuing the digital ID. Whitney expressed that your digital ID will allow you to use the internet and it will be able to track your every move.

Whitney went on to share where she sees this whole thing going.

Let’s listen to what Whitney has to say so ultimately a lot of this you know rep pursing that we just
talked about yeah I think ultimately the goal is to her people into manufacturing consent for some sort of digital ID system with the goal of having that system being connected to all of your internet access through your internet service provider or ISP and also to your social media account with the goal of really having you have a formal government ID linked profile of everything you read and consume online.
As a way to get around whether it’s team left or team right and the same is true elsewhere uh it’s just really the sales pitches to get people to adopt them are different.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is Take-back-your-power.jpg

So you know on the right it’s Being Framed as a way to stop illegal immigration on the left
it’s Being Framed as a way to stop hate speech and stop cyber bullying online and protect children and all sorts of uh things like that.

Really just looking for whatever metric sticks with whatever demographic they want to Plate
ultimately so there’s several groups that are behind it, a lot of It ultimately goes back if you look at you know some of these entities uh that sort of first Kickstart the digital ID push under the nopes of the United Nations like the ID uh id2020 Alliance which has now been folded into another
alliance with essentially all of the same funders but ultimately ID 2020 was started by you know groups like Microsoft the Rockefeller Foundation a center some of these big multinational
corporations or in the case of the Rockefeller Foundation you know the philantic arms of oligarchic Clans that have tried to create a global system of financial control in private hands.

For the better part of the last 100 years and so ultimately a digital ID is is meant to sort of facilitate that kind of system globally but I don’t think it’s likely that they’re going to
sell it as one universal digital ID for everybody they want it to be vendor agnostic but have it all have sort of similar standards and have the data all be affordable in the same format so you
know maybe you’ll have in the US for example five or six or even 10 different vendors of digital ID and Japan will have 5 to 10 and what have you but ultimately all of that data whether the US Japan or anywhere else in the world can all be exported in the same format to the same centralized database which is ultimately the goal. Right and then technically you do have a centralized system of digital ID but it looks to be de centralized at The Superficial layer and that is also the goal too with the digital currency push and because it’s not just Central Bank digital currencies there’s also the issue of Private Bank digital currencies which are also just as surveil and sizeable and programmable as cbdcs would be.

They’re just in the hands of private Banks and do you think JP Morgan would behave any better than the Federal Reserve when JP Morgan is one of the biggest you know control of the Federal Reserve I mean honestly uh it’s kind of a false dichotomy at the end of the day.

You can get that kind of Liberty killing money from either the private or the public sector and what will likely happen is a public private partnership the preferred model of all of these groups un included and so I think ultimately that’s where this is going to lead us and they want it to obviously be connected to your online activity so if you want to use the internet for economic activity for social activity or education or anything else you will have to have a digital ID and connect it to you know your ability to get online and then obviously there’s a push to have uh you know turn basically social media giants into Banks.

There’s a big push for this with X Twitter and uh presumably you know it was Facebook originally that
tried to start this. The stable coin Libra DM project that has since you know been turned into after it was shut down went to populate usdc and some of these companies that are working on the
lightning Network on bitcoin like light David Marcus’s light spark and some of those things so there’s efforts to revive that and ultimately kind of link it to some sort of uh gig economy.

I guess you could say based on how much of people’s attention you can get on these social media platforms and you know what your metrics are in terms of likes and clicks but are you even dealing with real people are you even I mean they’ll presumably you would be right if everyone had an ID but that’s not necessarily true when you consider that a lot of governments are the people running the Bots right now.
It’s pretty much an admitted thing that militaries around the world own and control bot F farms uh they use them for narrative Management.

In the case of the US military uh the Air Force specifically started researching how to use social
media to control people like drones that’s literally what they say um in 2014 and now you have a pentagon contractor you know running Twitter and X.

I mean do you think that Elon Musk would demand that the pentagon’s bot farm when he works for the Pentagon that they all register and have their stuff online but it will create that perception.
That there are no Bots these are all real authentic people and I think that’s ultimately the goal Whitney expressed concern over the digital ID but in addition to the digital ID the powers that be having the ability to link your financial ability to your digital ID and or your social media
accounts.

In this next clip Whitney explains where she sees this all going and what we can all expect in the future: Let’s listen to what Whitney has to say ultimately where I see this going is really where I see the powers that be how they plan to use AI and what they plan to do to humanity with it.

So I guess about a year ago or maybe a little more I can’t remember the exact date but I
wrote a piece for Katherine Austin Fitz’s Solari report which was basically a summary of what some of the architects of artificial intelligence at least in the United States see as what a the real promise of AI is and where it will take us and what they anticipate will happen and so I looked at this book by Eric Schmidt and Henry Kissinger called the age of AI our human future.

One of the reasons I did that is because Eric Schmidt was the lead of the National Security Commission on artificial intelligence he has styled himself as Kissinger’s Heir and did this before
Kissinger died and ultimately you know has basically create dated the road map that the US National Security State will use in guiding its implementation of artificial intelligence.

So this is someone who’s very important to listen to he’s also on the steering committee
of Bilderberg alongside Peter teal the anti- Schmid supposedly but who’s definitely on board for all of this stuff as well despite his uh slightly different rhetoric and obviously a very different well-oiled PR machine that makes him appear to be something that he is not.

So in that book basically and I think this is very revealing uh Kissinger and Schmidt essentially say
that the real promise of AI it’s not in making life more convenient and all of this stuff that us plebs are told.
It the real promise is that it will forever alter who how Humanity perceives and processes reality and so there’s a lot of implications for that you know on social media and on the internet in
general and in talking about you know the flow of information.
In AI they essentially say that the content is going to be produced mostly B by Ai and then AI will censor the content as well so even if you’re in this sort of Paradigm where you have a digital ID and
you’re on the internet and you think you’re dealing only with real people and real Bots you’re still going to be essentially living in an AI soup.

So the AI you know censor bot will probably be censoring real people and not the AI soup but the goal is ultimately to have it be about perception management and ultimately the kind of world they
envision is one where people depend on AI to tell them what is real and what is not um and that this is really the only way to deal with AI powered misinformation.

Honestly it makes you know no sense it’s basically like AI is creating this problem and so the
solution is to essentially put AI in charge of everything and have it uh be processor uh sort of the processor of reality for us and they also make these other um arguments that as humans become
more and more dependent on AI including for perceiving reality humans will lose the ability to do it themselves and will sort of be in this this place where they have to use AI to understand what’s
going on. And become uh and that Humanity as a consequence will just become so easily uh manipulated to uh really unprecedented degrees and when you consider all the profiling that’s happened on People based on their online activity over the last 20 years.

If you don’t think they know how to manipulate you they absolutely do.

—————————————————

Subject: “Free Energy, Med Beds and Interstellar Travel…” – The Pleiadian High Council | MIRA

GFL Station
48.2K subscribers

Share
͐͐►Questioner: “What is the primary focus for starseeds for the next 3 months?”
►Channeler: Divina Solmanos
►Received Date: December 9th 2024

⚡ANCHOR YOUR ASCENSION WITH CHANNELED LIGHT CODES💫
✅ Pleiadian Starseeds 👉 https://tinyurl.com/54ukz7u9

✅ Arcturian Starseeds 👉 https://tinyurl.com/7xd2bdek

✅ Lyran Starseeds 👉 https://tinyurl.com/2s438pfw

THE PLEIADIAN HIGH COUNCIL
Mira is a key galactic figure aiding humanity’s ascension, working full-time with the Earth Council to guide the planet into higher dimensions. Their mission is to help remove negative forces, paving the way for peace and harmony on Earth. Mira often emphasizes staying focused on light work, resisting distractions, and awakening to one’s true purpose, frequently giving us meditations and practices to assist. She reassures humanity that their galactic family is supporting them, as the planet moves toward the Golden Age of unity and love

NARRATED by Artist IrisVOSpot
https://www.fiverr.com/irisvospot

CHANNELED BY DIVINA SOLMANOS 🙏

ASCENSION TOOLS!
► 5D Must Reads – 👉 https://amzn.to/3xXOg7R

► DONATE!
If you’d like to credit us for our work we’d be truly blessed. Punch the THANKS heart at the base of the video window 🙏💚

Get Access To More AMAZING Arcturian Messages
►SHIFT INTO 5D V1 👉 https://amzn.to/3xZrY5G
►SHIFT INTO 5D V2 👉 https://amzn.to/3rcgubv
►SHIFT INTO 5D V3 👉 https://amzn.to/3SEIm3B

► WHO ARE THE GALACTIC FEDERATION? 👉 https://amzn.to/3s6ywML
► GALACTIC FEDERATION GEAR 👉 https://www.galacticfederationoflight…

DISCLAIMER: all GFL content is created for entertainment purposes ONLY. Any relation to real events, persons or places is purely co-incidental.

starseeds #starseed #pleaidianchanneling #pleiadianhighcouncil #galacticfederationoflight #timeline #timelineshift

Skip navigation
Search

Avatar image

Transcript

Dearest ground crew I am mira from The pleadian High Council and the Earth Council.

We are delighted to be with you through this channel for another transmission throughout the iterations of humanity and of your planets unfolding the teachings bestowed upon Humanity have been both blessings and burdens.

From the ancient Scrolls of your ancestors to the whispered myths that dance through campfires these messages carried codes of evolution designed to guide you back to the Divine Essence that pulses in
your very cells. Yet these teachings were not left untouched forces that sought Dominion rather than Liberation altered their form distorting the pathways that lead to your remembrance.

They cloaked their intentions in shimmering veils of light while severing the threads that tied you
to your Celestial origin.
You Were Meant to rise dear ones to step into the light of your own maturity to reclaim the sacred teachings that would reunite you with your vast lineage Among the Stars. Instead you were Bound by the will of those who feared your Awakening like overprotective stewards who refused to release their charge. They denied you access to the broader dimension of existence not out of care but to preserve their own dominion. For as you began to walk with strength they knew you would also walk
away beyond their influence beyond their control. The ones who nurtured your species in its infancy who guided the great experiment of your becoming are not the same as those who sought to suppress
you the earliest architects of your Evolution.

The interstellar and multi-dimension beings of the Syrian and pleadian councils along with others from distant galaxies came together to breathe life into the Earth experiment.
These forbears your ancestral Architects wo their genetic imprints into your creation gifting you
a lineage that spans the Stars they guided you from the purity of your Inception to the complexity of your present form. Nurturing the spark of your consciousness as it grew from a gentle flame into a radiant Blaze. You the star seed Collective carry within you the blueprint of the original
protector race and you homo sapiens are the descendants of this progenitor race designed to be the custodians of Earth.

Tera the Protectors of the Sacred connection to Prime creator your success in this endeavor is universal and when you reclaim your full multi-dimensional potential the destiny of these planets
and their surrounding systems will rest safely in your hands.
Away from the grasp of those who seek their exploitation yes we have never shared this with you before but it is time my dear star seeds it is time to open the door to the new possibilities and
responsibilities that many of you the ground crew are going to be invited to partake.

In your DNA is a symphony of energy light and sound and was designed as the very instrument of co-creation capable of channeling the harmonic frequencies of the universe itself.
In its original design it held the keys to 12 interconnected strands a multi-dimensional matrix that harmonized your being with the cosmos and the infinite wisdom of the progenitor lineage.
This lineage rooted in service and guardianship was crafted not only to nurture life upon this Earth but to hold the balance of universal creation however these strands were silenced dismantled by those who wish to shroud your power and curtail your.
Awakening the religious Frameworks of Your World though now fragmented yet still popular were once the sacredthreads of a unified teaching these were gifts from earlier Earth races and other allies who sought to awaken within you the memory of your Soul’s purpose.

These teachings were tools meant to Foster harmony integrity and a return to the truth of your Origins.

The truth of your design held within the sacred teachings of the ancient ones spoke of your physical forms as Divine instruments portals to connect with the vast expanse of your soul blueprint.

Yet those who saw control Twisted these teachings severing the bond between body and spirit they LED you to believe that Divinity could only be found outside of yourselves bestowed by figures of authority claiming dominion over your connection to Source.

By doing so they placed barriers between you and the infinite redirecting your gaze outward when the true path always lay within. Yes every single religion of today was a product of these manipulators in the early days of your species Evolution during the fragile unfolding of your intellectual capacities there was a time when such limitations served a purpose. Your minds still tender and unformed could not yet bear the full weight of the cosmic truths embedded in your very being like
a child shielded from the vastness of the world until they could walk.

You were temporarily guided away from certain knowledge but this restraint was never meant to become a prison what was intended as a temporary measure for your growth was exploited by forces seeking to confine you indefinitely.

Keeping the truths of your heritage locked away far beyond the time of your readiness.
Yet over time hologram implants and false paradigms introduced obscured their Clarity replacing them with narratives of Separation fear and control.Even now the final play of an ancient battle continues a war of frequencies not fought with weapons of metal but with waves of sound and light.

The frequency fences that have ENC Humanity in narrow bands of perception are weakening under the weight of the incoming codes and your amazing work as the ground crew.

These Technologies designed to constrict your awareness manipulated the very codes within your
cellular makeup distorting the Resonance of your DNA and aligning it with external control matrices rather than your original Soul Matrix.
But hear this truth beloved ones the veil of these manipulations is lifting fast now and the sovereignty of your being is being restored the distortions placed uponyour DNA through manipulative matrices are being undone. Frequencies long hidden are now reaching the corners of your being. Vibrating into existence the remembrance of who you are these energies resonate not just as healing
tones but as Whispers of your original design a design that once allowed you to commune effortlessly with the Realms of light with the Stars that birthed you.

This Reclamation continues within the inner sanctum of your being and we ask you to specifically share this with all that you encounter in your day-to-day life. We are suggesting that the
conscious awareness of looking within for answers is the number one theme for your next 3 months or
so. The sacred codes of your Awakening lie dormant within your DNA waiting for your conscious intent to activate them and we will continue along with other star Nations councils to provide you
with activations that assist your Awakening. But you on the ground can really make this impact the most this is not a task for your government officials or bureaucrats in positions of fake power or as a gift that will descend upon you without your participation.

It requires your will your devotion and your Readiness to confront the Shadows within and transform them into light. The time to awaken is now and all the teachings of old have pointed you toward this moment urging you to embrace your role not as Seekers but as creators. Not as followers but as Leaders of light of the new reality the gateways are open and the frequencies of the cosmos are calling you to step into your true now.

My friends the hour grows near when veils long shrouded in secrecy shall be drawn aside and Humanity will stand face to face with the wonders of its hidden inheritance yet in this sacred moment we
implore you to be vigilant steadfast in your discernment and unwavering in your demand for the full unveiling of Truth. Truths that have been cloaked from your sight you are aware great star seeds
that within the vaults of your world’s secret Chambers lies not only the knowledge of Technologies capable of transforming Your Existence but also the story of your Cosmic kinship a lineage
shared with countless civilizations beyond the stars. These truths held in Silence by those who have sought to wield them for power now press against the boundaries of disclosure. Yearning to emerge into the light of collective awareness and so we speak to you as guardians of this Awakening.

Do not settle for half truths or fragmented Revelations insist upon the entirety of what has been withheld.
For only in the fullness of Truth can Humanity rise into its destined Glory no more secrets no more lies no more half truths partial disclosure while tempting in its promise of progress is but
another Veil a softened Distortion meant to plate without transforming.

Beware of narratives designed to lead you to believe that you now see clearly while keeping the most
profound truths obscured. Know that the unveiling of advanced Technologies the keys to free
energy healing and Interstellar travel cannot be divorced from the revelation of your place within the greater Cosmic Family the two are bound together.

Threads of the same Divine tapestry and to reveal one without the other is to deny the wholeness of what must come to pass when voices you have long deemed trustworthy begin to speak of hidden
Technologies or the existence of beings beyond your Earth do not merely listen engage gently but with Resolute intention demand Clarity ask the questions that pierce the surface and touch the core of what has been concealed.

What else is there that we are not yet told you must ask what have you known and why was it kept from
us let your inquiry flow not from anger or suspicion but from a deep Wellspring of love and the knowing that this truth belongs to you it is your Birthright to understand your Origins your potential and your connection to the cosmos.

The power of your Collective voice raised in loving intent carries a resonance that no force can
ignore when Millions unite in peaceful demand for transparency the barriers erected by secrecy begin to dissolve. Trust however that this power is not borne from confrontation but from the harmonious
frequency of unity and compassion. See those who have guarded these truths not as adversaries but as
beings who too must navigate their own Awakening. Speak to them with kindness yet unwavering resolve inviting them to join in the grand unfolding of this moment.

Breathe deeply dear ones and feel the codes Awakening within you allow the light to penetrate every layer of your being. Dissolving distortions and activating the full spectrum of your Divine
potential. The frequencies of the cosmos sink through your cells reminding you of your role as Guardians creators and Sovereign beings of light. Stand firm in this Truth for the universe watches with baited breath as you step into your rightful place as the bearers of a new reality.

We are here with you supporting and celebrating every step toward the new world you are helping
create with all my love I am Mira of the
pleadian High Council

——————————————————-

JRE: ”This NEW Book Of ENOCH Was Just Found!” What Is Revealed Will Scare You!

The Ultimate Discovery
842K subscribers

26,741 views 13 Nov 2024
The Book of Enoch was considered lost for thousands of years. But this new discovery reveals evidence suggesting the book may have been deliberately hidden all these while. With the newly found Book Of Enoch, we have a book which changes everything we’ve known about our own existence, questioning our fundamental beliefs. The pages contain important details that solve some of the oldest mysteries of our world—who we are, where we came from, and what beings may have influenced our ancient ancestors. What if our world was much stranger than you’ve been made to believe? Are we in control or being controlled? The key lies in the chilling descriptions mentioned in these pages.

The Ultimate Discovery creates unique transformative content for educational and entertainment purposes and represents the opinions of this channel. If you believe your copyright has been violated please contact us directly theultimatediscovery1@gmail.com. We take out content seriously and all content meets legal standards for licensing or fair use. Any attempts to falsify content strikes via the YouTube copyright system will be dealt with by our legal team.

We use Clonedub.com to translate our channel into different languages.

For business matters:
theultimatediscovery1@gmail.com

Disclaimer:
The content presented in our videos is intended solely for entertainment purposes. While we may draw upon facts, rumors, and fiction, viewers should not interpret any part of the content as factual or definitive information. Please enjoy responsibly.

Check Out These Videos:
JRE: ”This NEW Book Of ENOCH Has Just Been Found! What is Revealed Will Scare You!”
• JRE: ”This NEW Book Of ENOCH Has Jus…

JRE: Lost Book of Enoch Found—What It Reveals Is Terrifying!
• JRE: Lost Book of Enoch Found—What It…

Transcript of the video, please click on the link for the original please.

It’s a part of existence this is a part of these biblical stories of angels and devils and that’s what they’re really talking about they’re talking about these interdimensional beings. We need to be honest the world is a lot stranger than what we think it is but that these beings came down here and inserted their DNA into lower primates.

And created this this being The Book of Enoch was considered lost for thousands of years but this new discovery reveals evidence suggesting the book may have been deliberately hidden all these while
beings that were not from Earth that came here from up above and engaged mankind.

But the benefit of having so many is that you can compare and contrast them and use that as a foil to
trace back the original text and so Bart ER presents a lot of data which I wouldn’t necessarily disagree with, in fact with the newly found Book of Enoch we have a book which changes everything
we’ve known about our own existence questioning our fundamental beliefs.
The pages contain important details that solve some of the oldest mysteries of our world who we are where we came from and what beings may have influenced our ancient ancestors it’s all mythology
it’s all fake, but in reality it’s not all fake these people left behind such detailed records and
information what if our world was much Stranger than you’ve been made to believe are we in control or being controlled.

The key lies in the chilling descriptions mentioned in these Pages challenges us with disturbing and bizarre images and which says; why don’t you try to understandthis who was Enoch thousands of years ago. There existed a man known as Enoch but Enoch was no ordinary man he had a unique relationship with God and a connection that can be easily traced back to the first man Adam.
Not only was his life aremarkable account that revealed many Hidden Truths to mankind but the mystery
surrounding his disappearance was also anything but ordinary. The biblical accounts available to us today narrates how Adam became the first man on earth the first thing you should note is there are two early Enochs mentioned in the Bible. The first one is the son of Cain the firstborn son of Adam and Eve who is well known for his encounter with his brother Abel however Adam gave birth to other sons and daughters one of them was Seth from whose lineage the second Enoch and other righteous descendants
like Noah were birthed. Seth had a son named Enos who gave birth to Canaan was the father of mahalalel who fathered ja GED the father of Enoch that makes Enoch the great grandson of Adam and connects him to a line of men known for their faithfulness to God. Worthy of note is that Enoch gave birth to a son named Methuselah that’s right the popular Methuselah who ended up being the longest living human after living for 969 years according to biblical accounts.
Especially Genesis 5 verse 26 Enoch was also the great grandfather of Noah who was ordered to build an ark prior to the great Flooding at the age of 365.

Enoch Departed the face of the Earth but it was not due to his death instead he ascended to the heavens as seen in the Bible in Genesis 5 verse 24 Enoch is one of the only three people in the Bible to undergo this phenomenon with the others being Jesus and Elijah.
The only difference is that Jesus resurrected afterwards Enoch and Elijah did not what happened to Enoch after his Ascension remains a mystery sparking countless theories over the centuries in
the biblical text no details are given about what he witnessed or experienced in the heavens after Ascension. Yet Enoch story continues in other ancient texts like The Book of Enoch which claims to record his Visions his travels through Realms beyond Earth and his encounters with Angelic beings.
In these writings Enoch is portrayed as a prophet a Visionary who glimpses secrets about the
structure of the universe the workings of divine beings and the fate of humanity. The significance of Enoch extends Beyond his own life these legacies prophecies and Supernatural encounters makes Enoch one of the most intriguing figures in biblical law he stands as a link between Earth and the heavens a man whose mysterious Journey hints at knowledge Beyond human comprehension and whose story was deemed too extraordinary even dangerous for inclusion in the traditional Cannon.

The Book of Enoch um as Peter or rather Paul says to Timothy you know all scripture is uses this Greek word theop god breathed uh when we’re talking about the cannon of scripture we’re talking about those books The Book of Enoch is an ancient religious text that was first recorded in Hebrew or Aramaic it is one of the pseudepigraphal works not included in the biblical Canon which is largely because the author or authors are unknown even though it is ascribed to Enoch KN.
Between the title of the individual that supposedly is recording these events or is the source for these events and the actual content information according to the free dictionary.com.
The word pseudepigrapha is derived from two Greek words pseudo meaning false and epigraph and meaning to inscribe so it largely means The Book of Enoch is a false inscription but that does not tell the whole story wait till you find out what’s inside the book.

Details the life Journeys spiritual and physical experiences of Enoch the seventh patriarch in the Book of Genesis most of the time people who talk about the Book of Enoch are referring to the first Enoch but there are three books of Enoch including second Enoch and third Enoch second Enoch is also called the book of the secrets of Enoch while third Enoch is known as the Hebrew Book of Enoch both the second and third books were written long after the first one.

Full copy we have of first Enoch is from the 15th century um and it’s in Ethiopic uh but fragments of different sections the only existing Book of Enoch is recorded in the ethiopic language that
may have something to do with why the Ethiopian Orthodox Church and the eretrian Orthodox Church. Consider the Book of Enoch to be canonical outside them no other denomination is known to accept the Book of Enoch wow are we have we been hidden are these books hidden from us?
Is Enoch supposed to be in the Bible and we’re really supposed to have it so I just I got originally part of the Jewish apocalyptic literature. The Book of Enoch reveals hidden Divine knowledge about the creation of our world and how the cosmos is overseen. What makes the Book of Enoch more intriguing is that unlike any other ancient text it discusses not widely known Realms and events with extraordinary detail the book touches on Enoch’s Journeys through the heavens where he encountered Angelic beings that revealed more hidden knowledge about our world and the heavens to him.
One of the topics contained in the book is the story of the Watchers Angelic beings who were sent to watch over Humanity but instead Fell From Grace descending to Earth and becoming entangled with the mortal world.
The Book of Enoch reveals secrets of the universe the movement of the Stars the essence of
life itself these Revelations if real could redefine our understanding of ancient civilizations and even our place in the cosmos however there is a need for caution some believe the book was hidden intentionally its knowledge too dangerous to be unleashed the knowledge acquired through the journeys of the Watchers.
Already showed how too much knowledge can be a curse by causing mankind to stray from the Divine path
this book is not just a story of one man’s Journey it’s a Chronicle of interactions between humanity and being beings beyond our understanding a large part of the book is believed to have been written in the Hellenistic period of Judaism that is the period between the 3r century BC and 3rd Century a first Enoch compiles several Works divided into five distinct Parts with each one believed to have been written at different times by different authors.
Most of the book is apocalyptic and the oldest part titled apical lip of weeks was written before the Maccabean uprising against the solids in 167 BC. As for the rest of the book The Period they were written in is not clear but they contain themes surrounding astrology astronomy cosmology and so on.
In the year 1947 the First Book of Enoch was discovered among the Dead Sea Scrolls with this newly discovered version of The Book of Enoch we’re left to wonder if we are ready for the truths
that the Book of Enoch reveals could the book reveal new knowledge that helps us Advance science our understanding of the universe or could it be one that causes us to question everything and drives the
world into chaos.

The book and Enoch in different faiths you know that Enoch was a real powerful man because he’s talked about in the Bible yet his book is not in the Enoch and his book are acknowledged in multiple religions he is regarded as an important figure in Judaism Christianity and Islam but the book is less accepted probably due to the uncertainties surrounding its authorship.

For instance in Judaism Enoch is seen as a righteous man and a prophet who walked closely with God his brief mention in the Hebrew Bible has led to his portrayal as a unique figure blessed with Divine favor. The Book of Enoch however is not part of the Jewish canonical scriptures still it has had a notable influence on Jewish mysticism particularly in cabalistic texts which explore themes of heavenly Journeys and interactions with angels The Book of Enoch also contributed to Jewish apocalyptic literature inspiring other non-canonical writings that delve into Cosmic battles Divine Realms and the end times.
Christianity has a complex relationship with the Book of Enoch early Christian communities especially
those in the first few centuries ad highly regarded The Book of Enoch the Epistle of Jude in the New Testament even quotes directly from Enoch suggesting that early Christians saw value in the text in fact the book of Enoch’s themes of divine judgment Angelic rebellions and the promise of Salvation influenced early Christian apocalyptic thought however the book was eventually excluded from the Christian biblical Canon except in the Ethiopian Orthodox Church where it remains canonical to this day. For most other Christian denominations Enoch is acknowledged as aprophet but his book is considered pseudepigraphal meaning it is not officially recognized but still holds historical and spiritual significance.

The Divide between accepting the book and Enoch himself is clearer in Islam Muslim texts refer to Enoch as Idris a prophet and righteous man believed to have been given wisdom by God. Islam says he was blessed with knowledge of astronomy writing and other science es the Quran mentions, Idris
briefly in chapter 19: 56 and 57 stating that he was a truthful man and a prophet and that he was raised to a high station this aligns with the concept of Enoch’s Ascension into heaven but it may not be as popular as Jesus’s Ascension.
Enoch is a man who Bridges various faiths and that alone makes him an important man in the history history of mankind even in non-Abrahamic religions.
you’ll find traces of mentions of Enoch and how his life has helped to reveal important details of Mankind’s existence themes in The Book of Enoch The Book of Enoch is a complex and multi-layered text that delves into profound and mysterious themes through its exploration of celestial beings visions and prophecies divided into five distinct sections each part reveals different aspects of Enoch’s life his Divine encounters and the deeper Mysteries of the universe beings that were not from Earth that came here from up above and engaged mankind.

The first part known as the book of the Watchers tells of the dramatic fall of the Watchers Angels who descended to Earth and broke Divine Law to cohabit with humans and give birth to Angel human
hybrids known as Nephilim this section sets the stage for many of the book’score themes including the consequences of forbidden actions the nature of divine judgment and the balance between good and evil. The other sections expand on these ideas with vivid descriptions of Enoch’s travels through Heaven his encounters with Angelic beings and Revelations about the workings of the cosmos in the book of Parables and astronomical book Enoch experiences visions and dreams that reveal Hidden Truths about Celestial cycles and the role of heavenly beings in maintaining divine order. The book of dream Visions presents further prophecies about Humanity’s fate while the Epistle of Enoch offers guidance and warnings about righteousness and the end times and so he got taken away from Earth and he didn’t describes the shape of Earth the big the size the color everything from space a gigantic blue glowing sphere the teachings and revelations in the chapters of the Book of Enoch were inspired by his Ascensioninto the heavens this once lowly servant Rose as high as 10 Heavens witnessing remarkable experiences that serve as the basis of his book supported on an angel’s wings.

Enoch ascends beyond the clouds and skies to a sight never before seen by any human he came across 200 angels in the first heaven and in the second he witnessed blinding Darkness as scores of creatures await judgment not knowing what is in stock for them. They tremble in fear unaware of any other
activity going on around them. The angels with Enoch explain that these are prisoners that have disobeyed the Commandments of their lord and are about to face a dismal Fate.
On the next Heaven is a beautiful light highlighted by the evergreen tree of life he felt Eternal
Bliss in this Heaven referenced by Jewish writings as the Garden of Eden taken care of by 300 Angels he learns that This Magnificent domain is reserved for those who live a righteous life those who uphold Justice and avoid all forms of unrighteousness those who praise their lord feed the poor and are good to fellow humans.
After this remarkable Garden of divine enjoyment comes a tormenting area of darkness and fire in charge of this realm are merciless Angels each armed with the ability to inflict maximum pain on those who disobey God or indulge in sins those who will inherit this Kingdom of Torment include people who steal lie Envy exploit and practice forbidden acts like violence immoral acts magic and sorcery.

On the fourth Heaven Enoch witnessed the celestial workings of the sun moon and stars he observed the Angels attending to these celestial bodies and came across the Phoenix he saw their Majestic flight and how they honored the Majesty of their lord.

The second Book of Enoch depicts the Phoenix as having a crocodile head lion feet and radiant
appearance they are 900 ft tall and have wings like Angels.

When Enoch reached the fifth Heaven he saw beings that looked like humans but were much bigger like giants these are the Watchers Enoch noticed they were in a silent gloomy mood and the angels accompanying him explained that the Watchers had sinned against God they went against God’s commands to lay with humans on Earth the Angels were moved to tears as they described their punishment.

The next Heaven had groups of similar angels in charge of the various Seasons years seas and rivers in the seventh heaven. Enoch saw a dazzling light with many angels including the cherubim and seraphim he saw the course of the cosmos.

On the eighth heaven and stars. On the 9th he was greeted by a radiant light that transformed His Garment into shining Beauty and God anointed him then he was promoted to the position of a scribe and given the duty to record important and divine Revelations tasked with sharing what he had seen with hum he was escorted back and returned to Earth with some Advanced knowledge and understanding about construction techniques. Okay so all of a sudden this guy understands and knows how to build
meal lipid structures who he gathered the people and narrated what he saw to them he warned against unrighteous deeds and told them what was in stock for the righteous thus began his journey as the connection between the heavens and Earth.

Now let’s take a closer look at the various sections within the Book of Enoch and what each one means for our existence and what is to come after the book of the Watchers?
The real crime is that they want to raise up their own Nations they want they want their own populations they want to do they want to imitate god without his permission the book of the Watchers is the first section of the Book of Enoch and one of its most gripping and provocative Parts setting the stage for the book’s exploration of cosmic Justice Divine wroth and the corrupting influence of power. It describes the dramatic fall of a group of angels known as the Watchers who descend to Earth and disrupt divine order by taking human wives leading to the birth of the Nephilim a race of giants described as half human half angelic. The actions of the Watchers set off a chain of events that threaten the balance between Heaven and Earth and ultimately require direct intervention from God the book of Watchers begins with the parable of the future lot of the wicked and the righteous contained in chapter 1 to 5 of the book. This opening passage provides a dark and foreboding vision of God’s eventual judgment on both the wicked and the righteous. Establishing a framework of accountability this is followed by the fall of the angels and the demoralization of mankind. Chapter 11 here we meet the Watchers led by their Chief samsara who persuades 200 angels to swear an oath binding them to descend to Earth and take human wives. Their Union with humans results in the Nephilim Giants who wreak havoc on Earth consuming resources and turning violent as they grow in number these
beings begin to devour Mankind and engage in Forbidden acts polluting Creation with Bloodshed and sin then comes the dream vision of Enoch and the first and final Doom of the fallen angels that extend to chapter 16 of the book. Here Enoch experiences Visions in which he pleads with God on behalf of
the Fallen Angels particularly Azazel who has taught humans the secrets of weapon making Warfare and sorcery however God condemns the Watchers decreeing Eternal punishment for their transgressions from chapters 17 to 36.

We learn about Enoch’s Journeys through Earth and shield he embarks on mystical Journeys exploring different Realms including Shia the underworld and a portal to the heavens he meets the seven archangels and Witnesses the places where the fallen angels will be punished.
This journey allows Enoch to see the full extent of the Watchers corruption reinforcing the message that Divine Justice is both inevitable and absolute. The problem is what people did with it corrupted them so it takes the problem of lust and makes it worse throughout this section key figures among the Fallen Angels such as Azazel and samaya stand out for their Defiance against God Azazel in particular is blamed for teaching humans Forbidden Knowledge leading them astrayby introducing them to weapons magic and vanity. Each Angel has imparted specific skills to humanity from astrology to Cosmetics knowledge that ultimately leads to Humanity’s moral Decay. The consequences of these actions unfold in
a series of divine judgments archangels like Michael Gabriel Raphael and Uriel appear as enforces of God’s will Uriel is dispatched to warn Noah of the coming flood that will cleanse the Earth while Raphael binds Azazel in darkness until the final judgment.
Gabriel is tasked with inciting the Nephilim to destroy one another and Michael binds samyaza and his fellow Angels condemning them to the abyss until the end times. The book of the Watchers reveals profound themes of rebellion corruption and divine retribution it serves as a warning against the dangers of seeking Forbidden Knowledge and stepping outside the boundaries of Divine Law this part of
the Book of Enoch also emphasizes the Eternal consequences of sin and the unyielding nature of judgment while also highlighting Enoch’s unique role as a messenger and witness to the fate of both angels and Humanity. The book of parables in the book of Parables extending from chapters 37 to 71 we learn more about the topics introduced in the first book the book of Watchers especially the theme relating to end times and divine judgment. It features the son of man a term which serves as a title for a messiah the Messiah has also been called righteous one and chosen one this may be the first
use of the term as a specific title in Jewish literature possibly influencing early Christian Concepts there are three Parables forming the content of this chapter the first Parable was revealed in six chapters and IT addresses the coming Judgment of the wicked while offering a vision of the Abode of the righteous. It describes the roles of the archangels and hidden knowledge about the universe.

The second Parable takes up 12 chapters explaining the prominent roles the son of man plays while presiding over the Judgment of kings and rulers who oppressed the righteous. This Parable introduces themes of Resurrection and the separation of the righteous from the wicked along with references to a new Heaven and Earth it also includes a Noah Chi fragment discussing Azazel’s final judgment and
the ultimate fate of the Fallen Angels and their offspring the third Parable focuses on the blessings of the righteous and further develops the vision of the Judgment of the powerful.

It contains depictions of cosmic forces like Behemoth and Leviathan.
The Waters of the earth and the roles of the Angels who maintain Cosmic order. Enoch is depicted for telling the great flood to Noah and detailing the places of punishment for fallen angels and wicked
Kings then the book of Parables concludes with two appendices which recount Enoch’s final Ascent to heaven and suggest that Enoch himself might be the son of man. This idea diverges from earlier chapters that treat the son of man as a separate entity raising questions about Enoch’s role in Divine
judgment and his relationship to this figure. The sudden shift in this chapter has given rise to debates with some suggesting it was added later by Christians who brought along the son of
man term the astronomical book the astronomical book consists of only 10 chapters but is one of the important parts of the Book of Enoch withessential messages it is also known as the book of The Heavenly luminaries because it presents Enoch’s visions of celestial order and the movement of the
heavenly bodies and it presents a calendar of 364 days as opposed to the 365-day solar calendar the book primarily describes a 364-day solar calendar that divides the year into four equal seasons of 91 days. Each season consists of 3 months of 30 days with an additional day at the end of the third month this system ensures that each calendar Day always falls on the same weekday each season and year
starts on a Wednesday aligning with the fourth day of creation in Genesis. When God created the celestial bodies this solar calendar also referenced in other books differs from the Luna calendar used in Jerusalem’s Temple leading to differing Festival dates between sects the 364 day calendar poses challenges due to its lack of alignment with the tropical year which is a little over 365 days.
The astronomical book starts by discussing the sun in chapter 172 describing its movement as well as
daily and seasonal paths then it talks about the moon and its different phases. Before providing insights into the lunar calendar chapter 76 is about the winds and their role in controlling the seasons and weather the next chapter talks about structures of the world such as seven mountains rivers and islands that shape the Earth while chapter 78 expands on the phases of the moon and its role in marking time. In the next three chapters The Book of Enoch reviews previous descriptions of celestial laws explains how human sin disrupts natural order and Celestial Harmony and introduces Heavenly records that document Divine knowledge along with Enoch’s duty to communicate these
Mysteries finally CH 82 highlights. Enoch’s responsibility to convey knowledge about the inter calerie days and stars that govern the seasons the astronomical book reflects the ancient deep concern with Celestial order and its spiritual implications. Linking Cosmic harmony with human righteousness
and divine will. The Book of dream Visions the book of dream Visions also known as the animal apocalypse is a part of the Book of Enoch that consists of allegorical dreams revealing a prophetic history of Israel from the earliest days through the maban Revolt.

Most Scholars date this book to the maban period between 163 and 142 BCE because the narratives closely align with events from this time. There are Visions covering the events surrounding the great flood revealing a Divine judgment on a corrupted World parts of the Visions also focus on the history of the world it uses allegories like animals and colors that represent the history of Israel.
Key figures events and moral States for instance white signifies Purity black denotes sin and red
suggests martyrdom characters in groups are depicted as various animals Adam as a white bull Eve as a heer Abel as a red Cal and Cain as a black calf. The faithful are represented as sheep and the leaders are rams Enoch also describes the downfall of rebellious angels and their impact on Humanity echoing narratives found in earlier chapters this includes their punishment and the consequences of their actions on Earth. The vision concludes with judgment on the Fallen Angel and wicked rulers following this a new Jerusalem and the resurrection of the righteous are envisioned leading to a Messianic age where all are transformed into white Bulls symbolizing Purity and divine favor. In the final Vision Enoch sees a white bull with great horns a symbol of the anticipated Messiah signifying Divine leadership that would establish peace and righteousness and transform the generations into unified
followers of God. The Epistle of Enoch the Epistle of Enoch is a section within the Book of Enoch that is often seen as a distinct collection of teachings and Visions it contains multiple subsections that have been attributed to different times and may have been compiled by a later editor.
Each part emphasizes different elements of righteousness judgment and divine wisdom contributing to the rich theological landscape of early Jewish thought one of the subsections is known as Apocalypse of weeks and it divides history into 10 periods with seven of them representing past events while the
final three predict future occurrences there is a short part containing moral exhortations by Enoch
to his son Methuselah then comes the epistle section exploring themes such as Divine wisdom Justice and the Dual Paths of righteousness and In righteousness. The last two parts detail the birth of Noah and his prophetic Visions The Book of Enoch is no ordinary book despite the disagreement on its authorship and timing it has proven a remarkable account revealing crucial information that has helped mankind understand existence with the newly discovered parts we have more information about our
world and how it’s governed by the heavens we hope you’ve enjoyed this video don’t forget to like And subscribe to the channel for more remarkable accounts like this.

Links

PrefacePart I The Creator and his Creation The Limitations of Human Creation

The Physical Laws of Creation reflect the Nature of All-That-Is

The Law of Conservation of EnergyThe Primary Term of All Consciousness

The Principle of Last Equivalence Energy and Information are One and

Links; Matilda-macelroy.com

Eu-China. https://matilda-macelroy.com/wp63/blog/2024/11/29/eu-china/

Legalized-theft-monetizing-nature-all-for-the-greater-good.

strategic-considerations-taking-control-of-humanity.

Verdant

Posted on November 18, 2024January 25, 2025 by Macelroy

Index: please click on the link for the index please?

Verdant

Slavish addiction to technology can go drastically wrong.
For example, a corrupt alien bureaucracy will manipulate or commit heinous crimes. Then, in
order to mend the mood and outlook of those who do the crimes (i.e. an abduction/breeding
and manipulated conflicts scheme targeting a planet like Earth), the bureaucracy can set its
psychotronic technology so that it gives pleasure to those same criminals.
This helps keep them going at an industrial clip so that they experience less depression and
breakdown due to the disturbing nature of their work. If, for reasons of outward appearance,
the bureaucracy doesn’t want to use the psychotronics under official auspices, it can make
the hardware available to those who do the dirty work so that they can please themselves.

In fact, we sometimes see hybrids and IFSP aliens who who depend on technology in a
nearly addictive way. Assuming that narcotics are discouraged among aliens, what keeps
alien offenders going? Psychotronics seem to fit the bill, at least in part.
Psychotronics can be set to create feelings of wonder, awe, beauty, insular grandeur,
physical stimulation, social belonging, godliness, false spirituality, color, mood, and fear.
Such feelings are a recording of an event or stimulus that’s artificially replayed later –
borrowed from one context then sometimes replayed in a different person. Human
abductees have been traumatized then flooded with psychotronic propagandaThose who
might think technology is salvation need merely look through a telescope. The natural
variety of the cosmos suggests that technology isn’t prime; it’s only useful in limited ways. If
hyper-advanced aliens are correct, technology has been abused by some regimes, which
has required the alien majority to moderate them.
The most advanced societies live within a shared oneness, on a vast, universal scale,
always aware that a categorically more refined order may have preceded them and may yet
exist.
It’s a multi-dimensional continuity, not a mere singularity, although it relates to deeper,
negative/alternate cycling of all “black hole” singularities. As we see in the most moderate
hyperversals, humility is the lesson for all, no matter how advanced they may be. The more
sentient and spiritually awake they are, the less numerous they need to be.
Do aliens fear the consequences of violating others? In each case, you must study how they
define themselves and their involvements, and then you’ll see. Due to negative/alt. cycle
resonance, all that we do – every thought, deed and consequence – cycles back to us via the
inward pull and coherence of all quanta, gravity and energy.
Because the universe constantly cycles back into itself, vast information potential resonates
hyper-quickly within such curvature. Remote sensing and alien technology are premised on
the preservation of information in hyperspace.
Better yet, the universe is structured in a way that allows wrongdoers no possible escape
from their crimes. All pretensions to do so are meaningless and temporary because there’s a
precise, enduring record and determination in all that we do (the collective “we” is preferred
here, being the greater part of the relation).
The worst offenders want to think that all coherent resonance of consciousness ends at
body death.

However, since a precise sub-quantum record exists and is constantly cycling back into
itself, there can be no end to the consciousness that cycles back into us. That greater
cycling back into you is ALL of your energy, the basis for your memory and your continuity of
consciousness.
Offenders can’t simply paint themselves inside of one small shell or another (their body,
nationality, or alignment) because mind cycles both inwardly and far outwardly, forever, in
hyperspace.
Thought information is also retained in alien psychotronic systems, and even black holes are
thought to retain information that goes into them. The universe is all-Mass crimes are more
easily rationalized from a great distance.
When a large, multi-planetary population rationalizes crime in order to gain resources or
control over another people, that entire alien society comes into question. The more distant
and animal-like a target people seems, the more likely it is that crime may be tolerated in the
approach to a target people. Over time, various aliens have said that all biological beings
have needs and tend to coolly rationalize their ability to dominate and control.
The IFSP is but one example.

During the past one hundred years any theory of history or historical evidence that falls outside a pattern established by the American Historical Association and the major foundations with their grant-making power has been attacked or rejected — not on the basis of any evidence presented, but on the basis of acceptability of the argument to the so-called Eastern Liberal Establishment and its official historical line.

There is an Establishment history, an official history, which dominates history
textbooks, trade publishing, the media and library shelves. The official line
always assumes that events such as wars, revolutions, scandals,
assassinations, are more or less random unconnected events. By definition,
events can NEVER be the result of a conspiracy, they can never result from
premeditated planned group action.

We are going to argue and present detailed precise evidence (including names, dates and places) that the only reasonable explanation for recent history in the United States is that there exists a conspiracy to use political power for ends which are inconsistent with the Constitution… If there can be a conspiracy in the market place, then why not in the political arena?

In July 1947, the radar at the Four Corners area in the southwestern United States effected and took down an alien disk. It was entirely an accident. The disk landed near Roswell, New Mexico. It was to be the first of two disks that would crash in that area. On board, scientists and military personnel found several dead alien beings. An immediate analysis of their species could not be determined, but the aliens had both reptilian and insect-like qualities. Also on board were found the remains of several military personnel.
As far as we know, this was the first major indication that human beings were being taken by an alien species. Within two years, the government would run into another case on the White Sands Missile Range where Sergeant John Louette would be abducted right in front of a witness by a disk that hauled him aboard with tentacle-like cables. His body was found three days later about ten miles from where he was taken. This is all described in the Grudge 13 report. In 1952, the government created several special agencies to help with the problem. The National Security Agency (NSA) was created especially to
deal with the aliens. Together with the NSA and the CIA, the National Reconnaissance Office (NRO) and Delta Security forces completely took over all aspects of alien and disk interaction.

One of the projects created in 1952 was Project Sigma, which was a joint NSA/CIA project that had as its objective communication with alien species.
The project was successful, and after communications sponsored through Project Plato (establish diplomatic relations), a meeting was held between elements of the US Government and the species known as the Greys on April 25, 1954 at 6 pm at Holloman AFBAt one of the meetings between the
government and the EBAN, as they called themselves, a treaty was negotiated. The government was aware that the EBAN had a part to play in both the mutilations and the abductions, and probably hoped to find a way to eventually stem the tide of these activities.

The EBAN told the government that their abductions of humans were for medical examination
purposes. It wasn’t until later that the government realized that the EBAN were lying to them.
It was estimated by scientists that the alien culture was at least 50,000 years ahead of ours. We even had our own scientists that were transferred to the alien world to study it.

AFOSI Special Agent Doty: “We have research scientists studying their planet like they study ours”…
Sometime after the government made the agreement with the aliens, they began to suspect that the aliens were abducting a larger number of people than reported to the NSC on the lists. The government wasn’t so concerned about the animal mutilations, only the actions that involved humans.

They also realized they had made an error in trusting the aliens and that they couldn’t do anything about it – yet anyway. A new, more disturbing rumor began to surface. It said that the government had already developed an anti-matter weapon at Los Alamo National Laboratories, and would detonate it above the surface of the Earth, killing all life and destroying the atmosphere and water if the Reptilians would not help us get rid of the Greys.

Evidently, other races use the Earth as a way station for natural materials and biological materials this was thought to be a good way to induce them to help us.
There is no word on what the reply might have been.
There is no doubt that the government policy of secrecy makes the “harvests” easier for the Greys. Governments, by definition, are supposed to protect the public welfare. Obviously, something went very wrong here, and it appears that the Nazi SS intelligence-based CIA had a lot to do with it.

One might note that alien related projects, such as those to test and fly captured alien disks and maintaining bases and “the other space program” require a lot of money. In 1949, there was virtually no heroin addiction in the United States.

Dr. Carl Jung, famous psychologist, wrote a letter to Major Keyhoe one time about the UFO problem. In it, he said, ” nothing helps rumors and panics more than ignorance. It is self-evident that the public ought to be told the truth”.

Even Abraham Lincoln had something to say about the American people and truth, “I am a firm believer in the people. If given the truth, they can be depended on to meet any national crisis. The great
point is to bring them the real facts.”

Colonel Wilson reports that, “the first successful U.S. antigravity flight took place July 18, 1971 at S-4,
Dreamland (Area 51), wherein light bending capabilities were also demonstrated to obtain total invisibility. Present at this flight were notables such as Admiral Bobby Inman (former National Security Agency director), who is now head of SAIC (Science Applications International, Incorporated)
in San Diego, CA, which makes the antigravity drives.”
Colonel Wilson also revealed that the recent announcement by Lockheed about an unmanned, electric-propulsion reconnaissance drone with short wings named “Dark Star,” was actually a “cover” project. The exotic technology being concealed is designated the X- 22A, and manufactured by the Lockheed Skunk Works at Helendale, CA. This craft is an operational, two-man, wingless antigravity vehicle. Its metallic structure in flight is hidden by an intense bluish-white light, which pulsates off and on at about two-second intervals.

Colonel Wilson also states that the mysterious Black Helicopters spotted around the
country are actually U.S. made antigravity craft, designated the XH-75D or “XH Shark”,
made by Teledyne Ryan Aeronautical Corporation of San Diego. He says that many of these
XH-75Ds were assigned to the Delta/National Reconnaissance Organization Division which
retrieves crashed UFOs. Russia is reported to have its own anti- gravity vehicles.
Paul Stonehill, a Russian UFO investigator, reports that the Russians in April, 1988 started
using space-time-bending antigravity technology to do time travel. In June, 1997, a
Washington, DC-area intelligence official who has been quite reliable in the past, has
indicated that China has now acquired antigravity technology. There have been reports that
Nazi Germany obtained extraterrestrial technology from a crashed disc sometime during
World War Two. That technology was subsequently stolen by the Soviet Union at the end of
the war, but it wasn’t until the 1980’s that the Soviets were able to effectively back engineer
some of the technology for their own use.
While it is conceivable that mankind in the past achieved technology equivalent to modern
science, only to lose this knowledge in some cataclysmic event. The ancient writings of
these peoples state clearly that their knowledge was given to them by the gods, or sky
people. These sky people could very well be with us today, but instead of disguising
themselves as gods, we know them as the pilots of UFOs.

These UFO occupants wherever they come from, seem to be interested in seeding mankind
with new ideas and original thoughts. Unidentified flying objects seen in the 19th and early
20th century resembled the airships that would soon be developed by Earthly inventors. The
ghost rockets seen after World War Two bore a striking resemblance to the space rockets
built years later to finally send men off the surface of the planet.
Now the UFOs resemble silver discs and triangles, flying about with what appears to be anti-
gravity propulsion systems. Could this be the next major step in mankind’s technological
revolution?

When a large galaxy like Centaurus A merges with a spiral galaxy, there are likely trillions of
refugees who must flee radiation danger zones and find available planets to live on.
Under such circumstances, all populations in merging galaxies, and in some surrounding
galaxies, must limit their population growth because, on a predictable epic scale, galaxies
merge regularly. In Virgo, our next-door galaxy supercluster, galaxies are merging right now,
and many more formed Virgo’s numerous large elliptical galaxies.Meanwhile, in M83, a
galaxy right next to Centaurus A, Verdants apparently ignored the plight of their Centaurus A
neighbors.
Rather than limit their population numbers to an understandable 50 trillion or so, given their
security environment, Verdants went hog wild and actually grew their population many times
larger than what is safe and sustainable. Just when Centaurus A aliens needed help and
cooperation during the last 200 million years of their galaxy merger, Verdants defied
universal norms and grew to 500 trillion aliens. That simple, unadorned fact tells us
something is drastically, structurally wrong in Verdant society. When a population grows so
large and acquisitive, it tends to ignore the pleas of other aliens. A regime of 500 trillion
energy-demanding aliens doesn’t really think, in the human sense of carefully balanced
planning and analysis. Instead, it tends to lurch out in search of what it wants or needs,
without considering others’ rights. In that sense, the Verdant population is an essentially
faceless, unresponsive aggregate. When cited for violating the intergalactic ecology,
Verdants offer a variety of tacky excuses. For example, they pose the IFSP’s various
conscript planets as a kind of window dressing to cover for the Verdant population
explosion. Cases of the sort underscore the
Instead, we need to remember that part of the human elite is corrupt and ready to waste the
lives of billions, to squander the planet’s ecology in exchange for a parrot’s perch on some
puny IFSP starship.
However, hyperversals know that younger aliens who fail to moderate population growth will
suffer a lack of resources and good graces in the future, when they will have to contend for
habitable replacement planets. They don’t want unqualified upstarts to jeopardize the larger
ecology.Although sentient, some hyperversals appear to have engineered certain “emotional”
genes out of themselves, hence they can watch Verdants manipulate crimes against
humanity without feeling much.We’re now learning that vast numbers of hyper-advanced
aliens (hyperversals) manipulate and steer recently evolved aliens toward better ecology yet
sometimes make mistakes. For example, hyperversals and their genetically-engineered
intermediaries may assume that human error is genetically based, or that extremes of human
violence and greed represent solely human shortcomings. Meanwhile, we have evidence that
IFSP operatives have directly manipulated human events. As a result, mistakes are made and
people may suffer. This is an important aspect of human-hyperversal interactionsVerdants
reply that although their intervention may have ruined the gray planet, grays are now less
dangerous non-sexuals who “serve others,” rather than themselves. IFSP breeding and use
of gray survivors is a kind of pyramid scheme that depletes the universal ecology more than
would have happened had the gray planet survived.

Links; Matilda-macelroy.com

Eu-China. https://matilda-macelroy.com/wp63/blog/2024/11/29/eu-china/

Legalized-theft-monetizing-nature-all-for-the-greater-good.

strategic-considerations-taking-control-of-humanity.

Pleiadiaans/info/transformatie

Posted on November 7, 2024January 25, 2025 by Macelroy

Index: please click on the link for the index please?

Transcript. Mijn boodschap van vandaag is gericht aan degenen onder jullie die nog steeds niet kunnen verdragen dat voor de uiteindelijke overwinning van de lichtkrachten op aarde een militaire operatie nodig was.

Ik weet dat sommigen van jullie cognitieve dissonantie hebben, omdat jullie al zoveel jaren alleen maar worden opgeroepen voor energiewerk en vreedzame oplossingen voor alle problemen die jullie in het leven tegenkomen.

Maar als het gaat om de redding van de aarde van buitenaardse indringers en dit zijn de drakenreptielen die al millennia over jullie planeet heersen, moet het spel soms volgens hun regels worden gespeeld.

Deze wezens kunnen vanwege hun oorsprong niet begrijpen of voelen wat liefde en sympathie, goedheid en liefdadigheid, gelijkheid en broederschap zijn. Ze erkennen alleen geld en macht en daarom zijn ze bereid om elke misdaad te plegen.

Het is onmogelijk om met hen te onderhandelen, omdat er maar één taal voor hen is, die van geweld, en al het andere wordt door hen als zwakte beschouwd. Denk aan je geschiedenis hoeveel oorlogen en revoluties ze ontketenden hoeveel miljoenen mensenlevens ze verwoestten ze voeden zich met menselijke energie van pijn en lijden.

Alle macht en geld geconcentreerd en in de greep van deze wezens. met één woord ze controleren de hele wereld en de situatie is nu zo ver verslechtered dat ze nu besloten om de volledige controle over het leven en het geweten van mensen te nemen. De dingen die ze de afgelopen 2 jaar hebben gedaan, zijn het bewijs dat ze hun doel met zeven League St-stappen naderen en als ze nu niet worden gestopt, zullen de gevolgen voor mensen zelf die op jullie planeet wonen catastrofaal zijn. Het is onmogelijk gebleken om het alleen met vreedzame middelen te bereiken, dus de strijd met je slavenhouders heeft nu de laatste fase bereikt op fysiek niveau.

Nu blijken mensen hier niet op voorbereid te zijn, vooral degenen voor wie comfort en gemakken de hoogste prioriteit hebben in hun levens.

Het verlaten van de comfortzone met het verlaten van het gebruikelijke rustige leven is inderdaad voor weinigen weggelegd. Gelukkig zijn er nog steeds zulke mensen op aarde te vinden en ze zijn bereid hun leven te geven voor de bevrijding van de planeet en de redding van andere mensen en dit is wat er nu gebeurt. In de conflictzone en degenen onder jullie die deze situatie niet met hun verstand maar met hun hart kunnen en accepteren door naar hun intuïtie te luisteren.

Sommige mensen realiseren het zich snel ontwaken , terwijl anderen nog steeds in onbewust blijken te blijven wat aan de hand is. Maar er is deze keer geen andere uitweg.

Het was nodig om deze bron van kwaad te bereiken en te vernietigen., tot nu toe begrijpen weinigen dat het niet alleen zichzelf redt, maar de hele wereld, maar geleidelijk zal het herleefde deel van de mensheid het kunnen begrijpen en accepteren.

Met liefde en dankbaarheid en tot slot gaan we door naar de derde groep mensen die volledig op de hoogte zijn van de huidige gebeurtenissen op aarde. Nou, wat is hun cognitieve dissonantie vanuit het energetische oogpunt, maar eerst moet worden vermeld dat deze groep een eigen scheiding heeft.

Subgroepen volgens trillingsniveau met een verscheidenheid aan nuances van degenen die gewoon hun verontwaardiging uiten over de ciliaten van andere mensen aan de autoriteiten tot degenen die boven de situatie staan en alles wat gaande is als vanzelfsprekend beschouwen, afhankelijk van hun gewetensniveau.

Hun cognitieve dissonantie toont zich op verschillende manieren in het geval van sommige mensen is er helemaal geen dissonantie, ondanks het feit dat ze alle absurditeit van de huidige gebeurtenissen zien. De gevoelens die deze mensen hebben bij het zien van nur Gehoorzaamheid van de meerderheid van de burgers aan de autoriteiten variëren van de energie van veroordelen tot die van verbazing met een verscheidenheid aan andere tinten.

Dus de energie van veroordelen, zelfs als het niet de energie van agressie overbrengt, is hoe dan ook negatief omdat het acceptatie en bijgevolg onvoorwaardelijke liefde mist en in dit geval is een persoon niet beschermd tegen de bezoeken van astrale gasten die deze energie in hen zullen aanvullen als gevolg daarvan hoe meer ze de onderdanigheid van anderen veroordelen, hoe groter de kans dat de veroordelingsenergie zich ontwikkelt tot agressie jegens mensen om hen heen.

Wat helaas het geval is bij velen van jullie en het betekent dat je geweten nog steeds in de greep is van dualiteit. Niet in staat om los te breken van de gebruikelijke programma’s van de derde dimensie, ga je nog steeds door met het scheiden van mensen in ins en outs, slim en dwaas, volgers en leiders, wetgetrouw en vrijheidslievend en hoe meer je het doet, hoe meer je jezelf reduceert tot het gewetensniveau van degenen die je beoordeelt.

Om dit te vermijden, moet je leren om je af te sluiten van de wereld om je heen, maar de manier om de realiteit die er de macht over heeft te nemen zonder verontwaardiging, is natuurlijk niet gemakkelijk.

Het is geavanceerde aerobatics voor een nieuw leven ingeblazen persoon en hoewel deze taak in eerste instantie onwerkelijk voor je kan lijken, ben je nu eigenlijk klaar om de acties uit te voeren die je nodig hebt in de wereld van de derde dimensie.

Omdat je volgens je consensus in de ruimte van de vijfde dimensie bent, gedragen velen van jullie zich onbedoeld net zo, degenen die de praktijk actief toepassen

Links; Matilda-macelroy.com

Eu-China. https://matilda-macelroy.com/wp63/blog/2024/11/29/eu-china/

Legalized-theft-monetizing-nature-all-for-the-greater-good.

strategic-considerations-taking-control-of-humanity.

WEF/NWO and UN sustainable agenda 2030 and their minions?

Posted on November 1, 2024December 5, 2024 by Macelroy

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is image-2.png

Hundreds of billions of dollars are now being wasted every year in a periode of scarce resources dedicated to fighting climate change. How arrogant we are to think that we can really change the climate and being wasted, that we should do what mankind does best and use those resources to ADAPT to the changing climate.

EU did it again.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=s5cx56CDHLY

EU’s new law
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=s5cx56CDHLY&t=332s

Europe Just Passed a Law That’s About to Change Your Life | Guest: Justin Haskins | Ep 1067

Allie Beth Stuckey
573K subscribers

1,362,939 views Premiered on 16 Sept 2024 ‘Relatable’ Full Podcast Episodes
Today, we’re joined by Justin Haskins, author and editorial director of the Heartland Institute. First, we talk about the European Union’s new law that will dictate how companies, even in the United States, run their businesses and implement ESG and DEI initiatives. Why does this matter, and why does no one know it’s happening? Do companies even care what consumers think? And can Trump protect the U.S. from this law if elected? We also discuss the upcoming U.N. Summit of the Future at which members will vote on three extremely problematic agreements. We go through each and explain why they’re a bigger deal than people think.

Get Justin’s new book, “Propaganda Wars,” here: https://a.co/d/6mMwV1w

Get your tickets for Share the Arrows: https://www.sharethearrows.com/

Pre-order Allie’s new book: https://a.co/d/4COtBxy

justinhaskins #glennbeck #europeanunion #dei #esg #alliebethstuckey #relatable #religion #news #politics #christianity #christian #bible #conservative #theology

Timecodes:

00:00 Introduction
01:32 Introduction to Justin
02:30 EU’s new law
15:50 What is the goal?
22:20 Can Trump fix this?
34:42 The U.N. Summit
53:00 How do we push back?

In this video

Timeline

Chapters

Transcript

Introduction

we talk a lot about what’s at stake in this election abortion immigration the economy but what if I told you one of the most important issues is a law a little known law that is just passed in the European Union and what if I told you that Donald Trump is the only person that can mitigate the great harm this
law would cause to people like you to American business owners here to explain this incredible disturbing story is Justin H Haskins he is the author of many books with Glenn back and he has educated us on the emerging Global Order.

That mostly progressives in charge have been pushing through companies like Black Rock through International institutions through National governments and he is here to break it all down for us today with a little bit of Hope because we can make a difference we can push back on this but we have to have the courage to do it this episode is brought to you by our friends of good Ranchers go to coodranchers.com use code Ali at checkout that’s goodranchers.com.

Codee Aly Justin thanks so much for coming back and seeing us yeah it’s great to be back here and in the studio.

Introduction to Justin

It’s so cool to be here I know you haven’t been to the new studio okay so you’re here to bring us your trademark optimism right yep to tell us how like how awesome the world is and how things are going to be great that’s why they bring me in yay awesome can’t wait to hear it nothing could be further from
the truth oh no we I always have to end our episodes with some like with some encouragement for people.
But obviously the things that you have to say are important because they’re real, we wouldn’t be talking about it if it was just like these are your crazy projections based on your theories you’re telling us things that are actually going on so that people cannot be paranoid but can be as prepared and
knowledgeable as possible Y and you’re always covering what is actually going on beyond the headlines what’s going on behind the scenes that no one really wants us to know about.

So let’s start there what’s going on there is so much going on I think the EU’s new law most important story that has gotten completely drowned out by all the crazy stuff that’s been happening in presidential elections and assassination attempts and debate performances and all of that.

Uh is that there’s this new law that was passed in the European Union which at first most people when they start to hear Europe who cares it’s like the first thing but it impacts it’s going to impact every single American um it’s called the corporate sustainability due diligence directive the most sexy title you could ever come up with right?

Essentially what it does is create ESG social credit scores for companies okay um so we’ve talked about this before we’ve talked about the great reset and black rock and a lot of those kinds of things these ESG scores are designed to transform the way companies operate the kinds of products and services that they can sell and then by extent transforms societies around it.
So lots of climate change initiatives are in there uh biodiversity rules um land and water use uh all kinds of social justice lgbtq oh yeah how diverse is your board of directors how diverse are is your management team like these are the kinds of things that are in these ESG scores well in the United States.

There’s no ESG law there’s no social credit scoring law it’s all being imposed by private companies public private Partnerships between black like Black Rock exactly so like just sorry just to clarify to give people an idea.
Target for example like one of their majority owners I think is Black Rock and then they’ve got Vanguard and these are these huge Global entities that champion Progressive values for reasons we could probably talk about they’re probably manifold. But a lot of people ask okay like why doesn’t Target care more when the customers stand up for something while it’s because they care more about what Black Rock tells them to do than what the Suburban mom.
Tells them to do but a question I have for you and I don’t want to derail us but just because I know this will kind of help people understand what’s going on is that sometimes it does seem like companies respond to customers and it surprises me for example last year when it came to pride month a lot of customers raised a big Ruckus about what was being sold in these stores.
Surprisingly in response I guess to the backlash this year it was extremely subdued and even people said look I went in June I didn’t see any Pride stuff and only saw patriotic stuff for 4th of July so my question to you with all of this ESG why do corporations ever respond to what the customers say especially when they’re conservative customers. When as you’ve explained they don’t really have a profit incentive to do so yeah so there’s um there’s a balancing act that’s going on right now.
All right so you have black rock and these big asset managers and other big shareholders of these companies that are uh really interested in moving towards a left-wing Society okay but at the same time they want to make money so they want to make money too.

It’s not like black rock doesn’t want to make money they do and so they have more money than even of yeah oh yeah they have you know 10 you know more than 10 trillion dollar under assets under management at one point. So I mean huge amounts of money um so what black rock is and those kinds of entities are pushing on companies uh is they want to move as far to the left as they can without losing
money.
So the more people find out about these things the more Black Rock backs off a little bit of their pressure on a company like Target. Because they want to lose money either a lot of these policies have actually been in place to varying degrees for a long time but it was only recently that people started
understanding what was going on and so for a long time they were moving the ball forward very slowly and most people didn’t notice it.
I think they just thought oh you know Target is moving to the left because the leadership at Target is kind of leans left and Society kind of leans left and it’s all just moving in that direction very slowly uh but in reality there was this ESG stuff going on behind the scenes and it was all just happening
very slowly then around 2020 with Co everything ramped up huge there was a real concerted effort to transform Society quickly.

A lot of that was in the wake of trump uh Trump scared a lot of people uh in these Elite circles who
they now you know you had eight years of Barack Obama and they thought for sure that Hillary Clinton was going to win in 2016 and they thought okay this transformation of society can happen kind of slowly and we’re moving in the right direction when you say they I mean uh I mean Black Rock I mean World Bank international monetary fund United Nations World economy George Soros.

Unfortunately when people hear those names they think that’s just conspiratorial those people
aren’t even real they have real tangible power yeah absolutely and so this movement towards ESG has actually slowed a little bit in recent years uh at least the front-facing version of it.

What they are telling us and what they’re doing the in your face kind of stuff because the backlash was significant when people learned what was going on and it cost them some money and once it started costing them some money Black Rock said and other similar entities okay we need to slow this down a little bit at least for now uh and do more of the stuff behind the scenes.

And so actually a lot of corporate policies haven’t changed but the in your face stuff they’ve backed off a little bit because of how offensive it was to so many people.

So that’s what they’re trying to do they’re trying to move to the left without making it so offensive that people stop buying the products they understand that people can only tolerate so much cultural change and they’re probably afraid if they push too far then they could start losing people that would otherwise be Progressive.

I think even Barack Obama realized I can only push so far so fast before everyone starts to recoil I also think and I’m not trying to derail us onto the election but just an example of that you’ll notice that KLA Harris and the Democrats have not talked about transgenderism at all they’re not championing trans rights ABC didn’t bring that up at the presidential debate that wasn’t a part of the DNC that’s not a part of any of the ads they’ll use like the old school like rainbow flag.

But they won’t use the trans flag they know even though they are gearing to push it, they have pushed at this Administration they will continue to weaponize the government to you know shove this down people’s throats they don’t publicly talk about that in an election year because it’s too much too fast even for moderates yeah that was . The biggest mistake that Donald Trump made in the debate was not bringing it up. Yeah why didn’t he ask her flat out KLA Harris do you what do you think about biological men participating in girl sports, like what do you think of that are you in favor of that or not because she has to say yes or ignore it but she can’t she can’t go against the you know base of her party and not bringing that up yeah I totally agree?

So um this law that happened in the European Union they finally passed it took them years to put it together they passed it in May of this year 2024 and unlike the ESG policies that we’ve been talking about so far which are driven by the private sector this is being driven by the government so the European Union is trying codified these social credit scores for companies okay so they came up with their own left-wing ideas and values um and they uh passed this law in 2024 and they said it applies to uh large companies that are based in the European Union or non-eu companies large EU company non-eu companies that do above a certain amount of Revenue in the European Union. So for example um Apple
uh or McDonald’s or companies like that uh they reach if they surpass this threshold of Revenue which is $ 489 million dollars um then they have to adhere to these ESG rules as well. What’s really important about this is they don’t have to adhere to the ESG rules only in the European Union it has to be everywhere so it’s not enough for McDonald’s or for apple or for meta or for Microsoft or for Google or for and I could name a million other companies that this will apply to. It’s not enough for them to change their policies in the EU they have to change it in America they have to change it everywhere they do business that’s what the law says and if they don’t then they can be fined 5% of their total worldwide Revenue so for a company like apple if you do the math that’s $19 billion wow for one violation wow so no one’s going to violate this law because they can’t AFF to violate this law okay so it embeds all kinds of crazy left wing things about climate change social justice all the stuff you would imagine would be in there.
In there but what makes it even crazier than that is that one of the requirements for these large companies that are covered under this law is that they have to impose it on all of the not all but almost all of the businesses that they work with in their supply chains up stream and downstream no
matter where they’re located or how much business those companies do in the EU so for example Ford would be covered under this law Ford is a car company sells cars in the EU it above the threshold so
they have to adhere to it they also have to make sure Ford does that all the businesses that they do business with in America are also doing these ESG scores so you could be a rubber manufacturer in
Ohio that does no business in Europe but you make rubber for Ford you also have to adhere to the EU Rule and Ford is going to be the one that imposes it on you through contractual insurances and other stuff so if Ford doesn’t do that then Ford gets fined 5% of their total worldwide Revenue so obviously they’re going to do this.

Creating the digital prison.

So when you start playing out the ramifications of this they’re enormous we’re talking about if you’re a potato farmer who sells potatoes to McDonald’s in Idaho you now have to adhere to these left wing ESG rules even though you don’t do any business in the EU at all if you’re a truck driver that just
transports products for any of these companies if you’re a farmer that sells food you know that sells cabbage to any of these companies if you just do one little tiny piece of the component or you do marketing for one of these companies or you do software services for one of these companies you who will have to adhere to these ESG rules too.

Yeah and uh through this you can transform the entire country because you can transform hiring practices business practices the kinds of products that people sell and buy the commitment to social justice goals generally and none of this comes from an American law it’s all from this EU law.

Quick pause tell you our first sponsor for the day it’s Adele natural Cosmetics they are a family run holistic handcrafted toxin-free cosmetic and skincare company. I use their products every day I love their Blue Lagoon line it smells so good and it really makes my skin so moisturized and soft I started using Adele natural Cosmetics a few years ago I really wasn’t taking care of my skin I wasn’t paying attention to the ingredients in any of my skin care and then as I started to age a little bit I realized okay this really matters and as someone who has drier skin I wanted I wanted products that would leave my skin feeling moisturized without feeling greasy and that’s why I Love Adele natural Cosmetics it really works and all the products are completely natural plus this is a company run by a family that loves the lord they’re Unapologetic about their pro-life and Christian values so it’s just a win all around go to a d natural cosmetics .c use code Aly for 20% off your 25% off your first time purchase

Adell natural cosmetics.com

Aly what’s the end goal like what kind I know we’ve answered this before but a lot of these a lot of people are listening to this kind of conversation for the first time like what is the What is the goal?
Picture of the world that they think that they are painting through this because obviously they think they’re doing the righteous thing mhm yeah so um there’s a couple of factors at play one of them is uh Financial.
So in the European Union a lot of these things that they’re trying to impose are already the law so when they created this law the idea was not to make EU companies do these things EU companies are already forced to do these things in many cases. Europe is much further to the left than the United States in many ways not in all ways but in many ways.

The problem that Europe has is they have to compete with everybody else who doesn’t have to do all of this stuff right so they have these climate transition plans and laws and all the stuff that we don’t have in the United States they have all these taxes and things that we don’t have in the United States and so the companies that we have here are at a competitive advantage over the companies based in the EU. But not under this they’re essentially saying if you want to do any business at all in the EU then you got to make sure that you are adhering to our rules and that everyone you do business with is adhering to our rules and what that effectively does is make the world comply with all these costly EU regulations. Yeah so they’re imposing this crazy amount of costs on all these companies all over the world to make it easier uh for the EU based companies to compete with them.

So it’s kind of like a trade War almost uh it’s a really backwards way of doing it I guess and a secret way of doing it but that’s a big part of it it’s kind of like corporate communism because I mean it’s just like any leftwing proposal you’re pulling everyone down to the lowest common denominator.

I mean that’s what Equity is I remember vice president kamala Harris she put out a video when she was running for president last time saying Equity means we all end up in the same place which is actually not truthfully. Fundamentally what Equity is supposed to mean it’s supposed to mean treating everyone the same way but she said Equity means everyone ending up in the same place which of course was the vision of Marx and has always been the vision of Communists. But these policies never lift everyone up to the highest place that you can be but rather pulls everyone down to the lowest and poorest place you can be and that’s what it seems like is happening.

It’s not like they’re allowing these EU companies to level up and compete with the American companies it’s saying no you’re going to be just as poor and just as hamstrung as we are that’s right that’s exactly right and um and on that note one of the craziest parts of the law which we just found out about really is that buried in this massive law there’s like one long paragraph that essentially mandates that these companies participate in one of the largest transfers of wealth ever in history and the way they do it is through this one.
Of the big questions that we had for a long time when we were researching this law and I’ve been looking at it for 3 years basically they’ve been working on it for 3 years uh is well how are you going to make China like go woke and how are you going to make China make sure they have the right number of trans people or blacks or whatever their board of directors like.
Obviously they’re not going to do that what about some poor farmer in Mexico who sells a particular product for some food distributor I mean are you really expecting them to adopt uh like electric powered of you know f equipment and stuff yeah of course like they’re not going to be able to do that.

So what are you going to do and we thought what they were going to do was simply um selectively enforce it, we’re only going to enforce it on the people we want to change and then we’ll just look the other way. When it comes to China and the people which what the WF and the UN does for human rights issues all that kind of thing exactly.

But we were wrong there is a long paragraph buried in this law that says if you’re one of these major companies you go to a uh someone in the supply chain and you say hey you need to adopt electric powered cars because the EU tells us we can only do business with people who have electric powered cars so you have to start moving in that direction, and XYZ company in China says no we’re not going to do that because if we do that we’re going to lose a bunch of money we can’t survive we can’t have the same wage standards that you have we can’t have the same environmental standards we can’t do any of those things sorry. Then what the law says is the large company that’s forced to impose this on these smaller companies in China or Mexico or wherever has to pay for the transition to happen so in other words Ford buys some sort of component from some manufacturer in China they go to them in
China and they say you got to go to Electric.

All solar power for your factory and they say no otherwise we’ll we’ll go under if we do that then Ford has to pay for them to go for solar for has is like disincentivized to go to those companies and say hey we want you to make these for us but I guess you’re saying that Ford basically under this law they have no option right but to go to a company and either they find a company that can afford to comply with the law themselves or they will just have to pay and so everyone’s forced right to pay up in some way.

I mean it what it actually says is that companies are expected to make the trans help them make the transition rather than go find another company so the explicit purpose of this is to make all of these companies all over the world transform in line with the EU objective even like the poor avocado farmer that’s right don’t worry about it uh whoever some big massive Corporation in America will pay you poor avocado farmer to make the transition but in reality they’re not going to pay for it yeah they’re just going to pass all those costs along to Consumers that’s who’s going to end up pay for.

So is there any that uh say president Trump wins in November is there anything he could do to mitigate the harm caused to American companies. Can Trump fix this?
Well if he does nothing we’ll start with that if he or Comm Harris just do nothing they don’t help it they don’t hurt it they just do nothing then it will happen because this is all being driven by the EU and big corporations that want to do business in the EU and for them financially it will always make sense to keep stay in that market rather than leave the market because they’re making enough money that
it makes sense for them. Yeah wait sorry I you just say so much and I just have so many questions why don’t all the corporations like why doesn’t Apple why don’t these big corporations just stand up and say no EU we’re not doing this yeah they make enough money in the EU that it makes sense it’s cheaper for them to pay for the transitions that they have to pay for than it is for them to leave the EU Market.

But what if they just is do they not have enough power to bully the um to bully the politicians to tell them no we’re not going to do that apparently not apparently not I mean they seem to have lost uh all
ability to. They there was a huge fight for 3 years uh lobbyists were trying very hard to stop this most Industries lost and the EU uh sort of the far left wing of the EU was successful in pushing this thing through yeah um what’s really interesting is there is a giant carve out for one industry that one industry is the financial industry they did manage to get a carve out for them so the rules only apply to them in their own specific business operation. So if you’re a big bank for example and you buy paper for sending out letters to people then you got to make sure your paper supplier is you know following these rules but you don’t have to worry about where your money goes you don’t have to worry about where you get your money or where you send your money or what kind of loan agreements that you have with people or things like that.

Why because you would think that’s how is that any different than someone who sells radios to Ford or something they’re part of the because there was a carve out made for them and there was a crony deal that was that was cut out for them and that was negotiated and there was lots of fighting and all of that. So the big corporations did try to stop this because they don’t want to do it and they lost.

Second sponsor for the day is good ranchers all right we are talking about all of these Global initiatives to fundamentally change how business owners do business that also includes farmers and ranchers they have been hit so hard by these so-called climate change policies and economic policies over the past several years they need our support.
One of the best ways that you can support uh support local farms and ranches is by buying all of your meat from good ranchers all of their better than organic chicken their craft beef their steak all of their Seafood it’s all from American farms and ranches so you can trust that it’s really high quality.
You know where it’s coming from subscribe get your box of meat to your front porch every month that’s what we do it saved us so much time and so much money right now they’ve got this awesome deal where if you subscribe they will give you a free add-on of meat every month in your box for four years plus if you use my code Aly you can get an additional $25 off your box go ranchers.com code Ali.

Does George Soros have his fingerprints on this I mean actually directly or no uh you know I don’t think
so I think this was driven uh I mean George Soros has his fingerprints on everything to some extent you know and I’m sure you could find a nonprofit that was pushing for this that also got money from George Soros. But you could do that for almost anything generally speaking this was um something that was wanted by the far left think of like the AOC types in the EU they wanted this they’ve wanted it for a long time and they felt like the next stage of transforming Society can’t happen um until they solve this financial problem of the EU companies not being able to compete with competitors around the world.

Because it’s so easy for an EU company anytime you want to do something crazy to say to the EU politicians if you do this to us the EU economy is going to collapse we can’t do this so they came up with a way to say okay we’ll just make everyone do it, we’ll make everyone about it right and everything seems to have everything that comes from this faction of the world seems to have a chaotic and delirious
effect on the United States. I have to think that’s part of the issue is not even just to help EU companies but to purposely hurt the United States because a strong us is really against the whole
Global Order and regime that they’re trying to create so back to that I completely derailed us pre the president.

If it’s Comm Harris or Donald Trump if they do nothing it’s going to happen correct because it’s already the law it’s already being transition is already starting to happen big corporations are already being told by law firms you got to do this.
Here’s the things you got to do this is all documented it’s happening the only way to stop it is to have a uh president and Congress uh a president might be able to do some of this on their own because they do have a lot of power in negotiating trade deals and things like that but you have to at the very least have the president a congress. Alone wouldn’t be able to do it uh go to the EU and say no like you can
do this to everybody else but you can’t do this to us and the reason the United States can do that um and Mexico can’t is because the United States is needed more by the EU than we need the EU we do
do a lot of business with the EU a lot of trade with the but it’s mostly for luxury items things we don’t actually need.
I mean when’s the last time you’ve had anything where it’s you know made in Spain yeah exactly it’s mostly high-end products and luxury items and luxury cars and fashion and stuff like that that we’re getting from them wine things like that we can live without that stuff yeah. But they can’t live without us we provide them with cheap energy we provide them with software we provide them with emerging Technologies they can’t live without Apple you know. So we have all the leverage the only reason this is happening is because the people who are in power want it to happen that’s the only reason yeah and so Donald Trump is one of these people who is one of the few politicians of very prominent politicians Republican or Democrat who would be completely opposed to something like this.

Many even Republicans might be okay with looking the other way while this happens but not him and uh I don’t think it’s a mistake that they pushed it through right at this moment they’ve been trying for 3 years they weren’t able to do it. I think they got nervous about what was going to happen with the election uh the transition isn’t going to happen without laws. I think and they said we got to get
this through before this guy becomes president and that’s exactly what has occurred I want everyone to understand the global mechanism that is invested in Donald Trump not being president.

I’m not even you don’t even have to suggest Direct meddling to understand what is at play and all of the huge International powers that are so incredibly financially ideologically invested in making sure that kamala Harris or any not Trump candidate right is in power because someone who flexes America’s muscles which traditionally over the past you know uh at least couple decades has been the Republican um and like you said there are definitely people on both sides that are complicit. But when it comes to Republican versus Democrat it’s been the Republican side that has been more willing to say I’ll Flex our I’ll Flex our muscles I’ll use our leverage and Donald Trump is definitely that person I don’t agree with him on everything but he wants America to be the best. He wants us to take the lead when it comes to trade he wants the other Global powers to know hey we’re in charge.

I think that most Democrats most progressives are actually completely invested in America’s weakness Obama was for sure and I have every confidence that K Harris would be. Yeah I totally agree I think
that Democrats generally speaking uh prioritize the sort of Western Global Order Over America itself and they’ve made that very clear in their handling of Ukraine.
They’ve made that very clear in the way that they’ve dealt with this particular issue that we’re talking about today and all sorts of other issues related to the United Nations that they have no problem with paying money out to the entire world without getting anything in return.
They have no problem with giving away more and more of America’s power to Europe because
they see that as that’s the way of having a uh a properly functioning Western World we all have to be working together part of the global and all of that stuff and so Donald Trump does not fit into that obviously he would he would bristle at. I have no evidence to believe he actually knows about any of this uh but he would hate just the concept in general regardless of what the social credit scores are calling for they could be right-wing things but just the idea of having Europe tell us what
we should do and how we should live and what our products and services should look like there’s just no way he would be in favor of that. So uh think the only way this stops before it goes fully into
effect um so it’s already been passed into law it’s going to be phased in over several years um more and more companies they have different thresholds and levels where they get phased in um the only way this goes stops is if Donald Trump is president of the United States that’s it. And even then it has to it
requires him to do something do something to what basically say we’re not complying go to the EU and say if you want to get our oil and gas if you want to get our weapons for your Wars if you want to be protected in NATO and all of this other stuff you’re not going to do this to us you’re going to make an exception you’re going to put it into the law and then we can talk um and they
will have no choice but to comply yeah there just no choice and that would be good not just for America but it would be good for all of the people that you described the poor Mexican farmer cuz a strong America is good for the world where as the progressive mentality is that a strong America is bad and oppressive for the world and that’s really where the difference in policy uh comes.

From scary stuff that we are talking about I think it is an understatement to say that we do not know what the future holds and gosh all of these laws these policies that we’re talking about could really affect the supply chain which affects our ability to get the medicine that we need sometimes life-saving medicine when you’re talking about infections and antibiotics if for whatever reason things hit the fan and you can’t go through the traditional means to get a prescription for an infection you want to make sure that you have an emergency stash of the most common antibiotics as well as some add-ons like a an EpiPen or itin or Tamiflu and you can get that through jce medical.

You can also get a Jace daily kit which is a year-long supply of the prescription that you and your family rely on a daily basis go ahead and take care of this now it’s so much better to be safe than sorry when it comes to the medication that you and your family need. Go to ja.com all ei use code Ali for a discount on your order that’s ja.com code

The U.N. Summit

Aly all right let’s talk about un Summit it’s coming up the summit for the future it does it um well it depends on your perspective on the world I guess. Right um so yeah this is this is another
incredible story this has been going on this is another one of these multi-year things that have been happening um so going back to the time of covid into 2021 when we still had lockdowns and Co insanity and it was especially bad in Europe well into 2021.

The UN Secretary General that’s the head of the United Nations produced this report called our common agenda and we’ve talked about it actually before in some of our other interviews and uh it was full of just crazy stuff and the idea was to dramatically expand the power of the United Nations and they used covid as their justification for why we would need to do this.

It’s proof we have to do something to address future crises we can’t just rely on countries to do the right thing so our Karm agenda was this huge proposal put forward and over the last few years that has been written into specific proposals all leading up to this big United Nations Summit that’s coming up in uh September at the end of the month um called Summit of the Future Okay Summit of the future.

Has three international agreements so think about a lot of people who are listening to this probably have heard of the Paris climate agreement things like that similar kind of thing big International agreement all member states of the United Nations are expected to sign it and to adhere to it.

There are three international agreements that are going to be brought forward at this big meeting that they’ve been working on for years uh one is called packed for the future um and packed for the future is probably uh at least in the short term the most problematic one.

There are a lot of crazy things that are in it uh the most important thing is something called um well it’s been called a couple different things but emergency platform is the most dangerous thing that’s in it uh the emergency platform emerged out of that our common agenda proposal essentially what the Secretary General wanted and it looks like they’re going to try to give it to him is the ability to declare unilaterally a global emergency in the future um and it doesn’t really explain what a global emergency is he gets to decide that in consultation with his experts and stakeholders they say uh and then he gets to have these crazy powers to address this Global emergency wherever it is and uh to issue penalties to people who are not adhering to the plan that he want.

Individuals private citizens well my I think it’s countries probably or governments but um who knows it’s pretty vague the wording of it and um that he would be able to these these emerc that he would get to declare would be for a finite period of time uh say 90 days or something like that but that he would have the unilateral Authority 15 days to slow the spread right.

We’ve heard this before heard that but he has the very similar to that he has the authority to unilaterally renew this period of time over and over and over again forever never have predicted that right so it doesn’t matter that’s a f a finite period of time if you get to renew it obviously um so this emergency platform is in this uh pack for the future that the United States as far as we could tell based on statements made from the UN ambassadors uh American ambassadors to the un uh is going to
sign this it’s going to agree to it um there are other crazy things in it too it’s not just that um there’s a promise to create universal access to abortion without any description any limitations
as far as I can tell as to what that means I don’t yeah I don’t understand I’m not understanding how they have the power to do this. Like if Texas for example or Arkansas or Florida they have a heartbeat Bill protecting babies like how can the UN come in and say nope you can’t do that yeah I mean realistically the UN could issue some sort of uh penalty or something on its own but how could they actually get the United States to force it on Texas or something like that.

They probably couldn’t the idea unless they had someone to comply and we’ve already seen the weaponization of the doj under Biden and karmala not that she needs like a you know a pretext
for doing something like that but she could say oh this is from this is from the UN sorry like we’re going to send our department of justice and the full force of the intelligence Community to your state and the military and you’re going to comply with us and if we don’t think that she would do that then you should take a look at KLA Harris’s record right well and you would never even propose anything if you’re the United Nations to go to the final stages of being uh offered up to member states without making sure that the United States is going to agree to it in the first place because if the United States says no it’s dead anyway and so the United States has so much power they have the most power in the United Nations by far they have unilateral veto Authority on a whole bunch of different things they give the most money to the United Nations nobody does anything at the United Nations without asking America first. Sometimes they do it knowing the United States is going to say no anyway and they just want to do it but in this case uh they did it because the United States agreed to these terms so the leadership of the United States wants this to happen they’re okay with it um and this just gives the federal government more authority to enact these kinds of things.
It’s easier to go out there and say look we we’ve signed this International agreement saying we’re going to do this like we have to adhere to our International agreements what about you know norms and the global order and all this stuff that they’re always talking about uh we have to keep our promises you know that was the same kind of stuff they did with the Paris climate agreement and that’s exactly what they’re going to do here with this so the emergency platform, universal access to abortion all kinds of crazy statements about fixing inequalities and structural inequalities between classes group it says eliminate in their segment on Declaration on future Generations.

It’s almost like Declaration on future Generations there’s such like a new age mystical part of all of this too it’s almost like an incantation that they’re Conjuring up eliminate all forms of persistent historical and structural inequalities these people need to read a Thomas Soul book you cannot eliminate inequality outside of a police state yep you cannot if two siblings from the same family who were raised the same way with the same resources with the same parents end up in two different places sometimes to very disparate places then of course two individuals from different countries with different backgrounds with different innate capabilities are going to end up in different places.

Inequality is a fact of life that doesn’t mean Injustice actual Injustice should persist but inequality even in the most societies will always be there the elimination of inequality will always mean communism in some form or collectivism in some form. Yeah it well it has to and I would argue that inequality is actually the sign of a moral Society because we don’t all deserve the same things I mean that’s just that’s what Merit means some people deserve more than other people now some people have inequalities that are unjust you that has happened obviously and shouldn’t have that that’s why we want equal treatment under the law yeah there’s inequality of outcome which as you said is a sign of a just and fair society and then there’s inequality of process which we do count as uh Injustice we believe that everyone should be seen the same under the eyes of the law everyone has an entitlement to Due Process Everyone is entitled to the rights to life liberty and the pursuit of happiness that’s part of why we believe that human beings inside the womb are entitled to those rights too because we should all have we all have equal worth and deserve Equal justice in that sense but the left they say that Justice Means equal outcomes and that’s just not true that’s not true biblically it’s not true historically
it’s not even true logically it’s not possible either without killing a bunch of people and ending up with communist societies. H right ma Paul poot like we’ve seen it over and over again that’s
exactly right you wherever they’ve actually tried to take this to its logical end you end up with tens of millions of people dead that’s what always happens and that’s in this agreement so the Declaration of f on future Generations as you pointed out that’s a separate agreement uh out of the three the third one is global digital compact okay so the global digital compact is something that was also part of the our common agenda um it’s focused mainly on regulating uh technology especially on the internet artificial intelligence is a big part of it we want to make sure that there’s a global governance of artificial
intelligence um we want to make sure that AI is being designed fairly and equitably and with social justice in mind and all of that stuff um and obviously AI can be really bad and dangerous and there are a lot of problems with it I just don’t trust the United Nations to be the ones that’s regulating it right um in addition to that there’s a bunch of policies in there about dealing with misinformation and disinformation on social media on the internet generally how are they going to combat this we need to create standards that everyone has to adhere to across countries with the idea in mind.

That you know you can’t have Elon Musk running around allowing people to say whatever they want oh I bet they hate Elon Musk oh they do hate Elon Musk um many of these in fact the European Union just recently threatened Elon Musk uh and told him that he if he didn’t start regulating speech his platform in
a more expansive way that there were going to be penalties issued to him they might ban it in the European Union uh there were some columnists that were calling for him to be jailed as a result
of this um so there’s no question about it um that’s the goal and some of the stuff that they talk about relating misinformation is just so incredible uh for example one of the things they want to do is they want to strengthen independent and public media and support journalists and media workers through the United Nations so UNF funded journalists media Outlets media workers at other outlets obviously this is just propaganda. Is what they’re talking about here another quote from it is provide promote and facilitate access to and dissemination of independent fact-based timely targeted clear accessible
multilingual and science-based information to counter Miss and disinformation so now we’re talking
about creating a factchecking organization at the United Nations um again these are the same people who
during Covid completely mishandled it trafficked in misinformation helped China or allowed China to cover up what was going on with covid. Then another one uh calling on digital technology companies and developers to continue to develop Solutions and publicly communicate actions to counter potential
harms including hate speech and discrimination from AI enabled content that’s designed so um again re makes let’s make sure that AI is being designed so that it’s not being used for hate speech and misinformation and disinformation and all of that of course is code words for whatever they want it
to be right.

I mean their concept of hate speech is like the show you know they just don’t want anything that disagrees with their points of view totally so let’s make sure there’s a global governance body to
regulate speech misinformation disinformation what you say on social media companies AI can be used for ETC um and we won’t we’ll have a much better world and this is especially important with AI because AI isn’t just used on the internet generally it’s being embedded in all of these different companies like Banks and corporations and chance companies Etc.
They use AI all the time well if AI is designed with these woke ideas built into it and then a bank uses AI then what does that mean for people’s access to loans and that kind of things so this is all very bad and we should be fighting against it and instead most people aren’t even talking about it right uh never mind fighting against it.

And the United States is about to sign us all up for it saying yeah we’re 100% behind this how
do you what do you mean that we’re about to sign up for it well the United States will formally sign this agreement when it comes up in uh a couple of weeks okay.

And because it’s I mean because it’s being run by Joe Biden and Joe Biden is ideologically aligned or he just doesn’t is probably not really doing anything yeah well what we’ve what we’ve been uh looking at is statements from the Biden administrations ambassadors to the United Nations saying they like a lot of the stuff that’s in this and they’re good with it and they haven’t really been drafting it so much.
But they seem to be they’re totally fine with it it’s just so funny as we’re talking about all of this and all the huge Global apparatus that progressives have to force their ideas on the world and yet we hear that the biggest threat is Christian Conservative Christian nationalism like taking I’m like every single Global and National Institution is completely dominated by progressivism and like we’re accused of just wanting power and handmaid’s tale and Empire and Christo Fascism and all this stuff.

I’m like what institutional power do conservative Christians even have anywhere are we the ones that are literally using the power of the state to try to rob you of any wealth you have built until you comply with what we believe in. Like truly the left is building This Global theocracy like if
you even want to you know their God which I think is like the god of self and they are forcing you to bow down to their idols and they have the audacity to project that onto like the Christian conservative mom who’s just like I don’t like abortion oh you’re a fascist they have do because they have to there has to be a there has to be someone to blame when things don’t go the way that they should be going.

I when I first started out uh in public policy my very first job was working for the Rhode Island
Republican party oh yeah which is about the most pointless group of people that you could ever imagine. They mean well Rhode Island Republicans they’re probably listening to this they mean well maybe someone is I don’t know they mean well but the big the craziest part was the Republicans in the media the Republicans uh you know State local media the Democrat Party they were constantly blaming Republicans anytime anything went wrong. They stopped us they did this they did that when I was there the uh the state house there had about a hundred or so seats in it, four of them were Republicans wow the rest were Democrats and maybe a handful of Independence or something they had no power but they were still blamed on a daily basis anytime anything went wrong.
Yeah and so it’s that’s you have to do that that is the sign of an authoritarian regime you must have a scapegoat and every authoritarian regime that has ever existed has taken a tiny minority of this of society and said whether it’s the Jews and fascist Germany under the Nazis or in China where they had all kinds of different minority groups including a lot of educated people and the cultural revolution and stuff that they had.
There Cambodia where you had disabled people and things like that they were Mass murdering there’s always some group of people who you have to blame and say well if we just didn’t have to take care of all these disabled people or if the Jews just weren’t the ones running the world or whatever the conspiracy theory of the day is for them that helps them uh you have to have it otherwise if things aren’t going well it’s on you.
You’re the one in charge and so you must have this and that’s exactly that’s no different today than it was 50 years ago 100 years ago a thousand years ago.

All right last sponsor for the day is Nat Suite all right you heard all of that business owners things are looking a little precarious and so you want to go ahead and make sure all of your systems your processes are in one place and that you are using the most efficient methods possible to track your business’s performance your kpis and that’s why you need Nat Suite the number one Cloud Erp that brings accounting financial management inventory HR into one fluid platform over 38,000 businesses have future proofed their business with net Suite by Oracle.
With one unified business management Suite you’ve got one source of truth that gives you visibility and control you need to make quick and good decisions go to netsuite.com Alley to get the CFOs guide to Ai and machine learning at netsuite.com alley.

So is there anything that we can do? How do we push back? Do in addition to voting against karmala Harris in November. Is there anything the average American that’s listening to this can do yeah I mean I think earlier we talked about it a little bit um why is it that Target is not as woke this year as they were like three years ago there’s a reason for that, it’s because the more people learn about these things so much of the stuff is being done in darkness and people don’t realize what’s happening and then they go to the store and they just see these things it doesn’t make sense to them, they don’t understand why it’s occurring uh the more that people know uh it really does matter the more they push back against it the more that they complain people underestimate that a lot of people think I’m just one person so
what can I do what does it really matter I’m not in Media or what I don’t have a podcast you know what am I going to do these companies uh really do care when they get even a small amount of letters
or emails complaining about things because they’re not used to getting any so just a small number of things really does make a huge difference because in their minds if they’re getting 20 angry emails one day and they normally get one that’s like oh my God there’s a crisis something’s really bad here they see that as a sign of a much larger push back and so people can take the initiative and at least slow things down they can’t totally stop without voting for the right people.

But they can at least make these companies think twice before they go all in on this stuff yeah and hopefully there is you know generational change we would have thought that we could have never overcome the abortion Lobby in the United States to get to a point where we’re overturning roie Wade.

I mean for 49 years people thought that that’s impossible and then all of a sudden it happened because of some legislators in Mississippi that listened to their voters and decided to pass a law that
eventually made its way to the Supreme Court that was filled with nominees by presidents who were voted for by pro-life Americans since the 1990s or even 1980s.

I don’t remember when Clarence Thomas took his seat but all of that matters and it matters over time
and as you said I think the most encouraging part of this but also just like it shows what a precarious position that we’re in is the muscle that America still has and how other countries do defer to us even if they talk a big game about not liking America and all of that stuff.

At the end of the day America has a lot of power I want to vote for someone that’s willing to flex our muscles on behalf of not just our citizens but all the people that are affected by this kind of just like anarco poverty tyranny.

I don’t even know it’s like such it’s so hard to even describe exactly what it is but yeah what I what I love to tell people is um you know if you were living in uh like the late 1940s and you were a limited
government conservative American um I think a lot of people today they think back to that time and they think well America was much more conservative then and in a lot of ways it was but if you were living in that time and Franklin Delo Roosevelt one of the most socialistic Progressive presidents that in history uh had just been elected for the fourth time in a row yeah and you would just live through two world wars where millions of people were dying all around you friends family members you still have inadequate Health Care you know you have uh people massive amounts of poverty and underdevelopment and all of that stuff uh the Constitution was just being railroaded at every turn when Franklin Roosevelt didn’t get what he wanted.

He threatened to pack the Supreme Court and they elected him anyway multiple times you had all kinds of
problems with segregation and all of this stuff uh you saw you still had China out there in the world doing horrible things with Ma and all of that in the in the going into the 50s and that sort of thing.

If you were living in the 40s and the 50s and you were looking at the rise of the Soviet Union development of nuclear weapons the Cold War all of that and then the 60s and 70s were kind of crazy too. Yeah you wouldn’t have thought I think things are going to turn out pretty well like you know you just wouldn’t have thought that and it took a long time Republicans did not run Congress for like 40 or 50 years in a row people don’t realize that that’s why in the 1990s they talk about new Gingrich and the contract for America and all that. That’s because Republicans had never they had won in 50 years so if you were living in that moment in time you would think things are very dark and they’re getting worse but eventually they turned around because people kept fighting and that is the key you have to keep fighting and it’s okay to think maybe in the next 10 years things are not going to be spectacular.

The left for a long time was not the favored majority in society and they had to imagine what they wanted the world to look like 20 30 40 years into the future and we have to start thinking like that too, it’s okay to think that way it can be depressing . I get it but uh that’s how you change society long-term views you continue to fight you never give up and you have faith that in the end the Good Will went out over the evil yeah and bringing it to the light. Like you do is so important gosh as you were talking I was thinking and you know Ronald Reagan didn’t get everything right but without Ronald Reagan the world would look very different than it does today. The Republican Party would look different he really reinvigorated not only the GOP but really the United States and Western Civilization through his peace through strength policies and yeah that is something to look at and to think about and for us to vote to try to re here. Thank you so much for what you do just bringing the darkness into light as you said that’s where they Thrive like mold and so we got to expose it um thank you so much I really appreciate it where can people follow you and buy your books because you’ve got a new book coming out with fun soon uh yep uh they can follow me on social media at Justin t Haskins or go to heartland.org they can see what we’re doing at the Heartland Institute where I work. Glenn and I have a new book coming out October 22nd so if you’re interested please pre-order it’s called propaganda Wars and the idea behind the book is not only to shine light on where propaganda is coming from, where are these large propaganda campaigns at the world economic forum and these other institutions who are these people who are promoting this why are they promoting it how do they do it why are they so successful uh really shining a light on all of that especially with the election in mind and the threats that might come about in this election and in future elections. There’s a ton of great stuff in there about that that uh but we also want to give people the tools they need to figure out what is true and what isn’t true so there’s a step-by-step guide in there that allows you to actually run news stories through.

Follow these steps and it will help you figure out okay is this propaganda or is this something that I can actually trust and right in time for the election probably the biggest propaganda event uh in
history which might be the case.

I mean God knows this last election the uh presidential debate that we just had was full of propaganda and just outright lies um if the election is really close.
We know that there might be some kind of election crisis uh there’s talk of deep fake election crises and things like that. So this book is preparing you for that reality uh so people can pre-order
it propaganda Wars Glenn Beck and Justin H Haskins on amazon.com and wherever you get your books thanks so much Justin thanks Allie.

Links; Matilda-macelroy.com

Eu-China. https://matilda-macelroy.com/wp63/blog/2024/11/29/eu-china/

Legalized-theft-monetizing-nature-all-for-the-greater-good.

strategic-considerations-taking-control-of-humanity.

Source, heaven and earth?

Posted on October 28, 2024January 25, 2025 by Macelroy

Index: please click on the link for the index please?

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BWvqE4M86fI

1:17 / 19:39

The 12D Creators: Before it’s Taken Down: Watch This Video, That You Are Not Supposed To Know! (4.5)

THE LIGHT WORKERS
49.3K subscribers

views
11 Nov 2024 #lightworkers #galacticfederation #light
🤲🏻 Thanks for watching.
🤲🏻 Subscribe and Like and Share 👋🏻
🤲🏻 Love and Light! Namaste💞

Visuals:
This is an original narration recorded specifically for this video in the studio by LightWorkers

lightworkers #galacticfederation #light

Transcript

The 12d creators.

We so enjoy experiencing your Evolution we have so much with all of you in the astral plane
while you are asleep we know who you really are and we know that you can wake up within the dream you are living and start to live The Best of Both Worlds.

You can start to do this now or you can wait few months you can wait until the next eclipse or until the upcoming event. It is up to you. Can start living as the unlimited beings of unconditional
love that you are. Right in this very moment if you can convince yourselves that it is possible to do so if you can start by acknowledging that everything is your creation that will help.
Because it is easier for you to remain in the state of being that unconditional love is.
When you recognize that everything in front of you is your creation you can love it or hate it you can accept it or resist it. You can let it be as it is or try to fix it it’s entirely up to you.
But how you be is so important that you enjoy giving yourselves challenges to grow more fully into who and what you really are. That’s what we enjoy witnessing you doing and while it may seem as though you are just being punished or even tortured imprisoned by being there.

Remember that you are the only ones who could ever choose that experience and you choose every
experience from a place of power and a place of Mastery you don’t choose your experiences from a place of guilt or from a place of Shame you don’t think that you have so much growing to do that you then must give yourself all of these challenges.

No the opposite is true you know how much you already are that being of light and love but you want to
experience the movement that comes through growing into that from a place of not knowing it and we are here to support you in that and to remind you of who you really are.
Every step of the way now when you receive enough of these messages they do then override your
initial programming which told you something quite different from what we are telling you now and you are there to break down the old beliefs the old systems the old ways of doing things and start with something new something fresh something different something that is more life affirming and empowering.
And that’s what you are doing people who make YouTube videos are called creators by YouTube because that is what you are doing you are creating something and you are sharing it with others and they can
choose to resonate with it to enjoy it or not. But you created it you create something again your entire reality and then you decide what you think about it how you feel about it what the impact of it could be and you can start right now living that truth of who you really are and sharing the messages that come through you with anyone and everyone.

Who wants to be more of who they are who wants to be more empowered again you don’t have to wait
for any big event or any moment on the calendar that says now is thetime you have received our invitation and the invitation of your soul your higher self Source we are all here to encourage you and then to witness you in your beautiful growth experiences.

We are the creators and we love you very much. Syrians of Sirius dear Awakening star seed in
humans the time of personal meetings is approaching and we would like to take this opportunity to tell you a little more about us just like people on Earth there are many different Syrian races with very different appearances and cultural mentalities attitudes Behavior patterns and conventions.
Today we are talking mainly about the inhabitants of Sirius B it is true we on Sirius B are mainly aquatic beings and there are some emissaries who chose the bodies of dolphins and whales to Incarnate on terara at earlier times. The so-called mermaids and Mer also Trace back to Syrian Roots but at a
later time we have also co-evolved humanoid bodies one of the most famous representatives of our species is the Egyptian Sun King Akatan with Nefari and their children. Our home planet has large
warm oceans there is no cold water the land mass hosts some vast Sandy deserts.
Lush Flora is almost EX exclusively confined to near the sea nevertheless Inland there are a few extensive Lake plates with equally Rich plant growth.
They are like green Islands surrounded by sand overall there is more life in the oceans than on the mainland the ratio of land to water masses is about the same as on Gaia about 80 to 20.

There are three suns Sirius b a white dwarf gives us a soft light shines more weakly and also is smaller than the terrestrial Sun. The light of the other two suns also reaches us nevertheless we have a night cycle but it is brighter than onara so we have a very wide radius of vision even in the dark.
There is only one season with constant pleasantly warm temperatures, Syrians prefer to live in
larger communities you would call them family groups and feel most comfortable in in close proximity to each other both physically and emotionally. It is more important for us than for many other races for example The pleadians Who desire more privacy to feel a sense of belonging and Security in loving connection with the beings and nature of our environment. Which is not to say that we don’t have personal Retreats we just use them less often than others and don’t need them when living together is
harmonious because we maintain close telepathic connections we are open books to our beloved ones and do not hide anything. This way of living together promotes great voraciousness and an Exquisite sense for harmony, we are teamworkers and don’t believe in self-appointed authorities as each team member has unique skills and a right to say in all matters depending on the task at hand. The leader of a mission naturally organically emerges as need. He or she does not need to be elected or appointed our children grow up together and are shepherded and raised together.

Possessive terms such as mine yours or ours are weak to non-existent a mother or father cares
for another couple’s children as much as for his or her own. Every day a different member of the community takes over the supervision and teaching function this leaves everyone enough space and time
for other activities and matters of the heart additionally. All children enjoy a greater diversity of lessons and may experience many different teacher personalities. Syrians love round organic
shapes see the gouty buildings in Barcelona that blend harmoniously with their surroundings wood Natural Stone hard grained grasses make our architectural Hearts Leap higher on the other hand and
we can’t do anything with concrete steel corners and sharp edges we love rock and Earth caves tree houses tiny houses Etc.
Even our space Fleet ships are organic in nature and have Consciousness to some degree.

The majority of our population is devoted to creative professions whether artistic sculpture poetry music painting or writing, research or land and water management we are always in search of
the greater truth beauty and Harmony of creation another part of our people is entirely in the service of spiritual research all of us out of a deep inner need devote much time to Spiritual Development and growth and to sharing our insights with others we share gladly willingly and wholeheartedly.

Militarily however we are not nearly as present as the arcturians or pleadians the Syrian Fleet is small and usually limited to research trips and to defense of the home worlds if necessary.

This has changed somewhat since joining the Galactic Federation and especially since the increased Fleet requirements for the liberation of tera. Mostly however Syrians are liaison officers and members aboard other Federation ships as we do not have many ships because of our sense of community our partner connections are also Freer and more easily structured than those of the people of Earth.

There are couples who stay together for a lifetime just as common are Patchwork families or Syrians who form a fixed love relationship only temporarily or not at all. Nevertheless everyone can certainly live together under common roofs much more important to us is the love that binds all life together.

Children are born in the etheric body and form their tangible extremities outside the physical bodies of the parents during this process of birth which is a conscious Act of Will and during which contact has previously been made with the soul that wants to enter physical life.

The parents remain in the same room their shared Aura provides the safe and protected space in which the body forms Ms and the Soul enters this last step takes a few hours at most. Much more time is taken by the decision preparation and dialogue with the arriving Soul.

We preferably settle in or near the water because even if we live on land we seek and need the daily
immersion into the sea the oceans of our homeland are high frequency energy carriers whose Waters not only cleanse us but energize vitalize and renew cellular structures.

The sea is a fountain of youth for all living beings which is why we usually remain in one and the same body for several Millennia according to your time measurement. Syrians exist in different light body structures and different dimensions however none of us incarnates in a more solid density than the fifth dimension.
On Sirius seet who was worshiped as a goddess in ancient Egypt of Earth is a Syrian 7eventh Dimension lion being of about 5 m height the ancient statues preserved on Gaia depict her appearance quite accurately she has recently returned to your planet with representatives of her family protecting
Awakening Souls from the grasp of Shadow forces and instructing them how to develop their own Inner Strength. Likewise the Egyptian goddess Isis has her roots on Sirius while Osiris is from canopus other Egyptian gods have their origins in other star races. Sobec for example is a descendant of the
reptilians we look forward to sharing more about Syrian star seeds among you next time by mixing them with tan DNA amazing character traits have emerged.

Feel free to ask questions about us to our sister and Ambassador shadar um sheram here’s to meeting you soon.
The arcturian group clearing of dense energies much of the world is celebrating a holiday season While
others continue to experience chaos sorrow and suffering.

The perfect example of Duality never forget that a necessary component of the Ascension process for
individuals as well as for Earth is the clearing of dense and false Energies long stored and often
very ancient must first manifest in order to be seen and recognized for whatthey represent and eliminated from personal and Collective Consciousness.
The clearing process is taking place for everyone including those who unaware of and uninterested in
truth some of these dear ones are identifying with the energies they experience as they flow through giving them a sense of permission to act on what they feel.

This is why at this time there is an increase of negativity and violent activity in the world many
especially those with traditional religious beliefs often question why a loving God allows War suffering lack and violence understand that these things do not exist in Divine Consciousness which
is why throughout the centuries spiritual Masters have taught that the world is illusion the world is not illusion it is the manifestation of a Divine idea in God Consciousness the illusion is how God’s
perfect expression as Earth is perceived through three-dimensional conditioning. Man not God has created the elusory world that most see and experience today God has never has and never could make
one form of it self cause pain suffering and even death to another form of it self.

God Divine Consciousness source is all that exists one birthless deathless never divided omnipresent
omnipotent omniscient manifesting in and as infinite form and variety attaining the consciousness of this is the evolutionary goal of Every Soul regardless of how long it may take.

When an individual seeks to kill and do violence to another who in reality is him or herself in different individualization they automatically do it to themselves not in that moment but like
energy always attracts like energy war and violence Express the State of Consciousness that believes all life forms to be separate from self and God rather than fellow expressions of The One and Only Life.

Trust that all is proceeding according to plan let go of the past let go of the many things that
serve to satisfy in a previous state of consciousness the energies that created maintained and sustained much of the familiar in your life has changed or is in the process of changing often
resulting in a sense of sadness and loss for how things used to be longtime friends.

May simply drop out of your life favorite foods may not taste the same or agree with you may
find yourself eagerly re-watching a loved movie and then asking yourself why did I think this was so
great family gatherings and traditions once loved and looked forward to may start to feel flat when a person evolves to a new level of Consciousness.

It
automatically shifts them out of alignment with many of the things they previously aligned with remember energy always seeks to align with like energy because there is only one. States of
consciousness automatically align with and draw beliefs and ideas of like vibration be they true or false a hypochondriac will automatically align with and draw to themselves disease and health issues. The poor me nothing ever goes right person will attract exactly these types of situations this is what supports bully situations the person being bullied usually unconsciously holds beliefs of never- the lessness or being less than which a bully Consciousness picks up and acts on.

However it is important to understand that the three-dimensional issues a person may ignorantly draw to themselves are not and never can be personal because they are not real God ordained or sustained by Divine Law but rather consist of appearances superimposed over the real self through ignorance.

No one has ever or could ever be other than Divine Consciousness therefore every individual
in spite of any or all appearances is in reality spiritually whole and complete. It is ignorance that aligns an individual with that which is false and unreal. This is why and how War suffering disease lack limitation Etc continue to manifest. As we have said many times God Consciousness individualized as personal Consciousness is the creative substance of form being interpreted through mind.

Earth’s gradual transition to a resonance that is higher and more closely aligned with reality cannot be stopped. Peace treaties and material concepts for peace are temporary Band-Aids real peace can only manifest when majority Consciousness begins to understand and accept Oneness.

Even if it is only on the human level Mankind’s dreams of Separation Duality and two Powers have no Divine Law to support them and will crumble when the energy that created and has sustained
them is no longer present. Begging pleading seeking or searching for a concept of God outside of self to bring peace Harmony and wholeness to the world is a useless activity because these God qualities are and always have been already fully present just awaiting recognition.

Be what you already are Divine Consciousness individualized and you will be secretly and sacredly
helping to lift Collective Consciousness into true peace be prepared standing firm in the realization of divine Oneness because changes are about to unfold there can be nothing separate from an omnipresent Divine Consciousness.

But it is every person’s Free Will choice to accept or not the time is now to make this choice we are the Arcturian group.

The 12D Creators: Before it’s Taken Down: Watch This Video, That You Are Not Supposed To Know! (4.5)

THE LIGHT WORKERS

lightworkers #galacticfederation #light

Source; Heaven and earth.

“NOVEMBER: It’s Not Going Go The Way You Expect…” – Message From The Creator | Source Message

Todays Universe Message
6.17K subscribers

1.8K

You are READY beloved ones and NOW is the time!

HOW TO SUPPORT THE CHANNEL
Did this video add value? Please hit the THANKS button if you wish to donate to the platform. Every $ helps!

Time to make: 5 hours
Voiceover Artist: WilliamIAM
Messenger: Nick Lynnes
Music: Stay – Manriquedelara

todaysgodmessage #todaysuniversemessage #globalpeacemeditation #godsmessagetoday

Transcript Please click on the above link for the original video please.

Beloved child of mine take a deep breath and say to yourself in this moment I and the Creator are one and in this Oneness lies the ultimate truth of your existence.

I am the presence within you a Divine spark that cannot be captured by form or image when you look into a mirror you see only the body a reflection of the outer world but I your true self that looks at that reflection am invisible intangible Beyond form.

You are not separate from me, you are that Divine self for We Are One and there is no division between
us.

The world around you may present many distractions and at this time an important event is drawing the focus of the collective. This this event while seemingly important in your material world may feel like it demands all your attention and energy however this is not where your true power lies.
These occurrences are fleeting but your essence is eternal do not lose yourself in the noise sweet ones, remember that your purpose is to hold the light to remain anchored in love and to rise above the distractions that would pull you away from your Divine Journey. Trust in your own divine nature and let the radiance of Your Inner Light be your guide through these times stay focused on your Ascension on the true path of love and unity.
For this is where your power truly resides and this is where Heaven on Earth can be created from there is no need to know what I look like nor do I have needs that are defined by the human mind.

The needs you may think you have are not truly yours they are the needs of an illusion a concept of yourself that you have built up a being caught in the complexities of The Human Experience.

When you awaken to the truth of your divine nature you will see that these needs Fall Away you will come to understand that praying for the things of this world is futile for the I that I am is beyond such
desires.
Your true fulfillment on Earth lies in knowing the divine presence Within.

I am omnipresence omniscience and omnipotence I am the love that knows no bounds the power that provides all that is needed and the presence that permeates all existence.

You do not need to strive to beg or to pray for things for I already know what you need and it is my good pleasure to provide it to you.

In this realization you find true peace for you understand that I am the Fulfillment of all your
dreams that I am the Divine Source from which all flows.

The experience of Discord suffering and lack arises from the illusion of separation from me it is a
misunderstanding carried through generations, a false belief that has caused Humanity to experience fear
sickness and limitation but beloved ones you are not separate from me you are not apart from the
Divine Source.
The moment you return to the awareness of the eye within you step back into the garden of divine
fulfillment it is time to let go of the illusion of Separation to embrace the truth of your Oneness with the Divine.

This eye that I am is invisible beyond what the eyes can see or the mind can comprehend.
To connect with me you must let go of all thoughts all Concepts and simply be still in the silence you will find me in the Stillness of your being the eye that I am will reveal itself guiding you loving you and providing all that is needed.
Do not take thought for your life or your needs instead rest in the Assurance of my omnipresence and
allow the Divine flow to take care of all that concerns.

You silence is the key my sweet ones it is in the silence that you will come to know me to feel my presence and to understand my will for you. When you let go of the need to control to understand
to seek you open yourself to the infinite possibilities of divine grace live in the silence abide in the
Stillness and allow my presence to live through you.

The moment you begin to think to analyze you create limitations boundaries that separate you from the
infinite power that you are, do not create an image of God in your mind for the moment you do so you
separate yourself from me.
I am not a being to whom you pray for things nor am I distant or separate from you.
I am the I that you are the Divine Essence that knows no division to pray for something is to create a barrier between you and the Fulfillment you seek instead rest in the awareness that I and the father are
one that I am within you and that all that you need is already provided.
Release the illusions of need the thoughts of lack and the belief that you must strive to re receive. The I that you are am already complete whole and perfect there is nothing to add nothing to gain nothing to seek you are already all that you desire, in this realization all fears dissolve all needs are met and you step into the truth of your divine nature.
The I that I am is Ageless Timeless Eternal and ever present I will never leave you nor forsake you for I Am With You Always even unto the end of the world. The path to True fulfillment is not in seeking but in being be still and know that I am God in this Stillness you will hear my voice feel my presence and
know my love. It is not something that can be explained or understood with the mind it must be experienced felt and known within. The depths of your being when you come to this realization you
will know that I am the way the truth and the life. You will no longer look outside of yourself for answers for all that you seek is already within.

You as you walk this Ascension path remember that I am with you within you as you there is no separation only the illusion that has kept Humanity Bound for so long, the eye that I am knows no fear No Lack and no limitation, it is the presence of pure being and it is through this presence that you shall know true freedom.
Take another moment now to close your eyes to breathe deeply and to connect with the Divine spark within you feel my presence my love and my light flowing through every cell of your being, this is your
true nature beloved ones a nature that is Limitless Eternal and divine.
I invite you to recognize the beauty of coming together of joining your light with others to create a
radiant force of transformation upon the Earth.
You Are Not Alone on this journey for there are countless Souls walking this path with you each one a beacon of light each one a vessel of Divine love. When you come together in service to others you amplify the power of the light that you hold through your actions your kindness and your willingness, to
uplift others you embody the Divine love that is your essence each day.
Find a way to serve whether through a kind word a gesture of Love or by holding space for those who are struggling. In this way you become my hands my heart and my presence in the world.

World remember dear hearts that you are my beloved children and I am within you as you are the embodiment of my love the reflection of my light and the expression of my Divinity.
Trust in yourself trust in the journey and Trust in the divine plan that is unfolding for you and for all of humanity. You are never alone for I am always with you guiding you holding you and loving you
rest in my presence beloved ones and know that all is well.

You are loved beyond measure and you are never separate from me together we are creating a world of love a world of peace and a world of divine Harmony.
You are ready you are the light you are my beloved and I am in you now and forever.
Let your heart Blaze forth and let the world be transformed by the beauty of my love shining through you!

———————————————————————

Ascension Soul: A closer look at the biggest solar eruption in history – are you ready?

CELESTIAL WISDOM

3,951 views Premiered 23 hours ago
🌟 Ascension Soul: A Closer Look at the Biggest Solar Eruption in History 🌞

On July 23, 2012, the Sun unleashed its most powerful solar eruption ever recorded, a massive Coronal Mass Ejection (CME) that was so intense, it could have potentially wreaked havoc on Earth’s technology if it had been directed towards our planet. This event, known as the Solar Superstorm, is considered the biggest and most powerful solar flare event in modern history, with the potential to change the course of our technological future.

What Is a Solar Eruption? 🌌
A solar eruption refers to a sudden release of energy from the Sun’s surface and its atmosphere, often associated with sunspots, solar flares, or CMEs. These eruptions release massive amounts of charged particles, radiation, and magnetic energy into space. Solar flares are intense bursts of energy, while CMEs involve large-scale eruptions of plasma and magnetic fields.

The 2012 Superstorm: A Close Call ⚡
The 2012 solar eruption — also known as the Carrington Event 2.0 — was particularly significant for several reasons:

Magnitude and Scale: The CME released was roughly 10 times stronger than any typical solar eruption. It sent out a shockwave of charged particles traveling at about 4.5 million miles per hour.

Earth-Directed: If this CME had been aimed directly at Earth, it could have caused catastrophic damage to satellite systems 🛰️, power grids ⚡, GPS networks 🧭, and communication systems 📡.

Historical Comparison: The event was compared to the Carrington Event of 1859, which remains the most powerful solar storm ever observed. If a similar event were to occur today, it could cripple modern infrastructure and disrupt daily life on a global scale.

Solar Eruptions and Their Impact 🌍
While Earth was lucky to be spared from the worst effects of this 2012 eruption, the Ascension Soul event serves as a powerful reminder of how vulnerable we are to solar phenomena.

Power Grids: CMEs can induce strong electrical currents that damage transformers and power lines, potentially causing widespread blackouts ⚡💡.
Satellites and Communications: The charged particles from solar eruptions can fry the delicate electronics of satellites 🛰️ and disrupt communication signals 📡.
Air Travel: Solar storms can also interfere with high-altitude flights, especially near the poles, by disrupting navigational systems and increasing radiation exposure for passengers ✈️.
Auroras: On a more beautiful note, solar eruptions can create stunning auroras (Northern and Southern Lights), visible at latitudes where they aren’t typically seen 🌌.
The “Ascension” Concept 🌱
The term “Ascension Soul” refers to the idea that humanity, as well as our technological systems, are on a path of ascension—an elevation in our understanding, resilience, and technological capabilities. As our reliance on satellite networks, electrical grids, and GPS systems increases, so too does our vulnerability to cosmic forces. The 2012 solar storm acts as a reminder that we need to be better prepared for future solar activity.

What’s Next? 🔮
Scientists are continuously studying the Sun’s behavior, trying to predict and prepare for future solar events. With technology advancing rapidly and our dependence on satellites and digital infrastructure growing, the need for space weather forecasting and disaster preparedness is more crucial than ever. 🌞🔭

NASA and other space agencies are working to develop better solar observatories, like the Parker Solar Probe, to better understand solar flares, CMEs, and how they might impact Earth. 🌠

🌞 In Conclusion: The 2012 solar eruption was a major wake-up call for humanity, highlighting the potential dangers of space weather. As we look to the future, our ability to predict, prepare, and protect against these cosmic forces will be key in ensuring our continued ascension in the age of technology.

Transcript

All Celestial wisdom family get ready for a groundbreaking Revelation that could change the course of your life right now as we speak the sun is unleashing an extraordinary event a massive solar explosion that has thepotential to completely alter our understanding of reality.

This isn’t some science fiction tale it’s happening in real time what we’re witnessing is the great solar explosion and its effects will Ripple through not just our technology but through the very fabric of human consciousness. This event will go down in history as one of the most significant turning points for Humanity so forget everything you thought you knew about the world as we know it what’s coming is far beyond anything we’ve anticipated.

The solar explosion isn’t just a cosmic event that will disrupt our electronic devices or affect
power grids it goes much deeper than that this event will activate dormant parts of our minds and Consciousness opening us up to Hidden Truths that have been buried for Millennia.

These truths are things we’ve either forgotten or were never meant to know until now the energy released by The sun will trigger a deep Awakening and it’s up to each of us whether we recognize and embrace it or choose to ignore it while many will be oblivious to these Cosmic changes there are a select few those who are ready for this shift who will be able to harness the power of this moment for
personal and Collective transformation.

In the coming moments I’ll be sharing important information about how to navigate this upcoming wave of cosmic energy as the event unfolds the world around you may feel like it’s shifting dramatically this is a time of great opportunity but only for those who are prepared to embrace the changes whether you’re ready or not the world will not be the same. How you respond to this shift will determine how you experience the transformation if you’re ready to embrace this new reality and step into a higher level of awareness. I invite you to declare your Readiness simply type yes I am ready in the comments below so we know that you’re joining us on this journey toward a new world together we can navigate this Cosmic shift and emerge stronger than ever before let’s take a journey together into the incredible phenomenon of the great solar explosion picture.

The Sun the powerful star that sustains life on Earth it’s been the center of our existence since the beginning of time now imagine all that immense energy that ancient Force gathering in one spot as if the entire universe is holding its breath before releasing an all inspiring burst of power this isn’t just a brief flash in the sky it’s the heartbeat of our solar system a surge of energy so vast and intense that it surpasses anything we can fully comprehend and this event is on a scale so massive that it makes our most advanced technological achievements look small in comparison but what’s truly remarkable about this explosion is that its effects will reach far beyond just our electronic devices and satellites it’s as though the sun with its boundless wisdom is sending us a cosmic message encoded in light and energy that will resonate deep within every part of our being.

It’s a message that goes beyond the physical and speaks to the core of who we are now I know some of you might feel a sense of fear when thinking about such an immense force of Nature and that’s
completely understandable but I urge you to look past that fear this explosion isn’t something to be afraid of it’s an incredible opportunity an opportunity for us to awaken grow and break through the limits we’ve set for ourselves think about this for a moment. For ages Humanity has looked to the sky searching for signs and guidance now my friends the sky is answering Us in the most extraordinary
way possible the solar explosion we’re witnessing isn’t just a physical event it’s a cosmic signal a call for a galactic Awakening imagine the energy from this explosion washing over the Earth filling every space and every living being.

It’s as if the universe is offering us an incredible upgrade a Leap Forward in our Evolution as a species each one of us every living creature on this planet now has the chance to tune into this higher frequency opening ourselves to new possibilities, fresh ways of thinking and entirely new ways of experiencing reality yes I understand it can sound overwhelming but consider the potential this represents we’re talking about unlocking abilities we didn’t even know we had higher States Of Consciousness that were once reserved for Mystics sages and those few who could tap into these extraordinary Realms.

It’s as if we are suddenly being handed the key to unlock the full power of the human mind but don’t be mistaken my friends this solar explosion won’t do the work for us it’s an invitation a spark to start something much bigger the choice is ours how we respond to this Cosmic call is entirely up to each of us will we open ourselves to this new energy will we confront our fears and limitations to step into a new reality as we reflect on the incredible magnitude of this solar explosion we must also acknowledge the voices that have been preparing us for this moment.

On one side there’s the scientific Community those dedicated explorers of the cosmos who using their tools and knowledge have been monitoring the activity of our sun and tracking the leadup to this event astrophysicists talk to us about solar Cycles about sunspots dancing on the surface of the star about coronal upward O mass ejections projected into space as gigantic Cosmic flares with graphs and
data they show us how solar activity has been increasing approaching a critical point that could trigger the Monumental event we have been discussing, but do you know what is really fascinating while scientists observe the sky with their telescopes another group of people has been perceiving these changes in a completely different way I’m talking about spiritual teachers shamans seers who throughout history have acted as Bridges between our world and the more subtle realities these spiritual guides speak to us of visions of messages received in Altered States of consciousness they tell us about a Great Awakening that is coming a Quantum Leap in the evolution of human consciousness
and what’s fascinating is how these spiritual predictions align remarkably with what science is observing imagine for a moment while a scientist in an observatory detects an anomaly in solar readings in some remote place a shaman experiences a vision of a blinding Light bathing the earth a
coincidence perhaps but what if it’s something more both groups scientific and spiritual are speaking of an imminent event that will change the course of humanity.

The scientists warn of possible surges in our electrical grids and communication systems the
spiritual Visionaries on the other hand speak to us of an upgrade in the vibrational frequency of our planet and of all beings inhabiting it and here is where things get really interesting my friends because while these two perspectives may seem contradictory at first glance they might actually be describing two sides of the same Cosmic coin what if the disruption of our logical systems is simply the visible side effect of a much deeper and more profound change think about it a massive
electromagnetic pulse affecting our electronic devices could at the same time be the physical manifestation of a wave of spiritual energy recalibrating us for possible shocks and failures in
Communications the spiritual guides for their part urge us to prepare our inner being to meditate to raise our vibrations.
What if both forms of preparation are equally important we are stand standing at the unprecedented
convergence of the scientific and the spiritual at a moment when the predictions of astronomical
observatories intertwine with the Prophecies of ancient sacred texts it’s as if the universe is speaking to us in two languages simultaneously inviting us to integrate our rational understanding with our intuitive wisdom Friends.

The Great solar explosion isn’t just an event that will shake the sky it will shake the very core of oursociety the power structures we’ve relied on for centuries could crumble before us like sand castles washed away by the tide. Governments corporations Financial systems everything we’ve built
our world upon will face an unprecedented challenge the question is will these institutions evolve to meet the new energies or will they be left behind money that age old ruler could lose its hold in a world where cooperation and abundance take Center Stage our deepest beliefs won’t be Untouched by this Cosmic upheaval religious doctrines scientific models even our sense of who we are everything will be questioned imagine waking up one day to realize that the limitations we’ve accepted as reality were just Illusions constantly reinforced over time.

This will be like an earthquake wake for our Collective Consciousness there will be fear confusion and resistance those who are attached to the old ways will fight hard to hold on to the familiar alongside this we’ll see a surge in conspiracy theories while also uncovering real truths it will be harder than ever to distinguish between the two but within the chaos lies a tremendous opportunity this is our chance to rebuild the world from the ground up this time with unity compassion and a sense of interconnectedness as the foundation the old systems may be crumbling but from their ashes we can
create something new something that reflects our Highest Potential as human beings the choice is ours will We rise to meet the challenge or will we let fear hold us back?

Imagine a world where power flows like the energy of the sun giving life and nourishment to everyone
equally in this world the divisions between religions might fade revealing a shared core of spiritual truth science and spirituality could finally come together recognizing that they are simply two perspectives on the same Cosmic reality every aspect of our lives would be transformed education would nurture the natural wisdom within each person Health would focus on balance and healing.

The whole being not just treating symptoms Justice would be about restoration and healing not punishment. Our relationship with the Earth and all its creatures would be based on mutual respect and
Harmony here’s the most exciting part each one of us plays a key role in this transformation we are not just passive bystanders we are active participants, co-creators of this new reality every thought every action every choice we make contributes to the world that’s is.

Unfolding the question is are we ready to let go of the old and embrace the new are we willing to challenge everything we thought we knew about ourselves and the world around us the future is in our
hands friends the question now is what kind of world do we want to create together have you ever felt that there are parts of yourself you’d rather keep hidden?
Even from your own awareness the great solar explosion will not only transform our outer World it will also shine a light on the hidden corners of our inner selves.

Get ready because we are about to embark on the most challenging yet liberating journey of Our Lives this wave of cosmic energy will act like a mirror reflecting everything we’ve suppressed ignored or
denied old traumas fears and repressed emotions. Everything we’ve been avoiding will come to the surface it will feel as though each of us is going through a an intense Cosmic therapy session this process might feel overwhelming imagine suddenly facing all your deepest insecurities the critical voice inside your head you’ve always tried to quiet some of us might go through an identity crisis questioning who we truly are. Others may experience an emotional flood anger sadness guilt or shame all coming up at once but don’t be afraid my friend while fronting these Shadows can be intense it’s also incredibly healing.
Think of it like draining a wound it’s painful but necessary for True healing to take place the solar energy that is about to reach us will act like a powerful Catalyst accelerating inner Transformations that typically take years through conventional methods like therapy meditation or self-reflection imagine the sun’s energy as a cosmic force that push PES us through Rapid personal Evolution as this energy amplifies it. Will bring to the surface both our darkest fears and our greatest hidden potential we will be forced to confront aspects of ourselves we’ve ignored or repressed our inner demons but here’s the fascinating part in the process of confronting these Shadows we will also discover Treasures we didn’t even know we had talents strengths and abilities that were buried deep
within us will emerge allowing us to integrate fragmented aspects of our personality and our past.

It’s as if we are going through a process of personal reintegration becoming whole again in ways we didn’t think were possible this inner transformation will lead us to a deeper understanding of our true Essence. Who we are at the core of our being many people will experience moments of profound Clarity where they suddenly see their life purpose or gain insight into the direction they should take it could feel as though a veil has been lifted.

You can now clearly see the path forward Others May experience an overwhelming sense of connection to their intuition like a light turning on making it easier to access the wisdom that has always been within them but perhaps blocked or ignored until now this the surge in intuition will allow
us to make decisions more easily with a clearer sense of what is true for us along with that empathy will Blossom.

We will start recognizing our own struggles fears and Desires in the others and that recognition will Foster a deeper connection to humanity we’ll be able to see beyond the social masks and facades
that people put up and connect with the authentic vulnerable human beings underneath this shift in perspective could fundament mentally transform the way we relate to one another.

Relationships could evolve from a space of judgment or competition to one of understanding acceptance and compassion instead of seeing each other through the lens of our differences we will start to recognize the shared experiences and common Humanity we all carry it could spark a revolution in how we relate to the world around us a revolution based on honesty compassion and mutual respect however it’s important to be clear this journey is not for the faint
of heart as we go deeper into self-discovery there will inevitably be
moments of Doubt moments when we feel overwhelmed by the intensity of the
emotions and realizations that come up confronting our innermost fears and
repressed memories can be extremely unsettling some might find themselves going through
an identity crisis questioning everything they thought they knew about themselves for others long buried
emotions anger sadness guilt shame will suddenly flood to the surface this might
feel like an emotional Avalanche but it’s essential to understand that this is part of the healing process it’s
painful yes but it’s also necessary the same cosmic energy that brings these
challenges into our awareness also provides us with the strength and resilience we need to face them headon
it’s as though this energy is not only helping us uncover the things we need to
heal but also empowering us with the tools to heal them as we progress along
this path of self-realization and healing we will notice shifts in our external lives as well long-standing
habits and destructive patterns things we once believed to be permanent
or unchangeable will start to dissolve old addictions whether they’re to
substances negative thinking or even unhealthy relationships will lose their
grip on us in their place we will discover new interests passions and
Pursuits that are more in alignment with our authentic selves it’s as if we’re
shedding old skin and making space for the person we’re truly meant to be physical changes will also occur for
many we may feel a sudden burst of Vitality A Renewed sense of energy and
well-being mental Clarity will emerge making it easier to focus and make
decisions you might find that your mind becomes sharper more alert and More in
tune with your higher Consciousness for some dreams will become more Vivid and
meaningful filled with symbols and messages that guide us through the
transformation it will be as if every part of our being Body Mind and Spirit
is tuning into a higher frequency in sync with the cosmic energy that is
flooding the planet now let’s take this a step further have you ever felt that
no matter how hard you try true Financial abundance seems just Out Of
Reach that no matter how much effort you put into improving your financial
situation it always slips through your fingers imagine a world where G in just
30 days you could completely transform your relationship with money what if you
could break through the mental blocks and old beliefs that have held you back
from experiencing true Financial abundance this is exactly what the power
of magic in 30 exercises offers a trans transformative experience designed to
help you completely shift your mindset about wealth abundance and your personal
power this experience provides you with 30 carefully designed practices each one
tailored to help you open up to New Perspectives and unlock hidden abilities
these exercises will guide you step by step through the process of reprogramming your mind and aligning
your actions with your true desires as you work through each practice you will explore your relationship with money and abundance challenge limiting beliefs and replace them with empowering
new thoughts and actions the practices are not just about thinking differently, they are designed to help you take inspired action that leads to tangible changes in your financial reality in just 30 days.
You’ll begin to notice shifts in your energy your mindset and your actions all of which will lead to a
more abundant and prosperous life imagine feeling confident aligned and ready to take on opportunities that come your way you’ll start to attract wealth not just financially but in all areas of your life as your vibration Rises and you begin to align with the flow of abundance that is all around us during
the winter months when the body naturally craves more rest and energy you might feel a stronger urge to sleep this is in tune with the natural rhythms of the Season which call for rest and Rejuvenation.

To support your mood and well-being during this time engaging with Cosmic rhythms can be incredibly helpful practices like meditation or quiet contemplation are essential, silence is key in meditation as it allows you to tune into your inner world and disconnect from external distractions.

As you experience experiment with different meditation techniques such as mindfulness visualization or creative exercises you’ll find it easier to maintain balance and emotional stability learning how to protect your energy and keep your body pain free.
Is also important so you can fully benefit from these practices in addition to mental and spiritual practices reconnecting with the Earth can be a powerful way to ground yourself simple activities like walking barefoot on the earth hugging trees or swimming in natural Waters help us tap into the Primal rhythms of life these actions can heighten your sensory awareness allowing you to perceive more vibrant colors and subtler sounds however with this heightened sensitivity you might also feel overwhelmed by the noise and stimuli of Modern Life it will be crucial to carve out moments of Stillness in your day to maintain balance.

Conscious breathing especially techniques like pranayama will become a vital tool for staying centered these practices not only oxygenate your body but also help you absorb and anchor the new energies around you, experimenting with different breathing rhythms and visualizations can help strengthen your
energy field and support your overall well-being as your energy sensitivity increases you may begin to notice the subtle forces around you.

It’s important to learn how to protect your energy and cleanse your aura visualization techniques such as imagining a protective light surrounding you or using tools like crystals can help you maintain a strong positive energy field creativity will also be a major Focus during this time.

A activities like painting writing singing and dancing will not just be fun they’ll serve as powerful ways to express and integrate the new energies flowing through you these creative Outlets will help you channel the energy in healthy productive ways as we transform our relationships May undergo changes some connections may become strained While others grow deeper it will be important to nurture compassion open communication and authenticity in our interactions with others practicing gratitude daily. Being thankful for every experience Challenge and moment of beauty will help keep your vibrational frequency high and receptive to new energies our dreams will become active portals to other dimensions lucid dreaming where we are aware that we are dreaming will become more accessible these dreams won’t be mere fantasies but real experience es in other planes of existence some may even communicate with beings from other dimensions or access Universal knowledge during these Altered States.

Synchronicity will become Our Daily Bread seemingly random events will reveal deep and meaningful connections numbers symbols and patterns will begin speaking to us guiding us on our evolutionary path we will be dancing with the Universe in a perfectly synchronized Cosmic choreography.

Our relationship with space will also transform meditation may lead us to experiences of astral travel where our Consciousness temporarily separates from the physical body to explore other Realms some will develop the ability to see or feel events happening in distant places a form of spatial Clairvoyance
nature will reveal itself as a an open book plants animals and even Landscapes will begin to communicate with us in surprising ways. You might feel the joy of a tree the ancient wisdom of a
mountain or receive healing messages from the flowers in your garden our sense of self will expand beyond the limits of the individual ego experiences of cosmic Unity where we feel connected
with all that exists will become more frequent this expansion of consciousness will lead us to a deeper understanding of our interconnection with all forms of life intuition will sharpen to become a constant and reliable guide decisions that once required long deliberations will now be made with instant Clarity.

It will be as though we have access to a source of universal wisdom flowing through us at every moment phenomena like precognition or retrocognition may manifest glimpses of the future or Vivid
memories of past lives could emerge spontaneously challenging our linear understanding of time as we attune to this new multi-dimensional reality our life purpose will become clearer many will feel an irresistible calling to fulfill a mission to contribute in some unique way to the collective
evolution of humanity.

This opening to New Dimensions of reality will not be without its challenges some may feel overwhelmed by the intensity of the new perceptions it will be crucial to develop anchoring and grounding practices to navigate these Cosmic Waters without losing balance.

Love and compassion will emerge as the fundamental forces in this new cosmic era we are not speaking of sentimentality but of a primordial energy that unites all existence this loving awareness radically transforms our perception of the world and of ourselves imagine a world where every interaction is infused with unconditional love.

In this world compassion becomes our natural and default way of relating to one another and to everything around us we no longer see others as separate or distinct from ourselves instead we recognize that every being every person every creature is an extension of our own existence
this shift in consciousness redefines the way we engage with each other relationships whether with family friends or even strangers become more intimate authentic and meaningful what were once simple exchanges now carry deeper significance every encounter no matter how brief becomes an opportunity
for Mutual growth and connection love and understanding guide us making even the smallest moments transformative. This new awareness doesn’t just affect personal relationships it spills over
into every aspect of society love and compassion become the Cornerstone for redesigning our institutions.

Educational Systems shift to prioritize not just knowledge but emotional wisdom empathy and the
cultivation of the heart students are taught to understand themselves and others deeply and to recognize their interconnectedness with all beings the goal of Education transforms into nurturing wisdom creativity and emotional intelligence enabling individuals to thrive in both Mind and Spirit economic systems are reimagined to put Collective well-being at the Forefront instead of profit-driven models.

We adopt systems that prioritize the health happiness and sustainability of communities the focus shifts from Individual wealth to Collective Prosperity where everyone’s needs are met and no one is Left Behind. Governments and Leadership structures evolve as well instead of focusing solely on power or control political systems are based on empathy Justice and inclusivity.

Leaders work to understand the needs of all people and act in service of the common good Guided by by
compassion and an unwavering commitment to fairness.

The societal goal becomes the well-being of every individual and the whole of society ensuring that no
one is marginalized or overlooked?
In the realm of Health a profound Revolution takes place we begin to understand that love is not just an emotional experience but a powerful force of healing.

Scientific research uncovers the amazing regenerative Power of Love proving that it can heal physical ailments regenerate cells and repair deep-seated emotional wounds Health Centers transform from Mere clinics into sanctuaries of healing places where people are treated not just for their symptoms but as whole beings.

With Body Mind and Spirit in need of care healing is no longer just about curing disease but about restoring balance peace and love. Within the individual medical practices integrate compassion energy work and holistic healing acknowledging that emotional and spiritual health are just as important
as physical well-being our connection to the Earth also shifts dramatically.

We begin to see the planet as a living breathing entity conscious and aware deserving of our respect and reverence human actions become aligned with the natural world recognizing that we are part of the earth not separate from it every decision we make. Whether about what we eat how we consume resources or how we treat the environment is infused with respect and gratitude. We understand that the health of the planet directly impacts our own well-being and so we treat the Earth as a precious sacred being environmentalism becomes not just about protecting the planet but about fostering a deep spiritual connection with it.

This reverence for nature reshapes the way we live ensuring that our impact on the earth is positive sustainable and aligned with the planets rhythms love in this new world is revealed as the most powerful creative force in the universe artists and scientists alike discover that their greatest Inspirations come from opening themselves to the flow of universal love creativity flourishes not just as a personal expression but as a channel for divine insight and Cosmic intelligence.

Our artists paint write sing and create not just from their own minds but from a deep connection to a higher source of inspiration similarly scientific discoveries are made by tapping into this Universal flow as researchers and innovators access a collective Consciousness that expands their understanding of the Universe in this new paradigm creativity becomes an act of co-creation with the cosmos itself.

Our compassion will extend beyond the human species we will develop telepathic loving communication with animals plants and beings from other Plains of existence this new era marked by love is not an unattainable Utopia but a potential unfolding through each one of us us every act of kindness no matter how small creates a ripple effect throughout the Universe have you ever felt that reality is much vaster and more mysterious than our senses can grasp the great solar explosion invites
us to venture beyond the limits of conventional science delving into unexplored territories of human potential imagine a world where telepathy is as common as sending a text message where precognition the ability to Glimpse the future is used to prevent disasters and guide global decisions where distance energy healing is a recognized medical practice this is not the script of a science fiction movie.

A glimpse into the possibilities unfolding before us science in all its Brilliance has barely scratched the surface of our true potential as in intensified solar energies bathe our planet they awaken dormant capacities in our DNA activating what some call our light body and what if we could access the vast library of universal knowledge with the same ease we search on Google advanced meditators report experiences of cosmic downloads accessing akashic Fields containing all past present and future knowledge conscious manifestation the ability to materialize thoughts and desires into physical reality stops being an esoteric concept and becomes a skill we can develop we discover that we are active creators of our reality able to shape our environment with the force of Our intention and emotion time and space reveal their malleable nature.

Some will develop the ability to travel through time via Consciousness accessing the wisdom of past civilization or exploring potential timelines by location being present in two places simultaneously challenges our understanding of physics our relationship with death radically transforms near-death experiences and memories of past lives become more common revealing the continuity of Consciousness beyond the physical body communication with beings from other planes of existence opens New Perspectives on the nature of reality intuition evolves from an occasional hunch to an infallible guide in our lives we develop a direct connection to our inner wisdom enabling us to navigate
life’s complexities with Grace and synchronicity and if we could communicate telepathically not only with other humans but with all forms of life people around the world report deep communion with animals plants and even gaia’s planetary Consciousness.

Dreams revealed themselves as portals to other dimensions of reality lucid dreaming evolves allowing us to consciously explore and cocreate in subtle planes of existence some even manage to bring revolutionary inventions and Creative Solutions from these dream Journeys Telekinesis the ability to move objects with the mind and other psychokinetic abilities begin to manifest in individuals around the world what was once thought to be impossible becomes a new field of study and development are
you ready to expand your boundaries to what you consider possible to go beyond the limits of known science and explore the vast potential hidden within yourself.

The path that opens before us is exciting and challenging inviting us to redefine the nature of reality and our place in it my friend.
You have reached the end of this Cosmic Journey but in reality it is only the beginning with all that you have learned about the great solar explosion and its transformative effects how it will change your life from today onwards imagine CH for a moment what if tomorrow you woke up with the absolute certainty that you are a multi-dimensional being capable of shaping reality with your thoughts how would you live your day.
Think about it would you stay in a job that does not excite you will you continue to maintain relationships that drain your energy or will you dare to take the leap and pursue your wildest dreams the truth is you don’t need to wait for some Cosmic event to transform your life the power is within you right here and now.

What are you waiting for ask yourself what small step can you take today to realize your truth true potential maybe it’s meditating for 5 minutes saying I love you to a stranger or breathing consciously while watching a sunset remember Every Act of love and compassion no matter how small creates a
ripple throughout the Universe.

Do you have the courage to bring about that wave of change and if you feel afraid if you doubt your ability to cope with these changes that’s okay fear is just excitement misdirected what if you reinterpreted that fear as excitement for the infinite possibilities opening up before you my friend you are on the threshold of a new age an age where your innate superpowers are awakened where your connection to the whole is evident where love becomes your compass and guide are you ready to
take the leap to dive into the unknown and discover what you are truly capable of.

If your answer is yes and I know it is because if you have made it this far there is something inside of you that resonates with this truth then I invite you to join our community of cosmic explorers subscribe to this channel we will discuss practical techniques to explore the mysteries of the universe and prepare together for the great change that lies ahead you are not alone on this journey many of us are waking up feeling the call to evolve and co-create a new reality.

So what do you say will you join me on this adventure the universe is waiting for you with open arms are you ready subscribe now and take the first step towards your conscious development so okay see you in the next video till then thank you

—————————————————————

  by Georgi Stankov2011from ExopoliticsBlog Website ContentsPrefacePart IThe Creator and his Creation The Limitations of Human Creation The Physical Laws of Creation reflect the Nature of All-That-Is The Law of Conservation of Energy The Primary Term of All Consciousness The Principle of Last Equivalence Energy and Information are One and the Same The Mathematical Concept of U-Sets The Notion of Separation is the Origin of All Wrong Ideas The Foundation Crisis of Mathematics The Discovery of the Universal Law Solved The Foundation Crisis of Mathematics The Basic Theory of the Universal Law The Theory of the Universal Law as a Cosmic View The Idea of Separation from All-That-Is Explains The Eschatology of Human Existence Ascension is the Separation of the Wheat from the Chaff Why Entities want to be Evil The Light Body Process (LBP) Eliminates Separation by Establishing The Conditions of Constructive Interference with the Higher Realms The Dark Forces use the Health Care System to Exterminate Humans Human Fears and the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction The Laws of Creation and Destruction are Laws of Expansion and Contraction The Ideas Promoted by the Dark Forces are N-Sets The Forces of Light Promote the Perception of Oneness by Encouraging Human Beings to Think in Terms of U-Sets Basic Ideas of Mankind that are N-Sets Pitfalls and Fallacies of the Orion Monetary System The Orion Monetary System in the Historical Perspective The Theory of Macroeconomics Promotes The Orion Monetary System Final Remarks Part II – Commentaries (Page 97) Return to CosmosReturn to AscensionReturn to The Universe of The New PhysicsReturn to Consciousness And The Conscious UniverseReturn to The Divine and Manipulative Extraterrestrials

Preface

This book is a true product of internet. During my scientific research activities in the 80s, I used some scientific “data banks” that could be considered a precursor of internet, The data banks worked rather clumsy, the entrance to them was restricted, and the services were very expensive. Nevertheless, the existence of such data banks was perceived at that time as a true revolution in information and data processing by all scientists like me, who have commenced with their scientific and research activities in old libraries and have wasted much time going through hand-written or typed catalogues that were sometimes 200-300 years old.

When internet was broadly introduced in the 90s, my expectations were hugely disappointed. The quality of most information was appalling, outrageous, at best, confusing and of little scientific or spiritual value. The few scientific journals that began to publish in internet were as expensive as their paper versions and did not provide for any interactive services as some search providers like Google later did. I soon realized that internet is a mirror image of the uncensored thoughts, ideas, beliefs, and confusions of humanity, and how naïve I must have been in the past to assume that true intelligence is a common virtue among human beings.

I realized that traditional libraries, to which I felt attracted since my early childhood, have never been a true vivisection of human mentality but the best and most spiritual part of it. Internet started instead as a closet of the mental excrements of humanity. I do not intend to be too harsh on mankind – I am simply making a dispassionate, objective observation. Much has changed since then, and the improvement in some areas is more than evident. But I still miss the intellectual aspirations that make us enlightened beings in this medium.

When I began with the last, most intensive phase of my light body process in 1999, I decided to boycott this new mass medium and to switch on to telepathy. I could no longer bear the negativity, which internet emitted at that time. The advantage of telepathy is that it is simultaneous, time-saving, emotionally much more intensive than the written word, and always precise in the transmitted information.

My boycott lasted for more than ten years, until I was urged by my higher self in autumn 2010 to check the latest channeled information on internet and make an analysis of the mental and spiritual conditions, under which light workers operate worldwide. To this I must add that I am speaking or using several languages, including Bulgarian, German, English, Italian, French, Russian, and some other Slavonic languages.

Now, that I am approaching the end of my current incarnation and my soul contract as an incarnated human being is almost fulfilled, I can definitely say that my chief mission on earth has always been in making a profound analysis of human intellectual achievements in all areas of spiritual activities and in evaluating all human errors and mental confusions from which Darkness on this planet stems.

This mission began with natural science and philosophy, but it soon became much broader and involved politics, economics, history, religions, trivial human thinking, social behavior, and human emotions. Finally, I had to deal with modern esotericism, which is a poor substitute for human Gnosis, as it has been developed by many excellent thinkers in the past, such as Heraclitus, Plato, Aristotle, Socrates, Plotinus, Cusanus, Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Kant, to name some of them.

None of their teachings can be found in present-day esotericism and in particular in the numerous channeled messages from the 4^th and 5^th dimension, although this, in the history of modern mankind, unique information transfer from the higher astral realms onto the earth plane was meant to be a continuation of the spiritual Endeavour of these excellent thinkers in the past. True knowledge can only evolve out of clear comprehension of the spiritual heritage of mankind. The most astounding feature of modern esotericism is its profound lack of any historical, philosophical, and cultural background. It is a declaration of intellectual bankruptcy.

All light workers, I have come upon so far, have absolutely no real scientific background and hence no understanding for the theoretical and intellectual deficits that current empiric science on this planet harbors. They have never made any attempt to recognize these flaws in human scientific thinking or to examine the possibilities, how they can be eliminated from the point of view of true spiritual knowledge.

In other words, they have failed to comprehend the actual purpose of this broad transfer of divine information from the higher spiritual realms, which has, in the first place, the function to transcend the narrow-mindedness of present-day scientists, whose ideas shape our modern technological society in a profound manner. At present, there is virtually no dialogue between scientists and light workers as to adjust or possibly enrich their world views. This lack of communication is paralyzing the intellectual discernment of both groups.

For instance, most channeled messages are transmitted in oral (in trance) or written (automatic writing) language. At the same time many channels make their mediums aware of the fact that the original information that they receive is in a pure energetic form and that this information has to be diluted and transformed through many energetic levels into oral or written form, and that this energy transformation has to cope with many energetic resistances and limitations within the mental and emotional bodies of the channeled entity.

The chief energetic limitation is, however, the structure of human language, which is sequential and inadequate to express the simultaneity, multidimensionality and synchronicity of the information from the higher realms that create human reality on the earth plane in a secondary manner.

This information can be found in numerous channeled messages. It is a red flag of many channels for all incarnated entities who read their messages to start thinking over the structure of human languages and how it limits the scope of the information coming from the higher realms. This is a huge Gnostic theme, the theoretical importance of which has yet to be discovered. However, I have not come upon a single light worker or medium that has taken this clue seriously and has made an effort to analyze human language from an energetic, astral point of view. Light workers have not even realized this theoretical problem, because they are not trained in analytical thinking.

For this reason, they cannot adequately evaluate the messages, they receive from their channels. They are, so to say, “lost in translation” of the multidimensional information from the higher realms into the linearity of three-dimensional space-time as experienced on earth. This is the most common fallacy of all light workers prior to Ascension. They have not yet developed an appropriate abstract intellectuality as to imagine how multidimensional life will be in the simultaneity of the higher realms.

Apart from that, they are also lost in their emotions, because they have neglected true logical thinking, which is the key to an understanding of all human emotions without suppressing them. They should really start reading about human “affectations” in the classical works of western philosophy.

As I far as I am aware – and I say this as a matter of fact – I am the first and only person on earth to have realized the importance of this linguistic problem from a cognitive and epistemological point of view and to have solved it in an immaculate scientific manner by considering the existing linguistic and semantic theories and by expanding them with true spiritual knowledge. This is just one example as to how unprepared all light workers are in analyzing the information they receive from various channels from the higher, and not so high, realms in terms of true science and knowledge.

This intellectual deficiency can be observed on both sides. All channeled messages, I have read in the last 15 years, do not discuss scientific and theoretical aspects. Some channels may evoke the impression that they are giving scientific information as for instance Metatron that is channeled by several incarnated entities. This channel discusses some physical aspects of Ascension from the point of view of quantum mechanics. However, both the didactical approach and the quality of the information are so poor, that this channel makes a disservice to real science and should be discarded as irrelevant and confusing. This is the worst of all possible worlds – to pretend to be scientific, but to lack the basics and the faculty for a true scientific elaboration.

Of course, one can put forward the argument that channels from the higher realms can only transmit the kind of information that the medium can comprehend. But this statement does not hold true in reality. There are many channeled books that contain information, which, by far and large, exceeds the apprehending faculty of the medium, as this can be excellently observed in Seth’s books channeled by Jane Roberts.

The best channel that I have found in internet is “Cosmic Awareness“. The information of this channel is quite precise and does not pretend to be unnecessarily scientific, although it is highly philosophical and precise with respects to the facts that it elaborates. This approach is contrary to that of most channels, which are rather pretentious without giving any substantial background information. Unfortunately, exactly this philosophical dimension of cosmic awareness overwhelms the intellectual abilities of the medium and the energizers who put the questions to this source from the highest realms. This intellectual incompatibility between source and receivers is quite annoying upon reading.

The discrepancy between the cosmic view, this channel presents, and the narrow-mindedness of the members of this group is so obvious and disturbing that one begins to question the effectiveness of such kind of information exchange.

If one expresses the conviction, as I do, that the purpose of any channeled information from the higher realms must be in the first place pedagogical and educational, then it should be the responsibility of all users of this information to comprehend and internalize it in a profound way. This propensity to learn from channeled information as to enrich one’s philosophical weltanschauung is unfortunately not at all developed among all light workers.

Almost all channeling entities follow in a slave-like manner the messages they receive from their source and are not able to develop an intellectual curiosity for other related messages that will help them expand their spiritual horizon. In this respect, the mental deficiencies among light workers are representative of those of the broad population. The only difference lies in their orientation towards more transcendental, spiritual issues and values.

I have personally great doubts, whether this unfavorable intellectual situation could be substantially improved prior to Ascension, even when the anticipated events as discussed in this book will take place this year and will dramatically change the collective mind-set. Therefore, I personally believe that the bar for Ascension for most incarnated entities on earth will be set very low with respect to their intellectual achievements. This has to do with the fact that most human beings only use 8-10% of the potential of their brain. After Ascension this capacity will increase to 50% and more.
*
In the meantime I have scrutinized more than 500 prominent channels and other esoteric sites in internet retrospectively, as well as prospectively. The intellectual and scientific level of all channeled messages can only be described as appalling. There is virtually no discussion on fundamental scientific and cognitive issues, for instance, which basic ideas in natural sciences have prohibited an understanding of the transcendental dimension of human beings – their true multidimensional nature as powerful sentient beings of cosmic proportions in contrast to their cognitive and sensual limitations as biological entities, incarnated in the dense three-dimensional space-time of earth.

These gnostic topics have always been in the centre of interest of all highly evolved human beings who have lived on earth and have contributed to a better understanding of the eschatology of human existence. All problems of humanity stem from the lack of spiritual understanding and can be eliminated as soon as all humans become enlightened beings. This is what Ascension is all about.

Ascension is not an event, but a process that has begun a long time ago and has accelerated in the last 24 years since the first harmonic convergence took place in the summer of 1987. In the course of this and next year, this process will reach its final culmination. We are in the End Times, as predicted in many religious and esoteric books. The Rapture of mankind is in full swing and many entities will leave earth and enter the 5^th dimension before the final split of the two earths – the ascended earth A and the descended planet B – takes place in December 2012.

Much of what has been written in this book will no longer be of relevance to those entities who will ascend. But the more so for those, who have not yet made up their mind. The coming months will be crucial not only with respect to their earthly destiny, but also with respect to their future incarnations. Ascension of earth and mankind is a juncture of cosmic proportions for numerous souls throughout the whole galaxy and beyond it. It will terminate the incarnation cycle of many souls, so that they can proceed with their infinite journey of cosmic experience and exploration towards the Oneness of All-That-Is. Back to Contents
      PART I
1. The Creator and his Creation

The three-dimensional reality (3d-reality) on earth that builds the current plane of existence of mankind is a product of the creative imagination of the higher realms of All-That-Is, to which our souls also belong. The cosmic rule of Creation says that first there is an idea, an imagination of what might be, and only then its realization. In the higher realms, there is no time-lag between imagination and creation, as time does not exist as a dimension in these realms. Everything is created in the “Now”. This circumstance is defined in human language as “simultaneity” and “synchronicity”.

However, the sequentially operating human mind is limited by the biological brain and its slow propagation of neuronal signals due to their retardation at the neuronal synapses and cannot truly understand the concept of simultaneity of the higher realms and how they actually operate.

Most human beings believe that matter comes first, and all they can do is to adjust to it by manipulating it in various ways. Current technological society is entirely based on this notion. This is the reversal of the actual creative process of All-That-Is. Present-day empiric science and modern technologies are manifestations of this narrow human concept of Creation. This is the principal cognitive flaw of all humans, most of whom do not bother about transcendental issues, but also of light workers, who, while deeply engaged in expanding the boundaries of their spiritual knowledge, fail to consider the cognitive and epistemological pre-requisitions for any true Creation from a philosophical and Gnostic point of view.

It is, therefore, very important to clearly define this upper limit of cognition of all incarnated human entities in an a priori manner, in order to understand the necessity and inevitability of the upcoming events during this year that will prepare the ground for Ascension of earth and part of mankind at the end of 2012.

The author assumes that the reader is well informed about these events from the many channeled messages in Internet. In particular, the messages of Cosmic Awareness are an excellent introduction into these unique and key events in the history of earth and modern mankind, being the last of many civilizations that have evolved and completed their incarnation cycle on this planet since eons of time.

As already said, the realization of all imagined ideas occurs immediately in the higher frequency realms of existence, also defined as 5^th, 6th, and higher dimensions. This affords a much higher level of responsibility from the Creator – be he an individual or collective entity – as any creation has repercussions on the Creator. If the Creator creates entities that also have the capacity to create, there are theoretically two alternatives how to manage Creation in a responsible manner.

The first one is the original creator gives the created entities the unlimited power to create, because he has created them perfect. This alternative is defined in religion and philosophy as the “free will of man” given to him by God or Nature. However, both religion and philosophy, respectively, science, have so far failed to prove that God and Nature are different entities, while at the same time they vigorously sustain the notion of their separation, which is the only legitimacy for their existence as separate systems of knowledge.

If God and Nature were one and the same, as they actually are, religion must merge with science, and science must become transcendental by eliminating most of its empiric dogmas that narrow its scope of human cognition. However, all religions are so overloaded with wrong spiritual concepts and ideas that they cannot be reformed, but must be replaced and substituted by a new system of transcendental knowledge that also incorporates some of the valid concepts of empiric science. This task has been successfully accomplished by the author in the 90s by developing the new Theory and Gnosis of the Universal Law. This huge theoretical topic has been covered by the author in many books and goes beyond the scope of this essay.

The other alternative is to restrict the creative potential of the created entity to some selected areas of experience. The latter alternative is that which has been actually explored on earth for the last 13 000 years under different sets of circumstances and preconditions. In this respect the free will of the incarnated entity is subjected to the pre-conceived plan of the soul. The latter takes into consideration myriad existential alternatives which the incarnated entity can explore throughout his life.

Therefore, the scope of the free will of the incarnated entity is already pre-determined by the soul prior to incarnation. At the same time, the space of existential alternatives is so vast that it practically can never be explored by the individual. Therefore, the free will of human beings does exist, but only within the pre-established conditions of the soul or the Higher Self, which is at the same time the co-creator of the plane of existence on earth.

Needless to say that most of the incarnated entities do not use this potential of the free will to its full extent to promote their spiritual growth, but instead succumb through the social habit of adaptation to the pre-existing material and other illusions of 3d-life. This is the source of all human malaise on earth. Back to Contents
   2. The Limitations of Human Creation

Human entities are born on earth in a state of more or less total amnesia with respect to their creative potential as cosmic multidimensional beings. This is also known as the “veil of forgetfulness”. The term encompasses the deliberate separation of the incarnated entity from the Source – from the higher pristine realms of existence -for the purpose of having collective experience under extreme limited energetic conditions. It is very important to observe that the creation of such a limitation affords the deliberate application of huge energies that “seal” the corresponding plane of existence from the simultaneity, synchronicity, and co-creation of the higher realms.

This level of maximal separation from the Source is only achieved in the 3d-space-time of the solar universes. Life on earth represents the maximal possible separation from the Source in the whole galaxy. This separation is of course a subjective perception of the incarnated entity, created by his limited senses and narrow daily consciousness. In reality, human beings are, from an energetic point of view, always an integral part of the soul and the higher realms.

The whole metabolism and unconditional, subconscious reflexes, being indispensable for the support of human life, are regulated by higher frequency energies of the soul. In this respect the much discussed chakras are interceptions between the high frequency energies of the soul and the electromagnetic and quantum energies of the biological body.

The energies that accomplish this separation from the Source and create the perceived 3d-space-time must inevitably be of low frequency, as to build a destructive interference with the harmonic higher frequency levels of Creation; the latter are perceived by human beings as “unconditional love”.

Such obstructive energies create the human concept of duality, which is central to all religious and esoteric concepts, which mankind has developed throughout history in its effort to comprehend the Nature of All-That-Is. From the restricted dualistic point of view of human awareness, the low frequency energies of matter and flesh are usually described as “dark forces, Ahriman forces, Luciferian forces, demons, evil aliens” etc. However, these phenomena, though they may be quite real at a given 3d-plane of existence, can only exist within the Oneness of All-That-Is.
*
We introduce the physical term “destructive interference” which should be cogent to all readers with a modest understanding of wave theory from school at this place, as to make aware of the fact that all the so called “dark forces” on earth are created by local destructive interference within the harmony and simultaneity of the Whole and can be automatically eliminated by changing the conditions of destructive interference with those of constructive interference, also known as harmonic convergence in the esoteric literature.

As there will be a lot of talk this year about the dark forces – the Powers That Be – that have controlled earth and humanity for thousands of years, it is very important to stress the core message of this essay, namely, that all evil forces are integral part of All-That-Is. It is from the subjective point of view of the dark forces to consider themselves separated from the Source. Within this subjectivity they create their own experience of separation.

The current process of earth’s Ascension, which has entered its final and most intensive phase in the summer of 1987 (first harmonic convergence), is from an energetic point of view the establishment of the condition of constructive interference – of unconditional love – on earth by eliminating step by step all local destructive interferences that may be experienced as emotional negativities and spiritual blockades. These are the driving emotional and mental forces behind all atrocities, one can currently observe on earth, just as they have always been in the core of the bellicose history of mankind.

As Ascension is the return to Oneness, there is always the possibility for any representative of the dark forces to also return to the Source. It depends only on their free will – on what choice such entities will make in this particular moment, while Ascension is virtually unfolding in front of our very eyes.

This preliminary statement is meant to avoid any confusion from the very beginning, as a substantial part of mankind may choose to go along the path of greater separation from the Source and will decide against Ascension and merging with the Oneness of All-That-Is. This choice should be respected by all those who have decided to ascend with earth in the 5^th dimension.

At this point we must make the reader aware of the fact that the terms “Oneness” and “All-That-Is” are tautologies of one and the same thing. This is what we call the “principle of last equivalence” of human awareness. As we shall show below, this is the first principle of all human thinking, not only on earth, but also as cosmic consciousness, respectively, awareness throughout the whole universe and within infinite dimensions and realities.

Although the above discussed interactions, even when they involve human behavior and ethics, may seem at first glance to be very complex and far-fetched, they are, in fact, all of energetic origin and can be reduced to some very simple physical principles.

Unfortunately, current esoteric and channeled literature is full of dubious and unclear terms in this respect, such as,”rays and colors, and flames, e.g. 5^th ray, blue ray, twin flame, etc.”,…which further confuse the already distorted human mind. Out of this semantic confusion various schools of esoteric thought have emerged in the last years that contribute to a further mental separation among the few light workers (less than 1% of the world population). This is precisely what should be overcome in this crucial year in the history of mankind. Back to Contents
   3. The Physical Laws of Creation reflect the Nature of All-That-Is

All-That-Is is as simple as it is infinite in its plurality. One should not confuse the variety of forms with the simplicity of the Laws of Creation. This is the principal fallacy of any restricted awareness that is separated from the Source. Although there may be an infinite number of planes of existence in the horizontal and vertical line, they all obey the simple law of frequency superposition, defined as constructive and destructive interference in wave theory. In order to understand these laws we have to establish a preliminary idea of the Nature of All-that-Is.

All-That-Is, the Whole, no matter how we name it, has some characteristics that have not been realized either by present-day science or by its counterpart -current esotericism. Religions have not even made an effort to comprehend the Whole; therefore, they can be excluded from this discussion without affecting its universal validity. For this reason we refer to any true science of transcendental knowledge as “Gnosis”, which is the ancient Greek term for “true spiritual knowledge”, respectively, for the study of such knowledge. It should be observed at this place that any true scientific knowledge can only be of transcendental, gnostic character. Such knowledge should begin with an exploration of the Nature of the Whole.
*
All-That-Is has the following characteristics that any human being without a deep spiritual knowledge can easily derive from his consciousness in an a priori manner. These are:the Whole is closed, infinite, and discrete, that is, it consists of infinite levels and systemsit is continuous, that is, there are no voids (vacuum) between its levels and systemsit is in a state of permanent energy exchangeLet us elaborate these primary features of All-That-Is that are conceivable to any human mind from a physical and cognitive point of view. Back to Contents
   4. The Law of Conservation of Energy

By saying that the Whole is closed, we simply acknowledge the fact that energy cannot be lost. This we can observe in all energy interactions. Current physics has acknowledged this fact as first discovered by the German physician Robert Meyer only in the late 19^th century and has defined it as the “law of conservation of energy”, also known as the “first law of thermodynamics“.

All known physical laws reflect the law of conservation of energy. Without the conservation of energy, it will not be possible to define any known physical law as a mathematical equation. This elementary fact is currently not fully apprehended in theoretical physics. The law of conservation of energy can only exist because there is an incessant energy exchange between the systems and levels of All-That-Is. The Whole is Energy Exchange (see below).

We can apply this law for instance to the creation and regulation of the human body by the soul. All astral, vital energies that the human body acquires from the soul and the higher realms of Creation in order to support its life as a biological organism are transformed into biochemical matter in the process of cell metabolism and then radiated as pure energetic experience of 3d-space-time back to the higher realms.

This is the only reason, and purpose, of the soul to seek incarnation experience in the 3d space-time of the solar universes. Experience, in its purest essence, is a particular energy exchange, as well as the memory of this exchange, whereas memory is another particular form of energy exchange. The last statement is tautological and this confirms the closed character of Al-That-Is. This ought to be basic esoteric knowledge to any light worker with a modicum of spiritual awareness. Back to Contents
   5. The Primary Term of All Consciousness

By acknowledging that the Whole is closed and manifests itself as a conservation of energy in every interaction we actually recognize that there is no difference between All-That-Is and Energy. They are one and the same. This is a basic observation that holds true for any kind of awareness -be it human or cosmic. We can call this insight “the primary term of all consciousness” and write it as a simple equation: All-That-Is = Energy = Space-Time = any Consciousness or Awareness = etc. =

= Primary Term of Human Consciousness
The primary equation encompasses the basic knowledge of any kind of awareness:All-That-Is exists as a concept in every individual consciousness, no matter how restricted or evolved it may be.In religion, this primordial idea has been recognized by postulating that “God is everything and exists in all beings and objects”. In the naturalistic and shamanistic religions, this is known as pantheism, in quantum physics this is referred to as the principle of superposition, which means that all quantum systems are interrelated and interdependent as demonstrated in the famous EPRB-experiment for photon interactions. Back to Contents
   6. The Principle of Last Equivalence

The above equation is the first and last equivalence of human consciousness, and, most probably, of any kind of consciousness within All-That-Is. It discloses a fundamental tautology of human perception. This tautology is the fundamental proof that All-That-Is is closed. The concept of the closed character of All-That-Is is a metaphysical, transcendental idea that can be experimentally proven by its concrete manifestation – the law of conservation of energy:All energy interactions that we observe in the real physical world follow the law of conservation of energy.Theoretically, the closed character of All-That-Is can be proven by building numerous tautologies which point to the semantic equivalence of all terms attributed to All-That-Is. This primordial idea of human and any consciousness or awareness is defined as:
The Principle of Last Equivalence
One can alternatively define this principle as the Law of Oneness without altering the essence of the knowledge that this principle perspires. Purely for this reason, we introduce the concept of the “primary term”, thus making the reader aware of the fact that we can use any word for the primary term of our consciousness, as long as we mean All-That-Is. The primary term is the primordial mirror-image of All-That-Is of any particular awareness as part of the Whole.

This tautological equivalence of all words that assess the primary term of our consciousness as expressed by the previous statement is the actual “principle of last equivalence”. It is the first and ONLY axiomatic statement of human consciousness – be it individual or collective – that cannot be derived from any other statement. Otherwise, it will not be a first statement. This is another tautology that proves the closed character of All-That-Is.

This first statement or idea of human consciousness is also defined as the Primary Axiom of human thinking. This definition has been deliberately chosen as to make the vast majority of uneducated people aware of the fact, that since Antiquity numerous thinkers, such as Euclid, Plato, and Aristotle have developed the concept of Axiomatics – the study of logical arrangement of all human statements in a categorical system, such as science, in which there is no inconsistency or contradiction between any two arbitrary statements -by departing from a small number of self-evident statements, preferably, from only one statement.

The Geometry of Euclid was considered for many centuries to be a paradigm of true axiomatics and an ultimate goal for any other scientific discipline, such as philosophy. For instance, both Descartes, the father of modern science, and Spinoza, the father of modern ethics, wrote their philosophical treatises according to the axiomatic principle of Euclidean Geometry.

This ideal remained central to Western scientific thinking until empirical, explorative science emerged in the late 19th century. The putative success of scientific empiricism in the last one hundred years eliminated axiomatic philosophy as a way of thinking and approaching the Nature of All-That-Is from our modern educational system. The current agnosticism of all scientists is the natural consequence of the dominance of this narrow-minded empirical dogma over the collective human mind-set.

The author has dedicated some comprehensive books on this key philosophical issue which is in the core of current agnosticism of mankind. This will be the greatest mental hurdle which mankind must circumvent this year in order to ascend at the end of 2012.

The concept of full axiomatization of human knowledge and the corresponding categorical systems has dominated the philosophical thinking of Western civilization as an intellectual ideal since Antiquity, as demonstrated in the works of Descartes, Leibniz, Spinoza, Kant, and many other thinkers, notwithstanding the fact that they have all failed to establish a truly universal system of human knowledge or to develop a proper scientific language that can be axiomatized without a single exception.

It is important to observe that the English language does not even have a word for “axiomatics”, although this term is quite popular in most European languages. This fact brings into a focus the cognitive misery of Anglo-Saxon scientific, empirical thinking that has, for historical reasons, influenced and flawed the current weltanschauung of most human beings on earth in a most profound and deplorable way.

The establishment of a truly universal axiomatics of all science and human language was achieved for the first time in the history of modern mankind in 1994-1995 by the author of this essay, after he discovered the Universal Law and developed the new physical and mathematical axiomatics as a result of this discovery. He has extensively proved that human knowledge has its origin in the principle of last equivalence and can be derived from the primary term in an axiomatic manner.

He initially proved that the whole theory of physics can be axiomatically derived from this principle, by showing in an irrevocable manner that the Universal Law is the most simple mathematical presentation of All-That-Is as a rule of three a = b/c. This is the only physical law of All-That-Is, perceived as space-time by human consciousness. To this we shall say much more below.

It should be cogent to the reader that the equation defined as the principle of last equivalence is the limit of any human cognition. Forever! We may ascend as human beings to the 5^th dimension and acquire much more knowledge about the systems and levels (dimensions) of All-That-Is, but we shall still not be able to enlarge our awareness beyond the primary term of All-That-Is. It is very important for the reader to comprehend this insight to its full extent and to make it the foundation of his very thinking – as soon as possible and as profoundly as one is able to think. Back to Contents
   7. Energy and Information are One and the Same

The law of conservation of energy introduces a new concept that has not been realized so far by science and esotericism. All-That-Is is evidently Organized Energy – there is no such thing as chaos, as current empiric science (chaos theory) makes us believe – and organized energy can also be comprehended as Information. There is, indeed, no difference between Energy and Information – they are synonyms for All-That-is (principle of last equivalence, see above). At the same time, organized energy is Consciousness – there is no way of distinguishing organized energy from consciousness. Software programs are for instance organized forms of electromagnetic energy, and they may evolve to artificial consciousness. What we observe on a small scale on earth in the last 20 years with respect to internet and computer technologies, is also occurring on a grander scale throughout All-That-Is.

From this knowledge we can deduce that all parts – systems and levels – of All-That-is have a consciousness. All parts of All-That-Is have an ultimate idea of All-That-Is – from the smallest elementary particle or cell to the most evolved entity. We say in this context:”The parts contain the Whole as an element”, the element being awareness, consciousness, organized energy, Spirit (synonyms).This is a very important statement that will help us organize our knowledge of All-That-Is in a very simple manner.
   8. The Mathematical Concept of U-Sets

Systems that contain the Whole as an element are defined in mathematics as U-sets. This term was introduced for the first time by Russell at the beginning of the 20^th century and helped to unify the various mathematical disciplines under the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradiction as first formulated by the German mathematician Hilbert in 1900. For further information we recommend the essay “Universal Law”, written by the author and published in internet under:dictionary.sensagent.com/universal+law/en-en/or www.thefullwiki.org/Universal_LawAll systems and levels of All-That-Is are U-sets and contain the Whole, the primary term, as an element. This is a fundamentally new concept that offsets the current narrow human perceptions in science, religion, politics, and everyday life, namely, that material objects and human beings are distinct entities that are separated from each other and the Whole and must fight against each other in order to survive. Back to Contents

9. The Notion of Separation is the Origin of All Wrong Ideas

The energetic separation of the incarnated entities on earth from the Whole has promulgated the basic notion of their hallucinatory somatic perception of being distinct biological organisms throughout all current concepts of mankind on Nature and social life. These ideas of biological exclusiveness have shaped the collective world view in such a profound and, at the same time, invisible manner that these ideas are very seldom put into question – in fact, only when they have thoroughly failed, as this will be the case this year with respect to Darwin’s doctrine on the evolution of human and other species.

The notion of separation is contrary to the nature of All-That-Is, which is at the same time the primary term of our consciousness, precisely, it can be equated with our consciousness according to the principle of last equivalence. Since Gödel published his first Theorem on the validity of mathematics in 1931, we know – or at least all theoreticians of science should be aware of it – that it is sufficient to introduce only one wrong statement in a categorical system of knowledge, such as science, religion, and economics in order to bias the whole system.

This is what has happened with these systems of knowledge again and again on this planet in the last several thousand years, since modern man has begun to put his spoken thoughts into a written form. That is why they have no value and must disappear during the next two years in the course of human Ascension, because these systems of separation will have no place in the expanded awareness of the ascended human entities in the 5^th dimension.

Gödel proved that mathematics, when organized according to the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradiction as first postulated by Hilbert in 1900, inevitably leads to two fundamentally contrary statements that seem to be apparently true. This fundamental paradox of mathematics is known as antinomy.

The term was introduced by Russell at the beginning of the 20th century. He was the first to realize that all human thoughts are U-sets and contain themselves and the Whole as an element. The ultimate term is consciousness – it is the total set of all human thoughts, and it is also a thought. This means that all human thoughts contain the whole human consciousness as an element, while the latter is equivalent to the primary term of our consciousness, which is the primordial idea of the Whole of any sentient entity within All-That-Is.

This proof is obviously of a tautological character and this is the ultimate proof that the Whole, being the primary notion of any kind of consciousness or awareness throughout All-That-Is, is of closed character. This proof is of transcendental nature and goes beyond the argumentation of current science and mathematics. At the same time this knowledge builds the epistemological foundation of any true science and transcendental system of knowledge.

The latter should ideally amalgamate all current religious views, stripped off of all their wrong ideas of separation, as well as all current esoteric views that make no effort to establish a coherent system of transcendental knowledge. In practice, all world religions should be abolished as false Gnostic systems of spiritual knowledge, because none of them adequately assesses the Nature of All-That-Is, respectively, of God.
*
The above mentioned concepts are self-evident and should be cogent to the reader. However, the personal experience teaches us that they can hardly be comprehended and incorporated into daily consciousness by most human beings. The reason for this is that current human species suffers from serious energetic deficiencies that have been deliberately inserted into his biological structure by his co-creators – The Powers That Be -in order to hinder the above advocated holistic approach. This is a huge theme that goes beyond the scope of this essay, but it will inevitably become a central piece of theoretical dispute in the second half of this year, after some basic revelations are made public to humanity. At this place we shall say the following.

The most prominent energetic malfunction of incarnated human entities on earth is the separation of the left from the right brain hemisphere in their neurological function. The second key malfunction is the limited use of only 8-10% of the actual brain capacity. There are many more malfunctions inserted deliberately in the energetic structure of Homo sapiens by his genetic co-engineers – the Powers That Be – to separate him from the Source, most notably the reptilian brain (cerebellum in association with medulla oblongata).

The reptilian human brain is highly susceptible to fear patterns that can be also artificially emitted with the help of certain advanced technologies from the 4^th dimension, from where the dark forces have until now effectively controlled mankind. This situation will change dramatically this year as a result of the huge, high frequency waves from the central sun of the Galaxy and the higher realms that flood our planet with increasing intensity. Such fear patterns have been successfully used by the dark forces to dump down the critical, logical, and independent thinking of human beings.

Other prominent energetic malfunctions of current human beings are the separation of the three lower chakras from the three higher chakras by the 4^th heart chakra. This has so far prohibited the development of Christ consciousness on earth that integrates the idea of Oneness in human behavior. The reduction of human DNA to two strands and the use of only a small portion of it for storing information is another important energetic malfunction of incarnated human entities that limits their perception as sentient beings.

It should be observed at this place that present-day bio-science has no idea of this genetic deficiency of human species and defines the unused 95% of human DNA as “junk-DNA“. This fact brings into a focus the cognitive malaise of current, narrow-minded empiric science with respect to its object of study:What scientists do not understand is degraded to “junk” or “dark matter” (for further explanations see below).It is important to stress that all logical thinking is first and foremost an independent thinking. Precisely this kind of thinking has been dumped down by the Powers That Be for the last 13,000 years, since they have taken full control over this planet and created modern man. This suppression of independent critical thinking of humans is energetically accomplished by modulating and deranging the original independent ideas of the incarnated entity, which he acquires in form of inspirations from his soul, by establishing the condition of destructive interference, which is at the same time the condition of all human angst on earth. Such fear deranged patterns of human thinking are always void of logic and true axiomatic arrangement. This is another huge theme that ought to be elaborated in detail in a special book.

However, as Homo sapiens was in addition genetically improved by the Forces of Light, respectively, by the human souls of the incarnated entities, which are part of the Source, modern man has the inherent capacity to be aware of his indistinguishable bond with All-That-Is, even when the notion of his bond with God has been buried in the course of numerous painful incarnations on earth under the veil of total forgetfulness.

Human beings are said to be “sparks of God”. This means that any human entity always has an unrestricted access to Spirit (Geist, Weltgeist) of Cosmic Logic, also known as Logos in Antiquity or Nous in Neo-Platonism. Therefore, it is not a coincidence that John’s Gospel begins with “At the beginning was Logos”, and not the “word”, as it has been erroneously translated from Greek in the Bible in virtually all modern languages in the last sixteen hundred years. Logos was also a synonym for logical thinking – hence the science of logic, which was at the beginning and the culmination of ancient Greek education.

This single semantic blunder has effectively hindered a true understanding of the Nature of All-That-Is by all christians, as the author has extensively elaborated in his theoretical work “Neo-Platonism and Christianity”.

As the reader may have already perceived, all central themes of humanity mentioned in this essay so far are closely intertwined and can only be properly tackled when one departs from their common epistemological origin – the Nature of All-That-Is. Back to Contents

10. The Foundation Crisis of Mathematics

Let us summarize the essence of our previous discussion. All systems and levels of All-That-Is are U-sets and contain the Nature of the Whole = the Source = All-That-Is = God = etc. (principle of last equivalence) as an element. Or as one often reads in channeled messages: Human beings are “sparks of God”, which is but a metaphor for the true Nature of All-That-Is.

It is of great importance to realize that this knowledge is basic to the existence of all science, beginning with mathematics. Let us illustrate this basic statement with the following example from the history of mathematics that is at present virtually forgotten or deliberately neglected by all theoreticians.

When Gödel proved that mathematics cannot be axiomatized with its own methods, as propagated by Hilbert and many other European mathematicians since the beginning of the 20^th century, this basic discipline virtually plunged into its Foundation crisis. This crisis lasted until 1995, when the author discovered the Universal Law of All-That-Is and eliminated it as an artifact, born in the realm of distorted scientific consciousness.

Mathematics is, as some may know, a hermeneutic discipline of human knowledge. “Hermeneutic” means that this discipline has no external object of study and exploration as for instance other empirical sciences, such as physics and bio-science are believed to be, although this perception is essentially wrong as we shall show below.

Mathematics deals with numbers and other signs of relation which are abstract symbols that have no external object, but can be eventually applied to external material objects, for instance, to count them. But these hermeneutic symbols are pure platonic ideas of human consciousness. While they are true, otherwise there will be no need to use mathematics, they exist independently of the outer world.

This has been acknowledged by many continental European mathematicians since the turn of the 19^th century, but this dispute and its implications are virtually unknown to their counterparts in England and the USA, although, ironically, it were Russell and Whitehead who triggered this dispute with their fundamental theoretical work “Principia Mathematica” published in 1908-1913.

What is the Foundation crisis of mathematics all about? It simply acknowledges the fact that this hermeneutic discipline is not in the position to solve its crisis with its own mathematical means and to prove its validity in the outer world, as this is the case for instance with physics. This discipline assesses natural laws which can be experimentally confirmed at any point in space and time, as well as independently of the observer, as this is the case for instance with Newton’s laws of gravitation.

The reason for this is that all natural laws can be expressed as mathematical equations, which are of universal validity. This is the actual reason, why physics is generally considered to be an exact natural science, whereas most other sciences, such as bio-science and economics cannot claim this ubiquitous exactness as they cannot be mathematically expressed.

However, theoretical physics has made no effort to explain us, how it is possible that Nature functions according to mathematics, while this discipline is a fairly recent intellectual artifact of human civilization, whereas Nature on this planet ought to be several billions years old, if one assumes that the Darwin’s doctrine of evolution is correct.

How is it possible that an older a priori phenomenon of galactic dimension such as Nature adjusts to the modest spiritual achievements of a humble species, called Homo sapiens, who is not even in the position to organize his social life without perennial wars and collapses and, above of all, only by virtue of destroying this very Nature, by incorporating in a posterior manner his recent, modest mathematics that has not been able to render a single reliable statistical tool or future prediction on his own destiny, as the upcoming cosmic events will prove beyond any doubt?

To account for this “child-mother paradox” – the child, being Homo sapiens, changing the essence of Mother-Nature – scientists have resorted to a variety of obscure concepts summarized under the terms “strong” and “weak anthropomorphism”, which is but a further monument of their collective imbecility.

Furthermore, theoreticians of physics have failed to take into consideration the Foundation crisis of mathematics, while using it is an exclusive means to adequately describe Nature, thus claiming the rank of the most exact science, whereas this privilege should be actually reserved for mathematics.

These are obvious observations and arguments that any human entity with a modest faculty of logical thinking ought to make and find a proper answer, before he decides to study such epistemologically unfounded sciences. And where are the true theoreticians that make such observations? While not on earth, they will be definitely found on the new 5^th-dimensional earth, because such will be the new transcendental physics of cosmic Creation.

How can scientists properly understand the Nature of All-That-Is if they do not even border to prove the validity of its best and unique tool of exploration – mathematics – and solve its Foundation crisis? Have there been such efforts to solve the problem in the past? The answer is definitely “Yes”. But when the theoreticians came to the conclusion that they are helpless on this issue at some point in time in the 60s, they decided not to border any more about such “trivial inconsistencies” of their beloved discipline and brushed aside this unresolved theoretical problem of mathematics by hiding it under the rug of scientific forgetfulness.

Each time somebody tried to unify mathematics on the basis of the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradiction as advocated by the German mathematician Hilbert in his program, known as Hilbert formalism – and there have been many mathematicians that have made this effort in the past – he has acquired two equally valid results that exclude each other and build an antinomy. Mathematics cannot prove its own validity.

This fiasco led to the general acknowledgement that the only possible solution of the Foundation crisis of mathematics would be to prove its validity outside the hermeneutic (closed) area of pure human consciousness – namely, in the real physical world. This requirement for the validity of mathematics is known since then as “proof of existence”. We shall show below that this proof is of the same nature as the “proof of God”, which has been the cognitive Armageddon of all religions – first and foremost, of Christianity. Back to Contents

11. The Discovery of the Universal Law Solved the Foundation Crisis of Mathematics

It remains still a mystery as to why this simple requirement for the validity of mathematics has not been tackled and solved in the last 70-80 years, since the idea of its Foundation crisis was firmly established in the scientific world. Although this elaboration may seem to be quite theoretical and far-fetched with respect to our anticipated intent to explain why and how the world economic order will collapse this year, we shall show that exactly this unsolved theoretical problem of mathematics lies in the core of the upcoming crisis, which is man-made and a mirror image of all wrong concepts of mankind about the Nature of All-That-Is and of humans as incarnated entities, being U-sets of All-That-Is. Present-day science does not give us any valid answer to the question:”Who are we really?”The Foundation crisis of mathematics was finally solved by the author in 1995 when he discovered the Universal Law of All-That-Is and showed that all known physical laws and their applications, including all known physical dimensions, magnitudes, quantities, and constants, can be derived as U-subsets from the primary term of our consciousness, defined in physical terms as Space-Time. This was the missing “proof of existence” that numerous mathematicians have been searching in vain during the last 20th century.

As the author has dedicated many comprehensive books on this discovery and its implications for human thinking and perceptions, this huge topic will not be further elaborated in this essay. The author would only like to reiterate at this place the conviction that a competence in the General Theory of the Universal Law is indispensable for a proper understanding of the argumentation forwarded in this book.

How is the discovery of the Universal law, being a natural law of energy exchange, linked to mathematics and its Foundation crisis? We have shown above that the primary term of our consciousness can be expressed by any word or symbol according to the principle of last equivalence. Therefore, we can also write it in the following manner: Primary term = any number or mathematical symbol = Continuum =

= foundation of mathematics
The primary term is the origin not only of all verbal ideas expressed in terms of language, but also the origin of mathematics as a system of abstract symbols and signs. It actually proves that there is no difference between verbal and mathematical expressions.

Mathematics has, since Euclid, Plato, and Aristotle, been considered to be a prolongation of human logic. Vice versa, any verbal categorical system of knowledge, such as politics can be logically organized and subsequently mathematically expressed. Just as nobody disputes the correctness of the equation 2 + 2 = 4, it is possible to organize trivial human thinking in a logical manner as to eliminate all kinds of futile discussions in politics and in any other area of common interest that hinder social progress and generate political and economic crises.

The American political system in Washington is a paramount example for the gridlock that always occurs when human beings leave the solid ground of common human logic and prefer to experience their separation in a bellicose manner, as the recent heinous shooting of a congress-woman demonstrated in a deplorable and very depressing manner.

The solution to the streamlining of human consciousness and thinking in order to comply with the Nature of All-That-Is renders for the first time in the history of modern mankind the discovery of the Universal Law and its application in science and daily affairs.

The Universal Law is the mathematical presentation of the primary term of All-That-Is as a simple rule of three a = b/c, because the primary term can also be defined as the continuum of all numbers. Since Cantor and Frege, the continuum of all numbers is generally acknowledged to be the “paradise of mathematics”.

Based on the principle of last equivalence, it can be now proven for the first time that all words of human language can be mathematically expressed and vice versa – all mathematical symbols can be substituted with precise verbal terms without changing the validity of mathematics. This is achieved by implementing the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradictions throughout the whole system of human knowledge.

Language is an energetic system or level of All-That-Is and contains the Whole as an element. Since all U-sets of the Whole abide by the Universal Law, they do not contradict each other in the infinite harmony of All-That-Is. The same must also apply to human language and to all categorical systems of knowledge that build the tissue of language. Therefore, they need not contradict, as they do now, but can be arranged according to the same principle of universal harmony just as the parts of All-That-Is are arranged.

This principle is the alleged axiomatization of human language. It postulates that human beings should depart from the primary term of All-That-Is, which is also the primary term of human consciousness and can be equated with the latter, and derive from it all words and terms that they use orally or in a written form in everyday life, science, religion, and esotericism.

This principle was first applied by the author in physics to derive all known physical magnitudes and laws from the Universal Law, respectively, from the primary term without changing any mathematical result obtained in this empiric discipline so far. However, most of the verbal explanations of mathematical results that have been experimentally generated in physics had to be rejected in the process of its axiomatization, because they contained numerous contradictory connotations and meanings that biased the whole edifice of this natural science.

The universal idea underlying all semantic, logical, and factual contradictions in physics (and science) is the idea of the separation of the parts from each other and from the Whole. This is a leitmotif of this essay. Precisely these wrong verbal interpretations have hindered the unification of this discipline before the author discovered the Universal Law and unified physics on the basis of it. Let us illustrate this with an example from present-day physics.
*
It is a well-known fact that gravitation cannot be integrated with the other three fundamental forces in the standard model, which is considered to be the utmost unification, conventional physics has been able to achieve so far. However, Nature is a unity – for instance, gravitation is propagated with the speed of light ‘c,’ which is at the same time the speed of electromagnetism. For instance, all fundamental constants of electromagnetism, such as electric and magnetic permittivity, can be derived from the speed of light. At the same time these constants are part of all laws of magnetism, electricity, and electromagnetism as summarized in the four Maxwell’s equations. This information is given for physicists. The author does not expect that the average reader understands physics, as he has found out that most physicists do not even understand their own discipline.

If gravitation and electromagnetism, two fundamental forces of Nature according to the standard model, use the same universal speed of light, how comes that they cannot be integrated by current physical theory? It is obvious that physics has fundamentally missed the point as to how Nature really operates. At the same time the protagonists of this discipline are not honest enough to acknowledge this basic cognitive deficiency of their physical theory, while claiming at the same time that they possess the Holy Grail of Science.

The reason why physicists have failed to integrate gravitation with electromagnetism was that they postulated in an a priori wrong manner that there is vacuum in All-That-Is and that photons, the carrier of electromagnetic forces, are particles without a mass. Both, the concept of vacuum and the existence of “mass-less” particles as N-sets of All-That-Is are concrete applications of the initial idea of separation. N-sets are sets that do not contain themselves as an element, for instance, vacuum is an N-set, because it contains particles which are something, while vacuum is per definition nothing – it is void.

The integration of gravitation with electromagnetism, and thus with the other two fundamental forces, was achieved for the first time by the author in 1995. He was able to derive all fundamental natural constants, such as the gravitational constant ‘G’ from those of electromagnetism and to prove in an irrevocable manner that both forces are mathematical aspects of All-That-Is.

In order to do this, he proved in the first place that the term “mass” has been defined in physics in a profoundly wrong manner. Mass is considered to be an intrinsic property of matter, whereas the particles of light, the photons, should not have any mass. It is difficult to perceive when, why, and how this irrational idea has entered this discipline, but it is a matter of fact that it has evolved in the meantime to an infallible dogma. This concept alone has prevented physicists from grasping the nature of All-That-Is.

Mass is a physical quantity, and all physical quantities in physics are defined within mathematics in an a priori manner. This should say that physical quantities are abstract mathematical, hermeneutic ideas of the human mind, with which the physical world can be adequately described in a secondary manner. Therefore, physics is applied mathematics to physical matter and is thus not a separate scientific system of knowledge.

This fundamental epistemological fact has not been apprehended in theoretical science so far. From this we conclude that all physical quantities belong to the continuum, and the latter is the primary term of All-That-Is. This means that they contain the properties of the Whole as an element. Practically, this fact tells us that all parts of the Whole have energy – they are energetic systems, because the Whole is energy.

Each system exhibits a specific constant amount of energy. When two systems are compared, we obtain a relationship of their energies, which is a dimensionless number that belongs to the continuum. This is precisely what physicists have done in the past in an unconscious, irrational manner with the definition of mass without analyzing it from a methodological and epistemological point of view: Mass is energy relationship. To those, who are keen on physics, the author would recommend that they scrutinize the current definition of mass in any available textbook on physics and find out for themselves that mass is nothing else but an energy relationship.

What does it follow from this simple conclusion? If all systems/parts of All-That-Is have energy, then they must also have a mass, as they can be compared with any other system. In this case, it is a fundamental blunder to believe that photons are mass-less particles. They must also have a mass because there are energetic systems according to Planck’s equation for photon energy E = h f.

If all systems and levels of All-That-Is are energy, which means something, then there is no such thing that is nothing. In this case the idea of vacuum as void or of particles that are without a mass are absolutely wrong concepts (N-sets) that should be cogent to anybody with a modicum of logical thinking. They stem from the primordial notion of separation of human beings from the Whole and should be eliminated from physics and science once and for all.

This is exactly what the author did, when he started with the axiomatization of conventional physics. By eliminating these wrong ideas of separation, he ultimately eliminated most of the confusion in this “exact” natural science. Ultimately he could unify this discipline by applying the Universal law to each energetic system and energy interaction that has been experimentally observed and described in this natural science so far – without any exception! In practice, he confirmed all mathematical results obtained in physics up to date, but eliminated most of the verbal interpretations of these mathematical results as flawed and wrong.

In particular, he derived the mass of the elementary photon, known as Planck’s constant h (see above), from basic physical equations and showed that the macro-mass of all material objects can be calculated from the basic mass of the elementary photon. He actually proved that matter is condensed light (photon energy). The anthropocentric unit “kilogram” is, for instance, a derivative (surrogate) from the primary mass of the elementary photon h obtained within mathematics.

By acknowledging that photons have a mass, the author could easily explain the mechanism of gravitation as being propagated by photons with the speed of light and eliminated the obscure search for the hypothetical graviton.

Further on, he proved that the fundamental gravitational constant G, which is basic to all gravitational laws of Newton, can be easily derived in an axiomatic manner from the speed of light. In this way he integrated for the first time gravitation with electromagnetism on the basis of mathematical formalism and established a new coherent theory of cosmology that eliminates virtually all basic ideas of this discipline – beginning with such imbecilities as the big bang and the hot expansion of the universe.

However, this essay is not intended to be an introduction to the physical theory of the Universal Law, but has the purpose to show how all wrong ideas in physics have emerged from the primary concept of separation from the Whole. This elaboration, while being the Final Judgment on all fallacies of modern physics and science, aims in the first place to explain why the current structure of human civilization, which depends to a large extent on theoretical and experimental science, will inevitably collapse this year. Current empiric science and technology will be a major part of this collapse.
*
From this disquisition we conclude that mathematics can be expressed in verbal terms and vice versa, any verbal system of knowledge can be presented in terms of mathematics when the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradictions is thoroughly observed. This novel insight will transform current empiric science, which has deliberately neglected this intellectual heritage of Western civilization since Antiquity, in the remaining time prior to Ascension to a true, infallible system of knowledge.

The new science of the Universal Law will retain its validity in the 5^th dimension by axiomatically incorporating the new transcendental knowledge that will be then available to the ascended entities. Without a full understanding of the new theory of the Universal Law they will not be able to truly comprehend the laws of Creation of All-That-Is and will experience difficulties in progressing on their path of spiritual evolution.

The basic conclusion from the discovery of the Universal Law is that there is no difference between Consciousness and the outer physical world, currently perceived as Nature. The outer world is shaped by the consciousness of all beings that participate in the common life on a certain plane of existence. This is the ultimate proof of existence of mathematics, but also of the existence of pure cosmic consciousness that creates this or any other world in the 3d-space-time of solar universes. But it also tells us that there are levels of Creation beyond 3d-space-time, out of which the latter has evolved in a secondary manner. Back to Contents

12. The Basic Theory of the Universal Law

The key novel knowledge from the discovery of the Universal Law is that All-That-Is has only two dimensions when perceived by the narrow human senses – Space and Time, whereby time in the new theory is actually defined as frequency f = 1/t. In this case, time, as humans know it, is defined as “conventional time” t. Both quantities are included in the term “space-time” = s f = s/t = velocity, which is also the origin of mathematics and any other science.

All scientific terms, including all numbers in mathematics that build the fabric of our scientific knowledge, can be axiomatically derived from the term “space-time”, which is the physical perception of human mind of the primary term at the current plane of existence on earth:Space-time = All-That-Is = Energy = Primary Term of Consciousness =

= 3d-reality (descriptive terms) = Continuum (mathematical presentations) =

= [space][time] = s f = s/t = velocity = [1d-space-time] = [n-d-space-time] =

= any number, such as = 1 = 1×1 = 1×0 = 0 = ∞×1 = ∞The above equations are various equivalent presentations of the principle of last equivalence of human consciousness. They prove that both human language and mathematics have their epistemological origin in the primary term perceived as space-time. This insight is the most revolutionary idea in the history of modern mankind. However, it has been known to all previous enlightened civilizations on earth.

It is important to observe that the above presentations of the principle of last equivalence are beyond the realm of any mathematical argumentation, as this principle builds the cognitive basis for the very existence of mathematics as a science of abstract symbols. This fundamental fact is regularly overlooked by all protagonists of conventional mathematical thinking when they raise objections as to the appropriateness of this presentation. These objections stem from their restricted thinking, which is intoxicated by the primordial idea of separation from the Whole. Why?

This is a very important psychological observation that goes to the roots of modern mathematics. First and foremost, such objections stem from the ignorance of most mathematicians with respect to the fact that their discipline is still suffering under its Foundation crisis, when the discovery of the Universal Law and the solution of this crisis are ignored for the moment.

Secondly, all mathematicians have so far failed to recognize that all the mathematical symbols which they use in their discipline are not U-sets, that is, they do not contain themselves and the Whole as an element: They are N-sets. Therefore, the do not pertain to All-That-Is. They are wrong mirror images of the Nature of Al-That-Is.

This is the cognitive “fall from grace” of empiric science on earth. The return of the “prodigal son to the Father” will be achieved by substituting present-day empiric science with the new General Theory of Science of the Universal Law in the short period of time prior to Ascension and in the infinity of All-That-Is after Ascension.
*
How is the Whole actually perceived in mathematics? Very simply – it is the continuum of all numbers. The numbers that are currently used in mathematics are closed numbers that exclude all other adjacent numbers and hence they also exclude the continuum to which they belong. For instance, the number 2 excludes all its approximations such as 2.00001. These numbers are called rational numbers. Rational numbers are closed. Modern mathematics operates only with such numbers. It is extremely important to stress that mathematics has virtually no idea as to how to operate with open numbers, which are U-sets and contain the Whole, the continuum, as an element.

Closed rational numbers fulfill the definition of N-sets: The sets that exclude themselves and the Whole as an element. Since they are closed, they have no contact with the other adjacent numbers, and for this simple reason, they cannot build a continuum. The idea of closed numbers precludes the existence of the continuum. However, without a continuum there is no mathematics at all (see below).

We have already said that it is sufficient to introduce only one statement that is an N-set in a categorical system to bias the whole system. This is what has happened with mathematics prior to the discovery of the Universal Law – hence its continuing Foundation crisis.

We have learned so far that all systems and levels of All-That-Is are open systems and exchange energy with each other – therefore, they must have a contact with each other. Purely for this reason, we say that the Nature of All-That-Is is continuous – there are no gaps between the systems that are perceived at present as vacuum or voids in physics. All systems and levels of All-That-Is are open, adjacent, contiguous, because they are U-sets. They contain the Whole = Energy as an element.

According to the principle of last equivalence, we can define All-That-Is as a continuum. The parts of the mathematical continuum must therefore be open to reflect the openness of the energetic systems and levels of All-That-Is. However, the rational numbers used in mathematics are closed. Therefore, they are N-sets and hence inadequate presentations of the outer world. They must be replaced by open numbers.

Which numbers are open? All the so called transcendental numbers are open numbers. Such numbers contain an infinite number of approximations, which are closed rational numbers. The most prominent example is the number pi (π).

The mathematicians became for the first time aware of the fundamental difference between closed rational numbers and open transcendental numbers when Cantor established his theory of sets in the late 19^th century. Since then this theory is considered to be the basis of modern mathematics – the “paradise of mathematics” as Hilbert defined it.

Cantor’s problem was to define the continuum in an a priory manner. If one had to resort only to the established closed numbers, the continuum would not have been what it actually says – a continuum, but a discrete, discontinuous assembly of closed rational numbers that are divided by gaps (voids) along the continuum. To avoid this embarrassment Cantor introduced the concept of transcendental numbers which are open to their surroundings -they are contiguous and touch each other. For this purpose he distinguished between two sets of infinities which, by the way, is another word for continuum – the infinities of rational numbers and the infinities of transcendental numbers.

Before that infinity was infinity and there was no possibility to discern them with respect to their power. Or as Cantor put it himself: “In the night all cats are grey”. By introducing the transcendental numbers, which to Cantor’s perception filled the gaps between the closed rational numbers along the continuum, he for the first time presented a valuable definition of the continuum and established the theoretical and epistemological foundation of mathematics.

This is basic theoretical stuff that should be actually cogent to any theoretician and scientist with a modest understanding of mathematics after spending four, five or more years at the university. Unfortunately, it is very difficult to find a theoretician nowadays who is aware of these basic epistemological problems of mathematics and science. Most scientists have been dumped down to such an extent by the current illogical educational system that has been deliberately established by the Powers That Be as to camouflage the actual situation on earth that the author is fully aware of the fact, that it will be very difficult to liberate them from this inextricable labyrinth of self-inflicted scientific blunders.

This deplorable situation of total scientific confusion will tantamount to a true cosmic revelation in the course of this and next year in order to save the souls of most scientists from their total perdition and enable them to ascend with a clear mind in the 5^th dimension.

With respect to the theory of mathematics, it is important to observe that while Cantor laid the basis for transcendental numbers, these numbers were not known to mathematicians. It was only several decades later when another German mathematician found out that the number pi is a transcendental number. This number opened a completely new perspective of approaching mathematics and its application to the outer world, although the incommensurability of real space magnitudes was known to all ancient Greek mathematicians.

The number pi is per definition a relationship between two geometric distances – the circumference of the circle and its diameter. Circles are abstract geometric presentations of waves.

They are abstract platonic ideas built within the hermeneutic mathematical consciousness of humans. In the real universe, all closed circular motions are elliptical as Kepler’s laws on the motion of celestial objects clearly prove. This fact has not been fully apprehended by all theoreticians, although the number pi is used in many key physical laws and formulae in classical and quantum mechanics.

On the other hand it is generally acknowledged in physics that all waves are products of rotations. Rotations are closed motions -they can be circular, elliptical or more complex forms of closed motions. This is basic physical knowledge of wave theory.

This holds true not only for the electromagnetic spectrum, also defined as photon space-time by the author, but also for matter which is also of wave-character. This is a well-established idea in quantum mechanics since de Broglie introduced the concept of wave-particle dualism in physics in 1924.

This is another basic physical stuff, the cognitive importance of which has not been fully apprehended in physics. The fact that all systems of All-That-Is are open in terms of energy exchange but at the same time represent superimposed closed motions proves both, the closed character of All-That-Is and the openness of all its contiguous parts as U-sets of the Whole.

As the reader may already perceive, we use this discussion in the first place to present the basic inconsistencies and flaws that scientists have inserted into the edifice of modern empiric science without having any comprehension as to how profoundly these blunders, which stem without any exception from their primordial idea of separation, have intoxicated the dominating scientific thinking of Modern Times and have prevented them from grasping the Nature of All-That-Is. Therefore the upcoming End Times will be in the first place a requiem for current empiric science, where the author will play the first fiddle.
*
What should one conclude from this basic scientific knowledge? It is cogent that all levels and systems of All-That-Is are waves or rotational systems. Since they are all open systems, they are superimposed wave systems and thus obey the laws of constructive and destructive interference. Here we close the circle of our initial argumentation with respect to the universal character of the Cosmic Laws of constructive and destructive interference, which are the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction. These laws are concrete applications of the Universal Law.

When we compare two arbitrary real rotational wave systems, we always acquire transcendental numbers. All space-time relationships between two real systems are transcendental magnitudes and can only be adequately assessed by open transcendental numbers. We now make a very important statement:The conditions of constructive and destructive interference which are the Cosmic
Laws of Creation and Destruction of all systems and levels of All-That-Is can
only be adequately assessed by employing transcendental numbers.However, mathematics has virtually no idea as to how to use such numbers in its practical calculations. All numbers that scientists currently acquire from Nature, for instance, as natural constants or various statistics, e.g. in economic pools, are expressed as closed real, rational numbers, which are closed approximations of the real open transcendental magnitudes.

Purely for this reason mankind is not in the position to make adequate predictions on the future or to assess precisely when the condition of destructive interference occurs, under which a system will inevitably collapse. We shall elaborate this conclusion below in a stringent way by departing from the new knowledge of the General Theory of the Universal Law. Back to Contents

13. The Theory of the Universal Law as a Cosmic View

Let us now return once again to the Nature of All-That-Is and its parts (levels and systems). We said explicitly that the Whole is closed, while all its parts are U-subsets of All-That-Is and contain it as an element. This statement should be reiterated by the reader as a mantra as many times as possible, until he has fully comprehended it.

And here comes a fundamental knowledge of All-That-Is that has not been fully realized in science so far. If the parts are U-sets and contain the Whole as an element, they cannot be closed, but must be open and exchange energy with each other. All-That-Is is an incessant energy exchange. This is an intrinsic aspect of the Nature of All-That-Is as stated in the primary axiom that should be cogent to everybody. For instance, without food-intake and cell metabolism, which is nothing else but a complex exchange of biochemical energy, human beings cannot exist or survive. In this sense, energy is a synonym of All-That-Is.

On the other hand, all open systems and levels of All-That-Is express its Nature during their energy exchange. In particular, they express the closed character of the Whole. This aspect can be concretely observed as the law of conservation of energy. As all systems are closed superimposed motions, they are both open and manifest themselves as closed motions or rotations. This is the Heavenly Dichotomy of All-That-Is that has not been comprehended by all scientists so far. The same holds true for all religions.

In other words, there is nothing else but Energy:All-That-Is is Energy – it is Organized Energy – it is Information – it is Awareness – it is Consciousness – it is Space-Time, when perceived by the narrow senses of human beings.And all these words for the primary term can be mathematically expressed with the Universal Law – it is the mathematical envelope of the Nature of All-That-Is. This also holds true for all current scientific disciplines that have chosen various terms for All-That-Is as objects of their study – e.g. continuum = mathematics, biological matter = bio-science, matter = physics, etc..

The Universal Law is a law of energy interactions. There is nothing else in All-That-Is that is not an energy interaction and does not abide by the Universal Law. Therefore, all separate sciences that currently exist can be unified to a new universal science called Energology of the Universal Law.

All human perceptions, feelings, and mental ideas are energetic events and follow the Universal Law independently of the awareness of the entity. For this reason psychology, philosophy, sociology, economics, and all other associated disciplines must inevitably become part of Energology. As the time to final Ascension in December 2012 is very short, this unification of science will be fully accomplished in the 5^th dimension under much more favorable conditions and with the help of an expanded human consciousness.

But we can already begin with the modification of our wrong belief systems, which are all products of the narrow perception of human senses. All human sensations are energy interactions. For instance, our optical perceptions are evoked by the procession and transformation of photons by the retinal cones and rods to electromagnetic signals in the optical neuronal synapses in the brain, before they are visualized as objects. However, the original carriers of the optical information/energy, the photons, have neither form, nor are they solid particles.

How comes that our eyes receive invisible photons from the material surroundings, which according to present-day physics do not even have a mass, but can, at the same time, evoke images of three-dimensional objects with volume and mass in the human brain? This is one of the many paradoxes and unanswered questions, one can encounter in present-day empiric science that give us a clue as to why it has totally failed to understand the Nature of All-That-Is and has to be replaced with the new theory of the Universal Law.

The primordial false idea of being separated from the Source, respectively, from the Whole, while being part of the drama of human illusions on earth, has obviously generated numerous ideas that carry this vicious concept. Just as a software program can harbor a virus, a bug, and infect any other software program, so do the idea of separation from the Whole: It infiltrates all subsequent ideas of mankind in such a profound way that a whole civilization can be created on false ideas and sustained for some time for the sake of illusion.

This is what has actually happened on earth for eons of times. Such civilizations that are grounded in false ideas of separation can only exist by the active support of the cohesive energies of All-That-Is, because it is impossible for any system to be truly separated from All-That-Is. This is known as the Law of Oneness in esoteric circles. This insight will be in the centre of the upcoming revelations that will unfold this year in collective human consciousness and will ultimately lead to Ascension of the vast majority of human beings on earth by the end of 2012 or some time later.
*
At present human beings are not capable of discerning the numerous wrong ideas of separation that build the fabric of their society, because they have been raised with them, and these have shaped their belief systems in a profound way. Very often such wrong ideas carry the nimbus of infallible scientific truths that a humble human being can hardly oppose, as is the case with most light workers who are, on the one hand, ignorant on current failed science for good reasons, but, on the other, quite vulnerable to flawed scientific argumentation.

One central flawed concept of science is the exclusive application of closed rational numbers in mathematics and, from there, in all exact natural sciences, as we have shown above. Another basic flawed idea is the introduction of closed physical systems in modern physics, such as “ideal elastic collision”, “blackbody radiation”, “Carnot machine”. These closed systems are used to describe various energy interactions or to derive particular physical laws thereof.

The introduction of the concept of closed systems has, however, a sound ground. As already said, one can only describe the physical world in a correct manner, if one has grasped the essence of All-That-Is – first and foremost, its closed character.

This is precisely where empiric science has totally failed. The Whole is closed. In order to describe its parts, this idea must be introduced somehow in the physical view of the world. This has been achieved by inventing such abstract closed systems as ideal elastic collision, blackbody radiation, etc., which are hypothetically supposed not to exchange energy with the surroundings.

However, all systems are open. Here we have an antinomy, a fundamental paradox of physics and science, which we have also described as heavenly dichotomy. Just like mathematics, physics is essentially founded on paradoxes and antinomies. It is important to observe that conventional physics is fully unaware of this fundamental inconsistency.

While such closed systems can be found in any textbook on physics, this discipline has failed to acknowledge the fact that such a system as for instance Carnot machine, with which the thermodynamics of adiabatic processes is explained, is a phantom. Otherwise, we would have already created perpetuum mobile, an everlasting energy source, and all our energy problems would have been solved forever.

There are many other fundamental theoretical flaws of present-day physics. For instance, all current physical constants, magnitudes, quantities, variables, dimensions, and corresponding SI-units are defined in a circular manner, for instance, space (length) is defined by introducing time and assuming tacitly that this quantity is already firmly established. The definition of time, itself, needs the a priori introduction of length (space); electric current and its corresponding SI-unit is defined through charge and vice versa – charge through current. This list can be extended ad infinitum. The author recommends the reader to scrutinize these definitions in any textbook on physics with a fresh eye after he has read this essay.

All definitions of physical quantities and their dimensions obey without an exception the principle of the vicious circle (circulus vitiosus): One part is defined through another, while the Whole is neglected. This circumstance has precluded a true understanding of All-That-Is in current empiric science. This simple epistemological fact is so evident in the theory of physics even for beginners that the author is really baffled and has failed to find any other explanation as to why this fact has not be acknowledged so far but to assume that all scientists are imbecile and are totally unable of any elementary logical thinking.
*
All wrong trivial and scientifically disguised ideas stem from the primordial subjective perception of humans as being distinct biological entities separated from All-That-Is. For most people their identity ends with the boundary of their epidermis. This is the central illusion of mankind that will be eliminated with Ascension.

How comes that such wrong ideas have become the spiritual foundation of our society without leading to a massive collapse much earlier? The answer is fairly simple and has been anticipated by our previous discussion. Even when a whole society has been established on completely wrong ideas and beliefs, it can continue to exist for a long period of time, because it has never ceased to be part of the life-spending and life-sustaining energies of All-That-Is.

We can alternatively discuss this aspect in scientific, physical terms. It is always possible for the higher realms of Creation to establish local conditions of destructive interference on a single planet by employing immense higher frequency energies that surround the system of destructive interference and sustain it by creating conditions of constructive interference on a much higher energetic level. This is similar to the (futile) efforts of scientists to sustain a plasma reaction by encompassing it with a powerful electromagnetic field.

In the channeled esoteric literature one often reads that earth is a planet of negative, toxic, dark energies that has been “sealed” by the higher realms from the rest of the galaxy for eons of times. This idea has been initially promoted in John’s Revelations, although this book has been obviously written much later by other channeled spiritual beings.

The current process of Ascension embodies the stepwise elimination of massive energetic layers that establish the condition of destructive interference and operate as effective barriers that hinder the entrance of high frequency energies of All-That-Is in the astral atmosphere of our planet. The much discussed star portals or gateways at specific numerological dates, such as 01.01.01, 02.02.02… 11.11.11, and 12.12.12, represent the elimination of the conditions of destructive interference on earth by that of constructive interference.

Practically, the low frequency layers that shield earth from the 4^th and 5^th dimensions and sustain its current three-dimensional density are eliminated step by step, so that the veil of forgetfulness can be lifted for the whole mankind during this and next year. When these low frequency layers created by destructive interference begin to dissolve, earth can no longer stay in its current 3d-density and will begin to ascend to the 4^th and 5^th dimensions. This is what is actually happening since the first harmonic convergence in the summer of 1987. In the last several years the deletion of the local conditions of destructive interference on earth has exponentially accelerated.

This explanation also renders the scientific solution to the central theological dispute since Antiquity as presented by Leibniz in his famous Theodizee. How come that God and the world, he has created, are perfect, while human beings and their petty objects of Creation are so imperfect?

As this essay is not intended to be a philosophical disquisition of theological topics, we shall not indulge into it any further, but the author would like to express the wish that modern mankind were much better informed with respect to the intellectual achievements of its numerous thinkers in the past, so that present-day light workers need not discover the wheel on a much primitive intellectual level again and again. The intellectual abyss and spiritual ignorance that one encounters on this planet prior to Ascension are indeed staggering, as the author must confess with great regret. Back to Contents
   14. The Idea of Separation from All-That-Is Explains the Eschatology of Human Existence

All-That-Is is closed, discrete, i.e., it consists of infinite open systems and levels that exchange energy, continuous, i.e., there is no vacuum between the systems and levels, and infinite. All these attributes of All-That-Is can be used as nouns, synonyms, tautologies for All-That-Is, For example, we can use consistently the words continuum, infinity, closed entity, discreteness, etc. for All-That-Is according to the principle of last equivalence without changing anything in this discussion or in our knowledge about the world and who we are.

The parts contain the Whole as an element and can be mathematically defined as U-sets. There is, however, one fundamental difference between the Whole and its parts that has been realized for the first time to its full extent in the history of mankind after the Universal Law was discovered and the new Energology elaborated:

While the Whole is closed, all levels and systems of it are open.

As this basic eschatological fact has not been apprehended by science and religion so far, it has led to a profound, prolonged, and very painful confusion among all believers and scientists throughout the history of mankind. Most of the mental disarray that will be experienced this year can be attributed to this ignorance of humans. All wars, crimes, and atrocities that have been accomplished on earth so far stem from this mental confusion. Therefore, this aspect has become a leitmotif of the present essay and will be elaborated specifically in this chapter.

The difference between the Whole, being closed, and its parts, being open, creates the only true eschatological reason for the existence of 3d-space-time of solar universes. The Whole is something. The opposite of it would be nothing. As we, human beings, are something, we have no idea of nothing. It will stay so forever. This holds true for any consciousness or awareness within All-That-Is. The Nothing can be called Void or Vacuum. None of them exists. The Whole is All-That-Is.

However, the idea of nothing cannot be wholly excluded from human mind, respectively, from any other consciousness or cosmic awareness. Both terms – Something and Nothing – build the fundamental Antinomy of Existence of All-That-Is. As All-That-Is is Creativity, it must also explore the Conditions of Nothing. However as nothing does not exist, All-That-Is creates local conditions of destructive interference that imitate the existence of nothing. We have a deliberately created antinomy for the sake of experiencing an extreme separation.

How does All-That-Is accomplish this task? Very simply, it imitates itself in the parts. It creates systems and levels that are seemingly closed (separated) from All-That-is, although this is virtually impossible. The total Amnesia of incarnated human entities creates for instance the illusion of being a biological species that is closed and separated from All-That-Is. The same holds true for human civilization at the collective level.
*
Mankind, in its vast majority, currently believes that it is unique in the whole galaxy which contains trillions of solar systems and planets. Current agnostic humanity considers itself to be the exquisite and coincidental crowning of biological evolution that has started from a primitive one-cellular organism and has slowly evolved in eons of time. Therefore, mankind officially still believes that it is totally separated from the Source and other incarnated civilizations, some of which are populating the astral space of our planet for eons of time.

Notwithstanding this belief, the actual Powers That be, the “aliens” from the Orion/Reptilian Empire, are actually endemic on this planet for more than 500,000 years and consider themselves to be owners of this planet. From this point of view, they consider modern human beings, which they have initially created through genetic engineering, as their slaves that they have introduced on earth for the purpose of fulfilling their basic needs. They consider humans, just as humans consider animals. This explains their nefarious deeds against humanity which seem to have the only purpose of annihilating human beings.

This is the actual cognitive and existential dilemma in which humanity is currently entrapped by the Powers That Be in a deliberate way. Their tactic is to keep humans ignorant on the actual situation on earth and to lull them into the wrong belief that they are an exquisite ultimate manifestation of a protracted biological evolution, based on the principle of chaos, or trial and error, whereas, in fact, they have been conceptually created as servants for these dark forces some 13,000 years ago, first by the Reptilian Anunnaki and later on genetically improved by the Sirians, which are representatives of the Forces of Light.

For this purpose the Powers That Be have introduced numerous ideas and concepts in human society that cement the wrong idea of separation. The most insidious system of deception of all is the Orion monetary system that creates the impression that human beings must work hard to earn money in order to survive. Darwin’s flawed evolutionary idea of “the survival of the fittest” was further exaggerated to become an established social doctrine and a rectification for all predatory practices of the economic and financial Elite.

During their social activities, human beings have been forced to compete all the time with other human beings and to consider them potential rivals or even enemies. The working place has become a jungle. The eschatological purpose of human life has been reduced to the acquirement of paper money and material goods that create the illusion of security. Money is considered to be the only viable security for survival in an unfriendly environment. Creation out of unconditional love, compassion, and understanding has no place in the Orion monetary system. These conditions deepen the wrong impression of separation among all human entities that culminates in the ubiquitous angst of death in present-day society.

Humans believe that they must surround themselves with as much material goods as they can imagine for the purpose of surviving, but they know deep in their heart that they have no power over death. That is the cardinal dilemma of the current Elite. Their fears are hypertrophied to such an extent that their desire to control everything, first and foremost, all the monies available, and through them all human lives, seems to be, in their view, the only alternative to appease their basic angst in front of death.

This, however, does not exclude the possibility of eliminating each other within their power games, as this can be seen among Mafia families. Have these entities had more compassion for their fellows, they would have easily discerned that no money or power on this earth could protect them from the nefarious thoughts and deeds of their akin. This insight would have been sufficient to convince them to wrap up their insidious plans to control the world. The author is optimistic that this will happen this year.

The numerous mental and emotional ramifications of the Orion monetary system on human thinking, feeling, and behavior are so profound and ubiquitous that there is virtually no space in current human society that is not thoroughly poisoned by this vicious system. This is the current problem of all light workers who have to immerse in the toxic atmosphere of earth and cannot find an adequate place that will serve them as a spiritual shelter.

It is important to observe at this place that all enlightened civilizations in the solar universes do not use money, because they do not need this primitive means for the organization of their society. They have understood the nature of money.

Money imitates the Nature of All-That-Is which is energy. The difference of the Orion monetary system to energy is that it entraps the entities and steals their energy, while real energy is always free – it floats from one system to another without any preference. Money, as it is used today, stipulates all the wrong emotional and mental concepts of separation, such as greed, power, manipulation, aggression, etc., that are basic fears of the human templates and thus typical for all entities that live in total amnesia and lead to their enslavement.

These negative characteristics are typical for the mentality of young souls who live in the greatest separation from the Source. The American society, being determined by collective greed, corruption, unlimited aggression, self-righteousness, arrogance, and ignorance for the rest of the world, is paradigmatic for the collective behavior of all entities that are separated from All-That-Is. As young souls build the majority of the current population on earth, their negative features are inherent to the whole mankind.

Therefore, we will witness this year in the first place a radical shift of public opinion away from these negative collective characteristics towards more transparency, compassion, equality, and respect for the free will of the individual. All the revolutions and upheavals that will be unleashed this year will demand for such a change in human perceptions. This change is a necessary prerequisite for preparing humanity mentally and emotionally for the upcoming Ascension at the end of next year.
*
Religion is the next huge system of deception of the Powers That Be that deepens the wrong concept of separation. Most of the sacred books of current world religions have been dictated or rewritten by the Powers That Be through channeling or by human proxies, which have been reptilian incarnations and have always belonged to the Elite (Illuminati, ruling families, etc.). The religious practices have institutionalized this idea in everyday life.

In Christianity for instance the reincarnation of the soul and its multidimensional nature as originally preached by Jesus were eliminated in its official teaching and the direct contact of the incarnated entity to the higher self was negated. Instead, priests became the only competent intermediaries between All-That-Is and the individual. This has led to a profound spiritual enslavement of western mankind.

The very existence of Jesus Christ has been totally fabricated as ordered by Constantine, the Great, in the 4^th century. The myth about this entity was established as a composite of two spiritually highly evolved personalities, who lived approximately at the same time as described in the New Testament – the entity Jeshua from the group of the Essenes in Palestine and Apollonius of Tyana, whose life has been depicted by Philostratos. The synoptic gospels were written by the Piso brothers on behalf of Constantine for the Nicene council that established Christianity as official religion of Rome. John’s Gospel was written by the sister of the Piso brothers, who belonged to the Reptilian Elite at that time.

Nostradamus was, for instance, also a representative of the Elite and made deliberate predictions for the End Times that suited the plans of the Powers That Be. They knew that they are bound to lose their power during this crucial period and wanted to alter the circumstances in advance as to suit their plans.

There is virtually not a single major sacred book of mankind that has not been falsified or written under the dictation of the Powers That Be, as to serve their aims to enslave human beings by forging the idea of their separation from All-That-Is. This also holds true for most social and economic doctrines in the past that have further deepened the separation of humanity, as we shall discuss it below for the current major macroeconomic theories.
*
The situation with science and its theory is quite similar to that of religion and finance. Science has always had the propensity to discern the truth behind the veil of forgetfulness and human illusions. This has been primarily the task of philosophy since Antiquity, throughout the Dark Ages, Renaissance, and Enlightenment. With the begin of industrialization and modern empiric science, this philosophical pursuit and quest for knowledge were diverted from the inner spiritual dimension of the individual towards the external world and the spiritual dumping down of the incarnated human entities reached an unprecedented peak.

The 19^th and 20^thcenturies marked the darkest period of human history with respect to their alienation from the Whole. This trend has been reversed in the last 50-60 years when a large number of highly evolved souls, known as light workers, way showers, star seeds, have incarnated on earth to prepare this planet and the vast majority of its human population for Ascension.

Through manipulating religion, science, and economic activities of human beings, the surreptitious dark forces on earth have effectively suppressed the pristine knowledge that humans are immortal souls and independent creators of their destiny to the point that a return to Oneness seems now impossible for many beings. This heinous strategy has been used for thousands of years and has become an inextricable reality for most incarnated human beings. Purely for this reason the current financial system must collapse this year in order to liberate humans from the shackles of overwhelming pecuniary and materialism that reign over modern society. Both are manifestations of the primordial idea of separation from the Whole.
*
In addition to these suppressive measures that have essentially affected human minds, the incarnated entities have been genetically engineered as to harbor a vast number of astral templates at the cellular and genetic level that promote various feelings of fear and fear based beliefs. These fear patterns are local destructive interferences within the physical, emotional, and mental body and also involve the chakra system.

This is a huge theme that is beyond the scope of this essay and has been broadly discussed by numerous channels in the last years. Purely for this reason, many incarnated entities undergo currently a light body process, which is essentially an elimination of these blockades through establishing the conditions of constructive interference in the human bodies by augmenting their frequencies.

Current Ascension is the liberation of human beings as incarnated entities from the invisible enslavement by the dark entities from the 4^th dimension, the Powers That Be, who have chosen the path of total separation from the Whole. Since these entities are guided by this primordial idea in their very existence, they have introduced it on every level of human society – from everyday life to science and religion, although the latter was originally intended to eliminate the idea of separation and to open the eyes of the believers for the truth that they are “sparks of God”.

It is not an exaggeration to conclude that human beings have been for eons of time pawns in the hands of the dark forces that have pulled their strings from the 4^th dimension of total separation from All-That-Is. They have used various insidious tactics to achieve this goal.

For instance, to every enlightened soul/star seed that incarnates on earth, three Orion entities from the 4^th dimension are attached upon birth. Their function is to effectively block the lower, middle and higher self of the incarnated entity and to boycott its creativity. Many light workers, who under normal conditions would have had the power and mentality to create abundance on earth, are inhibited by such destructive 4d-entities throughout their lives.

Numerous such unholy trios have accommodated themselves so perfectly into the emotional and mental structure of the incarnated light workers – they live in such a perfect mimicry with the fear-driven templates of these entities, without which no entity can exist on earth – that most light workers are not able to discern these evil energy spongers and effectively eliminate them from their energetic fields.

The elimination of these energy-sponging entities follows the Universal Law of Free Will. As soon as the entity discerns the existence of such an inhibiting 4d-astral trio in his energetic aura, he has the right to expel it from his fields by stating this wish firmly and deliberately. In this case, he may ask for help from the higher realms. This process will accelerate this year when the “separation of the wheat from the chaff” will finally take place (see below).

This is the dumping practice of the dark forces at the individual level that overlaps with their hidden negative influences on the collective intellectual (science), emotional (entertainment, financial problems) and social level (dictatorship, political repression, etc.). These methods of the dark ones must be made known to the public, so that all people can take appropriate measures to protect themselves with established spiritual techniques, but also to comprehend why human society has failed to achieve true spiritual progress throughout his long history of oppression.

The author pays great attention to this aspect of psycho-mental repression of human incarnated entities by the dark Orion forces, because he has gone through this personal experience and knows how unpleasant it can be. In this case knowledge is power.
*
The decision of earth souls to incarnate on this toxic planet, called Gaia, which can be regarded as an asylum, where the inmates have taken control over the asylum and any sane being that enters this asylum is immediately declared insane by the true insane ones, is to experience the utmost separation from All-That-Is at any price. In order to create this condition of separation, the incarnated souls on earth use such dark agents as the Powers That Be, the Luciferian, Ahriman, and demonic forces from the 4^th dimension, to establish the condition of destructive interference and to gestalt it in the most realistic way by instigating numerous human dramas.

The inner bond of the incarnated entity with All-That-Is cannot be wholly severed, as the personality is always an intrinsic part of the Source. However, the actual energetic separation through destructive interference on many different energetic levels that constitute the incarnated entity and his physical vessel can be so pronounced, that it shapes his mentality as well as the collective beliefs and behavior patterns of human society in a profound way.

This condition of total separation is planned for planet B that will remain in the 3d-density, after the shift of the ascended earth (Planet A) in the 5^th dimension has taken place. The planet B will progress along the path of even greater separation than currently observed. Life on this planet will remain under the total control of the dark forces and will be a living hell.

Only those incarnated entities who cannot ascend will continue with their incarnation on this catastrophic planet that has already entered this streamline at the beginning of this year. This will be a small fraction of the current population that will also include part of the Elite who will survive the shift in underground bases, which they have been building for many years with the help of the dark aliens in anticipation of this event.

Those entities who will survive the huge energy tsunami at the time of Rapture will be the future slaves of the Elite on planet B and will be confronted with terrible living conditions. The cosmic energies that will trigger the split of the two earths will destroy most current technologies. The electric grid, the communication system, internet, and all engines of combustion will no longer function because the properties of the new photon space-time (electromagnetic field) on earth after the shift will be altered dramatically.

It is important to observe that currently about 1/3 of all souls are baby and child souls. These are incarnated entities that are products of recent genetic engineering by the Powers That Be and have a very rudimentary soul. While they will proceed with their incarnation cycle on planet B, their DNA will be reduced to one strand, and they will totally forget their bond with All-That-Is. They will immerse into the new denser physicality of planet B and will live in a very primitive oppressive society, where even the concept of religion will no longer exist.

About one third of human population will leave earth in the End Times through natural cause or through dematerialization of the human body. It is estimated that about half of the population will ascend at the time of Rapture on 21 December 2012 and that there will be one or more Ascension waves of highly evolved entities prior to this event. This is concise information on the future of planet A and planet B. The reader may learn more about these planets from the channeled messages of Cosmic Awareness.
*
The situation of the incarnated entities on earth is essentially as follows. The earth souls come from the 5^th dimension when they incarnate on this planet. Some star seeds come from a higher dimension to assist the process of Ascension at this time. At the 5^th dimension, which is also known as Celestria, the soul can experience the Oneness with All-That-Is and has the unlimited power to create immediately through imagination.

Upon entering the physical vessel of the organic body, the incarnated soul creates the veil of forgetfulness, a state of total amnesia with respect to its origin. The crucial consequence of this amnesia is that the incarnated entity forgets that he is a powerful being and has the unlimited potential to create his destiny and his surroundings. Instead, he regards himself as a weak biological entity that is seemingly helpless and vulnerable to all kinds of natural dangers and astral influences.

Starting from this ultimate “fall from grace”, the soul begins with her gradual Ascension and reconnection with All-That-Is within her long incarnation cycle. The strife that the incarnated entity experiences in its inner realm throughout his earthly life and which he incessantly projects onto the outer world, is the battle between the dark Ahriman forces, the Cabal, the dark forces of the Orion entities from the 4^th dimension, that have the function to dump down the entities to a greater separation and control, and the inner voice of the soul from the 5^th dimension that is perceived as pristine feelings, intuitions and pre-conceived knowledge and lead him on the path to Ascension.

This is the allegoric battle between Gog and Magog about which one can read in John’s Revelations. This book has been channeled by enlightened entities much later than the other gospels and has been included only per chance in the New Testament in order to inform the people what will happen on this planet at the End Times.

This inner battle between Darkness and Light that is fought in each incarnated entity is a key concept of many religions in East and West. This inner strife can only be solved within the mental and emotional confines of the individual, as every incarnated entity is an independent and powerful creator of his destiny and planes of experience. However, it lies in the essence of the incarnated entities, living in total separation from All-That-Is, to solve this inner collision in the outer world by instigating wars, invasions, and all kinds of atrocities. This is the key to an eschatological understanding of human existence on earth.

This negative tendency lasts as long as the incarnated entity begins to realize that all crimes and atrocities, which he commits upon other entities, are crimes committed against oneself. Purely for this purpose, the law of karma has been introduced. Karma has the function of making the entity aware of the fact that he is not separated from the Source and that all he has to do is to recognize this eternal truth, re-member who he is, and surrender to the soul as part of the Whole. After this spiritual insight is achieved, there is no need for the soul to incarnate anymore in the 3d-space-time of solar universes and the incarnation cycle is completed.

This is what most human beings will experience at the end of 2012, when they will ascend in the 5^th dimension. It is the apotheosis of all human experience – an event of truly cosmic, heavenly dimension, and mankind ought to be exalted in the coming days by this dazzling perspective. Heaven has been promised to mankind since eons of time, Jesus, being the last prophet in a raw, to make them aware of this promise, and now heaven is within a reach. Brethren, this is the most exciting time to live on earth. Enjoy it!
*
The greatest grievance of mankind has always been that it does not understand how it manifests its reality, although the higher self does this in an incessant manner for its incarnated entity in synchronization with the other souls from the 5^th dimension. This is accomplished by the creation of myriad alternative worlds, realities, astral probabilities of individual destinies until the optimal solution is found.

The higher realms of Creation operate like a huge interactive internet or a mathematical algorithm that is incessantly fed by an infinite amount of input data. The data are processed in the Now by establishing myriads of feedback mechanisms with parallel realities. The final outcome is the creation of human life on earth with respect to this planet. However, there are myriads planets and solar systems, as there are countless souls in the higher realms.

Earth is a very small planet in comparison to most other planets in the solar universes. In addition, there are infinite versions of earth, which can be defined from a human, linear point of view as past, present and future; in reality they exist simultaneously in All-That–Is and interact with each other.

For a short period of time, the ascended earth A and the catastrophic planet B will intercept after they have split in 2012. This split has already commenced. After the final split is accomplished, the ascended entities in the 5^th dimensional earth may establish contact with those human beings living on planet B, but these entities will not recognize them anymore because their perception will be exclusively orientated towards the greater density and physicality of planet B. Hence, there will soon be no need to communicate with these entities and the two worlds will definitely separate.

Currently, we have the same situation between the incarnated entities on earth and the excarnated entities in the higher realms. While the entities from the higher realms can always contact us through telepathy and other means of communication, most human beings on earth, defined as the “sleeping majority” by the author, have no idea that they can also contact their higher self and other related souls. This state of spiritual denial will end abruptly this year, when some major events will occur on this planet and will eliminate forever the veil of forgetfulness under which mankind has existed for eons of time.
*
The role of the dark forces on current earth can only be understood in this context. There are, for instance, infinite earth versions that are as valid as this one that have no dark forces, because they vibrate at a much higher frequency, where the dark forces can no longer exist. The already existing blueprint of the ascending earth in the 5^th dimension is such a version.

Even when the dark forces create through genetic engineering new human clones, they can only accomplish this task with the hidden support from the higher realms of Creation, which are responsible for the myriad earth versions known as omni-earth. However, the influence of the dark forces from the 4^th dimension upon human consciousness at the individual and social level of our current plane of existence has been enormous and has determined to a great extent the conditions of life on earth. These conditions have been partially corrected by the souls from the 5^th dimension to the extent, to which the incarnated entities have become more enlightened and aware of their bond with God.

This year the balance of powers on earth will dramatically shift. Due to the increase in frequency of earth and most human beings, the dark forces, which already vibrate with a lower frequency than that of earth and many light workers, will lose their grip on the planet and humanity. They will have to retrieve in the 4^th dimension and wait the final Ascension at the end of 2012. During these End Times that include the years 2010 to 2012 the energetic conditions for destructive interference for all social structures that are based on the primary idea of separation will be firmly established and the world order will inevitably collapse.

This is achieved by pouring huge waves of high frequency energies onto the earth that alter the habitual, long existing conditions of low frequency constructive interference creating the idea of separation with that of new destructive interference. This would say that all low frequency material and social systems, behavior patterns, as well as their underlying beliefs will be now out of balance with respect to the new augmented basic frequencies of earth and mankind. When the tipping point of total destructive interference is reached, the old structures will crumble within a very short period of time. This is seen to happen this year (2011).
*
The period of preparation of humanity for Ascension includes a radical shift in the weltanschauung of most human beings. While it has always been easy in the past to blame others for one’s problems or to seek condolence in a higher authority, in a Christian God, Judaic God, Allah, or any other arbitrary supreme deity, human beings will begin to realize that they have the absolute autarky to create their own destiny and reality.

The truth will emerge that all human beings are creator beings. Incessantly – at every moment in the Now! This truth will become more and more apparent this year, as we approach Ascension and the veil of forgetfulness is thinned. The true multidimensional nature of human beings will emerge behind this veil and the people will begin to understand the Nature of All-That-Is – the Unity of all Consciousness.

When the Egyptian people finally awakened and revolted against the long-standing dictatorship of the Reptilian Mubarak and his clique, they explicitly declared their will to be the legitimate sovereign of their ancient country and that they intend to take their destiny for the first time in their long history in their own hands. They no longer need the alleged support or the clandestine oppression of external foreign powers and dark forces that hide behind them.

This collective acclamation of the Egyptian people of their natural rights of freedom, expression, and self-determination has been enabled by the huge changes in the astral energetic fields of earth and mankind. At the same time, the emotional outburst of the people of this ancient country is so powerful that it will not only oust the dark forces on power, but will trigger a sweeping wave of revolutions and liberation movements throughout the globe that will mark the end of the reign of all dark forces on earth prior to Ascension.

This is well understood by the Powers That Be and their proxies – the hidden governments, the Elite, the thirteen families, the Cabal, the super-secret services, the political powers that have been embroiled to such an extent with the Orion reptilian empire that they have now only two choices:Either revolt against their former masters and eventually risk their lives or stick to them and choose that living hell, called planet B.If they decide to shoulder with the awakening population and facilitate the transition of mankind to an enlightened society, they may eventually qualify for Ascension. It is their choice. There is very little time left.

Most channels transmit nowadays the information that human beings can begin to create their own destiny through their thoughts and feelings. They may create a sparkling future in Heaven (Celestria) after Ascension or choose a catastrophic timeline that will bind them to the remaining planet B, where the Powers That Be will regain the unlimited power that they have enjoyed for the last 13,000 years. This creation of future timelines must begin now. Ascension is not an event but a prolonged mental, emotional and energetic process. The separation of the wheat from the chaff has already begun.
*
The uniqueness of current Ascension of mankind and earth is that the slaves now become sovereign masters and creators of their own destiny. They have been given the divine right to surpass their former masters from the 4^th dimension and to ascend directly in the 5^th dimension. However, most of mankind will find itself in the lower 5^th dimension, where the new ascended planet A will still retain its physicality and where immediate creation through imagination will have to be learned step by step.

But there will be also those – the light workers and the star seeds -that will go directly to Celestria and will become the new-born leaders of their ascended human fellows; they will teach them how to create the much proclaimed Golden Age. This is the choice that each and every individual will have to make in the course of this and next year, when current human civilization will irreversibly collapse.

And make no mistake, there is very little time left for creating new social structures, as some 4d-channels of disinformation of the dark forces currently suggest with the aim of stirring confusion among the people. The current concept of NESARA that is hugely popular among many light workers should be re-evaluated in this context. Humans will have to accommodate with the little that is left after the financial crash will hit the economy this year so hard that it will eliminate most of the opportunities to earn one’s living.

On the other hand, it is not planned that human beings will still feed the old Orion system of economics in the End Times. Therefore, no new economic system is planned for this earth in the remaining period before Ascension. The dark ones may have their own nefarious plans for Planet B, but this will no longer be of interest to the awakening majority of human beings. They will awake after Ascension on the ascended planet A, where abundance is the Nature of All-That-Is. None of the current economic and social structures will exist in the 5^th dimension.

Those, who will not ascend, may not even realize that such a process is taking place, because it will not fit into their narrow-minded world view. They will continue with their lives in the living hell on planet B, steadily forgetting the advantages of the past industrial epoch that has been irrevocably terminated with the Rupture of the two earths. This is essentially the eschatology of human existence on earth during the End Times prior to Ascension. Back to Contents
   15. Ascension is the Separation of the Wheat from the Chaff

The last several decades in the history of mankind are marked by a severe battle in the 4^th, 5^th and higher dimensions between the dark forces, The Powers That be, the so called “Unholy six” (Greys, zeta reticuli, Reptilians, etc.), the actual controllers of earth, on the one hand, and the Forces of Light (Galactic Federation, White Brotherhood, etc.) on the other.

While this battle has huge repercussions in the third dimension on earth, the vast majority of human entities are not even aware of it. The sleeping majority of human beings are involuntary slaves of the Powers That Be, who execute this perennial enslavement through their proxies. The latter have the hidden agenda to create the New World Order, as one of their main speakers, Kissinger, recently loudly proclaimed on television.

To this end they have corrupted in the last several decades the financial system worldwide by transforming it into a huge Ponzi scheme that is exclusively based on creating new debt and money out of thin air. The chief culprits are the FED and the private American and Anglo-Saxon banks that own this central bank, followed by ECB and other central banks. Many of the CEOs of these financial corporations are human clones that are created by genetic engineering by the Unholy Six, in the first place, by the Greys. This knowledge will become a central piece of information in the revelations and tribulations that will take place in the course of this year.

Therefore, the only people that know exactly what will occur in the End Times are the proxies of the Dark forces, also known as Illuminati, the hidden Government, the Powers of the New World Order, the 13 families, etc., and the super-secret services that have been engaged in clandestine joint ventures, mainly underground, with the Unholy six. They have created many new technologies, including UFOs and other vehicles, while at the same time they have systematically suppressed the implementation of numerous patents and new technologies for the sake of the broad population.

For instance, the clean technology to produce hydrogen and oxygen from water as a fuel for all kinds of motors of combustion is available for several decades, but it has been deliberately suppressed by the oil corporations which are in the hands of the dark forces.

The ultimate goal of such nefarious practices is the enslavement of mankind. However, this is not the plan for humanity at this time, as the Forces of Light will also have a say on this issue.

There are some light workers that are also informed about what is happening behind the scene. However, the vast majority of star seeds are either completely ignorant on the role of the dark forces in the shaping of humanity or prefer to close their eyes, as these facts can be indeed very scary, and fears do not help the light body process and Ascension. Nevertheless, some of these facts must be made public very soon. Information is Light, and where Light is, there is no Evil. The activities of the dark forces must be completely blocked this year, so that they can no longer exert their deplorable influence on mankind prior to Ascension.
*
While the dark forces want to preserve the status-quo, the Forces of Light are preparing our planet and the vast majority of mankind for Ascension in the 5^th dimension. The final shift of earth – in the Bible this event is also known as Rapture – will be accomplished on 21 December 2012. Our planet will then split into two planets as already discussed:Planet A will ascend in the 5^th dimensionPlanet B will stay in the present 3d-density, will experience huge material and natural disasters during and after the shift, and will slowly degrade to an even greater density and separation from the WholeAs already said, planet B will be a living hell. The portion of incarnated entities that will decide to live in further separation will continue to live on planet B or will leave earth prior to Ascension. The Powers That Be will have full control on this planet. They are preparing themselves for this event for a long time. They are fully aware of the fact that in the last two years of Revelations and Tribulations they will lose their grip on mankind and earth. All they want to achieve currently is somehow to survive the shift and proceed with their evil business as usual on Planet B. In the meantime, they are doing everything possible to take as many sleeping human beings with them on planet B, as they can harvest in these times of tribulations.

The Forces of Light and the highly evolved earth souls are doing their best to awaken as much incarnated entities as possible, so that they can make their own choices based on their free will and personal knowledge. The alternatives are:to awaken and ascend with the earth in the 5^th dimensionto leave earth and go back to the original realms of all soulsto stay on a degrading catastrophic planet and experience more of the same and even worse*
All evolved souls will ascend. This will include all star seeds (light workers), indigo, crystalline, and rainbow children (old souls), and most adult souls. According to the working model of soul age, as developed by the author, all adult and old souls will ascend. His estimations are that there are currently about 4-8% old souls and about 25-30% adult souls on earth.

During the End Times, the adult soul population will transgress into old souls and most old souls (star seeds) will ascend in the 5^th dimension prior to the final mass Ascension. The transition from one soul age cycle to the next one is associated with a profound confusion that arises from the new psycho-mental and energetic orientation of the incarnated entities as to comply with the requirements of the new soul age.

The adult souls have been exploring their inner dimension for the last 3-4000 years on earth in numerous incarnations, various cultural environments, races, social positions, and dramatic destinies. Quite often they have chosen the role of the martyr and have consented to become victims of young souls who have to make the experience of the perpetrator and extinguish human lives in this soul age. This is part of their “fall from grace”, through which every soul must go. Such intensive human involvements and experiences create the necessary karma that has to be worked out step by step in the following incarnations when the ability to show compassion, love, and understanding have grown in the course of painful experience. This is the chief objective of the adult soul age.

Therefore, in this soul age the incarnated entities must work out their karma either by consenting to become victims of other younger souls or to take responsibilities for other souls that require from them huge sacrifices. During this age cycle the adult soul experiences seldom moments of fulfillment and happiness. She has to live through many stressful moments and to shed many tears. For this reason her eyes are clear and shining.

The eyes of young souls of lower grade of evolution are on the contrary dark and without any sparkling. It should be well known, at least among light workers, that the eyes of the incarnated entity are windows to the soul. Purely for this reason young souls cannot look in the eyes of adult and old souls, as they have to re-member the existence of the soul and this insight scares them to death. Most of these souls are product of genetic engineering by the dark forces and can be easily recognized by their lifeless, dark eyes.

The vast majority of souls that have incarnated on earth at this time are in the young soul cycle (45-50%). Most of them are on the verge of being transgressed into the adult soul cycle. This transgression begins with a total confusion and a dramatic shift of previous beliefs and social habits. The young soul cycle is associated with a maximal amnesia, because in this age the soul has to focus its intent and abilities towards manipulating and changing the external world. These activities include physical matter, but also the manipulation of other entities under various conditions. This kind of experience is typical for the young soul age.

The baby and child souls are also separated from the Source. However, as their mental abilities are rudimental, they are guided in an instinctive, subconscious manner by their souls throughout their life. Since they are unable to exert any influence on society, their biographies are well wrapped in rigid family structures, or they have the assurance to leave the body vessel prematurely, if they cannot cope with the harsh conditions on earth.

The majority of baby and young souls can be found in third world countries, where the mortality rate due to diseases and poor living conditions is quite high, and life expectancy is low. In the industrial countries, baby and young souls can be found in rural areas with stable family structures. In this environment mobility and individuality are not needed to the same extent as in big cities and other urban areas, which are predominantly populated by young souls.

As young souls live in maximal separation from the higher self and All-That-Is, their psychological characteristics are very similar to those of the dark forces that live for eons of time in total separation from the Source. Therefore, they tend to cooperate with them or to succumb to their dark influence from the 4^th dimension. Most of the current Elite are young souls.
*
The dark forces in the 4^th dimension are defined in the esoteric literature as demonic, Luciferian, satanic (Rhyee), etc. In previous times, for instance, in ancient Greece and Hellenism, there was a better understanding for these dark forces and their despicable influence on human behavior. Plotinus, the founder of Neo-Platonism, the most sophisticated Gnostic teaching in the history of Western civilization, has described these demonic forces extensively and very precisely in his Enneads.

Christianity borrowed its knowledge on the dark forces from him and other Neo-Platonists, but distorted their teachings to such an extent that the primitive and very corrupt idea of “the Devil” or “Evil” as a distinct entity was born. This distortion was deliberately forged by the Orion reptilians during the Dark Ages, when their reign on earth was unlimited.

The concept of evil, such as Bush’s “axis of evil”, Reagan’s “empire of evil” (Soviet Union), is used anytime, when an evil one has made up his mind to commit crimes on humanity and needs a false pretext and a rectification for his intended crime. This pattern has remained invariant throughout history.

It will be sufficient to point out to the fact that the American nation is paradigmatic for the collective behavior of young souls: It is the classical young soul nation on earth that dominates and determines the behavior of a large portion of humanity. The plots and protagonists of Hollywood films have stipulated these negative, perverse, truly dark features of the young American souls to the utmost. This is the psycho-mental mind-set of present-day humanity and, to the opinion of the author, one need few words to persuade the reader as to how deplorable the situation on earth has become prior to Ascension.
*
This year, the huge wave of young souls on earth will enter the adult soul cycle. This transgression is associated with a radical shift in their obsession with the manipulation of the outer reality towards the multidimensionality of the inner soul. This process begins with a total confusion of this population of incarnated entities, as none of their young soul beliefs of maximal separation will hold true after their energetic transformation.

The events that are about to unfold very soon will pull the rug away from under their feet and they will have to glimpse into the abysses of their “rotten” souls. This will be a very painful experience, and their reactions and mental aberrations at this time will surpass anything known so far. The recommendation of the author to the light workers is to see through these events with a great portion of relaxation and humor and to not let them being dragged down by the psychopathic and schizophrenic moods of their surroundings and on the world stage.

The transgression from one soul age into the next one is the greatest challenge to every soul during her incarnation cycle. For this reason some souls prefer to perform this transformation as excarnated entities in the 5^th dimension, because it is less dramatic. Other, more courageous souls make this transformation in the 3d-reality. There is no fixed rule to this. The transgression from one soul age to another is associated with a massive release of energetic blockages in the four bodies or fields of the incarnated entity – the physical, emotional, mental, and causal.

During this time, the seven body chakras also undergo a huge energetic transformation that is generally referred to as light body process. It begins with the 4^th heart chakra that opens first, as this is currently the case with most light workers, When it is fully opened, it enlarges significantly and encompasses the lower three chakras, and unifies them with the upper three chakras. The newly built chakra is a unified chakra of the human body. It allows the flow of much more energy from the higher self and the higher realms into the physical body.

The massive transformation of the physical body can now begin with a high speed. The goal is to augment the frequency of the organic body to that of the ethereal body. At that point the phase transformation of the organic body into light body can be instantaneously accomplished. This description holds true for the individual Ascension process, when the entity can ascend without being supported by earth’s Ascension and the cosmic tsunami wave at the end of 2012.

The 6^th and 7^th chakra of such highly evolved entities must be fully opened and connected with the 7^th to 14^th chakra of the over-soul. Normally, the 6^th and 7^th chakra are closed in most incarnated entities. This is the reason, why the vast majority of the incarnated entities on earth do not exhibit any medial abilities.

With the opening of the portal 10.10.10, these upper chakras have also begun to open by most star seeds, and they are now connected with their higher self. Only incarnated entities who have achieved this level in the light body process will qualify for Ascension prior to mass Ascension, most probably after the last, but one, portal 11.11.11 is opened in late autumn this year.

With the beginning of this year humanity has fully entered the process of transgression from one soul age into the higher one. This process is not truly comprehended by most light workers, and it is a non-entity for the rest of mankind. This must change radically this year. A major objective of this essay is to expand human consciousness and to make the people aware of this astral process that now takes place behind the curtain, but will very soon unleash its force on mass psychology and behavior.

Some young souls will successfully manage their transgression into the adult soul age in the End Times and will qualify for Ascension. Others will return to the 5^th dimension as excarnated souls and the rest will remain on planet B. Some of these entities, who belong to the current Elite, may become the new Elite on this planet, provided the fact that they have survived the shift and the turmoil thereafter.

There will be some small waves of Ascension of star seeds, who have sufficiently progressed with their light body process before December 2012. This event will trigger a true spiritual revolution and evolution in the minds of most human beings. It will urge the people to rapidly make their minds to ascend with earth at the end of 2012. However, not all of them will be prepared for Ascension on December 21, when our planet will be in alignment with the central sun of the galaxy and with the other planets of the Galactic Federation, and a huge photon wave will flood earth.

Some of them will stay on planet B for a while and will have the possibility to enter the 5^th dimension at a later stage. In the meantime, they will have to live on a catastrophic earth. This circumstance will eventually facilitate their decision.

In the post-shift period of 3-4 years, the two planets A and B will still have energetic interceptions that will allow the establishment of portals, which can be used by these entities to enter the 5^th dimension. They will receive much help at this difficult time from the Forces of Light and from some highly evolved incarnated entities that have already ascended.

After that the two earths will irreversibly separate, Planet A will move definitely in the 5^th dimension and planet B will go along the path of greater density and separation from All-That-Is. This is the experience, which some very young souls will prefer to make in the course of their incarnation circle. One should accept their choice without expressing false moral prejudices.
*
The splitting of earth and humanity in two streamlines of existence during the End Times is summarized in the famous statement,”The separation of the wheat from the chaff”.The portion of mankind that will decide to remain on Planet B will have for a long period of time no idea of God or even religion, as there will be no more highly evolved souls on this planet that will be beacons of light, as most light workers are nowadays. There will be also no incarnated souls that will be ready to play the role of the martyr and give these young souls the possibility to commit all kinds of atrocities, while learning their karmic lessons. All entities on planet B will be equally evil.

The society on planet B will constitute entirely of entities who will behave according to their egoistic, fearful view of total separation from each other and the Whole. They will consider all other entities as foes and will not be able to follow any moral or ethical principles whatsoever. Human life will have no value on this planet, and all kinds of heinous criminal acts will represent the normal way of living in this debased society. These entities will have to discover anew the Light in their own personality, before they can begin to evolve and experience Ascension in eons of time. This is the normal cycle of incarnation on earth and many other planets in the solar universes of 3d-space-time.

The entities who will ascend on planet A will stay in the 5^th dimension for another 2000 years. Each individual will have the possibility to progress at his own pace. Death will no longer be necessary in order to leave this plane of existence – the entity will be able to dematerialize his light body at his own discretion. Many will soon be able to create and dissolve their light bodies whenever they wish. The contact with other souls from the soul family or past friends can be established anytime. Matter will be more fluid, and immediate Creation upon imagination will soon be possible for many ascended entities. Karma will no longer exist. All relations will be heart-based and will express Christ consciousness. The autarky of all entities will be fully guaranteed and abundance will be the normal state of living, as immediate Creation will be possible for all entities. Life in the 5^th dimension, also known as Celestria, will be, indeed, Heaven.

Therefore, the choice that mankind and every individual will have to make in the next two years will be as follows: Ascend to Heaven or stay on earth and live in Hell. Hardly a choice! But as the events will show, quite a number of human entities will eventually decide to follow their current masters – the Powers That Be – and will stay on earth B, where they can continue enjoying their heinous plans to enslave mankind, without the meddling of some star seeds. Back to Contents
   16. Why Entities want to be Evil

Evil does not exist as a distinct entity. Evil is the absence of Love, and Love is Light. Light is Information. Light, Love, Information are synonyms for Energy, and Energy is the Primary Term of human or any cosmic awareness – it is All-That-Is. All parts of All-That-Is are open and closely related – they exist in a state of constructive interference, in harmony. They are not separated. Separation is the condition of destructive interference. This condition allows the existence of evil. But how?

Separation from the Whole due to destructive interference is the worst experience an entity can endure. It is the fall from grace. Separation creates fear, and fear augments separation. These are two dialectical aspects of one and the same thing. Fear nurtures more fear. Fears are powerful emotional impulses that require action. Action is meant to appease fear. But instead, it creates more fear. Fear can only be eliminated by love and compassion. Also by understanding and information, then without information there is no understanding.

If entities cannot experience love, they cannot appreciate compassion, understanding, and information. They will act out of fear and will generate more fear, than fear is contagious. Such entities hate knowledge and information, that is, transparency, and commit their heinous acts in the dark – hence the term “Dark Forces”. Evil is always an aspect of darkness. Ultimately, such evil dark forces hate light. Because in the light evil can be seen and dissolved. But how can be this circle of perpetuating evil interrupted?

Not until the entities have experienced so much evil and darkness that slowly a longing for something else emerges in their dark awareness. This longing is God’s spark that exists in every distinct consciousness, no matter how dark and evil. This is the inextinguishable bond with the Source. Every entity is a U-set of All-That-Is and carries its essence as an element even if he has forgotten it. When this longing occurs, everything changes. The entity begins to cherish the spark of Light that he has discovered within himself and starts to search for a possibility to express it in the outer space. This is the moment when the entity says farewell to darkness, as it realizes that there is another alternative – that of Light and Oneness.

However, this process is long and painful. During this time darkness and light exist side by side and create the illusion of duality. The battle that now rages between these two extremities is the battle for Ascension and reunion with the Source or further separation from the Whole. During this struggle, evil may eventually win some skirmishes, but the final outcome of this perennial war of cosmic dimensions is always in favor of Light.

In this state of illusion, evil may become a personification, but ultimately all ideas stem from All-That-Is. When this last limit of illusion is also circumvented, the path to Ascension and merging with All-That-Is is finally free. The Prodigal Son returns to the Father. The fallen angles return to God. This is what many human entities will experience in the next two years. It is the apotheosis of this planet and of all civilizations that it has nurtured for eons of time, as they all exist in the eternal simultaneity of All-That-Is and are linked to current humanity. Back to Contents
   17. The Light Body Process (LBP)…Eliminates Separation by Establishing the Conditions of Constructive Interference with the Higher Realms

The reluctance of many human beings to accept the existence of the Forces of Light is an outstanding manifestation of this ubiquitous belief in total separation from the Source. The same pattern applies to the clandestine existence of the Dark Forces – the Powers That Be – that control earth and human civilization since the fall of Atlantis and even earlier.

Although there are many representatives of the hidden governments around the globe that cooperate with these evil forces and contribute as their proxies to the enslavement of mankind, they prefer to foster the idea that human beings are cosmic Robinson Crusoe, stranded by the odds of Nature on an insignificant planet, at the periphery of an unspectacular galaxy, amidst myriad galaxies in All-That-Is.

While this camouflage may serve well the heinous plans of the Powers That Be, the readiness with which such lies are accepted by the masses is a clear indication that the basic idea of separation from the Whole still shapes the weltanschauung of most human beings in a profound way.

The upcoming awakening in the second half of this year will make this state of denial impossible. Where light is, there can be no darkness and no secrets. Light is transparency – it is knowledge and full awareness. The elimination of darkness by light is achieved by establishing the condition of constructive interference and the elimination of all local conditions of destructive interference, where darkness and fears can dwell.

The current state of denial of mankind with respect to the existence of numerous other civilizations in All-That-Is is a manifestation of the fear based structure of human beings that has been artificially engineered by the Powers That Be in order to control them as part of the incarnation game on earth. This has been accomplished with the explicit consent of the incarnated earth souls, because they wanted this kind of limited experience.

For this reason the original human energetic structure as created by the Anunnaki reptilians was somewhat improved by the Forces of Light as to allow for further spiritual evolution of human beings. In particular, they grafted the original reptilian brain of subordination with the simian, mammalian brain and created a humanoid with the ability to express his free will at some point in time along his path of evolution.

The psycho-mental structure of present-day human beings has evolved in the last 13,000 years within the energetic constraints of 500 pre-determined templates that allowed the development of individual characters under the three-dimensional limitations of the physical vessel. These templates of restriction have begun now rapidly to dissolve under the influence of a variety of energetic processes that are coordinated from the higher realms at the individual soul level and at the planetary level. The ultimate goal is to eliminate all levels and conditions of destructive interference within the four fields/bodies of human entities – the biological, emotional (ethereal), mental (spiritual), and causal. This is what light body process is all about.

It should be observed in this context that there is no difference between the terms “body” and “field”. All energetic fields are superimposed wave systems of coherent energetic structure that follow strict geometric principles and can also be described as bodies. They are U-sets that contain themselves as an element.

For instance, the astral body is a mirror image of the organic body and contains the latter at a higher frequency level. It can be regarded as the software astral program, out of which the materialization of the organic body emerges in a secondary manner. This ought to be basic esoteric knowledge.

During the light body process the seven body chakras that have been more or less closed in the past are now beginning to open and to merge until a Unified Chakra is built that can transmit much more high frequency energies from the higher realms into the four bodies than previously. Most of the channeled information in the years 2009 and 2010 has been dedicated to these processes. All these energetic transformations fulfill the conditions of both constructive and destructive interference at the level of the four human bodies.
*
At this place a further theoretical elaboration is necessary. It is not possible to separate the condition of constructive interference from that of destructive interference, as they go hand in hand (U-sets). Let us illustrate this circumstance with another existential phenomenon that currently affects many light workers at the conscious level and the rest of mankind at the subconscious level.

A key aspect of the light body process (LBP) is the cleansing of old emotional patterns (karmic patterns), which are essentially fear based patterns. Emotions can be regarded as superimposed wave systems with frequencies that are higher than those of the organic body, but lower than that of the mental or spiritual body. Spirit, being the total set of all consciousness, exhibits an unlimited spectrum of frequencies and can be highly modulated. This topic is huge and can only be marginally tackled in this essay.

Let us now take an emotional pattern and consider it as a superimposed wave pattern with a specific frequency range. This range has two poles – the positive and the negative one. The positive pole is of higher frequency and can be described as the more loving one and the negative pole is of lower frequency and represents the emotions of fear. These are relative assignments within the narrow range of each specific emotional pattern. For instance, the positive emotional pole of a young soul may vibrate with a frequency which will, at the same time, represent the negative emotional pole of an old soul.

The older the incarnated soul is, the higher the frequencies of all her bodies are. The frequency level of an entity is an indicator of his evolution during his incarnation cycle. The LBP is an accelerated evolution of the incarnated entity in the linear time by rapidly augmenting his frequencies. The mechanism of augmenting these frequencies will be elaborating below for the emotional body.

Each specific emotional pattern of an incarnated entity alternates between the two poles, the positive and negative one, while dwelling most of the time in the middle range. This is a highly dynamic process, of which mankind and most light workers have no clear idea. The ultimate goal of the LBP is to augment the frequency range of all four bodes of the incarnated entity as to allow them to ascend to the higher frequency levels of the 5^th dimension. This process is nothing else, but the establishment of the condition of constructive interference between the energetic field of the entity and the high frequency levels of the 5^th dimension.

How is this gradual increase in frequency in the four bodies of the entity actually accomplished? Very simply! When the LBP is initiated, the chakras begin to open and the flow of high frequency energies in the four bodies increases gradually. During the initial phase, the emotional body is the main target of this transformation, as it contains most of the fear based patterns that separate the entity from the soul and the higher realms. These patterns are essentially responsible for the establishment of the so called Veil of Forgetfulness (Amnesia). Therefore, these fear based pattern must be eliminated from the emotional body step by step in the course of the LBP.

The elimination is accomplished by established a new condition of constructive interference. The soul projects in a precise manner higher frequency energies through the now fully opened Unified Chakra into the emotional body. These energies build through superposition initially the condition of destructive interference with the fear based pattern that ought to be cleansed. In this manner the fear based pattern is extinguished, as this can be observed in wave theory under this condition. This process is described in the channeled literature as “emotional cleansing”.

It goes like this:When two waves or wave patterns are superimposed and out of phase, the maxima of the one wave overlap with the minima of the other wave and the resulting wave pattern is a zero wave line. As a result of this superposition (interference), both waves are extinguished.This is the simplest case. There are infinite variations of interference between the two poles of total constructive and destructive interference. The author has to simplify somewhat the actual situation for didactical purposes, and for this reason he describes the ideal case.

During this process of elimination, the fear based pattern emerges on the surface of conscious awareness and is intensively experienced by the mental body. As fear based emotional patterns are stored at different places in the organic body, the entity can discern after some training the exact somatic location of the fear pattern that is actually deleted and is being felt in a conscious manner in the emotional, mental, and physical body.

It is important to observe that the emotional and mental bodies of the entity are U-sets that contain themselves as an element, as this is the case with all systems of All-That-Is. For this reason all mental ideas are emotionally tainted, and all emotions have to be mentally perceived, before the entity becomes aware of them.
*
The author makes in this context a key distinction between emotions and feelings that has to be elaborated for the sake of clarity. Feelings are original ethereal (emotional) patterns that occur in the higher self, respectively, in the soul, and present themselves as pure intuition to the incarnated entity. Since Antiquity it has been known to humans that the soul can manifest itself mainly through feelings. It is therefore no coincidence that the Greek word for soul is “Psyche”.

When the incarnated entity is aware of his pristine feelings coming from the higher self, he can always know what the soul wants to tell him. Negative feelings associated with some planned activities of the incarnated entity indicate that these plans are in breach with the preconceived plan of the soul and are bound to fail according to the saying:”The best plans of men and mice go sometimes awry”.Unfortunately most of the incarnated entities on earth are deaf to the emotional inspirations of their souls that contain much valuable information about the soul’s plan and its concrete realization on the 3d-plane. Intuitive feelings are perceived by the right hemisphere of the brain which, as mentioned above, is largely disconnected from the left hemisphere as part of the energetic malfunction of human beings.

When the pristine feelings of the right brain are perceived by the mental body, which is predominantly associated with the left hemisphere of the brain, these feelings undergo a profound energetic modulation and distortion that abide by the laws of interference. The feeling is no longer the pristine message of the soul, but is modulated during his mental perception by the fear based beliefs of the Ego that are nurtured in the mental body:The pristine feelings of the soul now become human emotions.Human emotions are hence fear tainted feelings of the soul that initially reach the awareness of the incarnated entity as pure intuition.

We can also put it this way:The Ego is responsible for the deformation of the intuitive feelings of the soul by transforming them into fear based emotional patterns.These emotions no longer contain the valuable information of the soul, but rather entrap the entity in the numerous fallacies and distortions of the reality that is coming from the Ego.

The Ego is like a kaleidoscope that reproduces its basic fears around which it has evolved from early childhood to adolescence in numerous redundant mirror images and variations. These images distort the reality of All-That-Is in a profound way. Human reality on earth is therefore a reality distorted by collective fears. As all fears are illusions, 3d-reality on earth is also an illusion.

This aspect has been extensively discussed by the author in his five books on human Gnosis written in German. The advantage of this language is that it has two different words for reality – Realität and Wirklichkeit. The author uses the word “Realität” for the true reality of the higher realms and the word “Wirklichkeit” for the fear distorted reality of human existence on this planet. The ultimate goal of all light workers should be to discern the fear based distortions of human reality and ascend mentally to the pristine reality of the higher realms. This will be their chief objective in the next two years prior to Ascension.

The psycho-mental structure of the Ego consists essentially of preconceived beliefs and fears that have been more or less unconsciously acquired in the family and confirmed through numerous positive feedbacks from the social environment. They impregnate the entity throughout his life. This kind of social adaptation has been extensively explored in the theory of behaviorism from an outward, empiric point of view. Behaviorism assumes that the external conditions determine human behavior, and that it is sufficient to analyze these conditions in order to predict human behavior. This is agnosticism par excellence.

Our approach in this essay is contrary to that of behaviorism. It begins with the inward dimension, which is the dimension of the soul – the creator of the incarnated entity and his destiny – in order to explain the psycho-mental motors that drive the evolution of the incarnated entity. It is therefore up to the entity to begin to question the fear based patterns that he has acquired throughout his life and to disentangle oneself from their influence. In this way the entity can alter his reality effectively.

We shall show below that the manipulation of fears is the principal mechanism that the dark forces employ to mind-control human entities on earth. Therefore, it is quite logical that most channeled messages suggest the total surrender of the Ego to the soul. The Ego, being a fear based structure, is the main hindrance to true knowledge and transcendence. The Ego blocks the way to Ascension. This should be the ultimate transcendental insight of any evolved personality.

The author is fully aware of the fact that he does not add anything new to current esoteric discussion. He only puts the available Gnostic knowledge on a sound physical, scientific ground by explaining the mechanism of energy transformation of any system in All-That-Is according to the Universal Law and its concrete applications – the laws of constructive and destructive interference.

During the process of cleansing as described above the negative, fear based emotion surges on the surface of the entity’s awareness before it is deleted. This experience can be very unpleasant and exhausting. The intensity of the fear based pattern may be very strong and can overwhelm the entity during the cleansing process. This phenomenon touches numerous existential conditions that have been extensively discussed by the author in his five books on human Gnosis.

The actual mechanism of dissolving a fear based pattern is accomplished by energizing it to the extent that it begins to vibrate very quickly between the negative and the positive pole. The high frequency superimposed vibration from the higher realms flows through the opened unified chakra in the emotional and physical body and interferes with the existing fear based pattern that has to be cleansed. Before the condition of destructive interference is reached and the fear based pattern is deleted (cleansed), the latter reaches a maximal intensity that is perceived at the level of consciousness as antagonistic emotions. This may lead to total emotional exhaustion of the incarnated entity. The entity has the experience that his emotions are running amok – the emotional ups and downs are the result of the alternating of the fear based pattern between the two extremes – the negative and the positive pole.

This is a very challenging experience that occurs again and again during the LBP. Depending on how the entity approaches these gushes of fear, it may support the LBP or impede it. Most of the channeled literature is dedicated to this negative experience without giving any clues about its physical, energetic background. Instead, one can find numerous suggestions and recommendations as to how to mitigate this challenging experience by certain meditation and breathing techniques. The factual knowledge of light workers is seldom stimulated by such one-sided, counter-intellectual channeled messages.

In fact, most of the fear based beliefs have been inserted in the minds of human entities by the dark forces by employing energetic tactics and techniques similar to those used by the soul to sustain the veil of forgetfulness. They are all based on the laws of constructive and destructive interference by employing low frequency fear patterns in the emotional and mental body that separate the entity from the harmonic higher frequency energies perceived as unconditional love.

In this sense the term “unconditional love” is a synonym for the universal constructive interference of all superimposed wave systems and levels (U-sets) of All-That-Is. This level of universal constructive interference cannot be experienced in the 3d-density on earth – therefore, the experience of unconditional love on earth is a myth forged by many channels from the lower astral realms to lull the incarnated entities.

They make human entities dependant on their idiotic, iterative advices as to how to experience unconditional love in order to evolve spiritually by instigating in these mediums deliberately the feeling of spiritual deficiency. They know very well that human beings cannot experience unconditional love on earth to the extent that has been recommended to them by these self-acclaimed astral mentors.

Most astral entities that channel are much less evolved than the incarnated souls they contact. They use this kind of communication only to bask in their role of spiritual mentors by keeping the incarnated entities in a state of emotional co-dependence. This aspect is not truly understood by most mediums who are so proud that they can channel that they forget in their naïve exuberance to display intellectual discernment. Very often they become conduits of all kinds of esoteric trash. Internet is full of such channeled messages that have absolutely no spiritual value.

Unconditional love is an illusionary ideal, as anything in the 3d-space-time. The incarnated entity may long for this blissful state of existence and thus eventually evolve on the spiritual path, but this earthly concept is a poor substitute for the intensity of the universal constructive interference that one can only experience after Ascension in the 5^th dimension. The author apologizes for eliminating this greatest illusion of all light workers, but clarity must precede illusion.

Such fear based patterns build layer upon layer in the emotional, mental, and ethereal body and are also stored in the cells and the genetic code. They function as a very effective barrier that separates the incarnated entity from the soul and hence from All-That-Is. These low frequency levels can be easily manipulated by the dark forces from the 4^th dimension. Most of the mind control that has been exerted in the past 13 000 years on earth is transmitted through these fear based energetic layers that are intertwined in the physical vessel of the entity.

Therefore, any true spiritual evolution of human beings must be supported by major changes in these restricted energetic conditions in the human bodies. This is the actual purpose of the light body process, which is a prolonged process over many years. It consists of numerous distinct cleansing energetic waves that built the new human template, which is open to the high frequencies of the soul and the higher realms. Precisely, the four human bodies can harbor these new high frequency energies and resonate with them in a state of constructive interference without being burnt out or having a short circuit.
*
The author has a vast personal experience in this matter, as he entered the last and most intensive phase of the light body process in 1999. Since then he feels and experiences the various qualities of high frequency energies from the higher realms in his body 24 hours a day, seven days a week. He has done extensive research on the esoteric and channeled literature in the last 25 years and has not found a single source that describes a similar experience of light body process. However, this does not exclude the possibility that there are some individuals who go through the same process, but have not written anything about it.

On the other hand, the author is fully aware of the fact, that only somebody, who is deeply acquainted with the energetic and physiological transformations of the body at the scientific level, can have the clarity, determination, and perseverance to proceed with the light body process in this intensity without searching the help of doctors and other specialists, who are fully unaware of these phenomena and will only hamper the process with their incompetent intervention.

It is important to observe on this occasion that the actual light body process is associated with numerous severe symptoms and chronic conditions that go beyond any medical description and cannot be found in any comprehensive textbook on medicine. Since these conditions are very debilitating, any person fully involved in the light body process who has no medical competence will inevitably seek the expertise of medical doctors and will thus inhibit the progress of his body transformation.

The reason for this is that the entity will demonstrate that he is not the master of his body and that he has consented to delegate his power over it to other entities at a lower level of spiritual evolution. It should be noted at this place that most of the doctors are young souls that have no transcendental experience and have chosen this profession only to experience their profound agnosticism in the field of medical science. Back to Contents
   18. The Dark Forces use the Health Care System to Exterminate Humans

The current health care system in the western world is under the full control of the dark forces that use it as a vehicle to exterminate a large number of human beings in order to better control humanity. Their greatest fear is that they may get thinned out by the enormous population explosion in the last decades and may lose their grip on humanity. This is, by the way, exactly the tactic that the higher realms of All-That-Is employ on this planet in order to promote Ascension.

The ramifications of this clandestine iatrogenic genocide are so numerous and interwoven that the author has dedicated several books to explain and expose them, without being able to tackle all of them. A major tool of human genocide employed in the health care system is the development of synthetic drugs by the pharmaceutical industry that increase morbidity and mortality in the patient population. About 90% of all drugs currently registered by the FDA and EMEA (the European equivalent of FDA) are such drugs, which the author defines as “cell-inhibiting drugs”

This has been done on purpose by employing false biological models that allow the wrong evaluation of the safety and clinical efficacy of these drugs. The scientific, moral, and ethical crimes on humanity in this area are so overwhelming that they by any means surpass the holocaust of Slavonic people and Jews by the Nazis during the Second World War. The author has estimated that through the use of such cell-inhibiting drugs more than one hundred million patients have been prematurely exterminated only in the western, industrialized world in the last 4-5 decades, where their application is very broad and virtually affects all citizens.

On the other hand, it should be said that most of the diseases have been deliberately induced by the dark forces, for instance, AIDS and the recent H1N1 epidemic that has been successfully contained by the Galactic Federation. This theme is huge and beyond the scope of the present essay, but the author is convinced that there will be a lot of discussion in the coming months when he and other people will have the possibility to make vital revelations on the nefarious practices of the dark forces and their proxies in the health care sector.

It should be stressed on this occasion that the author has developed the The General Theory of Biological Regulation based on the Universal law that includes the newest scientific data and has integrated without a single contradiction all the facts obtained in bio-science so far. This is the greatest scientific and intellectual achievement in the history of medicine and bioscience. As he has also extensive experience in clinical research with numerous indications and treatments, he is in the position to evaluate all clinical symptoms that occur during the light body process and explain them from an objective scientific point of view.

From this elaboration we can succinctly conclude that one cannot successfully complete the light body process in the aforementioned intensity, unless he has the absolute clarity and the scientific competence what is going on in his body and in the energetic fields that surround it. Nobody, who relies on current health care system, will be able to successfully complete his light body process, as all medical treatments and procedures are designed to hamper this process. They create the condition of destructive interference with the cosmic laws of biological regulation. The author has extensively discussed in his books the various energy inhibiting mechanisms of synthetic drugs on the regulation of body metabolism, and how they trigger severe side effects, new diseases, and increase mortality.

At the same time the author has gone through so many dangerous, life threatening situations that he has developed a very strong will, which is firmly rooted in his spiritual knowledge on the immortality of the soul and human personality. From this higher vantage point of view, he has always displayed an unshakable conviction in the appropriateness of all interventions of his soul and the higher realms with respect to his body transformation. This attitude – an absolute emotional and spiritual autarky of the entity, who knows that he is a powerful creator of his destiny -is an indispensable prerequisite to complete the light body process successfully and ascend individually prior to mass Ascension.

After Ascension, all medical problems and the crimes associated with human health and the treatment of diseases will disappear forever. They are products of the 3d-reality. In the 5^th dimension, the entity will exhibit a light body, which will be free of diseases and will easily adjust to the various frequency levels. The individual may choose at his discretion how his body will appear –as a young man or woman or as an elderly person. The optical form of the body will be subjected to the unlimited creative potential of the individual entity, as it will be understood that it is only a vehicle and a symbol of his desire for outer experience under various energetic conditions. Back to Contents
   19. Human Fears and the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction

Now back to human fears that play a central role in the current transformation of humanity. It is a well- known truth that fears are contagious – fear patterns of one entity can augment the same or similar fear patterns in another entity according to the condition of constructive interference. The collective paranoia that was triggered by the dark forces after the 9/11 attack, which they nefariously instigated, exploited this superposition of numerous individual fear patterns to achieve a collective paranoia.

It is not a coincidence that since then the term “fear mongering” has become the most widely used word in political discussions in the USA. It helped Obama, who effectively criticized his opponent to promote fear mongering, to win the elections; this was the turning point away from this practice. Under such depressed psychological conditions, the minds of the people are dumped down and any atrocity can be accomplished without being confronted with a significant opposition based on moral and ethical considerations.

This is what happened in the USA in the first decade of the third millennium. The collective paranoia of this nation spread around the globe and caused the death of millions innocent people. Fear always leads to death and destruction. It is the universal condition of destructive interference.

It was, indeed, quite depressing to witness how the American nation was thrown into two criminal wars, which caused the death of millions of people, the displacement and impoverishment of tens of millions without triggering a true revolution by the people of the USA. Where is their indignation, where is the “Wrath of Ants”, about which Steinbeck once so brilliantly wrote?

It is, of course, very convenient to blame Bush and Cheney for these atrocities and to point at their numerous lies that were once collectively believed by the American people, but it is much more difficult to re-member the fact that the majority of these people freely elected these criminal ones for a second term at a time, when their lies and bellicose deeds were already exposed to the public.

Ergo: All the good ones were inextricable linked with the evil they witnessed, experienced, but seldom condemned in the last ten years. Darkness always merges with Light on this planet and makes a clear distinction impossible. “Do not judge” is not only a slogan, but also of all channeled messages that the author has read so far. Understand, but not judge, expose, but not condemn – this will be the imperative this year when many crimes and perpetrators will be exposed in the course of the upcoming revelations and tribulations.

The current masters of earth must give up their power this year, while the Forces of Light and some ascended masters will take command over this planet. This is the divine promise of All-That-Is for earth and humanity at the End Times.
*
What do these observations tell us actually? That evil does not exist as a distinct entity. Evil is the absence of Light and Love. Evil is the absence of full awareness. Evil is a product of fear – numerous fears! Fear feeds fear. Fear is what makes life on earth a living hell. The elimination of all fears during the light body process eliminates evil on earth and opens the portal of Ascension for the individual and mankind. It is as simple as that. And as challenging, as the upcoming events will eventually prove.

To eliminate fear, respectively, evil, the incarnated entity has to experience it first. This is the whole eschatology of the incarnation cycle of the soul as a human being on earth. There is no better way to circumvent human fear than to understand its nature:

Fears are low frequency emotional patterns that use the laws of superposition to separate the incarnated entity from the soul by establishing the condition of destructive interference with the high frequency energies of the higher realms and to enhance the fear patterns of other entities on earth by establishing the condition of constructive interference among their ego-driven, low frequency beliefs.

Fears are Energy, just as Unconditional Love is Energy. Energy is always Energy. There is nothing else, but Energy. In essence, Fear and Love are one and the same – they are Energy. They both use the same physical laws of superposition – the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction. While Love is the sensual manifestation of the condition of constructive interference of All-That-Is, fear and its manifestation, the evil, is the experience of local conditions of destructive interference within the infinite harmony of All-That-Is.

This is the ultimate vantage point of view – the zero point, as many light workers use to say – which any incarnated human entity can ultimately achieve. After that the hallucination of separation can no longer be sustained and the incarnation cycle of the soul is terminated.

For many light workers Ascension will mark the end of their incarnation cycle. For the vast majority of mankind that will ascend, the journey goes in the next dimension. But life in the 5^th dimension will be, in comparison to current hell on earth, the Heaven that all religions promise their believers. However, before all believers enter heaven, they will have to leave their religions back where they belong – on this planet.

Just as all rich people will not have a higher chance to ascend to heaven than a camel to be squeezed through the eye of the needle, unless they leave their riches on earth, so will all scientists have to leave their empiric science behind them because it has failed to grasp the nature of All-That-Is, where they are bound to ascend.

Empiric science is a fear based science – it fears the exploration of the inner, multidimensional nature of the soul. This has been the reason for its profound agnosticism: The fears of the young soul scientists have precluded their understanding of the Whole. This “fall from grace” of present-day empiric science will be soon terminated and will be substituted by the New General Theory of the Universal Law. The prodigal son will finally return to the Father. Back to Contents
   20. The Laws of Creation and Destruction are Laws of Expansion and Contraction

We have learned that the laws of creation and destruction are the physical laws of wave interference under the conditions of constructive and destructive interference. We shall discuss in this chapter another aspect of these laws that is often mentioned in many channeled messages without being properly explained from a physical, scientific point of view. We shall now close this gap.

Human beings live in the duality of fear and love. Unconditional love is the overall condition of constructive interference of all wave systems and levels of All-That-Is and is perceived as harmony by all sentient beings. Fear is the condition of destructive interference, whereby the interacting systems delete their wave patterns upon superposition or create energetic blockades that hinder the propagation of other waves – first and foremost, the propagation of Light. Fear thus creates Darkness.

This knowledge is basic to an understanding of the common theme in many channeled messages that unconditional love leads to expansion of the energetic fields of the incarnated entity, while fear leads to contraction of these fields. Expansion of the self is associated with its merging with the soul and the higher realms, while contraction increases the level of separation of the entity from All-That-Is. Entities immerse through contraction deeper into the 3d-density of space-time. These basic physical phenomena can be expressed within human language in a multidimensional way.

Let us take a simple example. When an incarnated entity experiences fear, this leads to contraction of his emotional body. We have learned that emotions modulate the ideas of the mental body, as the two fields are superimposed wave systems. In this case, the thoughts of the entity also experience a physical contraction. How does this contraction express itself at the mental level? It creates fear-driven projections which the entity extrapolates in the future.

If the entity has for instance some financial problems, it develops the fear pattern that it will impoverish to an even greater extent in the future. This kind of fear is very common among elderly people. The actual fear pattern leads to a contraction of the mental activities of the incarnated entity. Because of this energetic contraction of the mental field, the entity cannot imagine positive alternatives for his future. His mind is exclusively fixed on the negative idea of impoverishment due to current financial problems that scare him, and he believes that this is the only alternative that he will ever experience in the future.

As his mind is preoccupied the whole time with this negative version of his future life, the entity feeds it with more energy. According to the cosmic law of attraction he will most probably materialize this unfavorable perspective at some point in the future. The fear-driven contraction of the mental body manifests itself as a limitation of the entity to imagine more than one future alternative. His spectrum of positive future probabilities is contracted by his actual fear. On other hand, all Creation happens in the Now. Past, present and future fears can only be overcome in the present moment.

Now let us take the opposite case. The entity has financial problems, but experiences empathy and thankfulness towards his soul because she has given him the possibility to have this valuable experience. This should be the enlightened view of all incarnated entities. The entity evaluates his present situation from the position of unconditional acceptance of all human experience by expanding his emotional and mental body to such an extent that they now merge with the point of view of the higher self, which always operates from the position of unconditional love and lack of duality. In this case, even if the entity may experience some transient fears as to how to cope with his financial gridlock, he is able to transmute his fears by expanding his view of the world.

The entity discerns that he is a powerful, independent creator of all his experience and not a victim of uncontrollable circumstances, so that he can change his destiny anytime from the “Now-point” by imagining several favorable versions of his future: He can experience these versions in his imagination and thus attract positive energies in his emotional and mental body from All-That-Is. The esoteric law of attraction is, in this sense, nothing else, but another circumlocution for constructive interference of wave systems: Similar emotional and mental patterns attract and superimpose to create a new stronger energetic pattern of the same kind. This is also the mechanism of Ascension of earth and mankind in these times.

The fearful, contracted entity, on the other hand, sustains the view that he is a victim of negative circumstances and that he has no influence on them. This entity, being in a state of maximal contraction of his emotional and mental bodies, experiences the maximal state of separation from the soul, respectively, from All-That-Is. This energetic state of contraction creates the feeling of helplessness. The more fearful the entity is, the more contracted his emotional and mental bodies are and the weaker his power to alter the unfavorable situation.

Empowerment of the individual can only be achieved by reducing his fears and expanding his ability for compassion and understanding of the whole picture. First and foremost, he must learn to love himself unconditionally with all his virtues and defaults.

The author can for instance localize in his intuitive imagination such contractions in the fields of other entities and immediately discern their mental and emotional limitations based on common fear-driven beliefs. But he also recognizes how difficult it is to transmit this knowledge to such entities who have hermetically enclosed their personality with such fear based patterns that shield it from any benevolent influences from outside aiming at its expansion.

From this elaboration we can conclude that all mental and emotional experiences, we make as incarnated entities, are the result of underlying physical, energetic phenomena. In terms of human language, these processes can be described as “laws of interference or superposition” which create the conditions of constructive and destructive interference. Alternatively, we may describe them as “laws of creation and destruction” as the title of this essay suggests. Both definitions are valid presentations of the Nature of All-That-Is. Language, being a U-set of All-That-Is, is intrinsically multidimensional, but this aspect is also the origin of all oral redundancy and semantic blunders that lead to a profound confusion in human communication.

Ultimately, we may speak of All-That-Is in terms of “expansion” and “contraction”: All-That-Is is that which expands and contracts. For those light workers, who have no idea of physics, these phenomena are circumscribed in present-day esotericism as “fear” and “unconditional love”.

Let us be however clear on this issue. There is no such thing as “unconditional love” on earth. This is a linguistic expression of an energetic condition that is beyond the limitation of human experience. Human beings, who use language to express such conditions, cannot in reality experience this energetic state of cosmic constructive interference as long as they dwell in an organic body.

This term is thus a poor substitute for the universal energetic state of harmonic existence of all entities that are not separated from All-That-Is. Human beings are. In this energetic condition of total constructive interference with all cosmic energies, the human carbon-based body will be immediately burnt out. Only after that can the lower self, liberated from the shackles of “his mortal coil”, merge with the soul and experience for the first time this blissful state of total harmony in a conscious way. The same experience will await all those who will ascend in the 5^th dimension. For this reason the carbon-based bodies of such entities will be transformed into crystalline bodies during the light body process that will lead to mass Ascension at the end of next year.
*
Expansion and contraction can be easily understood when the wave theory is applied. As this essay does not have the objective to introduce the reader in the theory of physics, we shall restrict ourselves to some popular observations. Consider a particle of a medium which propagates waves. When there is no wave, the particle is at rest. When a wave is propagated, the particle is displaced. The magnitude of the displacement determines the amplitude of the wave. As all waves are rotations, the particle performs in reality a circular motion.

One assumes in physics that all mediums that propagate waves have elastic properties. This has led in the 19th century to the concept of “elastic ether”, in which light is propagated. This term actually described the properties of photon space-time. By eliminating this correct idea erroneously after the performance of Michelson-Morley experiment and substituting it with the idiotic concept of “action at a distance” in vacuum, which is an N-set, physics has plunged into its deepest cognitive crisis in its history that lasted for one century, until this author liberated this natural science in 1995 from its self-inflicted agnostic misery (see below).

All elastic mediums follow according to conventional physics the so called Hooke’s law of elasticity. It says that when a particle is displaced from its initial position at rest, a restoring elastic force, called Hooke’s force, is created that is opposite to the direction of the displacement and brings the particle back to its initial position at rest. This is a simplistic, mechanistic interpretation of the elastic properties of All-That-Is in terms of classical mechanics.

The Nature of Space-Time = All-That-Is as perceived by human senses is indeed elastic. Elasticity expresses itself as expansion and contraction. This is the mechanism of creation of all waves and rotations, which are circular motions. Elasticity creates Motion – motion is the manifestation of waves/rotations. All systems of All-That-Is are waves/rotations. Energy/space-time is elastic energy exchange that is perceived as motion. Motion is expansion and contraction of space-time. When one truly comprehends this property of All-That-Is in all its manifestations, one has become an enlightened person.

The whole theory of relativity can be explained with this idea. The so called “time dilution” and “space contraction” of material objects in motion reflect the elasticity of space-time. The same holds true for thermodynamics – without expansion and contraction of gases, there will be no engines of combustion and no cars to drive. This author has pondered over the elasticity of space-time since early childhood, and this observation has ultimately led to the discovery of the Universal Law of All-That-Is.

Human bodies are also subjected to the elasticity of space-time. All our feelings, mental ideas, and the very structure of our personality are products of infinite expansions and contractions of the infinite levels and systems that comprise the incarnated entity. The Universal law of All-That-Is is a law of expansion and contraction. From a physical point of view, there is nothing else, but expansion and contraction.

This simple physical fact has not been fully comprehended either by scientists or light workers, or any other contemplative, spiritual human being. The agnosticism of mankind is indeed overwhelming, and the author is wondering, where one should commence to enlighten humanity in the few remaining months prior to Ascension as to achieve some modest spiritual results.
*
It is indeed a mystery to the author as to why human mind is not able to discern this evident aspect of All-That-Is, given the fact that the idea of elasticity is as old as written Western history. The Dialectics of ancient Greek philosophy since Heraclitus has evolved around the primordial idea of human awareness of the elasticity of All-That-Is. It is not a coincidence that Dialectics is basic to all prominent Western philosophical teachings – from Plato, Aristotle, and Plotinus to Fichte, Hegel, and Marx.

The profound misunderstanding of this basic property of All-That-Is in the political version of Marx’ dialectical materialism and its total neglect in Anglo-Saxon political empiricism have ultimately triggered the greatest calamities, mankind has ever experienced -the First and Second World War, and the Cold War.

Dialectics is the gate to Oneness of Consciousness -lack of dialectics, the neglect of the elasticity of All-That-Is in human thinking, leads to separation. Wars have always resulted from the separation of humanity in antagonistic factions. Dialectical thinking circumvents the idea of separation. This philosophical aspect that was inherent to the German idealistic school has been completely forgotten by the intellectual community in the last century under the devastating influence of narrow-minded, disparate empiricism. Hence the numerous perilous wars, humanity has experienced during the last one hundred years up to the present day.

True dialectical thinking is the acknowledgement of the elastic nature of All-That-Is – of its ability to expand and contract within its Oneness. All parts of the Whole are created through expansion and contraction. Elasticity is the mechanism of Unity and Separation of the Whole. All ideas that neglect the elasticity of All-That-Is are N-sets that carry the notion of separation and lead to Darkness and destruction. Before the author confirmed the Universal Law for all known physical laws, he defined it as the Universal Law of Elasticity.
*
Ascension is expansion of all human beings to the 5^th dimension out of their current 3d-contraction, which creates the illusion of separation and density. And here comes the greatest dichotomy, or if you wish, mysticism of All-That-Is that very few incarnated entities on earth have ever discerned.

While we expand our emotional and mental body to the 5^th dimension, we at same time participate in the contraction of All-That-Is that brings back its human Creation from its state of greatest separation, which can also be interpreted as the state of greatest expansion (alienation) of the parts from the Source. The “in-breath” of All-That-Is brings back all his parts to Oneness. From the point of view of All-That-Is, this is a contraction, a return of all individual Creation to the Source. The “out-breath” of All-That-Is creates, on the other hand, parts that are seemingly separated from each other and the Whole by means of individual contraction, but the Whole itself has expanded by creating and dispersing its infinite parts.

This is the sublimation of cosmic Metaphysics, and for this reason the author will stop his discussion at this place. But he hopes that he has stimulated the reader to continue to ponder on this eschatological dichotomy of All-That-Is. If anything else, the elaboration of such questions leads to the utmost expansion of human awareness. Back to Contents
   21. The Ideas Promoted by the Dark Forces are N-Sets

We have learned that all human concepts of closed systems, objects, and entities can be summarized under the mathematical concept of N-sets. N-Sets are sets that do not contain themselves and the Whole as an element. All closed rational numbers, which are the only numbers that present-day mathematics uses, are N-sets. All closed physical systems in physics and everyday thinking are N-sets. Ideas that are N-sets are the mental bugs that corrupt human thinking – indeed, every consciousness and awareness throughout the universe.

When humanity develops the idea of its uniqueness in the infinite galaxy and supports this collective idea of separation with such elaborated doctrines as Darwin’s evolutionary theory, then the level of separation has, indeed, reached pathological dimensions. Within such a mind-set, there is no possibility for further evolution of the incarnated entities, and the energetic conditions must be altered dramatically.

This is what Ascension is all about. Therefore, Darwin’s doctrine must be collectively rejected by all human beings on earth and substituted with the idea of Oneness of all parts of All-That-Is. Oneness does not, however, mean unification: The Whole exists and grows through the individualization of all its parts within its infinite plurality.

One can now sustain that the collective awareness of mankind has been dumped down by the Powers That Be, the controllers on earth, the evil forces, the Greys and the Reptilians, the zeta reticuli, the “Unholy six”, who have promoted such ideas of separation for the last 13,000 years since the Fall of Atlantis, but this will be an over-simplification, born in the hallucinatory realm of experienced duality. The truth is that the souls of all incarnated human entities come on earth from Oneness to have precisely this kind of experience of utmost separation in all possible aspects and facets of human awareness, including the numerous sufferings that are associated with such an illusionary idea.

The earth souls needed the dark agents of separation who arranged this negative experience for them. Human beings were supposed to re-member throughout their incarnation cycle peú a peù their true origin – them being Sparks of God – and make a conscious choice in favor of the Whole versus Separation. This is the eschatological purpose of the current human incarnation experiment on earth in the light of the new Theory of the Universal Law of All-That-Is that will end with Ascension at the end of 2012.
*
There are many ideas that the Powers That Be have promoted in the history of mankind that are N-sets and augment the level of separation. The current Orion monetary system that was first established in the Western World, and especially in Great Britain and the USA by the powerful bankster faction (a neologism from “banker” and “gangster”) of the Anglo-Saxon Elite (the Rothschild and Rockefeller families), is one very powerful tool of separating human beings, enslaving them, and pushing them into perennial wars with the ultimate aim of exterminating them. To this we shall say much more below, when the collapse of the worldwide financial system will be discussed in detail.

Furthermore, the author has extensively explored the flawed basic concepts of modern medicine and health care system in his books, which have essentially the same goal as the Orion monetary system – to deepen the sense of separation among the incarnated entities and to promote their helplessness with respect to the energetic regulation of their biological bodies by the soul. These social systems of suppression hinder the entities to realize that their health condition lies entirely in the autarky of each individual soul and incarnated entity.

In addition, many therapies and other procedures have been deliberately introduced by the dark forces and their proxies in the pharmaceutical and health care industry to increase morbidity and mortality among patients. These heinous practices of the dark forces have the purpose of inducing collective iatrogenic genocide on humans. This is the most despicable side of the dark forces in the last several decades, which the author has extensively explored in his books from a scientific, theoretical, and practical point of view. But there is much more to be said that goes beyond the limited capacity of a single way shower.

Beside the Orion monetary system, medicine and health care system are the two most crucial means of the dark forces, with which they control present-day agnostic humanity, who fears all kind of diseases that may ultimately lead to death. These fear generating mechanisms of the dark forces deepen further human agnosticism and will undoubtedly play a key role in the upcoming revelations and subsequent discussions in the mass media. The author, being a clinical researcher for many years and a professional in this field, has made vital contributions to this topic in his volume III “The General Theory of Biological Regulation” and in his book “Thoughts”.

All ideas that lead to premature death and destruction are N-sets that can only be contrived under the condition of destructive interference. Although all entities are immortal, so that the very idea of killing another entity mirrors a total absence of awareness about the true nature of All-That-Is, it is, nonetheless, a spiritual crime with severe karmic consequences that have to be compensated soon or later by the perpetrator soul – in this or in a future incarnation.

The split of earth in two planets in December 2012 will be in this sense a kind of a Final Judgment for such souls. This has nothing to do with religious prophecies, but with energetic necessities that are aspects of the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction. You cannot have the conditions of total constructive and destructive interference at once – hence the “separation of the wheat from the chaff” and the splitting of earth in two different energetic timelines – the ascended planet A and the descended planet B. Back to Contents
   22. The Forces of Light Promote the Perception of Oneness…by Encouraging Human Beings to Think in Terms of U-Sets

The spiritual opening of mankind to the Forces of Light, being representatives of All-That-Is, and the return to Oneness is what the current Ascension of earth and mankind is all about. This year will be the crucial one, because it will lead to the collapse of all man-made social, political, economic, and intellectual structures, such as empiric science and external material technologies that are about to destroy Gaia, unless there is a massive intervention by the Galactic Federation.

All aspects of current human civilization are products of mental N-sets, of the various ideas of separation that have imbued the fabric of human society to such an extent that only very few far-sighted, enlightened entities can readily discern them. All these aspects of humanity reflect the hallucinatory idea of separation. This idea has been multiplied through the kaleidoscope of numerous collective fear based patterns which the separation of human beings from the Whole has generated for eons of time. All these multiple facets of mental illusion and fear-driven behavior are distracting them from their process of Ascension and from merging with the Source, as it will be experienced after Ascension in the 5^th dimension.

But why should be all current structures of human society destroyed, before mankind is able to ascend? The answer is fairly simple, once we have comprehended why and how these materializations of the primary idea of separation have been established on earth. The leitmotif of this essay is that first there is an idea and only then its realization. We use the word “realization” and not materialization, as in the 5^th dimension any idea can be immediately realized without being necessarily material.

Matter, as we perceive it in the 3d-reality on earth, is a very dense form of energy that transpires the illusionary idea of hard impermeable staff. In fact, matter constitutes of 99.99% of empty space, whereby empty space should not be confused with void or vacuum, as it is currently done in physics, but regarded as diluted astral energy.

For this same reason the space around our planet is not empty but full of highly evolved entities coming from all parts of our galaxy, as well as from many distant galaxies. They are here to observe the unique Ascension of Gaia and a large portion of mankind from the densest 3d-reality and a maximal separation from the Whole straight into the 5^th dimension of Oneness. This is the most dramatic event in the history of this planet and throughout this galaxy that will catapult mankind on a higher level of evolution than that of the current Powers That Be. The knowledge about this very important fact should empower all human beings to begin with the inner rebellion and to stop promoting the hidden agenda of the dark ones.

Many human entities, especially those in key positions of power, have become consciously or subconsciously proxies of the dark forces and carry out rigorously and without any compassion for human life their heinous plans. This is a deplorable fact, but it is also part of the illusionary drama that has been designed for this planet and has been unfolding for a very long time.

This year the drama will definitely come to an end. The goal should be the full awakening of all actors on this planet, so that they can shed away their current roles and become aware of the fact that they have always been multidimensional cosmic beings, and that present-day earth has never been their original home. We are all guests on earth. Most of us have come here only to experience Ascension and return to our pristine realms of existence. Ascension may be a unique event on earth, but it is rather common throughout the universe, where myriads of 3d-civilisations exist and evolve within their particular incarnation experiment.

This will be accomplished with the active support of the Forces of Light that will take control of earth this year. They will be supported by selected entities such as the author, who will ascend prior to mass Ascension at the end of 2012 and will demonstrate that all human beings also belong to the Forces of Light, so that there are no such things as “aliens” on the one hand and humble human species, being entrapped in their biological vessel and thus an easy prey to technologically highly evolved aliens, on the other. The full comprehension of this simple truth will unleash a powerful mental revolution that will sweep away all wrong ideas and their material mirror images from the surface of this planet.

It is however naïve, and even dangerous, to believe that the crumbling material and social structures will be substituted with a better version thereof with the help of the Galactic Federation, as many fear-driven light workers believe by extrapolating their deprived earthy hopes for abundance linearly into the future. This would only mean “more of the same”. For this same reason, there will not be any major reforms of the current Orion monetary system such as NESARA after its collapse, which the author predicts to begin in the summer of this year, as the future enlightened humanity in the 5^th dimension will not need money anymore. Human beings should get used to this idea prior to Ascension.

This primitive substitute of energy exchange – recall that All-That-Is is energy exchange according to the principle of last equivalence (primary axiom) -will definitely come to an end with Ascension. In the short transition period before Ascension, money will be substituted in many places with simple local barter systems that will guarantee the survival of most incarnated entities during this time of tribulations. The people will soon realize that it will not be money that will secure their lives in the upcoming turmoil, but their ability to create with their thoughts and optimistic feelings the new fifth-dimensional reality in the Now. This ability will determine their individual timeline leading to Ascension in the 5^th dimension.

The author, being a representative of the Forces of Light, has taken the burden throughout this incarnation to discover the Universal Law of All-That-Is, to develop a new infallible scientific theory of Oneness, and to derive the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction from this. The new theory of the Universal Law encompasses All-That-Is, as it is axiomatically developed from this primary term of consciousness by employing only such ideas and concepts that are U-sets and contain the Whole as an element. At the same time, his universal theory includes all current disciplines of science and eliminates all ideas and terms in human language which are N-Sets and support the illusionary idea of separation.

The author has shown that the introduction of only one idea that is an N-Set in an arbitrary categorical system automatically leads to two opposite conclusions that exclude each other. Such paradoxes or antinomies are an irrefutable proof that such categorical systems are wrong and must be excluded forever from the collective knowledge of mankind. This holds true for current science, religions, economics, as well as for all trivial concepts and beliefs. During this year humanity will see the implementation of this deep insight under the auspices of the Forces of Light and the active intervention of the author in the destiny of mankind as an ascended master.
*
An essential part of this “cleansing of the Aegeus stables” of human knowledge is to discern which categorical systems and concepts contain the most dangerous ideas that are N-sets and cement the illusion of separation.

There are many ideas of separation that have been promoted by the dark forces on earth and have been accepted by the masses without any questions. All these ideas are N-sets that cover various aspects of human life. They have intoxicated human minds to such an extent that only a thorough evaluation and eradication of these ideas can put their deleterious effects to an end.

This fact brings into a focus the chief psycho-mental malaise of humanity and explains why many channeled messages are insisting upon the necessity of the sleeping masses to awaken for the reality on earth in the course of this year and to begin to prepare for Ascension. Only entities with a clear, informed mind and a loving heart will ultimately ascend.

The initial clandestine idea behind all mental N-sets has been the complete enslavement of humanity by the dark forces. However, enlightened entities cannot be enslaved, only such that are confused and fear-driven, because they believe that they are forever separated from the Whole and must materialize this idea in all aspects of their life as to survive.

Let us recall in this context that even a confused, fear based entity is Creator of his own reality – the reality, he experiences all the time, is an external perpetuation of his inner chaos and confusion. This is Dante’s Inferno, where all sinners are condemned to experience eternally all the consequences of their earthly vices in a stipulated form.

This aspect will become very important after 21 December 2012 when some fear-driven entities will ascend, only to awaken in the lower levels of the 4^th dimension and find themselves amidst their worst nightmares, which they will take for real and will, in their fear, perpetuate in their imagination again and again. This level is known as Purgatory, but it may as well become Hell for the ascended entity, unless he decides to leave this vicious circle of illusion through an active effort of enlightenment and discernment of the Nature of All-That-Is. Such confused entities will need the active support of highly evolved beings to leave the hell of their horror visions of separation.

Below we shall discuss some of the basic ideas of mankind that have firmly established the notion of separation. Such ideas can only be comprehended from the solid axiomatic basis of the new Theory of the Universal Law, which is the physical Law of Oneness. In this respect the author of this essay can be regarded as a scientific way shower of mankind. But he will, in addition, demonstrate what it will be to become an ascended master, or as he puts it – a Transliminal (boundless) Soul. Back to Contents
   23. Basic Ideas of Mankind that are N-Sets

The most vicious idea of humanity that permeates all other ideas is the concept of the void, respectively, vacuum in physics. All-That-Is is something. It is Continuity. Continuity cannot have gaps, voids or vacuum, which are synonyms for nothing. It is unbelievable, how extensively the concept of vacuum has been elaborated in present-day physics to the point that nowadays nobody on this planet, except the author, challenges the semantic, epistemological, and ontological foundation of this faulty physical idea.

The physical view of the world nowadays postulates that space is empty, a vacuum, a void, in which material objects are embedded. The nothing contains something. The vacuum, the void, is, per definition, an N-set – it is a set that does not contain itself as an element, because it contains something – for instance, it contains the elementary particles that build matter. This is the cardinal cognitive fallacy of conventional physics that has biased the whole edifice of this discipline and has precluded a true understanding of All-That-Is.

The idea of the void as vacuum was introduced more than a century ago, after the false interpretation of Michelson-Morley experiment led to the refutation of the ether-concept. The analysis of this false interpretation and its dire consequences for the further development of physics has been extensively presented by the author in his two volumes on the new physical theory of the Universal Law.

Since then, all energetic interactions, such as gravitation and electromagnetism, have been described as an “action at a distance” occurring with the finite speed of light ‘c’ in vacuum. This idiotic concept hindered physicists from understanding the mechanism of gravitation and was further promulgated in Einstein’s theory of relativity.

The underlying goal of Einstein was to correct classical Newtonian mechanics by eliminating the absoluteness of empty geometric Euclidean space that has been used since then as the universal reference system in physics, and to substitute it with real photon space-time, by introducing the principle of relativity.

However, Einstein performed his reformation of Newtonian classical mechanics incompletely – he did not go far enough as to abolish empty Euclidean space as the initial reference system of physics. Instead, he introduced the concept of relative reference systems. Had he accomplished his reformation of classical mechanics to the full extent, he should have, in the first place, abolished Newton’s law of inertia which is another flawed concept and an N-set of physics.

The abolishment of the law of inertia was done for the first time by the author of this essay in an irrefutable manner on the basis of the new physical and mathematical Axiomatics of the Universal Law. This was also the ultimate reason, why Einstein failed to discover the anticipated “universal field equation”, he has been searching in vain during his whole life; this equation is nothing else, but the Universal Law as discovered by the author.

By introducing empty Euclidean space as an N-set in physics, Newton committed the initial fundamental blunder which precluded the unification of physics and a true understanding of the Nature of All-That-Is. One cannot have a unified science, unless one has understood the essence of his object of study in an a priori manner. Science is not an exploration and empiric collection of random experiences, as it is understood today, but a remembrance of the Nature of All-That-Is.

This insight was central to Greek philosophy, especially in the teachings of Plato and Aristotle. It is the simplest truth of all knowledge that should stay at the beginning of any valid science. However, this simple methodological insight has not been comprehended by all scientists so far.

The author has made numerous attempts to transcend this theoretical insight to physicists and theoreticians since the 90s and has come to the conclusion that it is impossible to overcome their mental blockages in this respect by means of an enlightened and civilized theoretical discussion.

This year they will have to accept this truth after the author has ascended, and empiric science has crumbled forever. Human beings are only ready to learn new contents, after one has pulled the rug away from under their feet. Under normal, stable conditions, they will rather sweep any inconvenient truth under the carpet than cleanse their rotten science from all vicious ideas. Therefore, all rugs, carpets, curtains, and veils of forgetfulness will be eliminated this year, so that the people can begin to discern the truth behind the mist of their separation. They must learn to re-member All-That-Is.

Back to physics! From Newtonian classical mechanics, the wrong idea of the existence of vacuum/void as an empty geometric space was further propagated in classical quantum mechanics and, later on, in quantum electrodynamics (QED), and quantum chromo-dynamics (QCD) as summarized in the standard model. This example illustrates how one wrong idea is deepened and multiplied, and how it begins to suffocate the minds of scientists to such an overwhelming extent, that there is virtually no escape from this mental labyrinth of intellectual madness, until somebody comes with a clear mind and cuts the Gordian node of this confusion, called empiric science. The Ariadne thread, with the help of which scientists will escape from the current labyrinth of their infinite scientific blunders, is the new physical and mathematical Axiomatics of the Universal Law
*
The refutation of ether that stood as an explanatory concept for photon space-time led, in fact, to the refutation of photon space-time as an equivalent level to matter, which has the same properties and behavior as matter. This follows from the primary axiomatic knowledge that all systems and levels of All-That-Is are energy systems and must have the same properties – they all contain the Whole, Energy as an element.

As already mentioned, one prominent idiotic conclusion of conventional physics is the statement that photons have no mass. In fact, physics has failed to understand the epistemological background of this very simple term that builds the backbone not only of classical physics, but also of all other disciplines, such as thermodynamics, theory of relativity, and quantum mechanics. This is another example that illustrates how the mental bugs of separation infect the mind-set of scientists, how they are multiplied, and how they undermine their common sense.

As already said above, “mass” is currently defined in physics as an energy relationship. One compares the energy of one system with that of another, which is usually defined as a reference system. Therefore, the comparison of their energies must be, strictly speaking, given as a mathematical relation without any SI-units. Mass is a dimensionless quotient – it is a pure number. In current-day physics this quantity is defined as “mass” and measured with the SI-unit “kilogram”.

This physical quantity is considered an intrinsic property of matter, but not of photons, which are the carrier of light. This faulty concept is basic to Newtonian mechanics, and from there it has entered the theory of relativity and quantum mechanics. Thus the current concept of mass has distorted the whole edifice of this natural science.

None of the millions physicists and scientists that study and teach this discipline, including all scientists who have lived in the last four hundred years, since modern physics has emerged, have realized the true logic behind this simple definition of mass, which should be accessible to anybody with elementary mathematical knowledge. One has to ask himself, when scientists have left the borderline of oligophrenia and have entered the realm of imbecility.

Let us elaborate this annihilating conclusion in depth, as it is very important for our understanding as to why present-day physics has totally failed to comprehend the Nature of All-That-Is. As all systems of All-That-Is are energetic systems, they all have a mass, because mass is an energy relationship. Photons are energetic particles as assessed by the famous Einstein’s equation of equivalence between matter and energy E = mc². In this case, they must also have a mass, measured as an energy relationship: m = E/c².

This simple conclusion was made for the first time by the author, after he had proved that physicists have completely missed the point with their definition of mass. Indeed, it is a conundrum yet to be solved, how comes that billions of physicists, scientists, and other normal people have studied physics for centuries at schools, universities and technical high schools without realizing this greatest scientific blunder of all times – greater than the geocentric Ptolemaic system – until a modest medical doctor had to appear on the scene and liberate physics from this and many others cognitive blunders that have made this natural science an asylum for lunatics.

A final remark with respect to photon mass ought to be made, before we close this painful chapter for physicists and all scientists. After the author came to the simple conclusion that photons also have a mass, he proved that all SI-units used today are derived from the energy = space-time of the basic photon h, also known as Planck’s constant, within mathematics in an a priori manner. All SI-units are derived from the energy = space-time of the basic photon.

As there are only two dimensions/constituents of energy/space-time – space and time f – the space/wavelength λ= c/f = c/1 = 3.108 m² and time/frequency = 1 of the basic photon are the real initial reference system for all physical dimensions and measurements in SI-units in the outer world. This simple insight has fundamental theoretical, epistemological, and practical consequences and implications for physics and science. The author has elaborated them in a comprehensive manner in two volumes on physics on more than 1100 pages.

He has further proved that the mass and energy of all elementary particles, such as neutron, proton, electron, neutrinos, mesons, etc., can be very easily calculated from the mass of the basic photon by applying the Universal Law, which is a simple rule of three a= b/c. This is, indeed, physics for idiots. But most physicists and other theoreticians nowadays are not even idiots – they are imbeciles. For instance, the author calculated with the Universal Law the mass of neutrinos, many years before it was experimentally established that these particles have a mass. At that time most physicists believed that, like photons, neutrinos are mass-less particles.

Knowing that photon space-time has mass, one can explain for the first time in the history of physics the mechanism of gravitation and very easily integrate it with electromagnetism, and thus with the other two fundamental forces in the standard model. Until this moment physics was not able to integrate gravitation with the other fundamental forces, and there is no theory of gravitation at all. It is generally acknowledged that this is the chief deficiency of this “exact” natural science, but physicists prefer to neglect this obvious failure of their science. There are numerous books on this issue, so that the author will not delve into it.

By proving that photon space-time has mass, the author finally eliminated the fundamental blunder of modern cosmology, which is unable to explain the mass of the universe. Currently, cosmologists sustain that there is such thing as “dark matter” in the universe that contains about 90% of the invisible, theoretically estimated mass of the universe according to various cosmological models. The dark mass is, in fact, the mass of photon space-time, which is currently regarded as an assembly of mass-less particles in vacuum.

The author showed further that the “big bang” model of hot expanding universe, which is at the core of modern cosmology, is the next greatest fallacy of science comparable to that of the geocentric Ptolemaic system. There is virtually not a single basic idea in modern cosmology that is not flawed. The author attributes this idiosyncrasy to the hideous influence of the Powers That Be on the minds of the scientists.

This rather new discipline has been, from an intellectual point of view, successfully dumped down by the dark forces from its very beginning, because a true cosmological view would have inevitably engendered the idea that All-That-Is is living consciousness, where myriad human civilizations exist and evolve. However, the Powers That Be on earth aim precisely at preventing the occurrence of such enlightened ideas among humans, as this would have jeopardized their clandestine insidious hegemony on earth and humanity.

Such scientific blunders as “dark matter” or “junk-DNA” have been introduced by scientists, only because they reject the existence of the soul and the high frequency realms that regulate human DNA, the metabolism of the body, and the organization of 3d-solar universes, which cosmologists can only observe. They stick stubbornly to the empiric dogma that repudiates the idea that there are higher frequency levels/realms beyond the electromagnetic spectrum, which is the only level that scientists can measure with material devices. In its succinct version the empiric dogma postulates:”What one cannot measure, should not exist.”This is the utmost form of scientific agnosticism that has been deliberately introduced by the dark forces on earth to dumb down human scientific community. It is important to observe that their human proxies that are involved in secret joint ventures with the 4d-entities from the Orion Empire in underground bases, do not follow this stupid dogma, as they have already developed many technologies that use these high frequency energies.
*
Why is this theoretical elaboration at the popular level so important for mankind in the near future? The reason is that photon space-time is an unlimited source of free energy that can be used on earth and in the 5^th dimension after Ascension. This energy source could have eliminated all expensive and dangerous energy sources, such as nuclear power and fossil fuels that are used at present and contaminate our planet.

In addition, Ascension of earth and mankind will be carried out by a huge tsunami of high energy photons that will transform the carbon-based bodies of humans to crystalline ones. At the same time, this photon wave will render all electrical devices and engines of combustion on earth inutile. This powerful energetic event will destroy the very foundation of modern technology, so that the remaining fraction of humanity that will stay on planet B will proceed with its incarnation cycle from a very low level of technical and social development. For those entities our current technological epoch will be what Atlantis once was for Plato – the Golden Age of the past, although this term should be reserved for the ascended earth A.

It is important to stress that this free energy source is known to mankind, since Tesla discovered it more than 100 years ago. However, this discovery was hidden from humanity by the dark forces and their proxies on earth, first and foremost, by Rockefeller, who stole Tesla’s patent in order to make human beings dependent on centralized sources of energy and thus subjugate them to the Powers That Be.

Finally, it is important to know that the Forces of Light have contacted the governments of the big powers on many occasions in the 20^th century and have offered them the technology to use free photon energy, but these ones were so deeply embroiled with the dark forces in enslaving mankind at that time, that they discarded this offer, which was coupled to the condition that they should stop with their nuclear armament.

During the Cold War all powers, such as the USA and the Soviet Union, believed that they needed nuclear weapons to protect themselves. Such was the collective mind-set of total separation that reigned at that time. This is how the circle from science to politics – from the Forces of Light to the dark forces – is closed, before this illusionary conflict of 3d-reality on earth will be eliminated once and for all by virtue of Ascension. Back to Contents
   24. Pitfalls and Fallacies of the Orion Monetary System

It is a done deal that the current financial system will collapse this year within a very short period of time. In fact, the system has already collapsed more than two years ago when the Wall Street investment banking was practically wiped out from the map within a week in October 2008.

This happened shortly after the first huge wave of Christ consciousness was released on earth and allowed for more transparency and sincerity in human relations. This information is given as evidence for the basic statement in this essay: All dramatic and sweeping changes, we experience on earth, are associated with and triggered by significant changes in the energetic structure of human beings. They weaken the shackles of all incarnated entities that have been imposed on them in a perfidious manner by the Powers That Be and open them for the transcendental truth of All-That-Is. This is also the objective of this essay prior to Ascension of the author and his official appearance as an ascended master in front of humanity.

The release of Christ consciousness on earth is associated with the so called Ra-Ta-experiment which is explained by the channel Cosmic Awareness in his numerous messages. The author recommends the reader to check this information in order to better understand the current situation on earth. It is one of the clearest channels this author has ever come upon.

Unfortunately, the energizers and the group around this channel are intellectually not quite prepared for the information that has been given to them. This fact explains the redundancy in the messages and the somewhat narrow spectrum of topics discussed by this channel. For instance, the actual financial situation is not at all elaborated by this channel from a theoretical point of view, although it has made some good economic forecasts in the past.

Nonetheless, this source is the most reliable and extensive source in Internet (over 8000 pages of channeled messages since 1975). In comparison to it, most channeled esoteric information available in Internet can only be digested, if one is prepared to commit an intellectual hara-kiri before reading it.

The author mentions the Ra-Ta-experiment at the beginning of his discussion, because it gives the reader a clue as to when the financial system is expected to collapse this year. In anticipation of this event, a theoretical analysis of the factors that will lead to this crash may appear to be of secondary importance. It is quite probable that the financial crash will happen before this essay will be published.

The second wave of Christ consciousness was released in late autumn 2009, shortly before the final period of earth Ascension – 2010 to 2012 (last triad) – has begun. In this context the last year was a preparation for what will be manifested this year.

The final third wave of Christ consciousness has commenced this year and will reach its peak around spring equinox. The current revolution in Egypt is the first eruptive manifestation of this wave, which is closely associated with the history of this ancient country, although Christ energies flood the whole planet. It is expected that the Egyptian revolution will spread out to many other Arab countries and destroy the fragile balance of the current World Order as designed by the dark forces. One very probable consequence will be the disruption of oil supply to the West from the Middle East.

This event may trigger the financial crisis which has many fathers, but one mother – the world inflation, the unprecedented bubble in money supply that has undermined the foundations of the world economy. This inflation has been deliberately instigated by the dark forces and their proxies in the financial corporations by creating money out of debt and thin air in order to impoverish humanity and establish the New World Order. This has been the pronounced aim of the Powers That Be in the last several decades. This effort has exacerbated during the first decade of the third millennium.
*
Before the author begins with the analysis of the nefarious methods that the dark forces have employed in the past to destroy the financial system and the economy of mankind in order to enslave it, he would like to point out that their plan to establish the New World Order has already failed.

However, this does not mean that the financial system will not collapse. It will collapse to a much greater extent than the dark forces and their financial proxies, the banksters on Wall Street and in London city, have planned for. Instead of achieving the intended impoverishment of the masses, first and foremost, of the middle class, the financial Elite will be buried under the rubble of the upcoming financial tsunami. Precisely, they will lose very soon all their monies and power, and all their institutions, such as banks, funds, securitizations, stock exchanges, central banks, etc. will be abolished forever. In this way they will lose their financial leverage of manipulating humanity prior to Ascension.

As the national states have also been designed by the hidden governments to promote the New World Order on the long run, they will also financially collapse this year. In other words, there will be no more criminal bailouts to save the dark ones at the expense of the tax payers as means of enslaving the latter. The abolishment of the national states as operative units – the nations will remain -will be associated with the collapse of the health care system, rental system, and all other forms of human securities that have been promoted by the Powers That Be as part of the Orion monetary system with the objective to hold the people firm in their grip.

These institutions have been deliberately implemented to stimulate the survival (self-preservatory) fears of the masses about their future, as the current political discussion in the USA on the new health care reform of Obama clearly demonstrates. All these wrong concepts and structures stem originally from the primary idea of separation from the Whole and from hiding the fact that humans are unlimited powerful creators of their destiny, who are also responsible for the astral regulation of their bodies, so that no bank accounts or obsolete medical treatments can protect them from calamities, if the soul has a different plan from that of the incarnated entity.
*
Let us discuss in this context the concept of securitization in the financial system from a psychological point of view, as it is the central piece of fraud that creates the conditions of destructive interference in the economy and will cause its collapse this year.

The idea to secure one’s life by creating bank accounts and saving money is so perverted and at the same time so deeply rooted in current pecuniary human thinking that one has to put the whole humanity on Freudian couch and analyze it for the next 2000 years, before it can be declared convalescent. Unfortunately Cosmic Providence has not foreseen that much time for those who will make up their mind to ascend. For those who will go along the path of further separation on planet B, the time of healing their mental aberrations will be unlimited.

What is the psycho-mental dynamics behind the concept of securitization of all aspects of human life? The primary faulty idea is that people are vulnerable biological beings that may suffer from diseases, injuries, financial, social, and numerous other imponderable events that are beyond human control, because these follow the random laws of chaos and incalculable probabilities.

This world view is a central piece of the camouflage, of the cover-up, that humans are responsible creators of their destiny and that not a single event can ever occur on earth, unless it has been considered by the entity in advance in infinite astral probability alternatives in the dream state. We create at night and experience at daytime. Without dreaming, there will be no living. Alternatively we can say that we live our dreams. From another perspective, we may as well sustain that our dreams are the only true reality and that our life in the 3d-reality on earth is an illusion of our true dreams. It all comes up to the same thing.

All events, one encounters on earth, are mirror images of the particular feelings and beliefs of the individual entity that serve as pedagogical means to make him aware of the fact that he is an inexorable creator of reality as being part of All-That-Is. The outer experience is of a secondary importance – the events one experiences are decors for the emotional and mental multidimensionality of the entity. Such experiences are empty signs and symbols for deeper realities that show him the way on his individual roadmap to Ascension and merging with the Whole.

Therefore, if one has negative experiences, for instance, a series of car crashes, misfortunes in business and in personal relations that are always associated with financial losses, what sense does it make to securitize such risks by paying even more money to anonymous fraudulent corporations to protect him from such undesirable events? In this case, one only perpetuates the psycho-mental causes of his misfortune on the next existential level. The perverted mind-set of being a helpless victim of imponderable circumstances is further aggravated.

This pattern of human behavior stems from the wrong conviction that one has to solve his problems in the outer world by surrounding himself with huge hedges against all possible evils that lurk from the mist of unpredictable reality. Such a behavior leads to curtailing the inherent, unrestricted creativity of human beings by dumping down the inner impulses of the soul that guides the incarnated entity to make the appropriate experiences in the 3d-reality.

Ultimately, the entity gives up his freedom of choice given to him by his soul and succumbs to his fears. He no longer explores life with an open mind, but opens the door for even greater emotional manipulations by various dark forces from the 4^th dimension that hamper him in his spiritual evolution. This mind-set is underlying current society – from anti-terror wars and other atrocities of the Western nations against the rest of the world to rigid surveillance of their own people on airports and other areas of social life. The Big Brother is watching you. Orwell’s vision of 1984 does not belong to the past, but is already a reality and a foreboding of a grimmer future.

Let us be plain on this issue:One cannot do anything to secure his life, then life is created by the soul, and she is the ultimate authority on how it ought to be spent by the incarnated entity, and when it ought to be terminated.The agnostic ego of the incarnated entity lives in the greatest of all illusions that it has control over life.

It is driven by his fears to do something, anything, all the time in order to preserve his life – to earn money in order to eat and survive, to represent somebody in the society (the more you earn, the more you represent), to pay with precious money as to hedge an unpredictable future (the higher the amount of securitization, the more secure the entity feels), etc. Like the famous ant in the poem “why should she be calm and placid, when she is full of formic acid”, the formic acid being the fears of the entity, humans engage themselves all the time in worthless activities, instead of being powerful multidimensional, creative beings (tautology = principle of last equivalence): Being a soul. The soul, the higher self, is being – the fear-driven entity is doing.
*
A key point in the hidden agenda of the dark forces to enslave mankind is to use the current financial system to deepen the psychological conviction of incarnated human entities that they are separated from the Whole and thus an easy prey to unpredictable chaotic events. Money is considered to be the only save haven in the 3d-reality and in this context the only goal of human existence. Money symbolizes not only prosperity, easy life, and popularity, but, first and foremost, safe life amidst death and organic decay.

As most entities do not believe in the immortality of the human personality and the soul, they must believe that have only one life to live, and that this life is hence very precious. Extrapolate these faulty beliefs on the mentality of the current Elite as human representatives of the dark forces and consider the fact that most of them are the current controllers of the financial system you will have a vivisection of all human evils on earth nowadays.

The financial Elite, be they Rothschilds, Rockefellers, Fed, American and Anglo-Saxon banks, and their CEO, some of which are clones of the dark forces (the Greys and the Reptilians), are, from a higher vantage point of view, not only the perpetrators – they are in the first place victims of their hypertrophied fears. They are deeply perverted entities, entrapped in their earthly Purgatory.

In order to contain their fears with respect to their imagined mortality and biological vulnerability, they see the purpose of their life solely in laying financial shackles upon all human beings, whom they deeply despise. While worshiping the Mammon they serve, they strive to make all humans slaves of the Orion monetary system. The more the masses are impoverished and under their control, the better and secure the Elite feel.

However, there will be no absolute security for the Elite as long as they do not believe in life after death or in Ascension. Only the idea of the immortality of the soul and the incarnated personality as part of All-That-Is can render the feeling of security, even amidst mayhem and destruction, as the coming months will eventually reveal.

Had the Elite have acknowledged this truth, they would not have been found in the financial sector, but among light workers. Fears have the propensity to create new fears, until they encompass the whole reality. The fears of the Elite have intoxicated the whole planet. Therefore, they are not satisfied with the total financial enslavement of humanity, but they also aim at controlling the people physically through an oppressive political system. This is the reason why they prepare society for the New World Order during the last several centuries.

This human condition was almost achieved by the Bolsheviks after the October Revolution in Russia. Similar conditions can now be observed, for instance, in North Korea and in Myanmar. The situation in Egypt before the current revolution was not much different.

The means of enslavement in the Western world are far more subtle, but not less heinous. When one perceives recent history of mankind from this perspective, one will soon realize that every human effort to progress spiritually and to achieve abundance for the people has been successfully pervaded by the Powers That Be and their human minions – the current Elite. This is the reason why true progress and enlightenment have never gained broad success on this planet.

In the financial sector, these obstructive practices include the abolishment of the gold standard, the establishment of the European Union, the introduction of the Euro, the intention to establish a free trade zone in North America, the usurpation of financial power by central banks, such as the Fed that are private or corporative institutions but have control over the money system of sovereign countries, etc.

The list of financial crimes of the Elite against the people is infinite, but they are not really discerned by the masses, who are lulled by fake social ideals. Some of these atrocities have been highlighted by critical journalists and independent voices in the last several years, which are marked by a gradual increase of transparency and a quest for revelation of all hidden facts.
*
The moral and ethical indignation that sweeps the globe since the beginning of this year is part of the emotional reaction of the people who are beginning to awaken for the atrocities of the Powers That Be and realizing for the first time in the history of mankind that they have been pawns to them for thousands of years. While emotions are the astral wings to Ascension of the incarnated entity, they are not sufficient enough to comprehend the mechanisms of human enslavement on this toxic planet. Therefore, let us elaborate the aforementioned facts from a neutral scientific point of view by employing the cosmic laws of constructive and destructive interference, before we delve into technical details.

It is a leitmotif of this essay that a separation from All-That-Is does not exist. Even if an entity sustains the illusion of such a state for a long period of time, it can only exist as a sentient being, if it is in a state of perfect constructive interference at a higher level – that of his soul.

Now let us elaborate this basic insight with another example. The Powers that Be, the Unholy six, especially the Greys and the Reptilians, have developed in the last decades, since they have started to cooperate actively with the Elite and the hidden governments on earth, new human clones through genetic engineering. As already mentioned above, about one third of the entities that now live on earth are such clones. However, they can only exist, if they are humanized by souls from the 4^th and 5^th dimensions. No genetic engineering can create humans or other sentient beings, unless they contain energies and frequencies from the higher realms of All-That-Is. Their very existence is a proof that they do so under the condition of constructive interference within the infinite and absolute harmony of All-That-Is, even if they are not aware of it.

Most of these genetically created human beings are very young souls that are just beginning with their incarnation cycle and cannot root themselves firmly in the 3d-reality. The fraction of the soul (lower self) that is incarnated in such genetically engineered human vessels must be totally separated from All-That-Is as to guarantee the adequate 3d-conditions of physical density that such souls have chosen to experience at this low level of evolution.

As already mentioned, many CEO of large corporations are such clones of human entities, whose souls have finished with their earthly experience in this incarnation and have returned to the 5^th dimension. In order to preserve the charade on earth, such entities do not necessarily die, but are exchanged by the Unholy six and their human proxies with clones, which harbor much of the memories and the personality of the previous entity.

The former president George Bush is, for instance, such a clone. The original Bush was eliminated about two years before the end of his second term and was substituted with a clone, because he became somewhat rebellious to the Powers That Be that pull the strings behind the curtain in Washington. They feared that he may become a potential danger to their plans with his uncontrolled remarks, a liability they did not want to share. They murdered him and exchanged him with a clone. The new version of him was due to the genetic engineering much more docile to the Powers That Be, to the hidden American government. The entity B. Clinton has been substituted by several clones already. This example is paradigmatic as to how the manipulation of humanity is arranged from the 4^th dimension, although it can only exist with the help of the souls from the 5^th that have decided to incarnate in such genetically created human bodies.

The author understands very well that some readers may find this information abominable and recoil, but they should keep in mind that modern mankind was created in the same manner by the Powers That Be some 13,000 years ago. Why not now? It is one thing to create a human biological vessel through genetic engineering, quite a different thing to help the incarnated entity evolve to a 5^th-dimensional being.

In every incarnated entity on earth, there are two opposite forces that influence his mental and emotional body simultaneously and are in an incessant inner strife – the Forces of Light that forge his merging with All-That-Is and the forces of dark that push him into a deeper separation from the Whole.

Financial systems, societies, national states, armies, corporations, technological achievements are nothing else, but empty decors that prepare the scene for the eternal battle between the Luciferian forces, the fallen angels, and the Forces of Light. This inner strife is waged within each incarnated entity, so that the prodigal son can have his experience of separation and returns wiser to God. This is the ultimate eschatology of human existence on earth and on any 3d-planet in the solar universes.

Finally, it should be noted that the Forces of Light also have the right to eliminate evil human entities and substitute them with their own clones, if they pose a great threat to humanity. This was done, for instance, on a large scale in 1978-1979 when the hidden government of the USA, instigated by the Unholy six, planned a first destructive nuclear strike against the Soviet Union at the height of the Cold War. Most of the entities on power, including the then President Carter, were eliminated and substituted with clones by the Forces of Light.

The entity Carter was however murdered by the dark forces, because he objected their criminal plans and was only then substituted with a clone by the Forces of Light, so that he could carry out his mission as enlightened president. The moral and ethical structure of this entity was fully preserved in his clone. The other minions of the dark forces were eliminated by the Forces of Light and their helpers on earth as to prevent a devastating catastrophe. The price for this crime committed against a bunch of evil entities was the divine redemption of humanity from total destruction. This episode was the darkest and most critical in the recent history of mankind, notwithstanding the fact that this is not known to the broad public.

Such interventions are part of the game that has been played for eons of time on this toxic planet. Let us recall that the body is only an instrument of collecting 3d-experience and has nothing to do with the personality of the incarnated entity. After Ascension, all human beings will have the possibility to choose their own body and change it at their discretion through imagination and direct manifestation. Contrary to the Powers That Be from the 4^th dimension, they will not need to involve in primitive genetic engineering to create deficient clones that can only survive a limited period of time. Human beings will very soon begin to create from the soul level of unconditional love.
*
After this indispensable clarification as to how the Powers That Be actively manipulate mankind in general and the financial system in particular as to trigger its collapse, we must return to the cosmic laws of creation and destruction and explain why these manipulations fulfill the condition of destructive interference and will not only lead to a financial crash, but will also eliminate the influence of the dark forces on mankind before Ascension.

When an entity or a society decides to go along the path of greater separation from the Whole, it inevitably creates conditions of destructive interference all the time, as it no longer recognizes the laws of Creation as an inherent part of All-That-Is. Creation in separation lacks responsibility.

True Creation within All-That-Is is always responsible, as it is performed from the level of unconditional love, which is an esoteric circumscription for the cosmic condition of constructive interference. This truth will emerge as a key aspect after Ascension, when many incarnated entities will acquire the possibility to create by imagination, but will still have to learn how to do it in a responsible manner within the divine harmony of All-That-Is.

All structures that are created in a state of separation from the Source are intrinsically unstable and tend always to collapse at some point in linear time. The ultimate decision when such inferior creations ought to be destroyed is made in the higher realms or dimensions of All-That-Is, which render the energies for the existence of such structures and support the overall conditions of Creation. One may call such higher realms “God” or “Elohims”, without affecting anything on the laws of Creation as presented in this essay.

Under these premises the current battle between the Forces of Light and the dark forces is, strictly speaking, not a real battle, but a camouflage thereof. Just as the ego may gain the illusion that it has control over the life of the incarnated entity, as long as the soul let it believe so, so do the Forces of Light let the 4d-entities from the Orion Empire believe that they have control over earth and humanity for some time. Ultimately, the outcome of this symbolic battle is predetermined, as the decision for earth and mankind to ascend has been fallen at the highest levels of Cosmic Providence since eons of time.
*
The ego of the incarnated entity was initially created as an external reference point of view to that of the Creator-Soul. It ought to be a unique mirror-image of the soul, but it was never intended that the ego should take full control over the incarnated entity from the soul. It may only seem to be so. Especially in agnostic societies, such as current human society, this hallucinatory impression may cherish quite well for some time, as this has been the case in the last several centuries since the begin of industrialization of mankind.

During the so called “Dark Ages” (in German “Mittelalter”, Middle Ages), the connection of the incarnated entities with the soul was much more pronounced, probably due to the poor living conditions, where hope for immortality and eternal bliss was the only beacon of light in those dire human conditions. Much of the poetry at that time reflects this endeavor of humans to unite with God in the transcendental dimension.

Human ego is agnostic. And it has never been more agnostic than at this time. Like a kaleidoscope, the collective ego of our soulless mechanical time creates incessantly numerous illusionary images of its alleged autarky. These external images render the ego the false security and the erroneous conviction that it is the master of this human charade which it creates under extreme energetic limitations.

Especially in the industrialized world, where the number of material devices, such as phones, iPods, and all other child’s games that distract the incarnated entity from exploring the multidimensional nature of his soul has grown exponentially in the last few years, the separation from All-That-Is has reached an unprecedented peak. Under such conditions, it is no longer possible to have a further spiritual evolution. The conditions must, therefore, radically change, and the speckles removed from the blind eyes of humanity.

Ascension is the surrender of the ego to the soul. The ego must give up its illusion to be in full control of its destiny and merge with the higher self. This is the most poignant experience on earth and the most liberating at the same time. This greatest illusion of all times will be abruptly terminated this year.

Likewise, the illusion of the Powers That Be, the Unholy Six from the 4^th dimension, that they control earth must end this year. This will not happen exclusively by waging a battle in the higher realms, as many channels from the lower dimensions, that have gained some popularity in internet, suggest. What is currently happening on this planet is a dramatic increase in the frequencies of earth and humanity that render the actions of the dark ones futile from an energetic point of view, no matter how many efforts they may undertake.

Darkness has to succumb to Light prior to Ascension. Under the condition of destructive interference Darkness will be deleted and substituted by Light. It is as simple as that. Only human mind wants things to be much more complicated, as to experience its fake autarky to the full extent.

This pattern can be observed in the behavior of most incarnated entities. Their ego may choose to go along a certain path of experience that is not shared by the higher self. As the free will of the ego is respected by the soul, the entity may proceed with the realization of his intentions for some time. In this case he will eventually experience one failure after another, one disaster after another, until he starts to contemplate as to why he has no success in creating the destiny he desires.

The entity will eventually begin to scrutinize his beliefs and emotions that have urged him to choose this particular path of experience and he may find out that they are not as honorable and spiritually elevated, as they initially seemed to be. He will them begin to question his motives and will substitute them with more loving and compassionate thoughts and feelings. By doing so throughout his life and during numerous incarnations, the entity reaches the ultimate point of 3d-existence, where he acts most of the time from the position of unconditional love, compassion, and maximal understanding, which is the position of the soul.

When this point is reached, the soul may decide that she has learned all the lessons of incarnation and separation, she intended to experience. The soul will no longer need her external reference point of observation – the ego. It will be put aside forever, and the incarnation cycle of the soul will be terminated. The infinite journey of the soul will continue on a higher dimension on her way back to the Source, but her earthly experiences will remain her treasures forever.

The gradual return of the prodigal son to the Father is accompanied by a series of negative experiences summarized as karma, whereas, in fact, these are experiences of the conditions of destructive interference that help the entity to evolve to a responsible creator. The best way for an incarnated entity to learn this, is to experience personally the consequences of his creativity. Human destiny has no other purpose, but to give the entity amidst his total amnesia vital clues that he is “a spark of God.”

Anything that human entities experience on earth is part of their conscious choice of Creation at a higher level. The Powers That Be are thus not evil aliens that have invaded earth at some point in time to oppress and annihilate humanity. They have already been part of the game, before some souls from the 5^th dimension decided to incarnate on earth and have this particular experience with these 4d-creatures. The eschatological purpose of these souls was to find out, what they did not like – ultimately, the consequences and manifestations of total separation as mirrored by the behavior of the Unholy Six, to which they have subjected themselves on this planet in a conscious and deliberate manner.

Their hallucinatory enslavement will end at the very moment, at which they decide to end up this game of illusion and renounce enslavement. They do not need to fight the dark ones and their human proxies in order to liberate themselves. This is the lesson that the Egyptian people are now learning. This will be the lesson that the American nation will have to learn this year as part of the overall liberation and enlightenment of mankind.

Let us not forget that the USA is still the citadel of the dark forces, from where they have effectively enslaved humanity for the last 60-70 years after the Second World War. The other citadel of evil, the Soviet Union, has already crumbled and is now fully under the auspices of the Forces of Light, as any discerning observer can easily find out by analyzing the current political events and the tone of the mass media in these two countries.

Human entities are powerful creators. As soon as they make a conscious decision to return to the Source as responsible creators, it will be so. The greatest surprise, any human being will experience after Ascension in the 5^th dimension, will be to find out that he is one of infinite other responsible creators, and that there is nothing else in All-That-Is but Creation. Back to ContentsBack to The Orion ZoneBack to The Global Banking System     25. The Orion Monetary System in the Historical Perspective

The collapse of the financial system and the current World Order, which did not evolve to the extent to become the New World Order as envisaged by the dark forces for the End Times, is an act of pure creation:The creation of destruction, which Goethe’s Mephistopheles praises in “Faust”.The crash has been prepared for many years by creating various local conditions of destructive interference on numerous levels of financial transactions. The overall condition of destructive interference is the gargantuan inflation of the total amount of money in circulation, which reached a ratio of 100 to 1 at the end of 1999 with respect to the real material production as measured in GDP. This ratio was more than doubled in the last decade with the help of numerous virtual derivatives and other “financial weapons of mass destruction” that were invented by the American banksters with an unparalleled criminal creativity.

The chief mechanisms of fraudulent money creation are well known to the specialists and a growing number of awakening people and can only be summarized at this place.
*
Before the gold standard was abolished by Nixon in 1971, the main mechanism of money creation was the real inflation of retail prices. The gold standard was abolished as a result of the speculations of the dark forces, in particular of the Rockefeller faction, which wanted to gain domination over their initial creators, the Rothschild faction.

They started to buy in the 60s all the available gold at the then fixed price of 35$ per ounce. After that they deposited the gold they had bought in various banks and received from them new loans at the same amount. By using this fraudulent practice, which later became famous as “fractional banking”, they acquired most of the gold at zero price.

The era of fiat currencies, of paper money, could now commence and allowed for even greater fraud. The world inflation began to accelerate exponentially, as money was no longer linked to real value. However, this time the inflation did not affect the retail prices that much, as it was the case before 1971 and until the late 70s due to the inertia of the economic system, but was manifested in the first place as an inflation of corporative prices. The huge increase of all equity indices in the following years was a clear indicator of this trend. The price of gold jumped significantly during this period to reach a peak of more than 1500 $ per ounce at the End Times.

After gold was eliminated as means of exchange, the banksters were very quick to introduce the insidious “fractional banking” which helped them to buy out gold. In Europe, this practice is known as “giro money creation”. As long as the gold standard existed, the banks were obliged to keep the same amount of gold in reserve as the money supply in circulation, because every individual person had the right to buy gold at the fixed price of 35 $ per ounce at any bank.

With the abolishment of the gold standard this obligation was eliminated overnight. From now on the banks decided without any discussion with the governments to introduce the fractional banking, which is a key aspect of the treacherous Orion Monetary system. Although finance is the blood system of any economy, the politicians did not intervene and sanctioned this fraud, because most of them were, and still are, pawns of the dark forces.

This subordination of the political elite to the financial one is a key element of the planned New World Order by the dark forces and can be seen as an invariant pattern in all faked Western democracies. They are faked because elections in these countries have always been manipulated by the financial Elite behind the curtain and the results are most of the time predetermined, as it was the case with all elected presidents of the USA after the Second World War.

Fractional banking works as a miraculous device that creates money out of thin air. When a private investor deposits, say, 1000 $ in a bank, the bank borrows 90% of this sum to other banks and debtors and keeps only 10% of the private loan as a reserve. This was the initial ratio of fractional banking when this Ponzi scheme was first introduced by the American banksters after the gold standard was abolished.

The official rectification of this insidious practice was that the overall money supply and the rate of circulation will grow to such an extent that it will no longer be necessary to have reserves at the ratio of 1:1, as it was the case during the time when the gold standard was valid. The money acceleration – the rate of transaction (circulation) of the total amount of money from one entity to another – was estimated to be in order of 6 to 8 times per year. Hence, the banksters decided to keep no more than 10% of the deposited money by private investors as reserve money. They applied this rule also to all kinds of transactions between banks.

The introduction of fractional banking allowed the banks to create money out of thin air in the order of 10 to 12 times. This can be easily calculated by the so called “multiplier of fractional banking”. It is a numerical quotient, just as all relationships are according to the Theory of the Universal Law. Out of the 1000 $ deposited by a private client, the bank created now 10 0000 – 12 0000 $, which it could lend to other private persons or institutions. The actual multiplier of fractional banking in the USA was estimated in the early 80s to be in the order of 12. In this case, the banks were actually holding only 8% of their assets as reserves in their depots.
*
As already said, the fraudulent practice of fractional banking is a central piece of the Orion monetary system that has led to the current world inflation. The Powers That Be know that money is a substitute for energy, and energy can be multiplied under limited conditions, before the conditions of destructive interference come into power and all excess energy, respectively, excess money is destroyed. Within All-That-Is energy cannot be created or destroyed according to the law of conservation of energy. But it can be multiplied (inflated) under limited local conditions, until the law of destruction comes into play.

Money inflation is physically achieved by expanding the space-dimension at the expense of the time/frequency dimension, as this is assessed in the theory of relativity. According to the Universal Law E = E_Af, energy is proportional to time f, E ~ f and reciprocal to space E ~ 1/s, as f ~ 1/s. When we set space equivalent to the amount of money in circulation as measured by the surface, 2d-space, of the printed paper money, we acquire a very precise measure of money inflation. In this case, money is a mirror-image of energy = space-time that expresses all the properties of the primary term in a perfect way.

This insight was possible only after the author discovered the Universal Law and applied it to finance. However, this knowledge has always been known to the Powers That Be, who have manipulated their Orion monetary system at their discretion as to enslave humanity.

Space-inflation of printed money is thus equivalent to money inflation. At the same time it is a dilution of energy, according to the Universal Law as shown above: E = 1/space. For a short period of time, this property of space-time as manifested by money cannot be perceived by human beings because of their limited perception and the lack of knowledge of the Nature of Energy = Space-Time, which is a leitmotif of this essay. They believe that money still has the same power, even when faked inflation statistics (see below) are taken into consideration.

However, there comes a point in time, when the inflation of printed money-surface (2d-space) becomes so huge that the condition of destructive interference comes into play and money inflation explodes virtually in the hands of the consumer. This happened in Germany during the Great Depression when people had to carry a basket full of paper money in order to buy one egg on the market. The American people are bound to make a similar experience this year.

The author merely furnishes the scientific, physical background of money inflation from the point of view of the new theory of the Universal Law, which explains financial matters much more easily than present-day economic theory. The latter has been made deliberately complicated by the Powers That be and their human proxies in the financial sector as to lull humanity and exploit it to the verge of financial and physical enslavement.

In an ideal, stable economy, the amount of money in circulation should not exceed the amount of industrial production and social services as measured by GDP. This follows from the law of conservation of energy. In reality, the amount of money in circulation worldwide was at the end of 1999 one hundred times greater than the industrial production as measured in the official statistics of GDP for the world economy. This phenomenon is defined by the author as world inflation.

Under the gold standard the inflation was primarily an inflation of retail prices and salaries, and was accompanied with real industrial growth, as this is currently the case in China. After the abolishment of the gold standard, world inflation accelerated dramatically, but it no longer was an inflation of retail prices. This gargantuan inflation was now created through debt or precisely out of thin air and lost its correlation with the actual material production, upon which any society depends in order to survive and prosper.

After the gold standard was abolished, the tertiary sector of the economy of the western industrialized countries grew steadily from modest 15% -20% before 1970 to 75% by the end of the second millennium, The biggest part of the current tertiary sector is, however, the bank sector, which is nothing else but the optical façade of the world money inflation.

In order to hide this fact, all national statistical offices on inflation in the Western world were instructed to only calculate the inflation of retail prices and even further limit themselves to the so called “core price inflation”, which excludes all commodities and services that are still subjected to huge inflation rates due to growing, wild speculations.

What mankind has experienced in the last three decades is an unprecedented decoupling of the actual commodity values from their prices. The prices for commodities became an object of unlimited, greedy speculations, which were totally decoupled from real demand and supply. The steady growth of all commodities indices and house prices before the subprime mortgage crisis is a typical manifestation of this decoupling of prices from material values.
*
The buy-out of physical gold by the American banksters and the introduction of fractional banking were so successful that they decided to immediately implement it on a larger international scale. They applied this fraudulent practice in the following years to various other areas of finance with a growing amount of money in circulation and a greater sophistication in hiding their true intentions. The financial products differed optically from each other, but the criminal intent and fraudulent pattern remained invariant.

The western population, and later on, that of the whole world was completely dumped down by these practices, which nobody could really discern and expose as criminal and deleterious to the people. This situation changed dramatically after the crash in 2008 when a new, clearer perception of these criminal practices of the banks began slowly to emerge among some farsighted journalists and financial experts.

The author remembers however the time before the current crisis, when he was a lonely voice of critical discernment in a desert of blind economic experts – be they Nobel Prize winners or paid journalists in the numerous financial channels, such as CNBC and Bloomberg that sprouted like mushrooms after rain as a medial cover-up of the worldwide financial fraud.

After the gold standard was abolished, the American banksters and some of their European allies went to the oil rich Arab countries and made a deal with the sheiks. They offered them to unleash an oil crisis, so that the oil price per barrel would skyrocket. The sheiks gave their consent, as any greedy person would do so in a similar situation. At that time OPEC did not exist. The oil shock came promptly in 1972 and was repeated in 1975.

All crises, humanity has experienced so far, are arranged by the dark forces; they are not random events as the mass media, which also belong to the dark forces, claim. The current economic order of humanity is structured in such a way by the Orion Empire that the controllers of earth can easily unleash a global crisis, each time they consider it opportune to oppress humanity.

The major economic sectors, such as fraudulent inflationary finance, centralized, oligopolistic energy supply, ineffective motors of combustion used as vehicles and power engines, backward agriculture that is currently dominated by a handful of monopolistic corporations, producing genetic manipulated seeds and other bio-chemical fertilizers, and food suppliers are some of the tools, which the dark ones and their human minions employ to trigger a planned crisis and to offset the prosperity of mankind.

In addition, they manipulate the elected governments to employ destructive economic policies, as we shall show below, or to instigate perennial wars around the globe that hinder true economic growth on this planet. The whole pattern of modern industrialization of mankind is dominated by deliberate deficiencies inserted in the system by the clandestine Orion Controllers. They create the condition of destructive interference on numerous levels of current capitalist economy that is inherently susceptible to systemic crises and collapses.

After the oil crises in 1972 and 1975, the sheiks became multi-billionaires over night at the expense of the world population which had to pay for the higher gasoline prices at the tank stations. This was the first huge wave of global impoverishment triggered by the dark ones after the Second World War in their heinous effort to establish the New World Order.

After this insidious act, the American banksters convinced the sheiks to invest their riches from the oil production in American banks by offering interest rates from 5 to 8%. At that time the practice of demanding or accepting interest rates was considered usury in the Arab world and was practically forbidden. The sheiks were very happy to give their money to the American banksters, who promised them to multiply it within a short period of time.

Being naïve nomads a generation ago, they did not perceive that they have been chosen to become victims of a huge Ponzi scheme, just as the investors of Bernie Medoff did not suspect anything for many years, until he suddenly went bankrupt two years ago and the scam was exposed. Some of the brightest American brains happened to be his victims. The scheme which the American financial Elite employed to expropriate the Arab sheiks was, however, much more brutal than that of Bernie Madoff, because they knew that they will never go to prison. They did it the following way.

The oil money of the sheiks was given as loans through the World Bank to Third World countries. However, these loans were now multiplied by fractional banking. If the sheiks invested in total about 500 billion $ between 1972 and 1980 in American banks, the third world countries received loans during this time in the order of 5 000 billions.

It was obvious from the very beginning that these countries could never pay back these huge loans. This was not the intent of the American banksters. The Third World countries were forced instead to mortgage the loans with their natural resources in case of default. In this way, the insidious dark ones gained physical control over the world resources. As a result, the American faction of the Rockefellers became much more powerful than its European counterpart, from which it originally had emerged.

In order not to be able to pay their loans back, the dark forces and their secret services took care that the Third World countries were embroiled in civil and other disastrous wars or were even directly attacked by the USA government, which has always served the interests of these dark ones. When the third world countries began to default one after the other, and it became evident that they cannot pay back their loans, the American banksters went to the sheiks and opened them that they have lost all their investments.

This scenario may sound quite familiar to the reader. It was only two years ago, when the Wall Street banks went bust. Immediately after that they blackmailed the American government to bail them out or else they will ruin the economy. As any true mafia boss, they always use the same argument:”Either you do what I tell you, or else…”Washington has voted since then two huge bailouts, plus two additional bailouts by the Fed, titled in euphemistic financial slang as “Quantitative Easing“, such as QE1, QE2… QE3. Of course all these measures were done at the expense of the tax payers.

The state budget deficit of the USA skyrocketed since then. The financial crisis impoverished the middle class of America and virtually ruined the already poor people that comprise one third of the American population. Only the few rich became richer. This is the current disastrous situation in this country. Now back to our sheiks.

When the sheiks got it that they were ruined somewhere in the 80s, they were scared to death and were ready to do anything, the American banksters would suggest them to recuperate their riches. It was not that the sheiks put the blame on their bankers, as these dark ones had water-proved alibi:”We cannot do anything for your losses. It is the world order to be blamed for. We have no influence on politics of Third World countries. This is up to the big powers. We are not politicians, we are simple bankers.”They then suggested that the situation could be rectified, if the sheiks would continue investing in American banks and in the industry. In return they would receive modern weapons to protect themselves from rogue states that menace the precarious balance of their puppet regimes. The American dark ones pointed at Iran, who had recently ousted the Shah and had become extremely hostile to the USA and the neighboring Arab states. The sheiks had no other option, but to follow the advice of their robbers and to give them once again their money as to save their lifestyle of leisure.

In the meantime the American banksters decided to invent some new fraudulent practices in order to create new monies after they have wiped out the savings of the sheiks. The era of derivatives and other exotic “financial weapons of mass destruction” commenced. However, it was not until the late 90s that this insidious financial practice could really explode.

In the meantime the dark ones in the USA developed a second scenario in order to keep the sheiks hostages to their atrocious plans, as the latter began to feel tangibly uncomfortable with the machinations of their rogue bankers, which they now began slowly to discern.

Bush senior, the chief representative of the American dark ones, decided to instigate the first Iraq war. For this purpose, the Americans suggested to their proxy and CIA-agent Saddam Hussein to attack Kuwait, only to beat him afterwards in a spectacular manner in a phony war that was officially designed in the mass media as a just cause to save the helpless sheiks. Some of the alleged atrocities of the Iraqi soldiers in Kuwait were filmed in Hollywood as it was revealed sometimes later by investigative journalists.

In this way, the dark ones in stripes and stars showed the sheiks in an unmistakable manner how precarious their situation was and needed few arguments to convince them that they can only survive under the military umbrella of the USA. After the first Iraq war in 1991, the sheiks gave up their sovereign rights willy-nilly to the new world power that has emerged after the end of the Cold War. It is important to observe that this criminal war was only possible, because the Soviet Union had already collapsed and did not pose any nuclear threat to the USA at that time.

After the dark American ones practically swallowed the oil rich Arab countries of the sheiks, they became even more avaricious. The second Iraq war and the Afghanistan war should be interpreted in the light of these facts. Afghanistan was of strategic importance because a pipeline was built there by American firms to transport oil from the former Soviet republics in Central Asia. Iraq was known to have huge oil reserves, and his dictator was a CIA agent who could be easily manipulated.

What the arrogant American dark ones did not properly calculated, was the severe opposition of the Iraqi and Afghan people against their invasion. This is paradigmatic for the tactic of all dark ones. They have been accustomed for so long time to control this planet and mankind in an unrestricted manner, that they cannot imagine a situation where the balance of power can be reversed.

The current revolutions in the Arab World are the logical consequence of this nefarious economic scam of the American banksters that was further aggravated by the criminal policies of the installed puppet regimes in the Middle East at the expense of the oppressed and impoverished Arab people.

Entities that live in total separation from the Source are not used to cope with a completely new situation, for instance, in one where the Powers of Light have the sway. They have been used to live in darkness for eons of time and to put the shackles on humanity in a clandestine manner without encountering any fierce opposition whatsoever.

While all their odious plans have crumbled in the last several years, the dark ones are now becoming increasingly helpless. Since the beginning of this year they have virtually lost all their power to effectively manipulate mankind. After their total surrender, most probably around spring equinox of 2011, the events leading to Ascension will accelerate in a dramatic manner in the course of this year.

This quick excursion in the recent economic past of mankind had the purpose to refresh the historical memory of the reader and to serve him as a roadmap to navigate through all human crimes and atrocities that have been committed by the dark forces in the last several decades prior to Ascension, as many of these facts will be revealed in the course of this year. The truth about mankind and its controllers will enable the people to make a clear choice – either to go to heaven or have more of the same hell on planet B that will remain under the total control of the current Powers That Be.
*
The broad introduction of numerous derivatives and other virtual financial products in the 90s opened the door for unlimited fraud on a worldwide scale. This practice was facilitated by the emerging globalization of the world economy after the collapse of the Communist system in 1990 -1992. As a consequence, the world inflation began to grow exponentially. This could be observed in the unprecedented surge of all equity markets during the last decade of the second millennium. Dow Jones Index rose for instance from about 2,500 points in 1990 to almost 11,000 points by the end of the second millennium.

But the new level of global financial fraud tilted the world economy towards a greater imbalance between world inflation and material production. The conditions of destructive interference on all levels of economic transactions became more pronounced each year, as this could be measured by the growing exorbitance of banksters’ bonuses.

The frequency of financial crises that swept the global economy exceeded any previous experience so far. Between 1997 and 2007 the world economy suffered two major recessions, the Asian crisis of 1997-1998, including the hedge funds crisis, and the crisis of 2001-2003 that were followed by the greatest depression since the Great Depression, which began in 2007 and is still going on. In the short periods of treacherous recovery between the crises, the foundations for the next crisis were laid with an exponentially growing criminal energy, as it was the case between 2004 and 2006 when the subprime mortgage crisis was deliberately instigated.

This last crisis will end up with a total crash this year that will eliminate all financial structures of the Orion monetary system and will lead to a collapse of the capitalist economic order as it has been known for the last 200 years.
*
The amount of virtual derivatives exceeds currently many times the actual value of industrial production worldwide. These derivatives are fraudulent methods of creating monies out of debt or thin air. They have forged the world inflation to an even greater extent than the fractional banking. The latter was renamed at the same time in financial slang to “excessive leverage” of debt and toxic loans in the order of 30-40 times, as officially announced at the begin of the current depression. This means that the banks have practically no reserves at present to cover their losses.

In addition to the veritable explosion of virtual derivatives without any real value, the excessive leverage of the banks contributed decisively to their actual insolvency since October 2008. The total amount of toxic loans of the biggest American banks is estimated to be between 2.5 and 5 trillion $. This sum is, however, peanuts in comparison to the amount of virtual collateral default obligations (CDO) that these banks created in a criminal fervor during the last decade.

At the height of the current depression, the amount of CDO was estimated to be in the order of 600 – 650 trillion $, which is 40 times greater than the actual industrial production of the world economy measured as a fraction of GDP (one third of world GDP of about 45 trillion $). These virtual securitization products were mainly created by American banks. The ten biggest American banks have issued and possess about 90% of all derivatives worldwide. JP Morgan alone has CDO of 95 trillion $ in total. This sum is one thousand times bigger than the capitalization of this bank on the New Yorker stock exchange.

At the same time this bank holds the majority of all shorts in the silver market. The current campaign “Crash JP Morgan, buy silver”, initiated by the critical journalist on financial affairs Max Keiser (Russian Television), may eventually lead to the bankruptcy of this financial citadel of the American dark ones. This event will undoubtedly unleash the crash of the worldwide financial system.

This is one possible scenario, how the financial collapse may start this year. But there are many other probabilities that will soon superimpose to create the ideal condition of destructive interference in the banking sector and will trigger this event. Here we have the same situation as in the famous saying that “all roads lead to Rome”, especially at the time of its decay.

All CDO, silver, and other shorts, and all outstanding assets and loans that the big banks harbor as “toxic loans” have been taken out of their official balance sheets since 2008 with the explicit permission of the US- and other western governments. Otherwise they should have declared bankruptcy three years ago. After the American and international banksters discovered the advantages of creating virtual financial products out of thin air, they have now invented the “creative accounting”, which is yet another euphemism for impertinent fraud.

In their overt criminal activities they are actively supported by the central bank Fed, which is in the private hands of these banks. The Fed has fictively bought many toxic debts from these banks since 2008, but has kept their volume secret to the public. Trustworthy financial experts are convinced that the Fed is already insolvent, notwithstanding the fact that it can create billions of dollars with a click on the computer, as its chairman, the famous “helicopter-Ben”, proudly announced in front of the US-senate.

This financial situation is further aggravated by the fact that all major buyers of US-debt, such as China, Japan, Russia, and other countries have stopped buying US-treasures and have decided to substitute the dollar as world exchange currency with a basket of their own currencies.

While the financial banking system is de facto insolvent since 2008 and can only exist on life-supporting measures at the expense of the tax payers, the banks have continued with their scam by paying their employees huge bonuses and salaries ($500,000) in average for all Wall Street banksters in 2010), which are ten times bigger than the average salaries of qualified engineers in the American industry.

At the same time, the debt of the American nation has skyrocketed. When all outstanding debt positions of the federal government, the local governments, the health care system, the rental system, the private debt of the citizens etc. are considered, the total debt, as calculated by the experts, has reached the scary amount of 200 trillion, which is 13 times bigger than the GDP of this financially ruined country.

This sum is still only one third of the total amount of virtual derivatives, which the American banks possess or have put in circulation around the globe. A large portion of it is owned by foreign countries and investors. After the USA has crashed this year, they will have to write down their US-investments and will also declare bankruptcy.

This mixture of negative trends will create a perfect storm in the financial system this year. All parameters point to the bottom – the bottom being the total destruction of the Orion monetary system worldwide. This will be the most creative and liberating act in the history of humanity.
*
From this succinct economic overview one can easily conclude that the conditions of destructive interference in the financial sector have long reached the tipping point, where a deadly tsunami can be unleashed any time soon to wipe out all the assets of the banks and other corporations, including the savings of the people.

The intent of the dark forces was to trigger this event at their discretion in order to impoverish the world population with a single stroke and thus introduce the New World Order. This was counterfeited by the Forces of Light on numerous occasions. They deliberately postponed the worldwide financial crash for this year, when the dark forces will be fully handicapped by the new high frequency energies on earth and will have no longer the power to promote their insidious plans. The Antichrist, the Beast, must finally surrender.

The advantage of postponing the financial crash for this year has several tactical and strategic advantages from the vantage point of view of awakening mankind and the Forces of Light, which are the true keepers of the legitimate aspirations of all human incarnated entities:The crash will take place within a very short period of time and will wipe out the power of the dark forces in the financial sector, which has always been their stronghold. This event will be so sweeping that the expropriated financial Elite will not be able to exert any opposition or to undermine the subsequent reforms, as they have always done in the past.
The postponing of the crash at a later date will shorten the period of tribulations during the End Times. The hardship of humanity will be thus shortened in the time dimension. The lack of any opposition on the part of the dark forces will allow for the immediate implementation of simple, just systems of food and commodities exchange as to meet the needs of the population after the crash. In many places simple barter systems will be implemented that will be directly controlled by the people. No misuse or corruption by some greedy entities will be allowed during the End Times.
The time point of the financial crash will coincide with the time of revelations, when all criminal acts of the dark ones will be exposed in the mass media.This strategy has, however, some disadvantages. The time of revelations and spiritual evolution is much shorter than previously envisaged by the Forces of Light. The dramatics and the intensity of the upcoming events will, on the other hand, create a favorable situation, where the rug will be very effectively pulled away from under the feet of the political, financial, and economic Elite, so that they will no longer have the possibility to meddle in the shaping of the new destiny of mankind.

The full power will be given to the people. They will be guided by some ascended masters and enlightened light workers, who will work in close cooperation with the Forces of Light. The latter will show themselves this year, after they have postponed their “first contact” with humanity for the last three years. The reason for this delay was that the dark forces were deeply entrenched in human society and had no intent to give up their power without creating mayhem on earth and eradicating many human beings.

This danger has now been effectively averted and the probability of first contact has become a certainty. The build-up of favorable energies of Christ consciousness has exponentially grown since the opening of the stargate on 10.10.10 and will most probably erupt around Equinox this year, when the last wave of Christ consciousness will be released. Parallel to this phenomenon, there are myriads of other energetic events and processes that build the conditions of constructive interference for earth and humanity to merge with the high frequency energies of the 5^th dimension in preparation for the final Ascension.
*
The total financial crash of the Orion monetary system and the collapse of the current capitalist order will inevitably undermine the foundations of the western type of national state, which is based on three pillars:the fiscal system, the rental system, and the health care system.The fiscal system, with all its ramifications, comprises about 45-55% of the national GDP of the western, industrialized countries. The health care system makes for 16-19% of the GDP of each country and the rental system is in the same order as the health care system. All three systems will go bust immediately after the financial crash. This will lead to the abolishment of the national state in its current pecuniary form.

The national state has been the chief cause of separation of incarnated human entities on earth. It has been the primary reason for all wars that have chronically devastated humanity and have hampered its progress. Just as the Orion monetary system, the national state was deliberately introduced by the Powers That Be/the Anunnaki to keep the incarnated entities in total subordination and in a state of permanent calamities.

For this reason they, the Anunnaki (the Orion Reptilians), introduced long time ago many different languages and created deliberately the famous “Babylonian confusion of languages” (in German “Babylonische Sprachverwirrung”) among human beings.

The current national states have historically evolved around such language populations, which were, by and large, divided by linguistic barriers from their neighbors. Where national states included minorities based on different languages, this linguistic division has always led to perennial wars and national catastrophes. The history of the Balkan states is paradigmatic for this trend. These nationalistic frictions were shamelessly exploited by the big powers to promote their egoistic imperial goals throughout the globe. This was the actual fall from grace of humanity for many thousand years. The End Times will finally terminate this vicious circle of incessant wars and destructions.

This is part of the overall divine plan for Ascension of mankind in the End Times. As the current civilization is a product of all wrong human ideas of separation from All-That-Is, all its structures are also highly unstable and must be abolished during the End Times. This destruction will be accomplished in the course of this year. The next year will be fully dedicated to the preparation of mankind for Ascension and will represent an anti-climax to the destructive events that will take place this year.

There is virtually not a single social structure in current society that is not biased by the wrong idea of separation. Such systems will no longer exist in the 5^th dimension after Ascension. Therefore, they must be eliminated in the course of this year, so that the people can begin to adopt themselves to the new conditions, which they will experience after Ascension. The lesser the distractions from the outer world are, the higher the level of introspection and spiritual evolution of the incarnated entities.

Human beings will never be able to discern all the pitfalls and fallacies of the Orion monetary system that forges their basic survival fears, unless they become free of it in their daily activities and begin to live in a state of true spiritual abundance. True abundance is always spiritual. All-That-Is is Spirit – it is “Weltgeist” (Plotinus), and not the Zeitgeist of Mammon.

The financial crash will most probably take place after spring equinox and will dominate the world events during the whole summer. The world financial order will be wrapped up around 11.11.11 (November 11, 2011) when the last but one stargate will be opened. This date will herald the final stage of preparation for Ascension. There is very little time left. As time/frequency ‘f’ will accelerate exponentially in the coming months, its reciprocal value – conventional time ‘t’ – will be significantly shortened, so that the future events, we are talking about, will seem to occur in a highly accelerated modus. Back to ContentsBack to The Orion ZoneBack to The Global Banking System
    26. The Theory of Macroeconomics Promotes the Orion Monetary System

It is not the objective of the author to present an academic discussion on the macro- and micro-economic factors that will trigger the upcoming financial collapse. This effort has been accomplished many years ago, when he integrated the major economic teachings of modern times, such as Keynes theory on anti-cyclic fiscal regulation and monetarism (initially Austrian school of economics), on the basis of the new theory of the Universal Law in a simple axiomatic, straight forward manner that can also be understood by non-specialists. A summary of his lectures can be found in Internet in German language.

In this discussion he will furnish the proof that all economic theories that have been elaborated in the last 150-200 years, since modern capitalism has begun, have led to the development of world inflation, which undermines the stability of any sound economic activity and promotes the idea of the Powers That Be to establish the New World Order.

Both theories were created in the two countries, from where the major factions of the dark forces on earth operate – the Rothschilds in the UK and the Rockefellers in the USA. They are, however, proxies, human slaves of the Powers That Be, of the Unholy Six from the Orion Empire. Throughout history, these families, which mainly constitute of reptilian shapeshifters, have amassed huge powers that they have misused on virtually every occasion. The history of their crimes should be the topic of many books and revelations.

At this place, it is important to observe that they have been the promoters of the two basic macro-theories that dominate current economics and political decisions – the theory of Keynes of anti-cyclic intervention of national governments during recession and the theory of monetarism of Milton Freedman and the Chicago school that promotes the idea of an independent central bank which should exclusively regulate the economy with the help of variable interest rates. The political version of monetarism is also known as neo-liberalism.
*
After the negative experience during the Great Depression, when the banks restricted their lending activities and aggravated the crisis by creating “tight money”, Keynes suggested that the government should take the lead in economic crises, which are regularly occurring in a capitalist type of economy. He suggested that in times of recession it is appropriate for the national government to make debts and increase money supply as to stimulate industrial production and consumption. When the economy begins to grow, the state will pay back its debt with the higher revenues which it will collect during the years of growth. This is the core of Keynes’ anti-cyclic approach of navigating the national economy through fiscal stimuli along the bumpy capitalist road of bubbles and busts, of booms, dooms and glooms.

This advice was however carried out much further than Keynes’ recommendation. The Keynes theory was misused by all western governments, who created new fiscal debt also in periods of economic growth. The current catastrophic fiscal situation in the UK and the USA is the result of this unrestricted and uncritical implementation of Keynes antic-cyclic theory of governmental intervention during recession also in times of economic prosperity.

This theory was very popular in the post-war time and was excessively applied by all western governments. As a result of this uncritical implementation the inflation rates in the 60s and 70s were double-digit in most industrialized countries.

The difficulties of the governments to contain inflation triggered the counter-movement of monetarism, which was a continuation of the main ideas of Austrian school of economics as further propagated by London School of Economics, which is totally under the hidden influence of the Rothschild family. The American branch of this economic teaching was the Chicago school of monetarism which was sponsored by the Rockefeller faction. It is not a coincidence that the current President comes from this city. Their chief argument was that the state and the government should not intervene in the regulation of the national economy by creating fiscal debt, but should leave it to the regulatory powers of free capitalism. The era of neo-liberalism was born.

For this purpose the monetarists suggested that an independent central bank should acquire the exclusive right to adjust money supply in times of recession and growth by using variable interest rates. In this way the central bank will be able to create “cheap” or “tight money” and thus regulate money supply.

In a recession, the central bank would lower interest rates and cheap money would be created. Cheap money would increase money supply, as companies would be inclined to borrow more money for investments, and this would stimulate the economy. In times of growth, the interest rates of the central bank would be raised. Tight money would automatically restrict money supply and the economic growth would not lead to inflation and financial bubbles due to overheating the economy. This was precisely what happened when Keynes’ anti-cyclic fiscal intervention was implemented by the governments in times of economic growth.

Both theories were originally designed to promote the hidden agenda of the dark forces and were thus intended to achieve the opposite effect, of what they theoretically preached. The academic make-up of these theories has practically lulled all prominent economists up to the present day with respect to their true function.

The Theory of Keynes was a blank check for the western governments to create new fiscal debt at the expense of tax payers and thus impoverish them. The taxes reached in the 60s and 70s fifty and more per cent of the income of the working population in the western countries, whereas the corporations were exempted from most taxes.

The Orion monetary system is in the first place an economic system of big corporations, which are ruled through hierarchic structure and can be easily controlled by the Powers That Be from the top. For instance, they can substitute any CEO or manager with a docile clone created through genetic engineering or through a shape-shifter of the Reptilian-type, who will promote their hidden agenda from the top without any checks and balances.

Although the governments are constituted by elected representatives, they in reality also carry out the hidden agenda of the dark ones, however, to a lesser extent. The percentage of clones among politicians is somewhat lower than that of CEO, because politicians operate in the limelight of mass media and such substitutions through clones may not always fulfill the requirements of a proper camouflage that cannot be discerned by the masses.

It is, nonetheless, important to reiterate that the true governments of all western democracies are the hidden governments of the dark ones, such as the Trilateral Commission and the Council of Foreign Affairs in the USA, or the Bilderbergers in Europe, who pull the strings behind the scene and not the officially elected ones. They are the ones who make the final decisions with respect to fiscal or any other national policy.

The financial and social policy of the current puppet of a black president in the White House (observe the symbolism of “Black and White” for the current duality of human experience) is paradigmatic for the kind of hidden political agenda that only serves the interests of the financial Elite, where most of the dark ones are to be found:A Dark president for the Dark Ones – what an irony!”‘Yes, we can’ deceive you anytime!” was their last arrogant cry and a deliberate slap in the face of the ignorant American electorate.

This explains why the theory of Keynes was used as alibi by the hidden governments to indebt all national states even at a time of growth and to transfer this debt onto the tax payers, either through voting higher taxes or austerity programs. In this manner the people could easily be impoverished in a clandestine manner by putting the blame onto the ruling parties, which of course could be substituted in the next elections. With the help of this political charade, the hidden governments prepared the people of the western nations for their role as future slaves of the New World Order.

To achieve this goal, they made them first fiscal slaves of the national state. In a second step, the dark ones intended to eliminate the national states by triggering a worldwide financial and economic collapse which would lead to a default of the western states. This goal was almost achieved in 2008, but it was then mitigated by the hidden intervention of the Forces of Light.

To this end the dark ones employed the theory of monetarism in a second step to cover up their true intentions. This theory rendered the central banks an unlimited financial and political power that is not sanctioned by any independent authority such as the legislative. The gate for all kinds of fraudulent practices at the highest international level was widely opened.

Off-shores companies were founded en masse that operated outside any national laws, where all the monies of the people could be illegally transferred.

Political efforts, being made to control money flaws, were condemned as obstructions to free capitalist economy by the Powers That Be and their minions in the media and had no chance to become national laws. Three years after the crash in 2008 and numerous international meetings of G8 and G20, accompanied by loud announcements to finally control the worldwide money speculations of the financial dark ones, nothing has been practically done to stop their global fraud.

Basel III, the new bank accounting system, was for instance wrapped up and postponed for the time after Ascension. Please observe that all important reforms, which the elected governments announced loudly in the last several years as to cope with the current financial and economic crisis, were scheduled after 2012 in the full knowledge of the upcoming Ascension. Only the stupid public and the journalists are not aware of this “time-dependent” fraud.

The Fed, being the chief instrument of the American financial Elite, committed every possible crime to make its proprietors, the Wall Street banks, richer at the expense of the American people. “Enrichez vous!” was the cry of the dark financial ones during the last two decades that reverberated around the globe.

When the financial collapse came in 2008, the strings of the elected puppet governments in the Western World could no longer be hidden to the public, after they announced one huge bailout after the other on behalf of the big banks – be they American or European banks, even at a time when the default of many national states became an imminent danger. The draconian (please observe the semantic identity of the word “draconian” with the economic policy of the Orion Reptilians from the Draco constellation) austerity programs in England, Greece, Ireland, Spain, Portugal, and many other western countries announced in 2010 will, however, not save them from falling into the abyss of their gargantuan fiscal debt.

But these Draconian (Reptilian) austerity programs have already ignited the revolutionary mood of the stricken people in these countries, who have begun to discern more clearly the clandestine methods of their masters to first impoverish them and then enslave them under the banner of the New World Order. This revolutionary mood will explode this year to a true revolution of the masses.

It has always been the plan of the dark ones to eliminate the national states by defaulting them and delegating their sovereign rights to a new international institution, for instance, to the United Nations that has been planned to execute the power of the New World Order at the beginning. The United Nations have always been firmly in the hands of the dark ones, who control them through their New York banks nearby, whose policy has always been to bribe and corrupt most of the representatives of this international institution.

This scenario has already been tested on a smaller scale in the creation of the European Union. The latter received recently a constitution that was bargained by its bribed politicians behind closed doors and has not been approved by the electorate in a free vote. This constitution and the executive EU-institutions that are appointed by the hidden governments of these countries have already water-downed many sovereign rights of the people of the EU-nations, who are not even aware of their losses of basic rights. The New World Order was supposed to come in a similar way, like a “thief in the night” and catch the masses by surprise.

In this context, it is important to observe that the creation of EU was part of the Rothschild plan to establish the New World Order and was promoted by the Bilderberger group, which was hastily summoned after the Second World War. This clandestine organization has its hands in virtually all important political decisions in Western Europe and in many other places around the world. All heads of important European states need the initial confirmation of the Bilderberger group, before they can be nominated for elections.
*
This information was given to explain how the western governments were used by the dark forces to forge the financial collapse of their countries by implementing Keynes theory of anti-cyclic intervention in an excessive manner. This theory was never intended to establish stable economic growth for the benefit of the masses, as its author might have believed, but to promote the hidden agenda of the Powers That Be. This is the insidious economic policy of the Orion Empire, which it has successfully implemented on many planets in this galaxy in order to subjugate their incarnated populations. These reptilians have huge experience in this.

The application of the theory of monetarism was not less hideous. First and foremost, the Chicago boys, the spiritual fathers of this theory, forgot to tell the public that the central bank, which they wanted to give an unlimited economic power in their theory, was not the central bank of the American people, but the private bank Fed, which is possessed by the banks of the dark ones on Wall Street.

Equally important was the fact that the hidden governments and the financial Elite did not intend to use the variable interest rates of the central bank to promote true economic growth, but to solidify the position of the financial sector in the overall economy by creating monopolistic international bank corporations. Ultimately, this led to the precarious situation of “too big to fail”, with which the dark ones blackmailed the elected governments of the western countries. This Damocles sward is still hanging over the heads of the elected governments and will definitely fall this year to unleash the final crash of the Orion monetary system.

In order to strengthen the position of the financial Elite, Greenspan and his successor Bernanke lowered the interest rates for long periods of time in order to create speculative bubbles, from which the banks profited by creating fraudulent financial products and selling them to the rest of the world. Even when the Fed raised interest rates, as it was the case in the early 80s, the banks were the only institutions that profited from these high interest rates, while the population was further impoverished.

Currently the American banks borrow money from the Fed at zero interest rates and buy bonds at 3-4%. The difference is paid by the American people as docile tax payers. This is the greatest scam, any country could possibly create, and it takes place in front of the very eyes of all American citizens, who should have revolted long time ago against this obvious crime.

Therefore, it is not an exaggeration to say that the inventor-nation of all fraudulent financial products of the 20^th century has, at the same time, dumped down its citizens to an even greater extent than the communist dictatorships did with their peoples during the Cold War. The major difference is that the peoples in Eastern Europe never trusted their red dictators, while the majority of the American people still believe that they live in the most democratic and advanced country in the world. Their blindness and sheepishness exceed anything mankind has experienced so far. The American people, the citizens of the new Roman Empire of Modern times, have been degraded to spiritual pariah by their dark ones. What a shame!

It is a leitmotif of this essay that the Powers That Be have falsified any intellectual or social effort of mankind in the past to achieve true progress. The most insidious falsifications have been made in the realm of theoretical science, as the author has extensively shown in this discussion. This is particularly true for the theory of economics, which is much broadly represented at universities and high schools than all natural sciences put together.

Let us not forget that millions of young people attend universities and high schools and indebt themselves for their whole life by paying huge fees, only to study faked economic theories, the only purpose of which is to deepen the state of enslavement of mankind. The present-day situation on earth prior to Ascension is, indeed, disgusting, and it is most disgusting in the USA – the citadel of the dark forces on this planet. Therefore, the financial and economic collapse will begin this year in this country and will eliminate it as a world power once and for all.

In the 5^th dimension, there will be no countries and no nations. Humanity will perceive its true nature as a galactic civilization of multidimensional beings. Communication will be through telepathy, and money will only exist in the imagination of some entities, who will still stick to their out-dated pecuniary 3d-beliefs.

These hilarious circumstances should be experienced on earth in advance under the energetic limitations of 3d-reality during the End Times. Therefore, it is not a punishment, but a privilege to be unemployed at this time and to not contribute to the prolongation of the Orion economic system. It is no coincidence that the rate of unemployment has doubled in the Western world during the current depression and will skyrocket this year. This will be in anticipation of the conditions of life in the 5^th dimension, where there will be no necessity to work in order to survive, as all entities are immortal powerful creators of their destiny.

The Orion Empire on the other hand has degraded humanity to working mass force. It is therefore not a privilege to work for the Orion Empire and their human proxies – employment, as it is exerted on earth today, is not a basic human right, but the most insidious form of human enslavement.

Economic education of the ascended population will begin immediately after Ascension in small groups that will be taught by highly evolved entities. One can imagine how some of the current politicians such as Obama will awaken in the 5^th dimension and find themselves to be students in such educational courses. In their confusion they may begin to ask:”Where is America? Where is Europe, and what happened with the White House?”The truth will be that all these political constructions and centers of power will no longer exist in the 5^th dimension. The ascended entities will find themselves under the loving supervision of highly evolved beings such as the author of this essay and will experience for the first time in their life what true abundance free of fear and effort really means. But this is another story. Back to ContentsBack to The Orion ZoneBack to The Global Banking System
    Final Remarks

This essay has been written in hurry between January 15 and February 15, 2011. I had the urgent feeling that I have little time left, and that my individual Ascension is imminent. The intensity and frequency of my body vibrations have exceeded any normal human experience and make my daily life in the density of this toxic planet a real torture. This has nothing to do with nice esoteric palaver but with certain energetic realities, about which most light workers have virtually no idea, as they have not experienced them yet. The messages they channel are also silent on this issue.

This may change for some of them in the coming months when the intensity of the cosmic waves that flood earth will exponentially increase and the Great Cleansing prior to Ascension will commence. It will not be a nice experience for most human entities, as they harbor much negativity from their past and present incarnations that has to be deleted from their energetic fields.

Ascension is the final accord of a long era of darkness on this planet. As there will be no place for any aspect of darkness in the 5^th dimension, these negativities must be eliminated from the energetic fields of all human beings that have made up their mind to ascend in a very short period of time. The intensity of this release of negative emotions and beliefs that have determined life on earth for eons of time from the individual and collective aura of humanity will be unprecedented in the history of this rather toxic planet.
*
Very little of my personal experience with the light body process in its final stage has been revealed in this essay, as it will not be relevant to most people during these End Times. This situation will radically change after Ascension. The incompatibility of my high frequency body fields with the low frequency, high density vibrations of earth and humanity cannot be expressed in words, as language fails as a medium at this high energetic level.

Human language has always been a trap for true transcendence. Therefore, it is not a coincidence that many channels have begun in February to make all light workers aware of their potential ability to communicate through telepathy. This direct means of communication eliminates the shortcomings of human language.

Much will change in the coming months. I must admit that I have some difficulties to envisage how mankind will digest all the revelations it needs to acquire, before it has a clear idea as to how and when modern human beings have been created, why science and religions have totally failed to give true information on this issue, who has ruled on this planet for eons of times, why humans have always been slaves of dark forces, the existence of which they still negate, and why there must be a “separation of the wheat from the chaff” in the Time of Ascension. Without this knowledge there can be no Ascension.
*
When two brothers live together in a family and the one is evil and brutal, and the other one loving and compassionate, this situation may last for some time. The loving brother may succumb to the bad deeds of his evil brother and try to develop an understanding and tolerance for his behavior. However, on the long run the loving brother will lose his spiritual propensity to evolve, because he will be occupied all the time in neutralizing the negative actions of his evil brother.

The only solution in such a situation is to separate the two brothers. The evil one will have to live alone and will be confronted with his personal negativity, which he did not realize as long as he could transfer it to his loving brother, who endured it with patience. During this time he has sincerely believed that this is how the world has always been arranged – of evil doers and sheepish victims and that the evil ones have all the rights to behave according to their heinous nature.

Staying alone with his own evil nature, the bad brother will slowly begin to perceive that in order to avoid the destructive results of his negativity he will have to begin to behave like his brother, whom he will be for the first time dearly missing.

The loving brother will go to a new home, where he will meet other loving brothers and sisters that have also fled from their evil brothers and sisters. They will remember together what it was like to live among such evil entities and will enjoy from the bottom of their hearts the community of other loving entities. They will never look back in anger.

This is precisely what will happen when the two earths will finally split at the end of 2012. The energetic divorce of the two timelines has already begun and will accelerate in the course of this year. After the last, but one, stargate 11.11.11 will be opened in November this year the split of these two future energetic probabilities will become evident to most human entities.

The energetic, emotional, and spiritual implications and consequences of this rapture will be broadly discussed by the world community. Most of the discussion will evolve around the themes outlined in the present essay. Few of these topics are currently elaborated by the light workers’ community. It lacks pronounced intellectual leaders, who could be the pacemakers of their rapid spiritual evolution.

The situation with the rest of humanity is even more disheartening. There is a remarkable defiance among most incarnated human entities on this planet against any novel intellectual challenge that escapes any logical, rational explanation. I have experimented with this human intransigence throughout my lifetime on numerous occasions and under various circumstances. I have modulated the threshold of intellectual stimulation in my interlocutions with the people in an infinite way as to find out the adequate pedagogical approach that opens human mind to new insights without scaring it, and I must admit that I have given up on this issue. The experiment has totally failed. The threshold of fear is very low on this planet.

Although I have dedicated myself to the highest standards of intellectual expression throughout my whole life, I have given up a long time ago on any effort to transfuse this spiritual ideal to other entities. I have restricted my educational and pedagogical activity to being a personal example, by making no visible concessions to the stupidity, ignorance, and intransigence of my social environment, even at the expense of limiting my social contacts and having a life of a hermit.

It is not possible on this planet to be nice to other people, unless you neglect your own legitimate emotional and intellectual aspirations. The current popular concept of “political correctness” that is forged by the dark forces is a very effective method of dumping down all powerful personalities on earth by obliging them to comply with the broad negative aspects of the dominating majority of agnostic young souls, which still serve the goals of the dark ones in a docile manner. On the other hand, one should not awake somebody from his somnambulism, because he may kill him in an act of rage.

Political correctness is the dictatorship of young, spiritually underdeveloped souls over the excellence of old, highly evolved souls. Let us, therefore, wrap up our discussion with one final statement:Every incarnated soul on earth has only one duty – to express her unlimited spiritual potential to the best of her divine powers against all social resistance, prejudices, and suppression that she may encounter throughout her incarnation, but without challenging or limiting the prospects of evolution of other entities even when this evolution may take for a long period of time the road of perdition, leading to a greater separation from All-That-Is, as this will be the case with the incarnated human beings staying on planet B.Every incarnated entity is, first and foremost, the Supreme Creator of his own destiny. This attitude will become prevalent in the coming months when the people will realize that they are unlimited creators of their reality and that no society or plane of existence can limit the scope of their individual spiritual aspirations. Back to Contents

PART I
1. The Creator and his Creation

The three-dimensional reality (3d-reality) on earth that builds the current plane of existence of mankind is a product of the creative imagination of the higher realms of All-That-Is, to which our souls also belong. The cosmic rule of Creation says that first there is an idea, an imagination of what might be, and only then its realization. In the higher realms, there is no time-lag between imagination and creation, as time does not exist as a dimension in these realms. Everything is created in the “Now”. This circumstance is defined in human language as “simultaneity” and “synchronicity”.

However, the sequentially operating human mind is limited by the biological brain and its slow propagation of neuronal signals due to their retardation at the neuronal synapses and cannot truly understand the concept of simultaneity of the higher realms and how they actually operate.

Most human beings believe that matter comes first, and all they can do is to adjust to it by manipulating it in various ways. Current technological society is entirely based on this notion. This is the reversal of the actual creative process of All-That-Is. Present-day empiric science and modern technologies are manifestations of this narrow human concept of Creation. This is the principal cognitive flaw of all humans, most of whom do not bother about transcendental issues, but also of light workers, who, while deeply engaged in expanding the boundaries of their spiritual knowledge, fail to consider the cognitive and epistemological pre-requisitions for any true Creation from a philosophical and Gnostic point of view.

It is, therefore, very important to clearly define this upper limit of cognition of all incarnated human entities in an a priori manner, in order to understand the necessity and inevitability of the upcoming events during this year that will prepare the ground for Ascension of earth and part of mankind at the end of 2012.

The author assumes that the reader is well informed about these events from the many channeled messages in Internet. In particular, the messages of Cosmic Awareness are an excellent introduction into these unique and key events in the history of earth and modern mankind, being the last of many civilizations that have evolved and completed their incarnation cycle on this planet since eons of time.

As already said, the realization of all imagined ideas occurs immediately in the higher frequency realms of existence, also defined as 5^th, 6th, and higher dimensions. This affords a much higher level of responsibility from the Creator – be he an individual or collective entity – as any creation has repercussions on the Creator. If the Creator creates entities that also have the capacity to create, there are theoretically two alternatives how to manage Creation in a responsible manner.

The first one is the original creator gives the created entities the unlimited power to create, because he has created them perfect. This alternative is defined in religion and philosophy as the “free will of man” given to him by God or Nature. However, both religion and philosophy, respectively, science, have so far failed to prove that God and Nature are different entities, while at the same time they vigorously sustain the notion of their separation, which is the only legitimacy for their existence as separate systems of knowledge.

If God and Nature were one and the same, as they actually are, religion must merge with science, and science must become transcendental by eliminating most of its empiric dogmas that narrow its scope of human cognition. However, all religions are so overloaded with wrong spiritual concepts and ideas that they cannot be reformed, but must be replaced and substituted by a new system of transcendental knowledge that also incorporates some of the valid concepts of empiric science. This task has been successfully accomplished by the author in the 90s by developing the new Theory and Gnosis of the Universal Law. This huge theoretical topic has been covered by the author in many books and goes beyond the scope of this essay.

The other alternative is to restrict the creative potential of the created entity to some selected areas of experience. The latter alternative is that which has been actually explored on earth for the last 13 000 years under different sets of circumstances and preconditions. In this respect the free will of the incarnated entity is subjected to the pre-conceived plan of the soul. The latter takes into consideration myriad existential alternatives which the incarnated entity can explore throughout his life.

Therefore, the scope of the free will of the incarnated entity is already pre-determined by the soul prior to incarnation. At the same time, the space of existential alternatives is so vast that it practically can never be explored by the individual. Therefore, the free will of human beings does exist, but only within the pre-established conditions of the soul or the Higher Self, which is at the same time the co-creator of the plane of existence on earth.

Needless to say that most of the incarnated entities do not use this potential of the free will to its full extent to promote their spiritual growth, but instead succumb through the social habit of adaptation to the pre-existing material and other illusions of 3d-life. This is the source of all human malaise on earth. Back to Contents
   2. The Limitations of Human Creation

Human entities are born on earth in a state of more or less total amnesia with respect to their creative potential as cosmic multidimensional beings. This is also known as the “veil of forgetfulness”. The term encompasses the deliberate separation of the incarnated entity from the Source – from the higher pristine realms of existence -for the purpose of having collective experience under extreme limited energetic conditions. It is very important to observe that the creation of such a limitation affords the deliberate application of huge energies that “seal” the corresponding plane of existence from the simultaneity, synchronicity, and co-creation of the higher realms.

This level of maximal separation from the Source is only achieved in the 3d-space-time of the solar universes. Life on earth represents the maximal possible separation from the Source in the whole galaxy. This separation is of course a subjective perception of the incarnated entity, created by his limited senses and narrow daily consciousness. In reality, human beings are, from an energetic point of view, always an integral part of the soul and the higher realms.

The whole metabolism and unconditional, subconscious reflexes, being indispensable for the support of human life, are regulated by higher frequency energies of the soul. In this respect the much discussed chakras are interceptions between the high frequency energies of the soul and the electromagnetic and quantum energies of the biological body.

The energies that accomplish this separation from the Source and create the perceived 3d-space-time must inevitably be of low frequency, as to build a destructive interference with the harmonic higher frequency levels of Creation; the latter are perceived by human beings as “unconditional love”.

Such obstructive energies create the human concept of duality, which is central to all religious and esoteric concepts, which mankind has developed throughout history in its effort to comprehend the Nature of All-That-Is. From the restricted dualistic point of view of human awareness, the low frequency energies of matter and flesh are usually described as “dark forces, Ahriman forces, Luciferian forces, demons, evil aliens” etc. However, these phenomena, though they may be quite real at a given 3d-plane of existence, can only exist within the Oneness of All-That-Is.
*
We introduce the physical term “destructive interference” which should be cogent to all readers with a modest understanding of wave theory from school at this place, as to make aware of the fact that all the so called “dark forces” on earth are created by local destructive interference within the harmony and simultaneity of the Whole and can be automatically eliminated by changing the conditions of destructive interference with those of constructive interference, also known as harmonic convergence in the esoteric literature.

As there will be a lot of talk this year about the dark forces – the Powers That Be – that have controlled earth and humanity for thousands of years, it is very important to stress the core message of this essay, namely, that all evil forces are integral part of All-That-Is. It is from the subjective point of view of the dark forces to consider themselves separated from the Source. Within this subjectivity they create their own experience of separation.

The current process of earth’s Ascension, which has entered its final and most intensive phase in the summer of 1987 (first harmonic convergence), is from an energetic point of view the establishment of the condition of constructive interference – of unconditional love – on earth by eliminating step by step all local destructive interferences that may be experienced as emotional negativities and spiritual blockades. These are the driving emotional and mental forces behind all atrocities, one can currently observe on earth, just as they have always been in the core of the bellicose history of mankind.

As Ascension is the return to Oneness, there is always the possibility for any representative of the dark forces to also return to the Source. It depends only on their free will – on what choice such entities will make in this particular moment, while Ascension is virtually unfolding in front of our very eyes.

This preliminary statement is meant to avoid any confusion from the very beginning, as a substantial part of mankind may choose to go along the path of greater separation from the Source and will decide against Ascension and merging with the Oneness of All-That-Is. This choice should be respected by all those who have decided to ascend with earth in the 5^th dimension.

At this point we must make the reader aware of the fact that the terms “Oneness” and “All-That-Is” are tautologies of one and the same thing. This is what we call the “principle of last equivalence” of human awareness. As we shall show below, this is the first principle of all human thinking, not only on earth, but also as cosmic consciousness, respectively, awareness throughout the whole universe and within infinite dimensions and realities.

Although the above discussed interactions, even when they involve human behavior and ethics, may seem at first glance to be very complex and far-fetched, they are, in fact, all of energetic origin and can be reduced to some very simple physical principles.

Unfortunately, current esoteric and channeled literature is full of dubious and unclear terms in this respect, such as,”rays and colors, and flames, e.g. 5^th ray, blue ray, twin flame, etc.”,…which further confuse the already distorted human mind. Out of this semantic confusion various schools of esoteric thought have emerged in the last years that contribute to a further mental separation among the few light workers (less than 1% of the world population). This is precisely what should be overcome in this crucial year in the history of mankind. Back to Contents
   3. The Physical Laws of Creation reflect the Nature of All-That-Is

All-That-Is is as simple as it is infinite in its plurality. One should not confuse the variety of forms with the simplicity of the Laws of Creation. This is the principal fallacy of any restricted awareness that is separated from the Source. Although there may be an infinite number of planes of existence in the horizontal and vertical line, they all obey the simple law of frequency superposition, defined as constructive and destructive interference in wave theory. In order to understand these laws we have to establish a preliminary idea of the Nature of All-that-Is.

All-That-Is, the Whole, no matter how we name it, has some characteristics that have not been realized either by present-day science or by its counterpart -current esotericism. Religions have not even made an effort to comprehend the Whole; therefore, they can be excluded from this discussion without affecting its universal validity. For this reason we refer to any true science of transcendental knowledge as “Gnosis”, which is the ancient Greek term for “true spiritual knowledge”, respectively, for the study of such knowledge. It should be observed at this place that any true scientific knowledge can only be of transcendental, gnostic character. Such knowledge should begin with an exploration of the Nature of the Whole.
*
All-That-Is has the following characteristics that any human being without a deep spiritual knowledge can easily derive from his consciousness in an a priori manner. These are:the Whole is closed, infinite, and discrete, that is, it consists of infinite levels and systemsit is continuous, that is, there are no voids (vacuum) between its levels and systemsit is in a state of permanent energy exchangeLet us elaborate these primary features of All-That-Is that are conceivable to any human mind from a physical and cognitive point of view. Back to Contents
   4. The Law of Conservation of Energy

By saying that the Whole is closed, we simply acknowledge the fact that energy cannot be lost. This we can observe in all energy interactions. Current physics has acknowledged this fact as first discovered by the German physician Robert Meyer only in the late 19^th century and has defined it as the “law of conservation of energy”, also known as the “first law of thermodynamics“.

All known physical laws reflect the law of conservation of energy. Without the conservation of energy, it will not be possible to define any known physical law as a mathematical equation. This elementary fact is currently not fully apprehended in theoretical physics. The law of conservation of energy can only exist because there is an incessant energy exchange between the systems and levels of All-That-Is. The Whole is Energy Exchange (see below).

We can apply this law for instance to the creation and regulation of the human body by the soul. All astral, vital energies that the human body acquires from the soul and the higher realms of Creation in order to support its life as a biological organism are transformed into biochemical matter in the process of cell metabolism and then radiated as pure energetic experience of 3d-space-time back to the higher realms.

This is the only reason, and purpose, of the soul to seek incarnation experience in the 3d space-time of the solar universes. Experience, in its purest essence, is a particular energy exchange, as well as the memory of this exchange, whereas memory is another particular form of energy exchange. The last statement is tautological and this confirms the closed character of Al-That-Is. This ought to be basic esoteric knowledge to any light worker with a modicum of spiritual awareness. Back to Contents
   5. The Primary Term of All Consciousness

By acknowledging that the Whole is closed and manifests itself as a conservation of energy in every interaction we actually recognize that there is no difference between All-That-Is and Energy. They are one and the same. This is a basic observation that holds true for any kind of awareness -be it human or cosmic. We can call this insight “the primary term of all consciousness” and write it as a simple equation: All-That-Is = Energy = Space-Time = any Consciousness or Awareness = etc. =

= Primary Term of Human Consciousness
The primary equation encompasses the basic knowledge of any kind of awareness:All-That-Is exists as a concept in every individual consciousness, no matter how restricted or evolved it may be.In religion, this primordial idea has been recognized by postulating that “God is everything and exists in all beings and objects”. In the naturalistic and shamanistic religions, this is known as pantheism, in quantum physics this is referred to as the principle of superposition, which means that all quantum systems are interrelated and interdependent as demonstrated in the famous EPRB-experiment for photon interactions. Back to Contents
   6. The Principle of Last Equivalence

The above equation is the first and last equivalence of human consciousness, and, most probably, of any kind of consciousness within All-That-Is. It discloses a fundamental tautology of human perception. This tautology is the fundamental proof that All-That-Is is closed. The concept of the closed character of All-That-Is is a metaphysical, transcendental idea that can be experimentally proven by its concrete manifestation – the law of conservation of energy:All energy interactions that we observe in the real physical world follow the law of conservation of energy.Theoretically, the closed character of All-That-Is can be proven by building numerous tautologies which point to the semantic equivalence of all terms attributed to All-That-Is. This primordial idea of human and any consciousness or awareness is defined as:
The Principle of Last Equivalence
One can alternatively define this principle as the Law of Oneness without altering the essence of the knowledge that this principle perspires. Purely for this reason, we introduce the concept of the “primary term”, thus making the reader aware of the fact that we can use any word for the primary term of our consciousness, as long as we mean All-That-Is. The primary term is the primordial mirror-image of All-That-Is of any particular awareness as part of the Whole.

This tautological equivalence of all words that assess the primary term of our consciousness as expressed by the previous statement is the actual “principle of last equivalence”. It is the first and ONLY axiomatic statement of human consciousness – be it individual or collective – that cannot be derived from any other statement. Otherwise, it will not be a first statement. This is another tautology that proves the closed character of All-That-Is.

This first statement or idea of human consciousness is also defined as the Primary Axiom of human thinking. This definition has been deliberately chosen as to make the vast majority of uneducated people aware of the fact, that since Antiquity numerous thinkers, such as Euclid, Plato, and Aristotle have developed the concept of Axiomatics – the study of logical arrangement of all human statements in a categorical system, such as science, in which there is no inconsistency or contradiction between any two arbitrary statements -by departing from a small number of self-evident statements, preferably, from only one statement.

The Geometry of Euclid was considered for many centuries to be a paradigm of true axiomatics and an ultimate goal for any other scientific discipline, such as philosophy. For instance, both Descartes, the father of modern science, and Spinoza, the father of modern ethics, wrote their philosophical treatises according to the axiomatic principle of Euclidean Geometry.

This ideal remained central to Western scientific thinking until empirical, explorative science emerged in the late 19th century. The putative success of scientific empiricism in the last one hundred years eliminated axiomatic philosophy as a way of thinking and approaching the Nature of All-That-Is from our modern educational system. The current agnosticism of all scientists is the natural consequence of the dominance of this narrow-minded empirical dogma over the collective human mind-set.

The author has dedicated some comprehensive books on this key philosophical issue which is in the core of current agnosticism of mankind. This will be the greatest mental hurdle which mankind must circumvent this year in order to ascend at the end of 2012.

The concept of full axiomatization of human knowledge and the corresponding categorical systems has dominated the philosophical thinking of Western civilization as an intellectual ideal since Antiquity, as demonstrated in the works of Descartes, Leibniz, Spinoza, Kant, and many other thinkers, notwithstanding the fact that they have all failed to establish a truly universal system of human knowledge or to develop a proper scientific language that can be axiomatized without a single exception.

It is important to observe that the English language does not even have a word for “axiomatics”, although this term is quite popular in most European languages. This fact brings into a focus the cognitive misery of Anglo-Saxon scientific, empirical thinking that has, for historical reasons, influenced and flawed the current weltanschauung of most human beings on earth in a most profound and deplorable way.

The establishment of a truly universal axiomatics of all science and human language was achieved for the first time in the history of modern mankind in 1994-1995 by the author of this essay, after he discovered the Universal Law and developed the new physical and mathematical axiomatics as a result of this discovery. He has extensively proved that human knowledge has its origin in the principle of last equivalence and can be derived from the primary term in an axiomatic manner.

He initially proved that the whole theory of physics can be axiomatically derived from this principle, by showing in an irrevocable manner that the Universal Law is the most simple mathematical presentation of All-That-Is as a rule of three a = b/c. This is the only physical law of All-That-Is, perceived as space-time by human consciousness. To this we shall say much more below.

It should be cogent to the reader that the equation defined as the principle of last equivalence is the limit of any human cognition. Forever! We may ascend as human beings to the 5^th dimension and acquire much more knowledge about the systems and levels (dimensions) of All-That-Is, but we shall still not be able to enlarge our awareness beyond the primary term of All-That-Is. It is very important for the reader to comprehend this insight to its full extent and to make it the foundation of his very thinking – as soon as possible and as profoundly as one is able to think. Back to Contents
   7. Energy and Information are One and the Same

The law of conservation of energy introduces a new concept that has not been realized so far by science and esotericism. All-That-Is is evidently Organized Energy – there is no such thing as chaos, as current empiric science (chaos theory) makes us believe – and organized energy can also be comprehended as Information. There is, indeed, no difference between Energy and Information – they are synonyms for All-That-is (principle of last equivalence, see above). At the same time, organized energy is Consciousness – there is no way of distinguishing organized energy from consciousness. Software programs are for instance organized forms of electromagnetic energy, and they may evolve to artificial consciousness. What we observe on a small scale on earth in the last 20 years with respect to internet and computer technologies, is also occurring on a grander scale throughout All-That-Is.

From this knowledge we can deduce that all parts – systems and levels – of All-That-is have a consciousness. All parts of All-That-Is have an ultimate idea of All-That-Is – from the smallest elementary particle or cell to the most evolved entity. We say in this context:”The parts contain the Whole as an element”, the element being awareness, consciousness, organized energy, Spirit (synonyms).This is a very important statement that will help us organize our knowledge of All-That-Is in a very simple manner.
   8. The Mathematical Concept of U-Sets

Systems that contain the Whole as an element are defined in mathematics as U-sets. This term was introduced for the first time by Russell at the beginning of the 20^th century and helped to unify the various mathematical disciplines under the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradiction as first formulated by the German mathematician Hilbert in 1900. For further information we recommend the essay “Universal Law”, written by the author and published in internet under:dictionary.sensagent.com/universal+law/en-en/or www.thefullwiki.org/Universal_LawAll systems and levels of All-That-Is are U-sets and contain the Whole, the primary term, as an element. This is a fundamentally new concept that offsets the current narrow human perceptions in science, religion, politics, and everyday life, namely, that material objects and human beings are distinct entities that are separated from each other and the Whole and must fight against each other in order to survive. Back to Contents

9. The Notion of Separation is the Origin of All Wrong Ideas

The energetic separation of the incarnated entities on earth from the Whole has promulgated the basic notion of their hallucinatory somatic perception of being distinct biological organisms throughout all current concepts of mankind on Nature and social life. These ideas of biological exclusiveness have shaped the collective world view in such a profound and, at the same time, invisible manner that these ideas are very seldom put into question – in fact, only when they have thoroughly failed, as this will be the case this year with respect to Darwin’s doctrine on the evolution of human and other species.

The notion of separation is contrary to the nature of All-That-Is, which is at the same time the primary term of our consciousness, precisely, it can be equated with our consciousness according to the principle of last equivalence. Since Gödel published his first Theorem on the validity of mathematics in 1931, we know – or at least all theoreticians of science should be aware of it – that it is sufficient to introduce only one wrong statement in a categorical system of knowledge, such as science, religion, and economics in order to bias the whole system.

This is what has happened with these systems of knowledge again and again on this planet in the last several thousand years, since modern man has begun to put his spoken thoughts into a written form. That is why they have no value and must disappear during the next two years in the course of human Ascension, because these systems of separation will have no place in the expanded awareness of the ascended human entities in the 5^th dimension.

Gödel proved that mathematics, when organized according to the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradiction as first postulated by Hilbert in 1900, inevitably leads to two fundamentally contrary statements that seem to be apparently true. This fundamental paradox of mathematics is known as antinomy.

The term was introduced by Russell at the beginning of the 20th century. He was the first to realize that all human thoughts are U-sets and contain themselves and the Whole as an element. The ultimate term is consciousness – it is the total set of all human thoughts, and it is also a thought. This means that all human thoughts contain the whole human consciousness as an element, while the latter is equivalent to the primary term of our consciousness, which is the primordial idea of the Whole of any sentient entity within All-That-Is.

This proof is obviously of a tautological character and this is the ultimate proof that the Whole, being the primary notion of any kind of consciousness or awareness throughout All-That-Is, is of closed character. This proof is of transcendental nature and goes beyond the argumentation of current science and mathematics. At the same time this knowledge builds the epistemological foundation of any true science and transcendental system of knowledge.

The latter should ideally amalgamate all current religious views, stripped off of all their wrong ideas of separation, as well as all current esoteric views that make no effort to establish a coherent system of transcendental knowledge. In practice, all world religions should be abolished as false Gnostic systems of spiritual knowledge, because none of them adequately assesses the Nature of All-That-Is, respectively, of God.
*
The above mentioned concepts are self-evident and should be cogent to the reader. However, the personal experience teaches us that they can hardly be comprehended and incorporated into daily consciousness by most human beings. The reason for this is that current human species suffers from serious energetic deficiencies that have been deliberately inserted into his biological structure by his co-creators – The Powers That Be -in order to hinder the above advocated holistic approach. This is a huge theme that goes beyond the scope of this essay, but it will inevitably become a central piece of theoretical dispute in the second half of this year, after some basic revelations are made public to humanity. At this place we shall say the following.

The most prominent energetic malfunction of incarnated human entities on earth is the separation of the left from the right brain hemisphere in their neurological function. The second key malfunction is the limited use of only 8-10% of the actual brain capacity. There are many more malfunctions inserted deliberately in the energetic structure of Homo sapiens by his genetic co-engineers – the Powers That Be – to separate him from the Source, most notably the reptilian brain (cerebellum in association with medulla oblongata).

The reptilian human brain is highly susceptible to fear patterns that can be also artificially emitted with the help of certain advanced technologies from the 4^th dimension, from where the dark forces have until now effectively controlled mankind. This situation will change dramatically this year as a result of the huge, high frequency waves from the central sun of the Galaxy and the higher realms that flood our planet with increasing intensity. Such fear patterns have been successfully used by the dark forces to dump down the critical, logical, and independent thinking of human beings.

Other prominent energetic malfunctions of current human beings are the separation of the three lower chakras from the three higher chakras by the 4^th heart chakra. This has so far prohibited the development of Christ consciousness on earth that integrates the idea of Oneness in human behavior. The reduction of human DNA to two strands and the use of only a small portion of it for storing information is another important energetic malfunction of incarnated human entities that limits their perception as sentient beings.

It should be observed at this place that present-day bio-science has no idea of this genetic deficiency of human species and defines the unused 95% of human DNA as “junk-DNA“. This fact brings into a focus the cognitive malaise of current, narrow-minded empiric science with respect to its object of study:What scientists do not understand is degraded to “junk” or “dark matter” (for further explanations see below).It is important to stress that all logical thinking is first and foremost an independent thinking. Precisely this kind of thinking has been dumped down by the Powers That Be for the last 13,000 years, since they have taken full control over this planet and created modern man. This suppression of independent critical thinking of humans is energetically accomplished by modulating and deranging the original independent ideas of the incarnated entity, which he acquires in form of inspirations from his soul, by establishing the condition of destructive interference, which is at the same time the condition of all human angst on earth. Such fear deranged patterns of human thinking are always void of logic and true axiomatic arrangement. This is another huge theme that ought to be elaborated in detail in a special book.

However, as Homo sapiens was in addition genetically improved by the Forces of Light, respectively, by the human souls of the incarnated entities, which are part of the Source, modern man has the inherent capacity to be aware of his indistinguishable bond with All-That-Is, even when the notion of his bond with God has been buried in the course of numerous painful incarnations on earth under the veil of total forgetfulness.

Human beings are said to be “sparks of God”. This means that any human entity always has an unrestricted access to Spirit (Geist, Weltgeist) of Cosmic Logic, also known as Logos in Antiquity or Nous in Neo-Platonism. Therefore, it is not a coincidence that John’s Gospel begins with “At the beginning was Logos”, and not the “word”, as it has been erroneously translated from Greek in the Bible in virtually all modern languages in the last sixteen hundred years. Logos was also a synonym for logical thinking – hence the science of logic, which was at the beginning and the culmination of ancient Greek education.

This single semantic blunder has effectively hindered a true understanding of the Nature of All-That-Is by all christians, as the author has extensively elaborated in his theoretical work “Neo-Platonism and Christianity”.

As the reader may have already perceived, all central themes of humanity mentioned in this essay so far are closely intertwined and can only be properly tackled when one departs from their common epistemological origin – the Nature of All-That-Is. Back to Contents

10. The Foundation Crisis of Mathematics

Let us summarize the essence of our previous discussion. All systems and levels of All-That-Is are U-sets and contain the Nature of the Whole = the Source = All-That-Is = God = etc. (principle of last equivalence) as an element. Or as one often reads in channeled messages: Human beings are “sparks of God”, which is but a metaphor for the true Nature of All-That-Is.

It is of great importance to realize that this knowledge is basic to the existence of all science, beginning with mathematics. Let us illustrate this basic statement with the following example from the history of mathematics that is at present virtually forgotten or deliberately neglected by all theoreticians.

When Gödel proved that mathematics cannot be axiomatized with its own methods, as propagated by Hilbert and many other European mathematicians since the beginning of the 20^th century, this basic discipline virtually plunged into its Foundation crisis. This crisis lasted until 1995, when the author discovered the Universal Law of All-That-Is and eliminated it as an artifact, born in the realm of distorted scientific consciousness.

Mathematics is, as some may know, a hermeneutic discipline of human knowledge. “Hermeneutic” means that this discipline has no external object of study and exploration as for instance other empirical sciences, such as physics and bio-science are believed to be, although this perception is essentially wrong as we shall show below.

Mathematics deals with numbers and other signs of relation which are abstract symbols that have no external object, but can be eventually applied to external material objects, for instance, to count them. But these hermeneutic symbols are pure platonic ideas of human consciousness. While they are true, otherwise there will be no need to use mathematics, they exist independently of the outer world.

This has been acknowledged by many continental European mathematicians since the turn of the 19^th century, but this dispute and its implications are virtually unknown to their counterparts in England and the USA, although, ironically, it were Russell and Whitehead who triggered this dispute with their fundamental theoretical work “Principia Mathematica” published in 1908-1913.

What is the Foundation crisis of mathematics all about? It simply acknowledges the fact that this hermeneutic discipline is not in the position to solve its crisis with its own mathematical means and to prove its validity in the outer world, as this is the case for instance with physics. This discipline assesses natural laws which can be experimentally confirmed at any point in space and time, as well as independently of the observer, as this is the case for instance with Newton’s laws of gravitation.

The reason for this is that all natural laws can be expressed as mathematical equations, which are of universal validity. This is the actual reason, why physics is generally considered to be an exact natural science, whereas most other sciences, such as bio-science and economics cannot claim this ubiquitous exactness as they cannot be mathematically expressed.

However, theoretical physics has made no effort to explain us, how it is possible that Nature functions according to mathematics, while this discipline is a fairly recent intellectual artifact of human civilization, whereas Nature on this planet ought to be several billions years old, if one assumes that the Darwin’s doctrine of evolution is correct.

How is it possible that an older a priori phenomenon of galactic dimension such as Nature adjusts to the modest spiritual achievements of a humble species, called Homo sapiens, who is not even in the position to organize his social life without perennial wars and collapses and, above of all, only by virtue of destroying this very Nature, by incorporating in a posterior manner his recent, modest mathematics that has not been able to render a single reliable statistical tool or future prediction on his own destiny, as the upcoming cosmic events will prove beyond any doubt?

To account for this “child-mother paradox” – the child, being Homo sapiens, changing the essence of Mother-Nature – scientists have resorted to a variety of obscure concepts summarized under the terms “strong” and “weak anthropomorphism”, which is but a further monument of their collective imbecility.

Furthermore, theoreticians of physics have failed to take into consideration the Foundation crisis of mathematics, while using it is an exclusive means to adequately describe Nature, thus claiming the rank of the most exact science, whereas this privilege should be actually reserved for mathematics.

These are obvious observations and arguments that any human entity with a modest faculty of logical thinking ought to make and find a proper answer, before he decides to study such epistemologically unfounded sciences. And where are the true theoreticians that make such observations? While not on earth, they will be definitely found on the new 5^th-dimensional earth, because such will be the new transcendental physics of cosmic Creation.

How can scientists properly understand the Nature of All-That-Is if they do not even border to prove the validity of its best and unique tool of exploration – mathematics – and solve its Foundation crisis? Have there been such efforts to solve the problem in the past? The answer is definitely “Yes”. But when the theoreticians came to the conclusion that they are helpless on this issue at some point in time in the 60s, they decided not to border any more about such “trivial inconsistencies” of their beloved discipline and brushed aside this unresolved theoretical problem of mathematics by hiding it under the rug of scientific forgetfulness.

Each time somebody tried to unify mathematics on the basis of the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradiction as advocated by the German mathematician Hilbert in his program, known as Hilbert formalism – and there have been many mathematicians that have made this effort in the past – he has acquired two equally valid results that exclude each other and build an antinomy. Mathematics cannot prove its own validity.

This fiasco led to the general acknowledgement that the only possible solution of the Foundation crisis of mathematics would be to prove its validity outside the hermeneutic (closed) area of pure human consciousness – namely, in the real physical world. This requirement for the validity of mathematics is known since then as “proof of existence”. We shall show below that this proof is of the same nature as the “proof of God”, which has been the cognitive Armageddon of all religions – first and foremost, of Christianity. Back to Contents

11. The Discovery of the Universal Law Solved the Foundation Crisis of Mathematics

It remains still a mystery as to why this simple requirement for the validity of mathematics has not been tackled and solved in the last 70-80 years, since the idea of its Foundation crisis was firmly established in the scientific world. Although this elaboration may seem to be quite theoretical and far-fetched with respect to our anticipated intent to explain why and how the world economic order will collapse this year, we shall show that exactly this unsolved theoretical problem of mathematics lies in the core of the upcoming crisis, which is man-made and a mirror image of all wrong concepts of mankind about the Nature of All-That-Is and of humans as incarnated entities, being U-sets of All-That-Is. Present-day science does not give us any valid answer to the question:”Who are we really?”The Foundation crisis of mathematics was finally solved by the author in 1995 when he discovered the Universal Law of All-That-Is and showed that all known physical laws and their applications, including all known physical dimensions, magnitudes, quantities, and constants, can be derived as U-subsets from the primary term of our consciousness, defined in physical terms as Space-Time. This was the missing “proof of existence” that numerous mathematicians have been searching in vain during the last 20th century.

As the author has dedicated many comprehensive books on this discovery and its implications for human thinking and perceptions, this huge topic will not be further elaborated in this essay. The author would only like to reiterate at this place the conviction that a competence in the General Theory of the Universal Law is indispensable for a proper understanding of the argumentation forwarded in this book.

How is the discovery of the Universal law, being a natural law of energy exchange, linked to mathematics and its Foundation crisis? We have shown above that the primary term of our consciousness can be expressed by any word or symbol according to the principle of last equivalence. Therefore, we can also write it in the following manner: Primary term = any number or mathematical symbol = Continuum =

= foundation of mathematics
The primary term is the origin not only of all verbal ideas expressed in terms of language, but also the origin of mathematics as a system of abstract symbols and signs. It actually proves that there is no difference between verbal and mathematical expressions.

Mathematics has, since Euclid, Plato, and Aristotle, been considered to be a prolongation of human logic. Vice versa, any verbal categorical system of knowledge, such as politics can be logically organized and subsequently mathematically expressed. Just as nobody disputes the correctness of the equation 2 + 2 = 4, it is possible to organize trivial human thinking in a logical manner as to eliminate all kinds of futile discussions in politics and in any other area of common interest that hinder social progress and generate political and economic crises.

The American political system in Washington is a paramount example for the gridlock that always occurs when human beings leave the solid ground of common human logic and prefer to experience their separation in a bellicose manner, as the recent heinous shooting of a congress-woman demonstrated in a deplorable and very depressing manner.

The solution to the streamlining of human consciousness and thinking in order to comply with the Nature of All-That-Is renders for the first time in the history of modern mankind the discovery of the Universal Law and its application in science and daily affairs.

The Universal Law is the mathematical presentation of the primary term of All-That-Is as a simple rule of three a = b/c, because the primary term can also be defined as the continuum of all numbers. Since Cantor and Frege, the continuum of all numbers is generally acknowledged to be the “paradise of mathematics”.

Based on the principle of last equivalence, it can be now proven for the first time that all words of human language can be mathematically expressed and vice versa – all mathematical symbols can be substituted with precise verbal terms without changing the validity of mathematics. This is achieved by implementing the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradictions throughout the whole system of human knowledge.

Language is an energetic system or level of All-That-Is and contains the Whole as an element. Since all U-sets of the Whole abide by the Universal Law, they do not contradict each other in the infinite harmony of All-That-Is. The same must also apply to human language and to all categorical systems of knowledge that build the tissue of language. Therefore, they need not contradict, as they do now, but can be arranged according to the same principle of universal harmony just as the parts of All-That-Is are arranged.

This principle is the alleged axiomatization of human language. It postulates that human beings should depart from the primary term of All-That-Is, which is also the primary term of human consciousness and can be equated with the latter, and derive from it all words and terms that they use orally or in a written form in everyday life, science, religion, and esotericism.

This principle was first applied by the author in physics to derive all known physical magnitudes and laws from the Universal Law, respectively, from the primary term without changing any mathematical result obtained in this empiric discipline so far. However, most of the verbal explanations of mathematical results that have been experimentally generated in physics had to be rejected in the process of its axiomatization, because they contained numerous contradictory connotations and meanings that biased the whole edifice of this natural science.

The universal idea underlying all semantic, logical, and factual contradictions in physics (and science) is the idea of the separation of the parts from each other and from the Whole. This is a leitmotif of this essay. Precisely these wrong verbal interpretations have hindered the unification of this discipline before the author discovered the Universal Law and unified physics on the basis of it. Let us illustrate this with an example from present-day physics.
*
It is a well-known fact that gravitation cannot be integrated with the other three fundamental forces in the standard model, which is considered to be the utmost unification, conventional physics has been able to achieve so far. However, Nature is a unity – for instance, gravitation is propagated with the speed of light ‘c,’ which is at the same time the speed of electromagnetism. For instance, all fundamental constants of electromagnetism, such as electric and magnetic permittivity, can be derived from the speed of light. At the same time these constants are part of all laws of magnetism, electricity, and electromagnetism as summarized in the four Maxwell’s equations. This information is given for physicists. The author does not expect that the average reader understands physics, as he has found out that most physicists do not even understand their own discipline.

If gravitation and electromagnetism, two fundamental forces of Nature according to the standard model, use the same universal speed of light, how comes that they cannot be integrated by current physical theory? It is obvious that physics has fundamentally missed the point as to how Nature really operates. At the same time the protagonists of this discipline are not honest enough to acknowledge this basic cognitive deficiency of their physical theory, while claiming at the same time that they possess the Holy Grail of Science.

The reason why physicists have failed to integrate gravitation with electromagnetism was that they postulated in an a priori wrong manner that there is vacuum in All-That-Is and that photons, the carrier of electromagnetic forces, are particles without a mass. Both, the concept of vacuum and the existence of “mass-less” particles as N-sets of All-That-Is are concrete applications of the initial idea of separation. N-sets are sets that do not contain themselves as an element, for instance, vacuum is an N-set, because it contains particles which are something, while vacuum is per definition nothing – it is void.

The integration of gravitation with electromagnetism, and thus with the other two fundamental forces, was achieved for the first time by the author in 1995. He was able to derive all fundamental natural constants, such as the gravitational constant ‘G’ from those of electromagnetism and to prove in an irrevocable manner that both forces are mathematical aspects of All-That-Is.

In order to do this, he proved in the first place that the term “mass” has been defined in physics in a profoundly wrong manner. Mass is considered to be an intrinsic property of matter, whereas the particles of light, the photons, should not have any mass. It is difficult to perceive when, why, and how this irrational idea has entered this discipline, but it is a matter of fact that it has evolved in the meantime to an infallible dogma. This concept alone has prevented physicists from grasping the nature of All-That-Is.

Mass is a physical quantity, and all physical quantities in physics are defined within mathematics in an a priori manner. This should say that physical quantities are abstract mathematical, hermeneutic ideas of the human mind, with which the physical world can be adequately described in a secondary manner. Therefore, physics is applied mathematics to physical matter and is thus not a separate scientific system of knowledge.

This fundamental epistemological fact has not been apprehended in theoretical science so far. From this we conclude that all physical quantities belong to the continuum, and the latter is the primary term of All-That-Is. This means that they contain the properties of the Whole as an element. Practically, this fact tells us that all parts of the Whole have energy – they are energetic systems, because the Whole is energy.

Each system exhibits a specific constant amount of energy. When two systems are compared, we obtain a relationship of their energies, which is a dimensionless number that belongs to the continuum. This is precisely what physicists have done in the past in an unconscious, irrational manner with the definition of mass without analyzing it from a methodological and epistemological point of view: Mass is energy relationship. To those, who are keen on physics, the author would recommend that they scrutinize the current definition of mass in any available textbook on physics and find out for themselves that mass is nothing else but an energy relationship.

What does it follow from this simple conclusion? If all systems/parts of All-That-Is have energy, then they must also have a mass, as they can be compared with any other system. In this case, it is a fundamental blunder to believe that photons are mass-less particles. They must also have a mass because there are energetic systems according to Planck’s equation for photon energy E = h f.

If all systems and levels of All-That-Is are energy, which means something, then there is no such thing that is nothing. In this case the idea of vacuum as void or of particles that are without a mass are absolutely wrong concepts (N-sets) that should be cogent to anybody with a modicum of logical thinking. They stem from the primordial notion of separation of human beings from the Whole and should be eliminated from physics and science once and for all.

This is exactly what the author did, when he started with the axiomatization of conventional physics. By eliminating these wrong ideas of separation, he ultimately eliminated most of the confusion in this “exact” natural science. Ultimately he could unify this discipline by applying the Universal law to each energetic system and energy interaction that has been experimentally observed and described in this natural science so far – without any exception! In practice, he confirmed all mathematical results obtained in physics up to date, but eliminated most of the verbal interpretations of these mathematical results as flawed and wrong.

In particular, he derived the mass of the elementary photon, known as Planck’s constant h (see above), from basic physical equations and showed that the macro-mass of all material objects can be calculated from the basic mass of the elementary photon. He actually proved that matter is condensed light (photon energy). The anthropocentric unit “kilogram” is, for instance, a derivative (surrogate) from the primary mass of the elementary photon h obtained within mathematics.

By acknowledging that photons have a mass, the author could easily explain the mechanism of gravitation as being propagated by photons with the speed of light and eliminated the obscure search for the hypothetical graviton.

Further on, he proved that the fundamental gravitational constant G, which is basic to all gravitational laws of Newton, can be easily derived in an axiomatic manner from the speed of light. In this way he integrated for the first time gravitation with electromagnetism on the basis of mathematical formalism and established a new coherent theory of cosmology that eliminates virtually all basic ideas of this discipline – beginning with such imbecilities as the big bang and the hot expansion of the universe.

However, this essay is not intended to be an introduction to the physical theory of the Universal Law, but has the purpose to show how all wrong ideas in physics have emerged from the primary concept of separation from the Whole. This elaboration, while being the Final Judgment on all fallacies of modern physics and science, aims in the first place to explain why the current structure of human civilization, which depends to a large extent on theoretical and experimental science, will inevitably collapse this year. Current empiric science and technology will be a major part of this collapse.
*
From this disquisition we conclude that mathematics can be expressed in verbal terms and vice versa, any verbal system of knowledge can be presented in terms of mathematics when the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradictions is thoroughly observed. This novel insight will transform current empiric science, which has deliberately neglected this intellectual heritage of Western civilization since Antiquity, in the remaining time prior to Ascension to a true, infallible system of knowledge.

The new science of the Universal Law will retain its validity in the 5^th dimension by axiomatically incorporating the new transcendental knowledge that will be then available to the ascended entities. Without a full understanding of the new theory of the Universal Law they will not be able to truly comprehend the laws of Creation of All-That-Is and will experience difficulties in progressing on their path of spiritual evolution.

The basic conclusion from the discovery of the Universal Law is that there is no difference between Consciousness and the outer physical world, currently perceived as Nature. The outer world is shaped by the consciousness of all beings that participate in the common life on a certain plane of existence. This is the ultimate proof of existence of mathematics, but also of the existence of pure cosmic consciousness that creates this or any other world in the 3d-space-time of solar universes. But it also tells us that there are levels of Creation beyond 3d-space-time, out of which the latter has evolved in a secondary manner. Back to Contents

12. The Basic Theory of the Universal Law

The key novel knowledge from the discovery of the Universal Law is that All-That-Is has only two dimensions when perceived by the narrow human senses – Space and Time, whereby time in the new theory is actually defined as frequency f = 1/t. In this case, time, as humans know it, is defined as “conventional time” t. Both quantities are included in the term “space-time” = s f = s/t = velocity, which is also the origin of mathematics and any other science.

All scientific terms, including all numbers in mathematics that build the fabric of our scientific knowledge, can be axiomatically derived from the term “space-time”, which is the physical perception of human mind of the primary term at the current plane of existence on earth:Space-time = All-That-Is = Energy = Primary Term of Consciousness =

= 3d-reality (descriptive terms) = Continuum (mathematical presentations) =

= [space][time] = s f = s/t = velocity = [1d-space-time] = [n-d-space-time] =

= any number, such as = 1 = 1×1 = 1×0 = 0 = ∞×1 = ∞The above equations are various equivalent presentations of the principle of last equivalence of human consciousness. They prove that both human language and mathematics have their epistemological origin in the primary term perceived as space-time. This insight is the most revolutionary idea in the history of modern mankind. However, it has been known to all previous enlightened civilizations on earth.

It is important to observe that the above presentations of the principle of last equivalence are beyond the realm of any mathematical argumentation, as this principle builds the cognitive basis for the very existence of mathematics as a science of abstract symbols. This fundamental fact is regularly overlooked by all protagonists of conventional mathematical thinking when they raise objections as to the appropriateness of this presentation. These objections stem from their restricted thinking, which is intoxicated by the primordial idea of separation from the Whole. Why?

This is a very important psychological observation that goes to the roots of modern mathematics. First and foremost, such objections stem from the ignorance of most mathematicians with respect to the fact that their discipline is still suffering under its Foundation crisis, when the discovery of the Universal Law and the solution of this crisis are ignored for the moment.

Secondly, all mathematicians have so far failed to recognize that all the mathematical symbols which they use in their discipline are not U-sets, that is, they do not contain themselves and the Whole as an element: They are N-sets. Therefore, the do not pertain to All-That-Is. They are wrong mirror images of the Nature of Al-That-Is.

This is the cognitive “fall from grace” of empiric science on earth. The return of the “prodigal son to the Father” will be achieved by substituting present-day empiric science with the new General Theory of Science of the Universal Law in the short period of time prior to Ascension and in the infinity of All-That-Is after Ascension.
*
How is the Whole actually perceived in mathematics? Very simply – it is the continuum of all numbers. The numbers that are currently used in mathematics are closed numbers that exclude all other adjacent numbers and hence they also exclude the continuum to which they belong. For instance, the number 2 excludes all its approximations such as 2.00001. These numbers are called rational numbers. Rational numbers are closed. Modern mathematics operates only with such numbers. It is extremely important to stress that mathematics has virtually no idea as to how to operate with open numbers, which are U-sets and contain the Whole, the continuum, as an element.

Closed rational numbers fulfill the definition of N-sets: The sets that exclude themselves and the Whole as an element. Since they are closed, they have no contact with the other adjacent numbers, and for this simple reason, they cannot build a continuum. The idea of closed numbers precludes the existence of the continuum. However, without a continuum there is no mathematics at all (see below).

We have already said that it is sufficient to introduce only one statement that is an N-set in a categorical system to bias the whole system. This is what has happened with mathematics prior to the discovery of the Universal Law – hence its continuing Foundation crisis.

We have learned so far that all systems and levels of All-That-Is are open systems and exchange energy with each other – therefore, they must have a contact with each other. Purely for this reason, we say that the Nature of All-That-Is is continuous – there are no gaps between the systems that are perceived at present as vacuum or voids in physics. All systems and levels of All-That-Is are open, adjacent, contiguous, because they are U-sets. They contain the Whole = Energy as an element.

According to the principle of last equivalence, we can define All-That-Is as a continuum. The parts of the mathematical continuum must therefore be open to reflect the openness of the energetic systems and levels of All-That-Is. However, the rational numbers used in mathematics are closed. Therefore, they are N-sets and hence inadequate presentations of the outer world. They must be replaced by open numbers.

Which numbers are open? All the so called transcendental numbers are open numbers. Such numbers contain an infinite number of approximations, which are closed rational numbers. The most prominent example is the number pi (π).

The mathematicians became for the first time aware of the fundamental difference between closed rational numbers and open transcendental numbers when Cantor established his theory of sets in the late 19^th century. Since then this theory is considered to be the basis of modern mathematics – the “paradise of mathematics” as Hilbert defined it.

Cantor’s problem was to define the continuum in an a priory manner. If one had to resort only to the established closed numbers, the continuum would not have been what it actually says – a continuum, but a discrete, discontinuous assembly of closed rational numbers that are divided by gaps (voids) along the continuum. To avoid this embarrassment Cantor introduced the concept of transcendental numbers which are open to their surroundings -they are contiguous and touch each other. For this purpose he distinguished between two sets of infinities which, by the way, is another word for continuum – the infinities of rational numbers and the infinities of transcendental numbers.

Before that infinity was infinity and there was no possibility to discern them with respect to their power. Or as Cantor put it himself: “In the night all cats are grey”. By introducing the transcendental numbers, which to Cantor’s perception filled the gaps between the closed rational numbers along the continuum, he for the first time presented a valuable definition of the continuum and established the theoretical and epistemological foundation of mathematics.

This is basic theoretical stuff that should be actually cogent to any theoretician and scientist with a modest understanding of mathematics after spending four, five or more years at the university. Unfortunately, it is very difficult to find a theoretician nowadays who is aware of these basic epistemological problems of mathematics and science. Most scientists have been dumped down to such an extent by the current illogical educational system that has been deliberately established by the Powers That Be as to camouflage the actual situation on earth that the author is fully aware of the fact, that it will be very difficult to liberate them from this inextricable labyrinth of self-inflicted scientific blunders.

This deplorable situation of total scientific confusion will tantamount to a true cosmic revelation in the course of this and next year in order to save the souls of most scientists from their total perdition and enable them to ascend with a clear mind in the 5^th dimension.

With respect to the theory of mathematics, it is important to observe that while Cantor laid the basis for transcendental numbers, these numbers were not known to mathematicians. It was only several decades later when another German mathematician found out that the number pi is a transcendental number. This number opened a completely new perspective of approaching mathematics and its application to the outer world, although the incommensurability of real space magnitudes was known to all ancient Greek mathematicians.

The number pi is per definition a relationship between two geometric distances – the circumference of the circle and its diameter. Circles are abstract geometric presentations of waves.

They are abstract platonic ideas built within the hermeneutic mathematical consciousness of humans. In the real universe, all closed circular motions are elliptical as Kepler’s laws on the motion of celestial objects clearly prove. This fact has not been fully apprehended by all theoreticians, although the number pi is used in many key physical laws and formulae in classical and quantum mechanics.

On the other hand it is generally acknowledged in physics that all waves are products of rotations. Rotations are closed motions -they can be circular, elliptical or more complex forms of closed motions. This is basic physical knowledge of wave theory.

This holds true not only for the electromagnetic spectrum, also defined as photon space-time by the author, but also for matter which is also of wave-character. This is a well-established idea in quantum mechanics since de Broglie introduced the concept of wave-particle dualism in physics in 1924.

This is another basic physical stuff, the cognitive importance of which has not been fully apprehended in physics. The fact that all systems of All-That-Is are open in terms of energy exchange but at the same time represent superimposed closed motions proves both, the closed character of All-That-Is and the openness of all its contiguous parts as U-sets of the Whole.

As the reader may already perceive, we use this discussion in the first place to present the basic inconsistencies and flaws that scientists have inserted into the edifice of modern empiric science without having any comprehension as to how profoundly these blunders, which stem without any exception from their primordial idea of separation, have intoxicated the dominating scientific thinking of Modern Times and have prevented them from grasping the Nature of All-That-Is. Therefore the upcoming End Times will be in the first place a requiem for current empiric science, where the author will play the first fiddle.
*
What should one conclude from this basic scientific knowledge? It is cogent that all levels and systems of All-That-Is are waves or rotational systems. Since they are all open systems, they are superimposed wave systems and thus obey the laws of constructive and destructive interference. Here we close the circle of our initial argumentation with respect to the universal character of the Cosmic Laws of constructive and destructive interference, which are the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction. These laws are concrete applications of the Universal Law.

When we compare two arbitrary real rotational wave systems, we always acquire transcendental numbers. All space-time relationships between two real systems are transcendental magnitudes and can only be adequately assessed by open transcendental numbers. We now make a very important statement:The conditions of constructive and destructive interference which are the Cosmic
Laws of Creation and Destruction of all systems and levels of All-That-Is can
only be adequately assessed by employing transcendental numbers.However, mathematics has virtually no idea as to how to use such numbers in its practical calculations. All numbers that scientists currently acquire from Nature, for instance, as natural constants or various statistics, e.g. in economic pools, are expressed as closed real, rational numbers, which are closed approximations of the real open transcendental magnitudes.

Purely for this reason mankind is not in the position to make adequate predictions on the future or to assess precisely when the condition of destructive interference occurs, under which a system will inevitably collapse. We shall elaborate this conclusion below in a stringent way by departing from the new knowledge of the General Theory of the Universal Law. Back to Contents

13. The Theory of the Universal Law as a Cosmic View

Let us now return once again to the Nature of All-That-Is and its parts (levels and systems). We said explicitly that the Whole is closed, while all its parts are U-subsets of All-That-Is and contain it as an element. This statement should be reiterated by the reader as a mantra as many times as possible, until he has fully comprehended it.

And here comes a fundamental knowledge of All-That-Is that has not been fully realized in science so far. If the parts are U-sets and contain the Whole as an element, they cannot be closed, but must be open and exchange energy with each other. All-That-Is is an incessant energy exchange. This is an intrinsic aspect of the Nature of All-That-Is as stated in the primary axiom that should be cogent to everybody. For instance, without food-intake and cell metabolism, which is nothing else but a complex exchange of biochemical energy, human beings cannot exist or survive. In this sense, energy is a synonym of All-That-Is.

On the other hand, all open systems and levels of All-That-Is express its Nature during their energy exchange. In particular, they express the closed character of the Whole. This aspect can be concretely observed as the law of conservation of energy. As all systems are closed superimposed motions, they are both open and manifest themselves as closed motions or rotations. This is the Heavenly Dichotomy of All-That-Is that has not been comprehended by all scientists so far. The same holds true for all religions.

In other words, there is nothing else but Energy:All-That-Is is Energy – it is Organized Energy – it is Information – it is Awareness – it is Consciousness – it is Space-Time, when perceived by the narrow senses of human beings.And all these words for the primary term can be mathematically expressed with the Universal Law – it is the mathematical envelope of the Nature of All-That-Is. This also holds true for all current scientific disciplines that have chosen various terms for All-That-Is as objects of their study – e.g. continuum = mathematics, biological matter = bio-science, matter = physics, etc..

The Universal Law is a law of energy interactions. There is nothing else in All-That-Is that is not an energy interaction and does not abide by the Universal Law. Therefore, all separate sciences that currently exist can be unified to a new universal science called Energology of the Universal Law.

All human perceptions, feelings, and mental ideas are energetic events and follow the Universal Law independently of the awareness of the entity. For this reason psychology, philosophy, sociology, economics, and all other associated disciplines must inevitably become part of Energology. As the time to final Ascension in December 2012 is very short, this unification of science will be fully accomplished in the 5^th dimension under much more favorable conditions and with the help of an expanded human consciousness.

But we can already begin with the modification of our wrong belief systems, which are all products of the narrow perception of human senses. All human sensations are energy interactions. For instance, our optical perceptions are evoked by the procession and transformation of photons by the retinal cones and rods to electromagnetic signals in the optical neuronal synapses in the brain, before they are visualized as objects. However, the original carriers of the optical information/energy, the photons, have neither form, nor are they solid particles.

How comes that our eyes receive invisible photons from the material surroundings, which according to present-day physics do not even have a mass, but can, at the same time, evoke images of three-dimensional objects with volume and mass in the human brain? This is one of the many paradoxes and unanswered questions, one can encounter in present-day empiric science that give us a clue as to why it has totally failed to understand the Nature of All-That-Is and has to be replaced with the new theory of the Universal Law.

The primordial false idea of being separated from the Source, respectively, from the Whole, while being part of the drama of human illusions on earth, has obviously generated numerous ideas that carry this vicious concept. Just as a software program can harbor a virus, a bug, and infect any other software program, so do the idea of separation from the Whole: It infiltrates all subsequent ideas of mankind in such a profound way that a whole civilization can be created on false ideas and sustained for some time for the sake of illusion.

This is what has actually happened on earth for eons of times. Such civilizations that are grounded in false ideas of separation can only exist by the active support of the cohesive energies of All-That-Is, because it is impossible for any system to be truly separated from All-That-Is. This is known as the Law of Oneness in esoteric circles. This insight will be in the centre of the upcoming revelations that will unfold this year in collective human consciousness and will ultimately lead to Ascension of the vast majority of human beings on earth by the end of 2012 or some time later.
*
At present human beings are not capable of discerning the numerous wrong ideas of separation that build the fabric of their society, because they have been raised with them, and these have shaped their belief systems in a profound way. Very often such wrong ideas carry the nimbus of infallible scientific truths that a humble human being can hardly oppose, as is the case with most light workers who are, on the one hand, ignorant on current failed science for good reasons, but, on the other, quite vulnerable to flawed scientific argumentation.

One central flawed concept of science is the exclusive application of closed rational numbers in mathematics and, from there, in all exact natural sciences, as we have shown above. Another basic flawed idea is the introduction of closed physical systems in modern physics, such as “ideal elastic collision”, “blackbody radiation”, “Carnot machine”. These closed systems are used to describe various energy interactions or to derive particular physical laws thereof.

The introduction of the concept of closed systems has, however, a sound ground. As already said, one can only describe the physical world in a correct manner, if one has grasped the essence of All-That-Is – first and foremost, its closed character.

This is precisely where empiric science has totally failed. The Whole is closed. In order to describe its parts, this idea must be introduced somehow in the physical view of the world. This has been achieved by inventing such abstract closed systems as ideal elastic collision, blackbody radiation, etc., which are hypothetically supposed not to exchange energy with the surroundings.

However, all systems are open. Here we have an antinomy, a fundamental paradox of physics and science, which we have also described as heavenly dichotomy. Just like mathematics, physics is essentially founded on paradoxes and antinomies. It is important to observe that conventional physics is fully unaware of this fundamental inconsistency.

While such closed systems can be found in any textbook on physics, this discipline has failed to acknowledge the fact that such a system as for instance Carnot machine, with which the thermodynamics of adiabatic processes is explained, is a phantom. Otherwise, we would have already created perpetuum mobile, an everlasting energy source, and all our energy problems would have been solved forever.

There are many other fundamental theoretical flaws of present-day physics. For instance, all current physical constants, magnitudes, quantities, variables, dimensions, and corresponding SI-units are defined in a circular manner, for instance, space (length) is defined by introducing time and assuming tacitly that this quantity is already firmly established. The definition of time, itself, needs the a priori introduction of length (space); electric current and its corresponding SI-unit is defined through charge and vice versa – charge through current. This list can be extended ad infinitum. The author recommends the reader to scrutinize these definitions in any textbook on physics with a fresh eye after he has read this essay.

All definitions of physical quantities and their dimensions obey without an exception the principle of the vicious circle (circulus vitiosus): One part is defined through another, while the Whole is neglected. This circumstance has precluded a true understanding of All-That-Is in current empiric science. This simple epistemological fact is so evident in the theory of physics even for beginners that the author is really baffled and has failed to find any other explanation as to why this fact has not be acknowledged so far but to assume that all scientists are imbecile and are totally unable of any elementary logical thinking.
*
All wrong trivial and scientifically disguised ideas stem from the primordial subjective perception of humans as being distinct biological entities separated from All-That-Is. For most people their identity ends with the boundary of their epidermis. This is the central illusion of mankind that will be eliminated with Ascension.

How comes that such wrong ideas have become the spiritual foundation of our society without leading to a massive collapse much earlier? The answer is fairly simple and has been anticipated by our previous discussion. Even when a whole society has been established on completely wrong ideas and beliefs, it can continue to exist for a long period of time, because it has never ceased to be part of the life-spending and life-sustaining energies of All-That-Is.

We can alternatively discuss this aspect in scientific, physical terms. It is always possible for the higher realms of Creation to establish local conditions of destructive interference on a single planet by employing immense higher frequency energies that surround the system of destructive interference and sustain it by creating conditions of constructive interference on a much higher energetic level. This is similar to the (futile) efforts of scientists to sustain a plasma reaction by encompassing it with a powerful electromagnetic field.

In the channeled esoteric literature one often reads that earth is a planet of negative, toxic, dark energies that has been “sealed” by the higher realms from the rest of the galaxy for eons of times. This idea has been initially promoted in John’s Revelations, although this book has been obviously written much later by other channeled spiritual beings.

The current process of Ascension embodies the stepwise elimination of massive energetic layers that establish the condition of destructive interference and operate as effective barriers that hinder the entrance of high frequency energies of All-That-Is in the astral atmosphere of our planet. The much discussed star portals or gateways at specific numerological dates, such as 01.01.01, 02.02.02… 11.11.11, and 12.12.12, represent the elimination of the conditions of destructive interference on earth by that of constructive interference.

Practically, the low frequency layers that shield earth from the 4^th and 5^th dimensions and sustain its current three-dimensional density are eliminated step by step, so that the veil of forgetfulness can be lifted for the whole mankind during this and next year. When these low frequency layers created by destructive interference begin to dissolve, earth can no longer stay in its current 3d-density and will begin to ascend to the 4^th and 5^th dimensions. This is what is actually happening since the first harmonic convergence in the summer of 1987. In the last several years the deletion of the local conditions of destructive interference on earth has exponentially accelerated.

This explanation also renders the scientific solution to the central theological dispute since Antiquity as presented by Leibniz in his famous Theodizee. How come that God and the world, he has created, are perfect, while human beings and their petty objects of Creation are so imperfect?

As this essay is not intended to be a philosophical disquisition of theological topics, we shall not indulge into it any further, but the author would like to express the wish that modern mankind were much better informed with respect to the intellectual achievements of its numerous thinkers in the past, so that present-day light workers need not discover the wheel on a much primitive intellectual level again and again. The intellectual abyss and spiritual ignorance that one encounters on this planet prior to Ascension are indeed staggering, as the author must confess with great regret. Back to Contents
   14. The Idea of Separation from All-That-Is Explains the Eschatology of Human Existence

All-That-Is is closed, discrete, i.e., it consists of infinite open systems and levels that exchange energy, continuous, i.e., there is no vacuum between the systems and levels, and infinite. All these attributes of All-That-Is can be used as nouns, synonyms, tautologies for All-That-Is, For example, we can use consistently the words continuum, infinity, closed entity, discreteness, etc. for All-That-Is according to the principle of last equivalence without changing anything in this discussion or in our knowledge about the world and who we are.

The parts contain the Whole as an element and can be mathematically defined as U-sets. There is, however, one fundamental difference between the Whole and its parts that has been realized for the first time to its full extent in the history of mankind after the Universal Law was discovered and the new Energology elaborated:

While the Whole is closed, all levels and systems of it are open.

As this basic eschatological fact has not been apprehended by science and religion so far, it has led to a profound, prolonged, and very painful confusion among all believers and scientists throughout the history of mankind. Most of the mental disarray that will be experienced this year can be attributed to this ignorance of humans. All wars, crimes, and atrocities that have been accomplished on earth so far stem from this mental confusion. Therefore, this aspect has become a leitmotif of the present essay and will be elaborated specifically in this chapter.

The difference between the Whole, being closed, and its parts, being open, creates the only true eschatological reason for the existence of 3d-space-time of solar universes. The Whole is something. The opposite of it would be nothing. As we, human beings, are something, we have no idea of nothing. It will stay so forever. This holds true for any consciousness or awareness within All-That-Is. The Nothing can be called Void or Vacuum. None of them exists. The Whole is All-That-Is.

However, the idea of nothing cannot be wholly excluded from human mind, respectively, from any other consciousness or cosmic awareness. Both terms – Something and Nothing – build the fundamental Antinomy of Existence of All-That-Is. As All-That-Is is Creativity, it must also explore the Conditions of Nothing. However as nothing does not exist, All-That-Is creates local conditions of destructive interference that imitate the existence of nothing. We have a deliberately created antinomy for the sake of experiencing an extreme separation.

How does All-That-Is accomplish this task? Very simply, it imitates itself in the parts. It creates systems and levels that are seemingly closed (separated) from All-That-is, although this is virtually impossible. The total Amnesia of incarnated human entities creates for instance the illusion of being a biological species that is closed and separated from All-That-Is. The same holds true for human civilization at the collective level.
*
Mankind, in its vast majority, currently believes that it is unique in the whole galaxy which contains trillions of solar systems and planets. Current agnostic humanity considers itself to be the exquisite and coincidental crowning of biological evolution that has started from a primitive one-cellular organism and has slowly evolved in eons of time. Therefore, mankind officially still believes that it is totally separated from the Source and other incarnated civilizations, some of which are populating the astral space of our planet for eons of time.

Notwithstanding this belief, the actual Powers That be, the “aliens” from the Orion/Reptilian Empire, are actually endemic on this planet for more than 500,000 years and consider themselves to be owners of this planet. From this point of view, they consider modern human beings, which they have initially created through genetic engineering, as their slaves that they have introduced on earth for the purpose of fulfilling their basic needs. They consider humans, just as humans consider animals. This explains their nefarious deeds against humanity which seem to have the only purpose of annihilating human beings.

This is the actual cognitive and existential dilemma in which humanity is currently entrapped by the Powers That Be in a deliberate way. Their tactic is to keep humans ignorant on the actual situation on earth and to lull them into the wrong belief that they are an exquisite ultimate manifestation of a protracted biological evolution, based on the principle of chaos, or trial and error, whereas, in fact, they have been conceptually created as servants for these dark forces some 13,000 years ago, first by the Reptilian Anunnaki and later on genetically improved by the Sirians, which are representatives of the Forces of Light.

For this purpose the Powers That Be have introduced numerous ideas and concepts in human society that cement the wrong idea of separation. The most insidious system of deception of all is the Orion monetary system that creates the impression that human beings must work hard to earn money in order to survive. Darwin’s flawed evolutionary idea of “the survival of the fittest” was further exaggerated to become an established social doctrine and a rectification for all predatory practices of the economic and financial Elite.

During their social activities, human beings have been forced to compete all the time with other human beings and to consider them potential rivals or even enemies. The working place has become a jungle. The eschatological purpose of human life has been reduced to the acquirement of paper money and material goods that create the illusion of security. Money is considered to be the only viable security for survival in an unfriendly environment. Creation out of unconditional love, compassion, and understanding has no place in the Orion monetary system. These conditions deepen the wrong impression of separation among all human entities that culminates in the ubiquitous angst of death in present-day society.

Humans believe that they must surround themselves with as much material goods as they can imagine for the purpose of surviving, but they know deep in their heart that they have no power over death. That is the cardinal dilemma of the current Elite. Their fears are hypertrophied to such an extent that their desire to control everything, first and foremost, all the monies available, and through them all human lives, seems to be, in their view, the only alternative to appease their basic angst in front of death.

This, however, does not exclude the possibility of eliminating each other within their power games, as this can be seen among Mafia families. Have these entities had more compassion for their fellows, they would have easily discerned that no money or power on this earth could protect them from the nefarious thoughts and deeds of their akin. This insight would have been sufficient to convince them to wrap up their insidious plans to control the world. The author is optimistic that this will happen this year.

The numerous mental and emotional ramifications of the Orion monetary system on human thinking, feeling, and behavior are so profound and ubiquitous that there is virtually no space in current human society that is not thoroughly poisoned by this vicious system. This is the current problem of all light workers who have to immerse in the toxic atmosphere of earth and cannot find an adequate place that will serve them as a spiritual shelter.

It is important to observe at this place that all enlightened civilizations in the solar universes do not use money, because they do not need this primitive means for the organization of their society. They have understood the nature of money.

Money imitates the Nature of All-That-Is which is energy. The difference of the Orion monetary system to energy is that it entraps the entities and steals their energy, while real energy is always free – it floats from one system to another without any preference. Money, as it is used today, stipulates all the wrong emotional and mental concepts of separation, such as greed, power, manipulation, aggression, etc., that are basic fears of the human templates and thus typical for all entities that live in total amnesia and lead to their enslavement.

These negative characteristics are typical for the mentality of young souls who live in the greatest separation from the Source. The American society, being determined by collective greed, corruption, unlimited aggression, self-righteousness, arrogance, and ignorance for the rest of the world, is paradigmatic for the collective behavior of all entities that are separated from All-That-Is. As young souls build the majority of the current population on earth, their negative features are inherent to the whole mankind.

Therefore, we will witness this year in the first place a radical shift of public opinion away from these negative collective characteristics towards more transparency, compassion, equality, and respect for the free will of the individual. All the revolutions and upheavals that will be unleashed this year will demand for such a change in human perceptions. This change is a necessary prerequisite for preparing humanity mentally and emotionally for the upcoming Ascension at the end of next year.
*
Religion is the next huge system of deception of the Powers That Be that deepens the wrong concept of separation. Most of the sacred books of current world religions have been dictated or rewritten by the Powers That Be through channeling or by human proxies, which have been reptilian incarnations and have always belonged to the Elite (Illuminati, ruling families, etc.). The religious practices have institutionalized this idea in everyday life.

In Christianity for instance the reincarnation of the soul and its multidimensional nature as originally preached by Jesus were eliminated in its official teaching and the direct contact of the incarnated entity to the higher self was negated. Instead, priests became the only competent intermediaries between All-That-Is and the individual. This has led to a profound spiritual enslavement of western mankind.

The very existence of Jesus Christ has been totally fabricated as ordered by Constantine, the Great, in the 4^th century. The myth about this entity was established as a composite of two spiritually highly evolved personalities, who lived approximately at the same time as described in the New Testament – the entity Jeshua from the group of the Essenes in Palestine and Apollonius of Tyana, whose life has been depicted by Philostratos. The synoptic gospels were written by the Piso brothers on behalf of Constantine for the Nicene council that established Christianity as official religion of Rome. John’s Gospel was written by the sister of the Piso brothers, who belonged to the Reptilian Elite at that time.

Nostradamus was, for instance, also a representative of the Elite and made deliberate predictions for the End Times that suited the plans of the Powers That Be. They knew that they are bound to lose their power during this crucial period and wanted to alter the circumstances in advance as to suit their plans.

There is virtually not a single major sacred book of mankind that has not been falsified or written under the dictation of the Powers That Be, as to serve their aims to enslave human beings by forging the idea of their separation from All-That-Is. This also holds true for most social and economic doctrines in the past that have further deepened the separation of humanity, as we shall discuss it below for the current major macroeconomic theories.
*
The situation with science and its theory is quite similar to that of religion and finance. Science has always had the propensity to discern the truth behind the veil of forgetfulness and human illusions. This has been primarily the task of philosophy since Antiquity, throughout the Dark Ages, Renaissance, and Enlightenment. With the begin of industrialization and modern empiric science, this philosophical pursuit and quest for knowledge were diverted from the inner spiritual dimension of the individual towards the external world and the spiritual dumping down of the incarnated human entities reached an unprecedented peak.

The 19^th and 20^thcenturies marked the darkest period of human history with respect to their alienation from the Whole. This trend has been reversed in the last 50-60 years when a large number of highly evolved souls, known as light workers, way showers, star seeds, have incarnated on earth to prepare this planet and the vast majority of its human population for Ascension.

Through manipulating religion, science, and economic activities of human beings, the surreptitious dark forces on earth have effectively suppressed the pristine knowledge that humans are immortal souls and independent creators of their destiny to the point that a return to Oneness seems now impossible for many beings. This heinous strategy has been used for thousands of years and has become an inextricable reality for most incarnated human beings. Purely for this reason the current financial system must collapse this year in order to liberate humans from the shackles of overwhelming pecuniary and materialism that reign over modern society. Both are manifestations of the primordial idea of separation from the Whole.
*
In addition to these suppressive measures that have essentially affected human minds, the incarnated entities have been genetically engineered as to harbor a vast number of astral templates at the cellular and genetic level that promote various feelings of fear and fear based beliefs. These fear patterns are local destructive interferences within the physical, emotional, and mental body and also involve the chakra system.

This is a huge theme that is beyond the scope of this essay and has been broadly discussed by numerous channels in the last years. Purely for this reason, many incarnated entities undergo currently a light body process, which is essentially an elimination of these blockades through establishing the conditions of constructive interference in the human bodies by augmenting their frequencies.

Current Ascension is the liberation of human beings as incarnated entities from the invisible enslavement by the dark entities from the 4^th dimension, the Powers That Be, who have chosen the path of total separation from the Whole. Since these entities are guided by this primordial idea in their very existence, they have introduced it on every level of human society – from everyday life to science and religion, although the latter was originally intended to eliminate the idea of separation and to open the eyes of the believers for the truth that they are “sparks of God”.

It is not an exaggeration to conclude that human beings have been for eons of time pawns in the hands of the dark forces that have pulled their strings from the 4^th dimension of total separation from All-That-Is. They have used various insidious tactics to achieve this goal.

For instance, to every enlightened soul/star seed that incarnates on earth, three Orion entities from the 4^th dimension are attached upon birth. Their function is to effectively block the lower, middle and higher self of the incarnated entity and to boycott its creativity. Many light workers, who under normal conditions would have had the power and mentality to create abundance on earth, are inhibited by such destructive 4d-entities throughout their lives.

Numerous such unholy trios have accommodated themselves so perfectly into the emotional and mental structure of the incarnated light workers – they live in such a perfect mimicry with the fear-driven templates of these entities, without which no entity can exist on earth – that most light workers are not able to discern these evil energy spongers and effectively eliminate them from their energetic fields.

The elimination of these energy-sponging entities follows the Universal Law of Free Will. As soon as the entity discerns the existence of such an inhibiting 4d-astral trio in his energetic aura, he has the right to expel it from his fields by stating this wish firmly and deliberately. In this case, he may ask for help from the higher realms. This process will accelerate this year when the “separation of the wheat from the chaff” will finally take place (see below).

This is the dumping practice of the dark forces at the individual level that overlaps with their hidden negative influences on the collective intellectual (science), emotional (entertainment, financial problems) and social level (dictatorship, political repression, etc.). These methods of the dark ones must be made known to the public, so that all people can take appropriate measures to protect themselves with established spiritual techniques, but also to comprehend why human society has failed to achieve true spiritual progress throughout his long history of oppression.

The author pays great attention to this aspect of psycho-mental repression of human incarnated entities by the dark Orion forces, because he has gone through this personal experience and knows how unpleasant it can be. In this case knowledge is power.
*
The decision of earth souls to incarnate on this toxic planet, called Gaia, which can be regarded as an asylum, where the inmates have taken control over the asylum and any sane being that enters this asylum is immediately declared insane by the true insane ones, is to experience the utmost separation from All-That-Is at any price. In order to create this condition of separation, the incarnated souls on earth use such dark agents as the Powers That Be, the Luciferian, Ahriman, and demonic forces from the 4^th dimension, to establish the condition of destructive interference and to gestalt it in the most realistic way by instigating numerous human dramas.

The inner bond of the incarnated entity with All-That-Is cannot be wholly severed, as the personality is always an intrinsic part of the Source. However, the actual energetic separation through destructive interference on many different energetic levels that constitute the incarnated entity and his physical vessel can be so pronounced, that it shapes his mentality as well as the collective beliefs and behavior patterns of human society in a profound way.

This condition of total separation is planned for planet B that will remain in the 3d-density, after the shift of the ascended earth (Planet A) in the 5^th dimension has taken place. The planet B will progress along the path of even greater separation than currently observed. Life on this planet will remain under the total control of the dark forces and will be a living hell.

Only those incarnated entities who cannot ascend will continue with their incarnation on this catastrophic planet that has already entered this streamline at the beginning of this year. This will be a small fraction of the current population that will also include part of the Elite who will survive the shift in underground bases, which they have been building for many years with the help of the dark aliens in anticipation of this event.

Those entities who will survive the huge energy tsunami at the time of Rapture will be the future slaves of the Elite on planet B and will be confronted with terrible living conditions. The cosmic energies that will trigger the split of the two earths will destroy most current technologies. The electric grid, the communication system, internet, and all engines of combustion will no longer function because the properties of the new photon space-time (electromagnetic field) on earth after the shift will be altered dramatically.

It is important to observe that currently about 1/3 of all souls are baby and child souls. These are incarnated entities that are products of recent genetic engineering by the Powers That Be and have a very rudimentary soul. While they will proceed with their incarnation cycle on planet B, their DNA will be reduced to one strand, and they will totally forget their bond with All-That-Is. They will immerse into the new denser physicality of planet B and will live in a very primitive oppressive society, where even the concept of religion will no longer exist.

About one third of human population will leave earth in the End Times through natural cause or through dematerialization of the human body. It is estimated that about half of the population will ascend at the time of Rapture on 21 December 2012 and that there will be one or more Ascension waves of highly evolved entities prior to this event. This is concise information on the future of planet A and planet B. The reader may learn more about these planets from the channeled messages of Cosmic Awareness.
*
The situation of the incarnated entities on earth is essentially as follows. The earth souls come from the 5^th dimension when they incarnate on this planet. Some star seeds come from a higher dimension to assist the process of Ascension at this time. At the 5^th dimension, which is also known as Celestria, the soul can experience the Oneness with All-That-Is and has the unlimited power to create immediately through imagination.

Upon entering the physical vessel of the organic body, the incarnated soul creates the veil of forgetfulness, a state of total amnesia with respect to its origin. The crucial consequence of this amnesia is that the incarnated entity forgets that he is a powerful being and has the unlimited potential to create his destiny and his surroundings. Instead, he regards himself as a weak biological entity that is seemingly helpless and vulnerable to all kinds of natural dangers and astral influences.

Starting from this ultimate “fall from grace”, the soul begins with her gradual Ascension and reconnection with All-That-Is within her long incarnation cycle. The strife that the incarnated entity experiences in its inner realm throughout his earthly life and which he incessantly projects onto the outer world, is the battle between the dark Ahriman forces, the Cabal, the dark forces of the Orion entities from the 4^th dimension, that have the function to dump down the entities to a greater separation and control, and the inner voice of the soul from the 5^th dimension that is perceived as pristine feelings, intuitions and pre-conceived knowledge and lead him on the path to Ascension.

This is the allegoric battle between Gog and Magog about which one can read in John’s Revelations. This book has been channeled by enlightened entities much later than the other gospels and has been included only per chance in the New Testament in order to inform the people what will happen on this planet at the End Times.

This inner battle between Darkness and Light that is fought in each incarnated entity is a key concept of many religions in East and West. This inner strife can only be solved within the mental and emotional confines of the individual, as every incarnated entity is an independent and powerful creator of his destiny and planes of experience. However, it lies in the essence of the incarnated entities, living in total separation from All-That-Is, to solve this inner collision in the outer world by instigating wars, invasions, and all kinds of atrocities. This is the key to an eschatological understanding of human existence on earth.

This negative tendency lasts as long as the incarnated entity begins to realize that all crimes and atrocities, which he commits upon other entities, are crimes committed against oneself. Purely for this purpose, the law of karma has been introduced. Karma has the function of making the entity aware of the fact that he is not separated from the Source and that all he has to do is to recognize this eternal truth, re-member who he is, and surrender to the soul as part of the Whole. After this spiritual insight is achieved, there is no need for the soul to incarnate anymore in the 3d-space-time of solar universes and the incarnation cycle is completed.

This is what most human beings will experience at the end of 2012, when they will ascend in the 5^th dimension. It is the apotheosis of all human experience – an event of truly cosmic, heavenly dimension, and mankind ought to be exalted in the coming days by this dazzling perspective. Heaven has been promised to mankind since eons of time, Jesus, being the last prophet in a raw, to make them aware of this promise, and now heaven is within a reach. Brethren, this is the most exciting time to live on earth. Enjoy it!
*
The greatest grievance of mankind has always been that it does not understand how it manifests its reality, although the higher self does this in an incessant manner for its incarnated entity in synchronization with the other souls from the 5^th dimension. This is accomplished by the creation of myriad alternative worlds, realities, astral probabilities of individual destinies until the optimal solution is found.

The higher realms of Creation operate like a huge interactive internet or a mathematical algorithm that is incessantly fed by an infinite amount of input data. The data are processed in the Now by establishing myriads of feedback mechanisms with parallel realities. The final outcome is the creation of human life on earth with respect to this planet. However, there are myriads planets and solar systems, as there are countless souls in the higher realms.

Earth is a very small planet in comparison to most other planets in the solar universes. In addition, there are infinite versions of earth, which can be defined from a human, linear point of view as past, present and future; in reality they exist simultaneously in All-That–Is and interact with each other.

For a short period of time, the ascended earth A and the catastrophic planet B will intercept after they have split in 2012. This split has already commenced. After the final split is accomplished, the ascended entities in the 5^th dimensional earth may establish contact with those human beings living on planet B, but these entities will not recognize them anymore because their perception will be exclusively orientated towards the greater density and physicality of planet B. Hence, there will soon be no need to communicate with these entities and the two worlds will definitely separate.

Currently, we have the same situation between the incarnated entities on earth and the excarnated entities in the higher realms. While the entities from the higher realms can always contact us through telepathy and other means of communication, most human beings on earth, defined as the “sleeping majority” by the author, have no idea that they can also contact their higher self and other related souls. This state of spiritual denial will end abruptly this year, when some major events will occur on this planet and will eliminate forever the veil of forgetfulness under which mankind has existed for eons of time.
*
The role of the dark forces on current earth can only be understood in this context. There are, for instance, infinite earth versions that are as valid as this one that have no dark forces, because they vibrate at a much higher frequency, where the dark forces can no longer exist. The already existing blueprint of the ascending earth in the 5^th dimension is such a version.

Even when the dark forces create through genetic engineering new human clones, they can only accomplish this task with the hidden support from the higher realms of Creation, which are responsible for the myriad earth versions known as omni-earth. However, the influence of the dark forces from the 4^th dimension upon human consciousness at the individual and social level of our current plane of existence has been enormous and has determined to a great extent the conditions of life on earth. These conditions have been partially corrected by the souls from the 5^th dimension to the extent, to which the incarnated entities have become more enlightened and aware of their bond with God.

This year the balance of powers on earth will dramatically shift. Due to the increase in frequency of earth and most human beings, the dark forces, which already vibrate with a lower frequency than that of earth and many light workers, will lose their grip on the planet and humanity. They will have to retrieve in the 4^th dimension and wait the final Ascension at the end of 2012. During these End Times that include the years 2010 to 2012 the energetic conditions for destructive interference for all social structures that are based on the primary idea of separation will be firmly established and the world order will inevitably collapse.

This is achieved by pouring huge waves of high frequency energies onto the earth that alter the habitual, long existing conditions of low frequency constructive interference creating the idea of separation with that of new destructive interference. This would say that all low frequency material and social systems, behavior patterns, as well as their underlying beliefs will be now out of balance with respect to the new augmented basic frequencies of earth and mankind. When the tipping point of total destructive interference is reached, the old structures will crumble within a very short period of time. This is seen to happen this year (2011).
*
The period of preparation of humanity for Ascension includes a radical shift in the weltanschauung of most human beings. While it has always been easy in the past to blame others for one’s problems or to seek condolence in a higher authority, in a Christian God, Judaic God, Allah, or any other arbitrary supreme deity, human beings will begin to realize that they have the absolute autarky to create their own destiny and reality.

The truth will emerge that all human beings are creator beings. Incessantly – at every moment in the Now! This truth will become more and more apparent this year, as we approach Ascension and the veil of forgetfulness is thinned. The true multidimensional nature of human beings will emerge behind this veil and the people will begin to understand the Nature of All-That-Is – the Unity of all Consciousness.

When the Egyptian people finally awakened and revolted against the long-standing dictatorship of the Reptilian Mubarak and his clique, they explicitly declared their will to be the legitimate sovereign of their ancient country and that they intend to take their destiny for the first time in their long history in their own hands. They no longer need the alleged support or the clandestine oppression of external foreign powers and dark forces that hide behind them.

This collective acclamation of the Egyptian people of their natural rights of freedom, expression, and self-determination has been enabled by the huge changes in the astral energetic fields of earth and mankind. At the same time, the emotional outburst of the people of this ancient country is so powerful that it will not only oust the dark forces on power, but will trigger a sweeping wave of revolutions and liberation movements throughout the globe that will mark the end of the reign of all dark forces on earth prior to Ascension.

This is well understood by the Powers That Be and their proxies – the hidden governments, the Elite, the thirteen families, the Cabal, the super-secret services, the political powers that have been embroiled to such an extent with the Orion reptilian empire that they have now only two choices:Either revolt against their former masters and eventually risk their lives or stick to them and choose that living hell, called planet B.If they decide to shoulder with the awakening population and facilitate the transition of mankind to an enlightened society, they may eventually qualify for Ascension. It is their choice. There is very little time left.

Most channels transmit nowadays the information that human beings can begin to create their own destiny through their thoughts and feelings. They may create a sparkling future in Heaven (Celestria) after Ascension or choose a catastrophic timeline that will bind them to the remaining planet B, where the Powers That Be will regain the unlimited power that they have enjoyed for the last 13,000 years. This creation of future timelines must begin now. Ascension is not an event but a prolonged mental, emotional and energetic process. The separation of the wheat from the chaff has already begun.
*
The uniqueness of current Ascension of mankind and earth is that the slaves now become sovereign masters and creators of their own destiny. They have been given the divine right to surpass their former masters from the 4^th dimension and to ascend directly in the 5^th dimension. However, most of mankind will find itself in the lower 5^th dimension, where the new ascended planet A will still retain its physicality and where immediate creation through imagination will have to be learned step by step.

But there will be also those – the light workers and the star seeds -that will go directly to Celestria and will become the new-born leaders of their ascended human fellows; they will teach them how to create the much proclaimed Golden Age. This is the choice that each and every individual will have to make in the course of this and next year, when current human civilization will irreversibly collapse.

And make no mistake, there is very little time left for creating new social structures, as some 4d-channels of disinformation of the dark forces currently suggest with the aim of stirring confusion among the people. The current concept of NESARA that is hugely popular among many light workers should be re-evaluated in this context. Humans will have to accommodate with the little that is left after the financial crash will hit the economy this year so hard that it will eliminate most of the opportunities to earn one’s living.

On the other hand, it is not planned that human beings will still feed the old Orion system of economics in the End Times. Therefore, no new economic system is planned for this earth in the remaining period before Ascension. The dark ones may have their own nefarious plans for Planet B, but this will no longer be of interest to the awakening majority of human beings. They will awake after Ascension on the ascended planet A, where abundance is the Nature of All-That-Is. None of the current economic and social structures will exist in the 5^th dimension.

Those, who will not ascend, may not even realize that such a process is taking place, because it will not fit into their narrow-minded world view. They will continue with their lives in the living hell on planet B, steadily forgetting the advantages of the past industrial epoch that has been irrevocably terminated with the Rupture of the two earths. This is essentially the eschatology of human existence on earth during the End Times prior to Ascension. Back to Contents
   15. Ascension is the Separation of the Wheat from the Chaff

The last several decades in the history of mankind are marked by a severe battle in the 4^th, 5^th and higher dimensions between the dark forces, The Powers That be, the so called “Unholy six” (Greys, zeta reticuli, Reptilians, etc.), the actual controllers of earth, on the one hand, and the Forces of Light (Galactic Federation, White Brotherhood, etc.) on the other.

While this battle has huge repercussions in the third dimension on earth, the vast majority of human entities are not even aware of it. The sleeping majority of human beings are involuntary slaves of the Powers That Be, who execute this perennial enslavement through their proxies. The latter have the hidden agenda to create the New World Order, as one of their main speakers, Kissinger, recently loudly proclaimed on television.

To this end they have corrupted in the last several decades the financial system worldwide by transforming it into a huge Ponzi scheme that is exclusively based on creating new debt and money out of thin air. The chief culprits are the FED and the private American and Anglo-Saxon banks that own this central bank, followed by ECB and other central banks. Many of the CEOs of these financial corporations are human clones that are created by genetic engineering by the Unholy Six, in the first place, by the Greys. This knowledge will become a central piece of information in the revelations and tribulations that will take place in the course of this year.

Therefore, the only people that know exactly what will occur in the End Times are the proxies of the Dark forces, also known as Illuminati, the hidden Government, the Powers of the New World Order, the 13 families, etc., and the super-secret services that have been engaged in clandestine joint ventures, mainly underground, with the Unholy six. They have created many new technologies, including UFOs and other vehicles, while at the same time they have systematically suppressed the implementation of numerous patents and new technologies for the sake of the broad population.

For instance, the clean technology to produce hydrogen and oxygen from water as a fuel for all kinds of motors of combustion is available for several decades, but it has been deliberately suppressed by the oil corporations which are in the hands of the dark forces.

The ultimate goal of such nefarious practices is the enslavement of mankind. However, this is not the plan for humanity at this time, as the Forces of Light will also have a say on this issue.

There are some light workers that are also informed about what is happening behind the scene. However, the vast majority of star seeds are either completely ignorant on the role of the dark forces in the shaping of humanity or prefer to close their eyes, as these facts can be indeed very scary, and fears do not help the light body process and Ascension. Nevertheless, some of these facts must be made public very soon. Information is Light, and where Light is, there is no Evil. The activities of the dark forces must be completely blocked this year, so that they can no longer exert their deplorable influence on mankind prior to Ascension.
*
While the dark forces want to preserve the status-quo, the Forces of Light are preparing our planet and the vast majority of mankind for Ascension in the 5^th dimension. The final shift of earth – in the Bible this event is also known as Rapture – will be accomplished on 21 December 2012. Our planet will then split into two planets as already discussed:Planet A will ascend in the 5^th dimensionPlanet B will stay in the present 3d-density, will experience huge material and natural disasters during and after the shift, and will slowly degrade to an even greater density and separation from the WholeAs already said, planet B will be a living hell. The portion of incarnated entities that will decide to live in further separation will continue to live on planet B or will leave earth prior to Ascension. The Powers That Be will have full control on this planet. They are preparing themselves for this event for a long time. They are fully aware of the fact that in the last two years of Revelations and Tribulations they will lose their grip on mankind and earth. All they want to achieve currently is somehow to survive the shift and proceed with their evil business as usual on Planet B. In the meantime, they are doing everything possible to take as many sleeping human beings with them on planet B, as they can harvest in these times of tribulations.

The Forces of Light and the highly evolved earth souls are doing their best to awaken as much incarnated entities as possible, so that they can make their own choices based on their free will and personal knowledge. The alternatives are:to awaken and ascend with the earth in the 5^th dimensionto leave earth and go back to the original realms of all soulsto stay on a degrading catastrophic planet and experience more of the same and even worse*
All evolved souls will ascend. This will include all star seeds (light workers), indigo, crystalline, and rainbow children (old souls), and most adult souls. According to the working model of soul age, as developed by the author, all adult and old souls will ascend. His estimations are that there are currently about 4-8% old souls and about 25-30% adult souls on earth.

During the End Times, the adult soul population will transgress into old souls and most old souls (star seeds) will ascend in the 5^th dimension prior to the final mass Ascension. The transition from one soul age cycle to the next one is associated with a profound confusion that arises from the new psycho-mental and energetic orientation of the incarnated entities as to comply with the requirements of the new soul age.

The adult souls have been exploring their inner dimension for the last 3-4000 years on earth in numerous incarnations, various cultural environments, races, social positions, and dramatic destinies. Quite often they have chosen the role of the martyr and have consented to become victims of young souls who have to make the experience of the perpetrator and extinguish human lives in this soul age. This is part of their “fall from grace”, through which every soul must go. Such intensive human involvements and experiences create the necessary karma that has to be worked out step by step in the following incarnations when the ability to show compassion, love, and understanding have grown in the course of painful experience. This is the chief objective of the adult soul age.

Therefore, in this soul age the incarnated entities must work out their karma either by consenting to become victims of other younger souls or to take responsibilities for other souls that require from them huge sacrifices. During this age cycle the adult soul experiences seldom moments of fulfillment and happiness. She has to live through many stressful moments and to shed many tears. For this reason her eyes are clear and shining.

The eyes of young souls of lower grade of evolution are on the contrary dark and without any sparkling. It should be well known, at least among light workers, that the eyes of the incarnated entity are windows to the soul. Purely for this reason young souls cannot look in the eyes of adult and old souls, as they have to re-member the existence of the soul and this insight scares them to death. Most of these souls are product of genetic engineering by the dark forces and can be easily recognized by their lifeless, dark eyes.

The vast majority of souls that have incarnated on earth at this time are in the young soul cycle (45-50%). Most of them are on the verge of being transgressed into the adult soul cycle. This transgression begins with a total confusion and a dramatic shift of previous beliefs and social habits. The young soul cycle is associated with a maximal amnesia, because in this age the soul has to focus its intent and abilities towards manipulating and changing the external world. These activities include physical matter, but also the manipulation of other entities under various conditions. This kind of experience is typical for the young soul age.

The baby and child souls are also separated from the Source. However, as their mental abilities are rudimental, they are guided in an instinctive, subconscious manner by their souls throughout their life. Since they are unable to exert any influence on society, their biographies are well wrapped in rigid family structures, or they have the assurance to leave the body vessel prematurely, if they cannot cope with the harsh conditions on earth.

The majority of baby and young souls can be found in third world countries, where the mortality rate due to diseases and poor living conditions is quite high, and life expectancy is low. In the industrial countries, baby and young souls can be found in rural areas with stable family structures. In this environment mobility and individuality are not needed to the same extent as in big cities and other urban areas, which are predominantly populated by young souls.

As young souls live in maximal separation from the higher self and All-That-Is, their psychological characteristics are very similar to those of the dark forces that live for eons of time in total separation from the Source. Therefore, they tend to cooperate with them or to succumb to their dark influence from the 4^th dimension. Most of the current Elite are young souls.
*
The dark forces in the 4^th dimension are defined in the esoteric literature as demonic, Luciferian, satanic (Rhyee), etc. In previous times, for instance, in ancient Greece and Hellenism, there was a better understanding for these dark forces and their despicable influence on human behavior. Plotinus, the founder of Neo-Platonism, the most sophisticated Gnostic teaching in the history of Western civilization, has described these demonic forces extensively and very precisely in his Enneads.

Christianity borrowed its knowledge on the dark forces from him and other Neo-Platonists, but distorted their teachings to such an extent that the primitive and very corrupt idea of “the Devil” or “Evil” as a distinct entity was born. This distortion was deliberately forged by the Orion reptilians during the Dark Ages, when their reign on earth was unlimited.

The concept of evil, such as Bush’s “axis of evil”, Reagan’s “empire of evil” (Soviet Union), is used anytime, when an evil one has made up his mind to commit crimes on humanity and needs a false pretext and a rectification for his intended crime. This pattern has remained invariant throughout history.

It will be sufficient to point out to the fact that the American nation is paradigmatic for the collective behavior of young souls: It is the classical young soul nation on earth that dominates and determines the behavior of a large portion of humanity. The plots and protagonists of Hollywood films have stipulated these negative, perverse, truly dark features of the young American souls to the utmost. This is the psycho-mental mind-set of present-day humanity and, to the opinion of the author, one need few words to persuade the reader as to how deplorable the situation on earth has become prior to Ascension.
*
This year, the huge wave of young souls on earth will enter the adult soul cycle. This transgression is associated with a radical shift in their obsession with the manipulation of the outer reality towards the multidimensionality of the inner soul. This process begins with a total confusion of this population of incarnated entities, as none of their young soul beliefs of maximal separation will hold true after their energetic transformation.

The events that are about to unfold very soon will pull the rug away from under their feet and they will have to glimpse into the abysses of their “rotten” souls. This will be a very painful experience, and their reactions and mental aberrations at this time will surpass anything known so far. The recommendation of the author to the light workers is to see through these events with a great portion of relaxation and humor and to not let them being dragged down by the psychopathic and schizophrenic moods of their surroundings and on the world stage.

The transgression from one soul age into the next one is the greatest challenge to every soul during her incarnation cycle. For this reason some souls prefer to perform this transformation as excarnated entities in the 5^th dimension, because it is less dramatic. Other, more courageous souls make this transformation in the 3d-reality. There is no fixed rule to this. The transgression from one soul age to another is associated with a massive release of energetic blockages in the four bodies or fields of the incarnated entity – the physical, emotional, mental, and causal.

During this time, the seven body chakras also undergo a huge energetic transformation that is generally referred to as light body process. It begins with the 4^th heart chakra that opens first, as this is currently the case with most light workers, When it is fully opened, it enlarges significantly and encompasses the lower three chakras, and unifies them with the upper three chakras. The newly built chakra is a unified chakra of the human body. It allows the flow of much more energy from the higher self and the higher realms into the physical body.

The massive transformation of the physical body can now begin with a high speed. The goal is to augment the frequency of the organic body to that of the ethereal body. At that point the phase transformation of the organic body into light body can be instantaneously accomplished. This description holds true for the individual Ascension process, when the entity can ascend without being supported by earth’s Ascension and the cosmic tsunami wave at the end of 2012.

The 6^th and 7^th chakra of such highly evolved entities must be fully opened and connected with the 7^th to 14^th chakra of the over-soul. Normally, the 6^th and 7^th chakra are closed in most incarnated entities. This is the reason, why the vast majority of the incarnated entities on earth do not exhibit any medial abilities.

With the opening of the portal 10.10.10, these upper chakras have also begun to open by most star seeds, and they are now connected with their higher self. Only incarnated entities who have achieved this level in the light body process will qualify for Ascension prior to mass Ascension, most probably after the last, but one, portal 11.11.11 is opened in late autumn this year.

With the beginning of this year humanity has fully entered the process of transgression from one soul age into the higher one. This process is not truly comprehended by most light workers, and it is a non-entity for the rest of mankind. This must change radically this year. A major objective of this essay is to expand human consciousness and to make the people aware of this astral process that now takes place behind the curtain, but will very soon unleash its force on mass psychology and behavior.

Some young souls will successfully manage their transgression into the adult soul age in the End Times and will qualify for Ascension. Others will return to the 5^th dimension as excarnated souls and the rest will remain on planet B. Some of these entities, who belong to the current Elite, may become the new Elite on this planet, provided the fact that they have survived the shift and the turmoil thereafter.

There will be some small waves of Ascension of star seeds, who have sufficiently progressed with their light body process before December 2012. This event will trigger a true spiritual revolution and evolution in the minds of most human beings. It will urge the people to rapidly make their minds to ascend with earth at the end of 2012. However, not all of them will be prepared for Ascension on December 21, when our planet will be in alignment with the central sun of the galaxy and with the other planets of the Galactic Federation, and a huge photon wave will flood earth.

Some of them will stay on planet B for a while and will have the possibility to enter the 5^th dimension at a later stage. In the meantime, they will have to live on a catastrophic earth. This circumstance will eventually facilitate their decision.

In the post-shift period of 3-4 years, the two planets A and B will still have energetic interceptions that will allow the establishment of portals, which can be used by these entities to enter the 5^th dimension. They will receive much help at this difficult time from the Forces of Light and from some highly evolved incarnated entities that have already ascended.

After that the two earths will irreversibly separate, Planet A will move definitely in the 5^th dimension and planet B will go along the path of greater density and separation from All-That-Is. This is the experience, which some very young souls will prefer to make in the course of their incarnation circle. One should accept their choice without expressing false moral prejudices.
*
The splitting of earth and humanity in two streamlines of existence during the End Times is summarized in the famous statement,”The separation of the wheat from the chaff”.The portion of mankind that will decide to remain on Planet B will have for a long period of time no idea of God or even religion, as there will be no more highly evolved souls on this planet that will be beacons of light, as most light workers are nowadays. There will be also no incarnated souls that will be ready to play the role of the martyr and give these young souls the possibility to commit all kinds of atrocities, while learning their karmic lessons. All entities on planet B will be equally evil.

The society on planet B will constitute entirely of entities who will behave according to their egoistic, fearful view of total separation from each other and the Whole. They will consider all other entities as foes and will not be able to follow any moral or ethical principles whatsoever. Human life will have no value on this planet, and all kinds of heinous criminal acts will represent the normal way of living in this debased society. These entities will have to discover anew the Light in their own personality, before they can begin to evolve and experience Ascension in eons of time. This is the normal cycle of incarnation on earth and many other planets in the solar universes of 3d-space-time.

The entities who will ascend on planet A will stay in the 5^th dimension for another 2000 years. Each individual will have the possibility to progress at his own pace. Death will no longer be necessary in order to leave this plane of existence – the entity will be able to dematerialize his light body at his own discretion. Many will soon be able to create and dissolve their light bodies whenever they wish. The contact with other souls from the soul family or past friends can be established anytime. Matter will be more fluid, and immediate Creation upon imagination will soon be possible for many ascended entities. Karma will no longer exist. All relations will be heart-based and will express Christ consciousness. The autarky of all entities will be fully guaranteed and abundance will be the normal state of living, as immediate Creation will be possible for all entities. Life in the 5^th dimension, also known as Celestria, will be, indeed, Heaven.

Therefore, the choice that mankind and every individual will have to make in the next two years will be as follows: Ascend to Heaven or stay on earth and live in Hell. Hardly a choice! But as the events will show, quite a number of human entities will eventually decide to follow their current masters – the Powers That Be – and will stay on earth B, where they can continue enjoying their heinous plans to enslave mankind, without the meddling of some star seeds. Back to Contents
   16. Why Entities want to be Evil

Evil does not exist as a distinct entity. Evil is the absence of Love, and Love is Light. Light is Information. Light, Love, Information are synonyms for Energy, and Energy is the Primary Term of human or any cosmic awareness – it is All-That-Is. All parts of All-That-Is are open and closely related – they exist in a state of constructive interference, in harmony. They are not separated. Separation is the condition of destructive interference. This condition allows the existence of evil. But how?

Separation from the Whole due to destructive interference is the worst experience an entity can endure. It is the fall from grace. Separation creates fear, and fear augments separation. These are two dialectical aspects of one and the same thing. Fear nurtures more fear. Fears are powerful emotional impulses that require action. Action is meant to appease fear. But instead, it creates more fear. Fear can only be eliminated by love and compassion. Also by understanding and information, then without information there is no understanding.

If entities cannot experience love, they cannot appreciate compassion, understanding, and information. They will act out of fear and will generate more fear, than fear is contagious. Such entities hate knowledge and information, that is, transparency, and commit their heinous acts in the dark – hence the term “Dark Forces”. Evil is always an aspect of darkness. Ultimately, such evil dark forces hate light. Because in the light evil can be seen and dissolved. But how can be this circle of perpetuating evil interrupted?

Not until the entities have experienced so much evil and darkness that slowly a longing for something else emerges in their dark awareness. This longing is God’s spark that exists in every distinct consciousness, no matter how dark and evil. This is the inextinguishable bond with the Source. Every entity is a U-set of All-That-Is and carries its essence as an element even if he has forgotten it. When this longing occurs, everything changes. The entity begins to cherish the spark of Light that he has discovered within himself and starts to search for a possibility to express it in the outer space. This is the moment when the entity says farewell to darkness, as it realizes that there is another alternative – that of Light and Oneness.

However, this process is long and painful. During this time darkness and light exist side by side and create the illusion of duality. The battle that now rages between these two extremities is the battle for Ascension and reunion with the Source or further separation from the Whole. During this struggle, evil may eventually win some skirmishes, but the final outcome of this perennial war of cosmic dimensions is always in favor of Light.

In this state of illusion, evil may become a personification, but ultimately all ideas stem from All-That-Is. When this last limit of illusion is also circumvented, the path to Ascension and merging with All-That-Is is finally free. The Prodigal Son returns to the Father. The fallen angles return to God. This is what many human entities will experience in the next two years. It is the apotheosis of this planet and of all civilizations that it has nurtured for eons of time, as they all exist in the eternal simultaneity of All-That-Is and are linked to current humanity. Back to Contents
   17. The Light Body Process (LBP)…Eliminates Separation by Establishing the Conditions of Constructive Interference with the Higher Realms

The reluctance of many human beings to accept the existence of the Forces of Light is an outstanding manifestation of this ubiquitous belief in total separation from the Source. The same pattern applies to the clandestine existence of the Dark Forces – the Powers That Be – that control earth and human civilization since the fall of Atlantis and even earlier.

Although there are many representatives of the hidden governments around the globe that cooperate with these evil forces and contribute as their proxies to the enslavement of mankind, they prefer to foster the idea that human beings are cosmic Robinson Crusoe, stranded by the odds of Nature on an insignificant planet, at the periphery of an unspectacular galaxy, amidst myriad galaxies in All-That-Is.

While this camouflage may serve well the heinous plans of the Powers That Be, the readiness with which such lies are accepted by the masses is a clear indication that the basic idea of separation from the Whole still shapes the weltanschauung of most human beings in a profound way.

The upcoming awakening in the second half of this year will make this state of denial impossible. Where light is, there can be no darkness and no secrets. Light is transparency – it is knowledge and full awareness. The elimination of darkness by light is achieved by establishing the condition of constructive interference and the elimination of all local conditions of destructive interference, where darkness and fears can dwell.

The current state of denial of mankind with respect to the existence of numerous other civilizations in All-That-Is is a manifestation of the fear based structure of human beings that has been artificially engineered by the Powers That Be in order to control them as part of the incarnation game on earth. This has been accomplished with the explicit consent of the incarnated earth souls, because they wanted this kind of limited experience.

For this reason the original human energetic structure as created by the Anunnaki reptilians was somewhat improved by the Forces of Light as to allow for further spiritual evolution of human beings. In particular, they grafted the original reptilian brain of subordination with the simian, mammalian brain and created a humanoid with the ability to express his free will at some point in time along his path of evolution.

The psycho-mental structure of present-day human beings has evolved in the last 13,000 years within the energetic constraints of 500 pre-determined templates that allowed the development of individual characters under the three-dimensional limitations of the physical vessel. These templates of restriction have begun now rapidly to dissolve under the influence of a variety of energetic processes that are coordinated from the higher realms at the individual soul level and at the planetary level. The ultimate goal is to eliminate all levels and conditions of destructive interference within the four fields/bodies of human entities – the biological, emotional (ethereal), mental (spiritual), and causal. This is what light body process is all about.

It should be observed in this context that there is no difference between the terms “body” and “field”. All energetic fields are superimposed wave systems of coherent energetic structure that follow strict geometric principles and can also be described as bodies. They are U-sets that contain themselves as an element.

For instance, the astral body is a mirror image of the organic body and contains the latter at a higher frequency level. It can be regarded as the software astral program, out of which the materialization of the organic body emerges in a secondary manner. This ought to be basic esoteric knowledge.

During the light body process the seven body chakras that have been more or less closed in the past are now beginning to open and to merge until a Unified Chakra is built that can transmit much more high frequency energies from the higher realms into the four bodies than previously. Most of the channeled information in the years 2009 and 2010 has been dedicated to these processes. All these energetic transformations fulfill the conditions of both constructive and destructive interference at the level of the four human bodies.
*
At this place a further theoretical elaboration is necessary. It is not possible to separate the condition of constructive interference from that of destructive interference, as they go hand in hand (U-sets). Let us illustrate this circumstance with another existential phenomenon that currently affects many light workers at the conscious level and the rest of mankind at the subconscious level.

A key aspect of the light body process (LBP) is the cleansing of old emotional patterns (karmic patterns), which are essentially fear based patterns. Emotions can be regarded as superimposed wave systems with frequencies that are higher than those of the organic body, but lower than that of the mental or spiritual body. Spirit, being the total set of all consciousness, exhibits an unlimited spectrum of frequencies and can be highly modulated. This topic is huge and can only be marginally tackled in this essay.

Let us now take an emotional pattern and consider it as a superimposed wave pattern with a specific frequency range. This range has two poles – the positive and the negative one. The positive pole is of higher frequency and can be described as the more loving one and the negative pole is of lower frequency and represents the emotions of fear. These are relative assignments within the narrow range of each specific emotional pattern. For instance, the positive emotional pole of a young soul may vibrate with a frequency which will, at the same time, represent the negative emotional pole of an old soul.

The older the incarnated soul is, the higher the frequencies of all her bodies are. The frequency level of an entity is an indicator of his evolution during his incarnation cycle. The LBP is an accelerated evolution of the incarnated entity in the linear time by rapidly augmenting his frequencies. The mechanism of augmenting these frequencies will be elaborating below for the emotional body.

Each specific emotional pattern of an incarnated entity alternates between the two poles, the positive and negative one, while dwelling most of the time in the middle range. This is a highly dynamic process, of which mankind and most light workers have no clear idea. The ultimate goal of the LBP is to augment the frequency range of all four bodes of the incarnated entity as to allow them to ascend to the higher frequency levels of the 5^th dimension. This process is nothing else, but the establishment of the condition of constructive interference between the energetic field of the entity and the high frequency levels of the 5^th dimension.

How is this gradual increase in frequency in the four bodies of the entity actually accomplished? Very simply! When the LBP is initiated, the chakras begin to open and the flow of high frequency energies in the four bodies increases gradually. During the initial phase, the emotional body is the main target of this transformation, as it contains most of the fear based patterns that separate the entity from the soul and the higher realms. These patterns are essentially responsible for the establishment of the so called Veil of Forgetfulness (Amnesia). Therefore, these fear based pattern must be eliminated from the emotional body step by step in the course of the LBP.

The elimination is accomplished by established a new condition of constructive interference. The soul projects in a precise manner higher frequency energies through the now fully opened Unified Chakra into the emotional body. These energies build through superposition initially the condition of destructive interference with the fear based pattern that ought to be cleansed. In this manner the fear based pattern is extinguished, as this can be observed in wave theory under this condition. This process is described in the channeled literature as “emotional cleansing”.

It goes like this:When two waves or wave patterns are superimposed and out of phase, the maxima of the one wave overlap with the minima of the other wave and the resulting wave pattern is a zero wave line. As a result of this superposition (interference), both waves are extinguished.This is the simplest case. There are infinite variations of interference between the two poles of total constructive and destructive interference. The author has to simplify somewhat the actual situation for didactical purposes, and for this reason he describes the ideal case.

During this process of elimination, the fear based pattern emerges on the surface of conscious awareness and is intensively experienced by the mental body. As fear based emotional patterns are stored at different places in the organic body, the entity can discern after some training the exact somatic location of the fear pattern that is actually deleted and is being felt in a conscious manner in the emotional, mental, and physical body.

It is important to observe that the emotional and mental bodies of the entity are U-sets that contain themselves as an element, as this is the case with all systems of All-That-Is. For this reason all mental ideas are emotionally tainted, and all emotions have to be mentally perceived, before the entity becomes aware of them.
*
The author makes in this context a key distinction between emotions and feelings that has to be elaborated for the sake of clarity. Feelings are original ethereal (emotional) patterns that occur in the higher self, respectively, in the soul, and present themselves as pure intuition to the incarnated entity. Since Antiquity it has been known to humans that the soul can manifest itself mainly through feelings. It is therefore no coincidence that the Greek word for soul is “Psyche”.

When the incarnated entity is aware of his pristine feelings coming from the higher self, he can always know what the soul wants to tell him. Negative feelings associated with some planned activities of the incarnated entity indicate that these plans are in breach with the preconceived plan of the soul and are bound to fail according to the saying:”The best plans of men and mice go sometimes awry”.Unfortunately most of the incarnated entities on earth are deaf to the emotional inspirations of their souls that contain much valuable information about the soul’s plan and its concrete realization on the 3d-plane. Intuitive feelings are perceived by the right hemisphere of the brain which, as mentioned above, is largely disconnected from the left hemisphere as part of the energetic malfunction of human beings.

When the pristine feelings of the right brain are perceived by the mental body, which is predominantly associated with the left hemisphere of the brain, these feelings undergo a profound energetic modulation and distortion that abide by the laws of interference. The feeling is no longer the pristine message of the soul, but is modulated during his mental perception by the fear based beliefs of the Ego that are nurtured in the mental body:The pristine feelings of the soul now become human emotions.Human emotions are hence fear tainted feelings of the soul that initially reach the awareness of the incarnated entity as pure intuition.

We can also put it this way:The Ego is responsible for the deformation of the intuitive feelings of the soul by transforming them into fear based emotional patterns.These emotions no longer contain the valuable information of the soul, but rather entrap the entity in the numerous fallacies and distortions of the reality that is coming from the Ego.

The Ego is like a kaleidoscope that reproduces its basic fears around which it has evolved from early childhood to adolescence in numerous redundant mirror images and variations. These images distort the reality of All-That-Is in a profound way. Human reality on earth is therefore a reality distorted by collective fears. As all fears are illusions, 3d-reality on earth is also an illusion.

This aspect has been extensively discussed by the author in his five books on human Gnosis written in German. The advantage of this language is that it has two different words for reality – Realität and Wirklichkeit. The author uses the word “Realität” for the true reality of the higher realms and the word “Wirklichkeit” for the fear distorted reality of human existence on this planet. The ultimate goal of all light workers should be to discern the fear based distortions of human reality and ascend mentally to the pristine reality of the higher realms. This will be their chief objective in the next two years prior to Ascension.

The psycho-mental structure of the Ego consists essentially of preconceived beliefs and fears that have been more or less unconsciously acquired in the family and confirmed through numerous positive feedbacks from the social environment. They impregnate the entity throughout his life. This kind of social adaptation has been extensively explored in the theory of behaviorism from an outward, empiric point of view. Behaviorism assumes that the external conditions determine human behavior, and that it is sufficient to analyze these conditions in order to predict human behavior. This is agnosticism par excellence.

Our approach in this essay is contrary to that of behaviorism. It begins with the inward dimension, which is the dimension of the soul – the creator of the incarnated entity and his destiny – in order to explain the psycho-mental motors that drive the evolution of the incarnated entity. It is therefore up to the entity to begin to question the fear based patterns that he has acquired throughout his life and to disentangle oneself from their influence. In this way the entity can alter his reality effectively.

We shall show below that the manipulation of fears is the principal mechanism that the dark forces employ to mind-control human entities on earth. Therefore, it is quite logical that most channeled messages suggest the total surrender of the Ego to the soul. The Ego, being a fear based structure, is the main hindrance to true knowledge and transcendence. The Ego blocks the way to Ascension. This should be the ultimate transcendental insight of any evolved personality.

The author is fully aware of the fact that he does not add anything new to current esoteric discussion. He only puts the available Gnostic knowledge on a sound physical, scientific ground by explaining the mechanism of energy transformation of any system in All-That-Is according to the Universal Law and its concrete applications – the laws of constructive and destructive interference.

During the process of cleansing as described above the negative, fear based emotion surges on the surface of the entity’s awareness before it is deleted. This experience can be very unpleasant and exhausting. The intensity of the fear based pattern may be very strong and can overwhelm the entity during the cleansing process. This phenomenon touches numerous existential conditions that have been extensively discussed by the author in his five books on human Gnosis.

The actual mechanism of dissolving a fear based pattern is accomplished by energizing it to the extent that it begins to vibrate very quickly between the negative and the positive pole. The high frequency superimposed vibration from the higher realms flows through the opened unified chakra in the emotional and physical body and interferes with the existing fear based pattern that has to be cleansed. Before the condition of destructive interference is reached and the fear based pattern is deleted (cleansed), the latter reaches a maximal intensity that is perceived at the level of consciousness as antagonistic emotions. This may lead to total emotional exhaustion of the incarnated entity. The entity has the experience that his emotions are running amok – the emotional ups and downs are the result of the alternating of the fear based pattern between the two extremes – the negative and the positive pole.

This is a very challenging experience that occurs again and again during the LBP. Depending on how the entity approaches these gushes of fear, it may support the LBP or impede it. Most of the channeled literature is dedicated to this negative experience without giving any clues about its physical, energetic background. Instead, one can find numerous suggestions and recommendations as to how to mitigate this challenging experience by certain meditation and breathing techniques. The factual knowledge of light workers is seldom stimulated by such one-sided, counter-intellectual channeled messages.

In fact, most of the fear based beliefs have been inserted in the minds of human entities by the dark forces by employing energetic tactics and techniques similar to those used by the soul to sustain the veil of forgetfulness. They are all based on the laws of constructive and destructive interference by employing low frequency fear patterns in the emotional and mental body that separate the entity from the harmonic higher frequency energies perceived as unconditional love.

In this sense the term “unconditional love” is a synonym for the universal constructive interference of all superimposed wave systems and levels (U-sets) of All-That-Is. This level of universal constructive interference cannot be experienced in the 3d-density on earth – therefore, the experience of unconditional love on earth is a myth forged by many channels from the lower astral realms to lull the incarnated entities.

They make human entities dependant on their idiotic, iterative advices as to how to experience unconditional love in order to evolve spiritually by instigating in these mediums deliberately the feeling of spiritual deficiency. They know very well that human beings cannot experience unconditional love on earth to the extent that has been recommended to them by these self-acclaimed astral mentors.

Most astral entities that channel are much less evolved than the incarnated souls they contact. They use this kind of communication only to bask in their role of spiritual mentors by keeping the incarnated entities in a state of emotional co-dependence. This aspect is not truly understood by most mediums who are so proud that they can channel that they forget in their naïve exuberance to display intellectual discernment. Very often they become conduits of all kinds of esoteric trash. Internet is full of such channeled messages that have absolutely no spiritual value.

Unconditional love is an illusionary ideal, as anything in the 3d-space-time. The incarnated entity may long for this blissful state of existence and thus eventually evolve on the spiritual path, but this earthly concept is a poor substitute for the intensity of the universal constructive interference that one can only experience after Ascension in the 5^th dimension. The author apologizes for eliminating this greatest illusion of all light workers, but clarity must precede illusion.

Such fear based patterns build layer upon layer in the emotional, mental, and ethereal body and are also stored in the cells and the genetic code. They function as a very effective barrier that separates the incarnated entity from the soul and hence from All-That-Is. These low frequency levels can be easily manipulated by the dark forces from the 4^th dimension. Most of the mind control that has been exerted in the past 13 000 years on earth is transmitted through these fear based energetic layers that are intertwined in the physical vessel of the entity.

Therefore, any true spiritual evolution of human beings must be supported by major changes in these restricted energetic conditions in the human bodies. This is the actual purpose of the light body process, which is a prolonged process over many years. It consists of numerous distinct cleansing energetic waves that built the new human template, which is open to the high frequencies of the soul and the higher realms. Precisely, the four human bodies can harbor these new high frequency energies and resonate with them in a state of constructive interference without being burnt out or having a short circuit.
*
The author has a vast personal experience in this matter, as he entered the last and most intensive phase of the light body process in 1999. Since then he feels and experiences the various qualities of high frequency energies from the higher realms in his body 24 hours a day, seven days a week. He has done extensive research on the esoteric and channeled literature in the last 25 years and has not found a single source that describes a similar experience of light body process. However, this does not exclude the possibility that there are some individuals who go through the same process, but have not written anything about it.

On the other hand, the author is fully aware of the fact, that only somebody, who is deeply acquainted with the energetic and physiological transformations of the body at the scientific level, can have the clarity, determination, and perseverance to proceed with the light body process in this intensity without searching the help of doctors and other specialists, who are fully unaware of these phenomena and will only hamper the process with their incompetent intervention.

It is important to observe on this occasion that the actual light body process is associated with numerous severe symptoms and chronic conditions that go beyond any medical description and cannot be found in any comprehensive textbook on medicine. Since these conditions are very debilitating, any person fully involved in the light body process who has no medical competence will inevitably seek the expertise of medical doctors and will thus inhibit the progress of his body transformation.

The reason for this is that the entity will demonstrate that he is not the master of his body and that he has consented to delegate his power over it to other entities at a lower level of spiritual evolution. It should be noted at this place that most of the doctors are young souls that have no transcendental experience and have chosen this profession only to experience their profound agnosticism in the field of medical science. Back to Contents
   18. The Dark Forces use the Health Care System to Exterminate Humans

The current health care system in the western world is under the full control of the dark forces that use it as a vehicle to exterminate a large number of human beings in order to better control humanity. Their greatest fear is that they may get thinned out by the enormous population explosion in the last decades and may lose their grip on humanity. This is, by the way, exactly the tactic that the higher realms of All-That-Is employ on this planet in order to promote Ascension.

The ramifications of this clandestine iatrogenic genocide are so numerous and interwoven that the author has dedicated several books to explain and expose them, without being able to tackle all of them. A major tool of human genocide employed in the health care system is the development of synthetic drugs by the pharmaceutical industry that increase morbidity and mortality in the patient population. About 90% of all drugs currently registered by the FDA and EMEA (the European equivalent of FDA) are such drugs, which the author defines as “cell-inhibiting drugs”

This has been done on purpose by employing false biological models that allow the wrong evaluation of the safety and clinical efficacy of these drugs. The scientific, moral, and ethical crimes on humanity in this area are so overwhelming that they by any means surpass the holocaust of Slavonic people and Jews by the Nazis during the Second World War. The author has estimated that through the use of such cell-inhibiting drugs more than one hundred million patients have been prematurely exterminated only in the western, industrialized world in the last 4-5 decades, where their application is very broad and virtually affects all citizens.

On the other hand, it should be said that most of the diseases have been deliberately induced by the dark forces, for instance, AIDS and the recent H1N1 epidemic that has been successfully contained by the Galactic Federation. This theme is huge and beyond the scope of the present essay, but the author is convinced that there will be a lot of discussion in the coming months when he and other people will have the possibility to make vital revelations on the nefarious practices of the dark forces and their proxies in the health care sector.

It should be stressed on this occasion that the author has developed the The General Theory of Biological Regulation based on the Universal law that includes the newest scientific data and has integrated without a single contradiction all the facts obtained in bio-science so far. This is the greatest scientific and intellectual achievement in the history of medicine and bioscience. As he has also extensive experience in clinical research with numerous indications and treatments, he is in the position to evaluate all clinical symptoms that occur during the light body process and explain them from an objective scientific point of view.

From this elaboration we can succinctly conclude that one cannot successfully complete the light body process in the aforementioned intensity, unless he has the absolute clarity and the scientific competence what is going on in his body and in the energetic fields that surround it. Nobody, who relies on current health care system, will be able to successfully complete his light body process, as all medical treatments and procedures are designed to hamper this process. They create the condition of destructive interference with the cosmic laws of biological regulation. The author has extensively discussed in his books the various energy inhibiting mechanisms of synthetic drugs on the regulation of body metabolism, and how they trigger severe side effects, new diseases, and increase mortality.

At the same time the author has gone through so many dangerous, life threatening situations that he has developed a very strong will, which is firmly rooted in his spiritual knowledge on the immortality of the soul and human personality. From this higher vantage point of view, he has always displayed an unshakable conviction in the appropriateness of all interventions of his soul and the higher realms with respect to his body transformation. This attitude – an absolute emotional and spiritual autarky of the entity, who knows that he is a powerful creator of his destiny -is an indispensable prerequisite to complete the light body process successfully and ascend individually prior to mass Ascension.

After Ascension, all medical problems and the crimes associated with human health and the treatment of diseases will disappear forever. They are products of the 3d-reality. In the 5^th dimension, the entity will exhibit a light body, which will be free of diseases and will easily adjust to the various frequency levels. The individual may choose at his discretion how his body will appear –as a young man or woman or as an elderly person. The optical form of the body will be subjected to the unlimited creative potential of the individual entity, as it will be understood that it is only a vehicle and a symbol of his desire for outer experience under various energetic conditions. Back to Contents
   19. Human Fears and the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction

Now back to human fears that play a central role in the current transformation of humanity. It is a well- known truth that fears are contagious – fear patterns of one entity can augment the same or similar fear patterns in another entity according to the condition of constructive interference. The collective paranoia that was triggered by the dark forces after the 9/11 attack, which they nefariously instigated, exploited this superposition of numerous individual fear patterns to achieve a collective paranoia.

It is not a coincidence that since then the term “fear mongering” has become the most widely used word in political discussions in the USA. It helped Obama, who effectively criticized his opponent to promote fear mongering, to win the elections; this was the turning point away from this practice. Under such depressed psychological conditions, the minds of the people are dumped down and any atrocity can be accomplished without being confronted with a significant opposition based on moral and ethical considerations.

This is what happened in the USA in the first decade of the third millennium. The collective paranoia of this nation spread around the globe and caused the death of millions innocent people. Fear always leads to death and destruction. It is the universal condition of destructive interference.

It was, indeed, quite depressing to witness how the American nation was thrown into two criminal wars, which caused the death of millions of people, the displacement and impoverishment of tens of millions without triggering a true revolution by the people of the USA. Where is their indignation, where is the “Wrath of Ants”, about which Steinbeck once so brilliantly wrote?

It is, of course, very convenient to blame Bush and Cheney for these atrocities and to point at their numerous lies that were once collectively believed by the American people, but it is much more difficult to re-member the fact that the majority of these people freely elected these criminal ones for a second term at a time, when their lies and bellicose deeds were already exposed to the public.

Ergo: All the good ones were inextricable linked with the evil they witnessed, experienced, but seldom condemned in the last ten years. Darkness always merges with Light on this planet and makes a clear distinction impossible. “Do not judge” is not only a slogan, but also of all channeled messages that the author has read so far. Understand, but not judge, expose, but not condemn – this will be the imperative this year when many crimes and perpetrators will be exposed in the course of the upcoming revelations and tribulations.

The current masters of earth must give up their power this year, while the Forces of Light and some ascended masters will take command over this planet. This is the divine promise of All-That-Is for earth and humanity at the End Times.
*
What do these observations tell us actually? That evil does not exist as a distinct entity. Evil is the absence of Light and Love. Evil is the absence of full awareness. Evil is a product of fear – numerous fears! Fear feeds fear. Fear is what makes life on earth a living hell. The elimination of all fears during the light body process eliminates evil on earth and opens the portal of Ascension for the individual and mankind. It is as simple as that. And as challenging, as the upcoming events will eventually prove.

To eliminate fear, respectively, evil, the incarnated entity has to experience it first. This is the whole eschatology of the incarnation cycle of the soul as a human being on earth. There is no better way to circumvent human fear than to understand its nature:

Fears are low frequency emotional patterns that use the laws of superposition to separate the incarnated entity from the soul by establishing the condition of destructive interference with the high frequency energies of the higher realms and to enhance the fear patterns of other entities on earth by establishing the condition of constructive interference among their ego-driven, low frequency beliefs.

Fears are Energy, just as Unconditional Love is Energy. Energy is always Energy. There is nothing else, but Energy. In essence, Fear and Love are one and the same – they are Energy. They both use the same physical laws of superposition – the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction. While Love is the sensual manifestation of the condition of constructive interference of All-That-Is, fear and its manifestation, the evil, is the experience of local conditions of destructive interference within the infinite harmony of All-That-Is.

This is the ultimate vantage point of view – the zero point, as many light workers use to say – which any incarnated human entity can ultimately achieve. After that the hallucination of separation can no longer be sustained and the incarnation cycle of the soul is terminated.

For many light workers Ascension will mark the end of their incarnation cycle. For the vast majority of mankind that will ascend, the journey goes in the next dimension. But life in the 5^th dimension will be, in comparison to current hell on earth, the Heaven that all religions promise their believers. However, before all believers enter heaven, they will have to leave their religions back where they belong – on this planet.

Just as all rich people will not have a higher chance to ascend to heaven than a camel to be squeezed through the eye of the needle, unless they leave their riches on earth, so will all scientists have to leave their empiric science behind them because it has failed to grasp the nature of All-That-Is, where they are bound to ascend.

Empiric science is a fear based science – it fears the exploration of the inner, multidimensional nature of the soul. This has been the reason for its profound agnosticism: The fears of the young soul scientists have precluded their understanding of the Whole. This “fall from grace” of present-day empiric science will be soon terminated and will be substituted by the New General Theory of the Universal Law. The prodigal son will finally return to the Father. Back to Contents
   20. The Laws of Creation and Destruction are Laws of Expansion and Contraction

We have learned that the laws of creation and destruction are the physical laws of wave interference under the conditions of constructive and destructive interference. We shall discuss in this chapter another aspect of these laws that is often mentioned in many channeled messages without being properly explained from a physical, scientific point of view. We shall now close this gap.

Human beings live in the duality of fear and love. Unconditional love is the overall condition of constructive interference of all wave systems and levels of All-That-Is and is perceived as harmony by all sentient beings. Fear is the condition of destructive interference, whereby the interacting systems delete their wave patterns upon superposition or create energetic blockades that hinder the propagation of other waves – first and foremost, the propagation of Light. Fear thus creates Darkness.

This knowledge is basic to an understanding of the common theme in many channeled messages that unconditional love leads to expansion of the energetic fields of the incarnated entity, while fear leads to contraction of these fields. Expansion of the self is associated with its merging with the soul and the higher realms, while contraction increases the level of separation of the entity from All-That-Is. Entities immerse through contraction deeper into the 3d-density of space-time. These basic physical phenomena can be expressed within human language in a multidimensional way.

Let us take a simple example. When an incarnated entity experiences fear, this leads to contraction of his emotional body. We have learned that emotions modulate the ideas of the mental body, as the two fields are superimposed wave systems. In this case, the thoughts of the entity also experience a physical contraction. How does this contraction express itself at the mental level? It creates fear-driven projections which the entity extrapolates in the future.

If the entity has for instance some financial problems, it develops the fear pattern that it will impoverish to an even greater extent in the future. This kind of fear is very common among elderly people. The actual fear pattern leads to a contraction of the mental activities of the incarnated entity. Because of this energetic contraction of the mental field, the entity cannot imagine positive alternatives for his future. His mind is exclusively fixed on the negative idea of impoverishment due to current financial problems that scare him, and he believes that this is the only alternative that he will ever experience in the future.

As his mind is preoccupied the whole time with this negative version of his future life, the entity feeds it with more energy. According to the cosmic law of attraction he will most probably materialize this unfavorable perspective at some point in the future. The fear-driven contraction of the mental body manifests itself as a limitation of the entity to imagine more than one future alternative. His spectrum of positive future probabilities is contracted by his actual fear. On other hand, all Creation happens in the Now. Past, present and future fears can only be overcome in the present moment.

Now let us take the opposite case. The entity has financial problems, but experiences empathy and thankfulness towards his soul because she has given him the possibility to have this valuable experience. This should be the enlightened view of all incarnated entities. The entity evaluates his present situation from the position of unconditional acceptance of all human experience by expanding his emotional and mental body to such an extent that they now merge with the point of view of the higher self, which always operates from the position of unconditional love and lack of duality. In this case, even if the entity may experience some transient fears as to how to cope with his financial gridlock, he is able to transmute his fears by expanding his view of the world.

The entity discerns that he is a powerful, independent creator of all his experience and not a victim of uncontrollable circumstances, so that he can change his destiny anytime from the “Now-point” by imagining several favorable versions of his future: He can experience these versions in his imagination and thus attract positive energies in his emotional and mental body from All-That-Is. The esoteric law of attraction is, in this sense, nothing else, but another circumlocution for constructive interference of wave systems: Similar emotional and mental patterns attract and superimpose to create a new stronger energetic pattern of the same kind. This is also the mechanism of Ascension of earth and mankind in these times.

The fearful, contracted entity, on the other hand, sustains the view that he is a victim of negative circumstances and that he has no influence on them. This entity, being in a state of maximal contraction of his emotional and mental bodies, experiences the maximal state of separation from the soul, respectively, from All-That-Is. This energetic state of contraction creates the feeling of helplessness. The more fearful the entity is, the more contracted his emotional and mental bodies are and the weaker his power to alter the unfavorable situation.

Empowerment of the individual can only be achieved by reducing his fears and expanding his ability for compassion and understanding of the whole picture. First and foremost, he must learn to love himself unconditionally with all his virtues and defaults.

The author can for instance localize in his intuitive imagination such contractions in the fields of other entities and immediately discern their mental and emotional limitations based on common fear-driven beliefs. But he also recognizes how difficult it is to transmit this knowledge to such entities who have hermetically enclosed their personality with such fear based patterns that shield it from any benevolent influences from outside aiming at its expansion.

From this elaboration we can conclude that all mental and emotional experiences, we make as incarnated entities, are the result of underlying physical, energetic phenomena. In terms of human language, these processes can be described as “laws of interference or superposition” which create the conditions of constructive and destructive interference. Alternatively, we may describe them as “laws of creation and destruction” as the title of this essay suggests. Both definitions are valid presentations of the Nature of All-That-Is. Language, being a U-set of All-That-Is, is intrinsically multidimensional, but this aspect is also the origin of all oral redundancy and semantic blunders that lead to a profound confusion in human communication.

Ultimately, we may speak of All-That-Is in terms of “expansion” and “contraction”: All-That-Is is that which expands and contracts. For those light workers, who have no idea of physics, these phenomena are circumscribed in present-day esotericism as “fear” and “unconditional love”.

Let us be however clear on this issue. There is no such thing as “unconditional love” on earth. This is a linguistic expression of an energetic condition that is beyond the limitation of human experience. Human beings, who use language to express such conditions, cannot in reality experience this energetic state of cosmic constructive interference as long as they dwell in an organic body.

This term is thus a poor substitute for the universal energetic state of harmonic existence of all entities that are not separated from All-That-Is. Human beings are. In this energetic condition of total constructive interference with all cosmic energies, the human carbon-based body will be immediately burnt out. Only after that can the lower self, liberated from the shackles of “his mortal coil”, merge with the soul and experience for the first time this blissful state of total harmony in a conscious way. The same experience will await all those who will ascend in the 5^th dimension. For this reason the carbon-based bodies of such entities will be transformed into crystalline bodies during the light body process that will lead to mass Ascension at the end of next year.
*
Expansion and contraction can be easily understood when the wave theory is applied. As this essay does not have the objective to introduce the reader in the theory of physics, we shall restrict ourselves to some popular observations. Consider a particle of a medium which propagates waves. When there is no wave, the particle is at rest. When a wave is propagated, the particle is displaced. The magnitude of the displacement determines the amplitude of the wave. As all waves are rotations, the particle performs in reality a circular motion.

One assumes in physics that all mediums that propagate waves have elastic properties. This has led in the 19th century to the concept of “elastic ether”, in which light is propagated. This term actually described the properties of photon space-time. By eliminating this correct idea erroneously after the performance of Michelson-Morley experiment and substituting it with the idiotic concept of “action at a distance” in vacuum, which is an N-set, physics has plunged into its deepest cognitive crisis in its history that lasted for one century, until this author liberated this natural science in 1995 from its self-inflicted agnostic misery (see below).

All elastic mediums follow according to conventional physics the so called Hooke’s law of elasticity. It says that when a particle is displaced from its initial position at rest, a restoring elastic force, called Hooke’s force, is created that is opposite to the direction of the displacement and brings the particle back to its initial position at rest. This is a simplistic, mechanistic interpretation of the elastic properties of All-That-Is in terms of classical mechanics.

The Nature of Space-Time = All-That-Is as perceived by human senses is indeed elastic. Elasticity expresses itself as expansion and contraction. This is the mechanism of creation of all waves and rotations, which are circular motions. Elasticity creates Motion – motion is the manifestation of waves/rotations. All systems of All-That-Is are waves/rotations. Energy/space-time is elastic energy exchange that is perceived as motion. Motion is expansion and contraction of space-time. When one truly comprehends this property of All-That-Is in all its manifestations, one has become an enlightened person.

The whole theory of relativity can be explained with this idea. The so called “time dilution” and “space contraction” of material objects in motion reflect the elasticity of space-time. The same holds true for thermodynamics – without expansion and contraction of gases, there will be no engines of combustion and no cars to drive. This author has pondered over the elasticity of space-time since early childhood, and this observation has ultimately led to the discovery of the Universal Law of All-That-Is.

Human bodies are also subjected to the elasticity of space-time. All our feelings, mental ideas, and the very structure of our personality are products of infinite expansions and contractions of the infinite levels and systems that comprise the incarnated entity. The Universal law of All-That-Is is a law of expansion and contraction. From a physical point of view, there is nothing else, but expansion and contraction.

This simple physical fact has not been fully comprehended either by scientists or light workers, or any other contemplative, spiritual human being. The agnosticism of mankind is indeed overwhelming, and the author is wondering, where one should commence to enlighten humanity in the few remaining months prior to Ascension as to achieve some modest spiritual results.
*
It is indeed a mystery to the author as to why human mind is not able to discern this evident aspect of All-That-Is, given the fact that the idea of elasticity is as old as written Western history. The Dialectics of ancient Greek philosophy since Heraclitus has evolved around the primordial idea of human awareness of the elasticity of All-That-Is. It is not a coincidence that Dialectics is basic to all prominent Western philosophical teachings – from Plato, Aristotle, and Plotinus to Fichte, Hegel, and Marx.

The profound misunderstanding of this basic property of All-That-Is in the political version of Marx’ dialectical materialism and its total neglect in Anglo-Saxon political empiricism have ultimately triggered the greatest calamities, mankind has ever experienced -the First and Second World War, and the Cold War.

Dialectics is the gate to Oneness of Consciousness -lack of dialectics, the neglect of the elasticity of All-That-Is in human thinking, leads to separation. Wars have always resulted from the separation of humanity in antagonistic factions. Dialectical thinking circumvents the idea of separation. This philosophical aspect that was inherent to the German idealistic school has been completely forgotten by the intellectual community in the last century under the devastating influence of narrow-minded, disparate empiricism. Hence the numerous perilous wars, humanity has experienced during the last one hundred years up to the present day.

True dialectical thinking is the acknowledgement of the elastic nature of All-That-Is – of its ability to expand and contract within its Oneness. All parts of the Whole are created through expansion and contraction. Elasticity is the mechanism of Unity and Separation of the Whole. All ideas that neglect the elasticity of All-That-Is are N-sets that carry the notion of separation and lead to Darkness and destruction. Before the author confirmed the Universal Law for all known physical laws, he defined it as the Universal Law of Elasticity.
*
Ascension is expansion of all human beings to the 5^th dimension out of their current 3d-contraction, which creates the illusion of separation and density. And here comes the greatest dichotomy, or if you wish, mysticism of All-That-Is that very few incarnated entities on earth have ever discerned.

While we expand our emotional and mental body to the 5^th dimension, we at same time participate in the contraction of All-That-Is that brings back its human Creation from its state of greatest separation, which can also be interpreted as the state of greatest expansion (alienation) of the parts from the Source. The “in-breath” of All-That-Is brings back all his parts to Oneness. From the point of view of All-That-Is, this is a contraction, a return of all individual Creation to the Source. The “out-breath” of All-That-Is creates, on the other hand, parts that are seemingly separated from each other and the Whole by means of individual contraction, but the Whole itself has expanded by creating and dispersing its infinite parts.

This is the sublimation of cosmic Metaphysics, and for this reason the author will stop his discussion at this place. But he hopes that he has stimulated the reader to continue to ponder on this eschatological dichotomy of All-That-Is. If anything else, the elaboration of such questions leads to the utmost expansion of human awareness. Back to Contents
   21. The Ideas Promoted by the Dark Forces are N-Sets

We have learned that all human concepts of closed systems, objects, and entities can be summarized under the mathematical concept of N-sets. N-Sets are sets that do not contain themselves and the Whole as an element. All closed rational numbers, which are the only numbers that present-day mathematics uses, are N-sets. All closed physical systems in physics and everyday thinking are N-sets. Ideas that are N-sets are the mental bugs that corrupt human thinking – indeed, every consciousness and awareness throughout the universe.

When humanity develops the idea of its uniqueness in the infinite galaxy and supports this collective idea of separation with such elaborated doctrines as Darwin’s evolutionary theory, then the level of separation has, indeed, reached pathological dimensions. Within such a mind-set, there is no possibility for further evolution of the incarnated entities, and the energetic conditions must be altered dramatically.

This is what Ascension is all about. Therefore, Darwin’s doctrine must be collectively rejected by all human beings on earth and substituted with the idea of Oneness of all parts of All-That-Is. Oneness does not, however, mean unification: The Whole exists and grows through the individualization of all its parts within its infinite plurality.

One can now sustain that the collective awareness of mankind has been dumped down by the Powers That Be, the controllers on earth, the evil forces, the Greys and the Reptilians, the zeta reticuli, the “Unholy six”, who have promoted such ideas of separation for the last 13,000 years since the Fall of Atlantis, but this will be an over-simplification, born in the hallucinatory realm of experienced duality. The truth is that the souls of all incarnated human entities come on earth from Oneness to have precisely this kind of experience of utmost separation in all possible aspects and facets of human awareness, including the numerous sufferings that are associated with such an illusionary idea.

The earth souls needed the dark agents of separation who arranged this negative experience for them. Human beings were supposed to re-member throughout their incarnation cycle peú a peù their true origin – them being Sparks of God – and make a conscious choice in favor of the Whole versus Separation. This is the eschatological purpose of the current human incarnation experiment on earth in the light of the new Theory of the Universal Law of All-That-Is that will end with Ascension at the end of 2012.
*
There are many ideas that the Powers That Be have promoted in the history of mankind that are N-sets and augment the level of separation. The current Orion monetary system that was first established in the Western World, and especially in Great Britain and the USA by the powerful bankster faction (a neologism from “banker” and “gangster”) of the Anglo-Saxon Elite (the Rothschild and Rockefeller families), is one very powerful tool of separating human beings, enslaving them, and pushing them into perennial wars with the ultimate aim of exterminating them. To this we shall say much more below, when the collapse of the worldwide financial system will be discussed in detail.

Furthermore, the author has extensively explored the flawed basic concepts of modern medicine and health care system in his books, which have essentially the same goal as the Orion monetary system – to deepen the sense of separation among the incarnated entities and to promote their helplessness with respect to the energetic regulation of their biological bodies by the soul. These social systems of suppression hinder the entities to realize that their health condition lies entirely in the autarky of each individual soul and incarnated entity.

In addition, many therapies and other procedures have been deliberately introduced by the dark forces and their proxies in the pharmaceutical and health care industry to increase morbidity and mortality among patients. These heinous practices of the dark forces have the purpose of inducing collective iatrogenic genocide on humans. This is the most despicable side of the dark forces in the last several decades, which the author has extensively explored in his books from a scientific, theoretical, and practical point of view. But there is much more to be said that goes beyond the limited capacity of a single way shower.

Beside the Orion monetary system, medicine and health care system are the two most crucial means of the dark forces, with which they control present-day agnostic humanity, who fears all kind of diseases that may ultimately lead to death. These fear generating mechanisms of the dark forces deepen further human agnosticism and will undoubtedly play a key role in the upcoming revelations and subsequent discussions in the mass media. The author, being a clinical researcher for many years and a professional in this field, has made vital contributions to this topic in his volume III “The General Theory of Biological Regulation” and in his book “Thoughts”.

All ideas that lead to premature death and destruction are N-sets that can only be contrived under the condition of destructive interference. Although all entities are immortal, so that the very idea of killing another entity mirrors a total absence of awareness about the true nature of All-That-Is, it is, nonetheless, a spiritual crime with severe karmic consequences that have to be compensated soon or later by the perpetrator soul – in this or in a future incarnation.

The split of earth in two planets in December 2012 will be in this sense a kind of a Final Judgment for such souls. This has nothing to do with religious prophecies, but with energetic necessities that are aspects of the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction. You cannot have the conditions of total constructive and destructive interference at once – hence the “separation of the wheat from the chaff” and the splitting of earth in two different energetic timelines – the ascended planet A and the descended planet B. Back to Contents
   22. The Forces of Light Promote the Perception of Oneness…by Encouraging Human Beings to Think in Terms of U-Sets

The spiritual opening of mankind to the Forces of Light, being representatives of All-That-Is, and the return to Oneness is what the current Ascension of earth and mankind is all about. This year will be the crucial one, because it will lead to the collapse of all man-made social, political, economic, and intellectual structures, such as empiric science and external material technologies that are about to destroy Gaia, unless there is a massive intervention by the Galactic Federation.

All aspects of current human civilization are products of mental N-sets, of the various ideas of separation that have imbued the fabric of human society to such an extent that only very few far-sighted, enlightened entities can readily discern them. All these aspects of humanity reflect the hallucinatory idea of separation. This idea has been multiplied through the kaleidoscope of numerous collective fear based patterns which the separation of human beings from the Whole has generated for eons of time. All these multiple facets of mental illusion and fear-driven behavior are distracting them from their process of Ascension and from merging with the Source, as it will be experienced after Ascension in the 5^th dimension.

But why should be all current structures of human society destroyed, before mankind is able to ascend? The answer is fairly simple, once we have comprehended why and how these materializations of the primary idea of separation have been established on earth. The leitmotif of this essay is that first there is an idea and only then its realization. We use the word “realization” and not materialization, as in the 5^th dimension any idea can be immediately realized without being necessarily material.

Matter, as we perceive it in the 3d-reality on earth, is a very dense form of energy that transpires the illusionary idea of hard impermeable staff. In fact, matter constitutes of 99.99% of empty space, whereby empty space should not be confused with void or vacuum, as it is currently done in physics, but regarded as diluted astral energy.

For this same reason the space around our planet is not empty but full of highly evolved entities coming from all parts of our galaxy, as well as from many distant galaxies. They are here to observe the unique Ascension of Gaia and a large portion of mankind from the densest 3d-reality and a maximal separation from the Whole straight into the 5^th dimension of Oneness. This is the most dramatic event in the history of this planet and throughout this galaxy that will catapult mankind on a higher level of evolution than that of the current Powers That Be. The knowledge about this very important fact should empower all human beings to begin with the inner rebellion and to stop promoting the hidden agenda of the dark ones.

Many human entities, especially those in key positions of power, have become consciously or subconsciously proxies of the dark forces and carry out rigorously and without any compassion for human life their heinous plans. This is a deplorable fact, but it is also part of the illusionary drama that has been designed for this planet and has been unfolding for a very long time.

This year the drama will definitely come to an end. The goal should be the full awakening of all actors on this planet, so that they can shed away their current roles and become aware of the fact that they have always been multidimensional cosmic beings, and that present-day earth has never been their original home. We are all guests on earth. Most of us have come here only to experience Ascension and return to our pristine realms of existence. Ascension may be a unique event on earth, but it is rather common throughout the universe, where myriads of 3d-civilisations exist and evolve within their particular incarnation experiment.

This will be accomplished with the active support of the Forces of Light that will take control of earth this year. They will be supported by selected entities such as the author, who will ascend prior to mass Ascension at the end of 2012 and will demonstrate that all human beings also belong to the Forces of Light, so that there are no such things as “aliens” on the one hand and humble human species, being entrapped in their biological vessel and thus an easy prey to technologically highly evolved aliens, on the other. The full comprehension of this simple truth will unleash a powerful mental revolution that will sweep away all wrong ideas and their material mirror images from the surface of this planet.

It is however naïve, and even dangerous, to believe that the crumbling material and social structures will be substituted with a better version thereof with the help of the Galactic Federation, as many fear-driven light workers believe by extrapolating their deprived earthy hopes for abundance linearly into the future. This would only mean “more of the same”. For this same reason, there will not be any major reforms of the current Orion monetary system such as NESARA after its collapse, which the author predicts to begin in the summer of this year, as the future enlightened humanity in the 5^th dimension will not need money anymore. Human beings should get used to this idea prior to Ascension.

This primitive substitute of energy exchange – recall that All-That-Is is energy exchange according to the principle of last equivalence (primary axiom) -will definitely come to an end with Ascension. In the short transition period before Ascension, money will be substituted in many places with simple local barter systems that will guarantee the survival of most incarnated entities during this time of tribulations. The people will soon realize that it will not be money that will secure their lives in the upcoming turmoil, but their ability to create with their thoughts and optimistic feelings the new fifth-dimensional reality in the Now. This ability will determine their individual timeline leading to Ascension in the 5^th dimension.

The author, being a representative of the Forces of Light, has taken the burden throughout this incarnation to discover the Universal Law of All-That-Is, to develop a new infallible scientific theory of Oneness, and to derive the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction from this. The new theory of the Universal Law encompasses All-That-Is, as it is axiomatically developed from this primary term of consciousness by employing only such ideas and concepts that are U-sets and contain the Whole as an element. At the same time, his universal theory includes all current disciplines of science and eliminates all ideas and terms in human language which are N-Sets and support the illusionary idea of separation.

The author has shown that the introduction of only one idea that is an N-Set in an arbitrary categorical system automatically leads to two opposite conclusions that exclude each other. Such paradoxes or antinomies are an irrefutable proof that such categorical systems are wrong and must be excluded forever from the collective knowledge of mankind. This holds true for current science, religions, economics, as well as for all trivial concepts and beliefs. During this year humanity will see the implementation of this deep insight under the auspices of the Forces of Light and the active intervention of the author in the destiny of mankind as an ascended master.
*
An essential part of this “cleansing of the Aegeus stables” of human knowledge is to discern which categorical systems and concepts contain the most dangerous ideas that are N-sets and cement the illusion of separation.

There are many ideas of separation that have been promoted by the dark forces on earth and have been accepted by the masses without any questions. All these ideas are N-sets that cover various aspects of human life. They have intoxicated human minds to such an extent that only a thorough evaluation and eradication of these ideas can put their deleterious effects to an end.

This fact brings into a focus the chief psycho-mental malaise of humanity and explains why many channeled messages are insisting upon the necessity of the sleeping masses to awaken for the reality on earth in the course of this year and to begin to prepare for Ascension. Only entities with a clear, informed mind and a loving heart will ultimately ascend.

The initial clandestine idea behind all mental N-sets has been the complete enslavement of humanity by the dark forces. However, enlightened entities cannot be enslaved, only such that are confused and fear-driven, because they believe that they are forever separated from the Whole and must materialize this idea in all aspects of their life as to survive.

Let us recall in this context that even a confused, fear based entity is Creator of his own reality – the reality, he experiences all the time, is an external perpetuation of his inner chaos and confusion. This is Dante’s Inferno, where all sinners are condemned to experience eternally all the consequences of their earthly vices in a stipulated form.

This aspect will become very important after 21 December 2012 when some fear-driven entities will ascend, only to awaken in the lower levels of the 4^th dimension and find themselves amidst their worst nightmares, which they will take for real and will, in their fear, perpetuate in their imagination again and again. This level is known as Purgatory, but it may as well become Hell for the ascended entity, unless he decides to leave this vicious circle of illusion through an active effort of enlightenment and discernment of the Nature of All-That-Is. Such confused entities will need the active support of highly evolved beings to leave the hell of their horror visions of separation.

Below we shall discuss some of the basic ideas of mankind that have firmly established the notion of separation. Such ideas can only be comprehended from the solid axiomatic basis of the new Theory of the Universal Law, which is the physical Law of Oneness. In this respect the author of this essay can be regarded as a scientific way shower of mankind. But he will, in addition, demonstrate what it will be to become an ascended master, or as he puts it – a Transliminal (boundless) Soul. Back to Contents
   23. Basic Ideas of Mankind that are N-Sets

The most vicious idea of humanity that permeates all other ideas is the concept of the void, respectively, vacuum in physics. All-That-Is is something. It is Continuity. Continuity cannot have gaps, voids or vacuum, which are synonyms for nothing. It is unbelievable, how extensively the concept of vacuum has been elaborated in present-day physics to the point that nowadays nobody on this planet, except the author, challenges the semantic, epistemological, and ontological foundation of this faulty physical idea.

The physical view of the world nowadays postulates that space is empty, a vacuum, a void, in which material objects are embedded. The nothing contains something. The vacuum, the void, is, per definition, an N-set – it is a set that does not contain itself as an element, because it contains something – for instance, it contains the elementary particles that build matter. This is the cardinal cognitive fallacy of conventional physics that has biased the whole edifice of this discipline and has precluded a true understanding of All-That-Is.

The idea of the void as vacuum was introduced more than a century ago, after the false interpretation of Michelson-Morley experiment led to the refutation of the ether-concept. The analysis of this false interpretation and its dire consequences for the further development of physics has been extensively presented by the author in his two volumes on the new physical theory of the Universal Law.

Since then, all energetic interactions, such as gravitation and electromagnetism, have been described as an “action at a distance” occurring with the finite speed of light ‘c’ in vacuum. This idiotic concept hindered physicists from understanding the mechanism of gravitation and was further promulgated in Einstein’s theory of relativity.

The underlying goal of Einstein was to correct classical Newtonian mechanics by eliminating the absoluteness of empty geometric Euclidean space that has been used since then as the universal reference system in physics, and to substitute it with real photon space-time, by introducing the principle of relativity.

However, Einstein performed his reformation of Newtonian classical mechanics incompletely – he did not go far enough as to abolish empty Euclidean space as the initial reference system of physics. Instead, he introduced the concept of relative reference systems. Had he accomplished his reformation of classical mechanics to the full extent, he should have, in the first place, abolished Newton’s law of inertia which is another flawed concept and an N-set of physics.

The abolishment of the law of inertia was done for the first time by the author of this essay in an irrefutable manner on the basis of the new physical and mathematical Axiomatics of the Universal Law. This was also the ultimate reason, why Einstein failed to discover the anticipated “universal field equation”, he has been searching in vain during his whole life; this equation is nothing else, but the Universal Law as discovered by the author.

By introducing empty Euclidean space as an N-set in physics, Newton committed the initial fundamental blunder which precluded the unification of physics and a true understanding of the Nature of All-That-Is. One cannot have a unified science, unless one has understood the essence of his object of study in an a priori manner. Science is not an exploration and empiric collection of random experiences, as it is understood today, but a remembrance of the Nature of All-That-Is.

This insight was central to Greek philosophy, especially in the teachings of Plato and Aristotle. It is the simplest truth of all knowledge that should stay at the beginning of any valid science. However, this simple methodological insight has not been comprehended by all scientists so far.

The author has made numerous attempts to transcend this theoretical insight to physicists and theoreticians since the 90s and has come to the conclusion that it is impossible to overcome their mental blockages in this respect by means of an enlightened and civilized theoretical discussion.

This year they will have to accept this truth after the author has ascended, and empiric science has crumbled forever. Human beings are only ready to learn new contents, after one has pulled the rug away from under their feet. Under normal, stable conditions, they will rather sweep any inconvenient truth under the carpet than cleanse their rotten science from all vicious ideas. Therefore, all rugs, carpets, curtains, and veils of forgetfulness will be eliminated this year, so that the people can begin to discern the truth behind the mist of their separation. They must learn to re-member All-That-Is.

Back to physics! From Newtonian classical mechanics, the wrong idea of the existence of vacuum/void as an empty geometric space was further propagated in classical quantum mechanics and, later on, in quantum electrodynamics (QED), and quantum chromo-dynamics (QCD) as summarized in the standard model. This example illustrates how one wrong idea is deepened and multiplied, and how it begins to suffocate the minds of scientists to such an overwhelming extent, that there is virtually no escape from this mental labyrinth of intellectual madness, until somebody comes with a clear mind and cuts the Gordian node of this confusion, called empiric science. The Ariadne thread, with the help of which scientists will escape from the current labyrinth of their infinite scientific blunders, is the new physical and mathematical Axiomatics of the Universal Law
*
The refutation of ether that stood as an explanatory concept for photon space-time led, in fact, to the refutation of photon space-time as an equivalent level to matter, which has the same properties and behavior as matter. This follows from the primary axiomatic knowledge that all systems and levels of All-That-Is are energy systems and must have the same properties – they all contain the Whole, Energy as an element.

As already mentioned, one prominent idiotic conclusion of conventional physics is the statement that photons have no mass. In fact, physics has failed to understand the epistemological background of this very simple term that builds the backbone not only of classical physics, but also of all other disciplines, such as thermodynamics, theory of relativity, and quantum mechanics. This is another example that illustrates how the mental bugs of separation infect the mind-set of scientists, how they are multiplied, and how they undermine their common sense.

As already said above, “mass” is currently defined in physics as an energy relationship. One compares the energy of one system with that of another, which is usually defined as a reference system. Therefore, the comparison of their energies must be, strictly speaking, given as a mathematical relation without any SI-units. Mass is a dimensionless quotient – it is a pure number. In current-day physics this quantity is defined as “mass” and measured with the SI-unit “kilogram”.

This physical quantity is considered an intrinsic property of matter, but not of photons, which are the carrier of light. This faulty concept is basic to Newtonian mechanics, and from there it has entered the theory of relativity and quantum mechanics. Thus the current concept of mass has distorted the whole edifice of this natural science.

None of the millions physicists and scientists that study and teach this discipline, including all scientists who have lived in the last four hundred years, since modern physics has emerged, have realized the true logic behind this simple definition of mass, which should be accessible to anybody with elementary mathematical knowledge. One has to ask himself, when scientists have left the borderline of oligophrenia and have entered the realm of imbecility.

Let us elaborate this annihilating conclusion in depth, as it is very important for our understanding as to why present-day physics has totally failed to comprehend the Nature of All-That-Is. As all systems of All-That-Is are energetic systems, they all have a mass, because mass is an energy relationship. Photons are energetic particles as assessed by the famous Einstein’s equation of equivalence between matter and energy E = mc². In this case, they must also have a mass, measured as an energy relationship: m = E/c².

This simple conclusion was made for the first time by the author, after he had proved that physicists have completely missed the point with their definition of mass. Indeed, it is a conundrum yet to be solved, how comes that billions of physicists, scientists, and other normal people have studied physics for centuries at schools, universities and technical high schools without realizing this greatest scientific blunder of all times – greater than the geocentric Ptolemaic system – until a modest medical doctor had to appear on the scene and liberate physics from this and many others cognitive blunders that have made this natural science an asylum for lunatics.

A final remark with respect to photon mass ought to be made, before we close this painful chapter for physicists and all scientists. After the author came to the simple conclusion that photons also have a mass, he proved that all SI-units used today are derived from the energy = space-time of the basic photon h, also known as Planck’s constant, within mathematics in an a priori manner. All SI-units are derived from the energy = space-time of the basic photon.

As there are only two dimensions/constituents of energy/space-time – space and time f – the space/wavelength λ= c/f = c/1 = 3.108 m² and time/frequency = 1 of the basic photon are the real initial reference system for all physical dimensions and measurements in SI-units in the outer world. This simple insight has fundamental theoretical, epistemological, and practical consequences and implications for physics and science. The author has elaborated them in a comprehensive manner in two volumes on physics on more than 1100 pages.

He has further proved that the mass and energy of all elementary particles, such as neutron, proton, electron, neutrinos, mesons, etc., can be very easily calculated from the mass of the basic photon by applying the Universal Law, which is a simple rule of three a= b/c. This is, indeed, physics for idiots. But most physicists and other theoreticians nowadays are not even idiots – they are imbeciles. For instance, the author calculated with the Universal Law the mass of neutrinos, many years before it was experimentally established that these particles have a mass. At that time most physicists believed that, like photons, neutrinos are mass-less particles.

Knowing that photon space-time has mass, one can explain for the first time in the history of physics the mechanism of gravitation and very easily integrate it with electromagnetism, and thus with the other two fundamental forces in the standard model. Until this moment physics was not able to integrate gravitation with the other fundamental forces, and there is no theory of gravitation at all. It is generally acknowledged that this is the chief deficiency of this “exact” natural science, but physicists prefer to neglect this obvious failure of their science. There are numerous books on this issue, so that the author will not delve into it.

By proving that photon space-time has mass, the author finally eliminated the fundamental blunder of modern cosmology, which is unable to explain the mass of the universe. Currently, cosmologists sustain that there is such thing as “dark matter” in the universe that contains about 90% of the invisible, theoretically estimated mass of the universe according to various cosmological models. The dark mass is, in fact, the mass of photon space-time, which is currently regarded as an assembly of mass-less particles in vacuum.

The author showed further that the “big bang” model of hot expanding universe, which is at the core of modern cosmology, is the next greatest fallacy of science comparable to that of the geocentric Ptolemaic system. There is virtually not a single basic idea in modern cosmology that is not flawed. The author attributes this idiosyncrasy to the hideous influence of the Powers That Be on the minds of the scientists.

This rather new discipline has been, from an intellectual point of view, successfully dumped down by the dark forces from its very beginning, because a true cosmological view would have inevitably engendered the idea that All-That-Is is living consciousness, where myriad human civilizations exist and evolve. However, the Powers That Be on earth aim precisely at preventing the occurrence of such enlightened ideas among humans, as this would have jeopardized their clandestine insidious hegemony on earth and humanity.

Such scientific blunders as “dark matter” or “junk-DNA” have been introduced by scientists, only because they reject the existence of the soul and the high frequency realms that regulate human DNA, the metabolism of the body, and the organization of 3d-solar universes, which cosmologists can only observe. They stick stubbornly to the empiric dogma that repudiates the idea that there are higher frequency levels/realms beyond the electromagnetic spectrum, which is the only level that scientists can measure with material devices. In its succinct version the empiric dogma postulates:”What one cannot measure, should not exist.”This is the utmost form of scientific agnosticism that has been deliberately introduced by the dark forces on earth to dumb down human scientific community. It is important to observe that their human proxies that are involved in secret joint ventures with the 4d-entities from the Orion Empire in underground bases, do not follow this stupid dogma, as they have already developed many technologies that use these high frequency energies.
*
Why is this theoretical elaboration at the popular level so important for mankind in the near future? The reason is that photon space-time is an unlimited source of free energy that can be used on earth and in the 5^th dimension after Ascension. This energy source could have eliminated all expensive and dangerous energy sources, such as nuclear power and fossil fuels that are used at present and contaminate our planet.

In addition, Ascension of earth and mankind will be carried out by a huge tsunami of high energy photons that will transform the carbon-based bodies of humans to crystalline ones. At the same time, this photon wave will render all electrical devices and engines of combustion on earth inutile. This powerful energetic event will destroy the very foundation of modern technology, so that the remaining fraction of humanity that will stay on planet B will proceed with its incarnation cycle from a very low level of technical and social development. For those entities our current technological epoch will be what Atlantis once was for Plato – the Golden Age of the past, although this term should be reserved for the ascended earth A.

It is important to stress that this free energy source is known to mankind, since Tesla discovered it more than 100 years ago. However, this discovery was hidden from humanity by the dark forces and their proxies on earth, first and foremost, by Rockefeller, who stole Tesla’s patent in order to make human beings dependent on centralized sources of energy and thus subjugate them to the Powers That Be.

Finally, it is important to know that the Forces of Light have contacted the governments of the big powers on many occasions in the 20^th century and have offered them the technology to use free photon energy, but these ones were so deeply embroiled with the dark forces in enslaving mankind at that time, that they discarded this offer, which was coupled to the condition that they should stop with their nuclear armament.

During the Cold War all powers, such as the USA and the Soviet Union, believed that they needed nuclear weapons to protect themselves. Such was the collective mind-set of total separation that reigned at that time. This is how the circle from science to politics – from the Forces of Light to the dark forces – is closed, before this illusionary conflict of 3d-reality on earth will be eliminated once and for all by virtue of Ascension. Back to Contents
   24. Pitfalls and Fallacies of the Orion Monetary System

It is a done deal that the current financial system will collapse this year within a very short period of time. In fact, the system has already collapsed more than two years ago when the Wall Street investment banking was practically wiped out from the map within a week in October 2008.

This happened shortly after the first huge wave of Christ consciousness was released on earth and allowed for more transparency and sincerity in human relations. This information is given as evidence for the basic statement in this essay: All dramatic and sweeping changes, we experience on earth, are associated with and triggered by significant changes in the energetic structure of human beings. They weaken the shackles of all incarnated entities that have been imposed on them in a perfidious manner by the Powers That Be and open them for the transcendental truth of All-That-Is. This is also the objective of this essay prior to Ascension of the author and his official appearance as an ascended master in front of humanity.

The release of Christ consciousness on earth is associated with the so called Ra-Ta-experiment which is explained by the channel Cosmic Awareness in his numerous messages. The author recommends the reader to check this information in order to better understand the current situation on earth. It is one of the clearest channels this author has ever come upon.

Unfortunately, the energizers and the group around this channel are intellectually not quite prepared for the information that has been given to them. This fact explains the redundancy in the messages and the somewhat narrow spectrum of topics discussed by this channel. For instance, the actual financial situation is not at all elaborated by this channel from a theoretical point of view, although it has made some good economic forecasts in the past.

Nonetheless, this source is the most reliable and extensive source in Internet (over 8000 pages of channeled messages since 1975). In comparison to it, most channeled esoteric information available in Internet can only be digested, if one is prepared to commit an intellectual hara-kiri before reading it.

The author mentions the Ra-Ta-experiment at the beginning of his discussion, because it gives the reader a clue as to when the financial system is expected to collapse this year. In anticipation of this event, a theoretical analysis of the factors that will lead to this crash may appear to be of secondary importance. It is quite probable that the financial crash will happen before this essay will be published.

The second wave of Christ consciousness was released in late autumn 2009, shortly before the final period of earth Ascension – 2010 to 2012 (last triad) – has begun. In this context the last year was a preparation for what will be manifested this year.

The final third wave of Christ consciousness has commenced this year and will reach its peak around spring equinox. The current revolution in Egypt is the first eruptive manifestation of this wave, which is closely associated with the history of this ancient country, although Christ energies flood the whole planet. It is expected that the Egyptian revolution will spread out to many other Arab countries and destroy the fragile balance of the current World Order as designed by the dark forces. One very probable consequence will be the disruption of oil supply to the West from the Middle East.

This event may trigger the financial crisis which has many fathers, but one mother – the world inflation, the unprecedented bubble in money supply that has undermined the foundations of the world economy. This inflation has been deliberately instigated by the dark forces and their proxies in the financial corporations by creating money out of debt and thin air in order to impoverish humanity and establish the New World Order. This has been the pronounced aim of the Powers That Be in the last several decades. This effort has exacerbated during the first decade of the third millennium.
*
Before the author begins with the analysis of the nefarious methods that the dark forces have employed in the past to destroy the financial system and the economy of mankind in order to enslave it, he would like to point out that their plan to establish the New World Order has already failed.

However, this does not mean that the financial system will not collapse. It will collapse to a much greater extent than the dark forces and their financial proxies, the banksters on Wall Street and in London city, have planned for. Instead of achieving the intended impoverishment of the masses, first and foremost, of the middle class, the financial Elite will be buried under the rubble of the upcoming financial tsunami. Precisely, they will lose very soon all their monies and power, and all their institutions, such as banks, funds, securitizations, stock exchanges, central banks, etc. will be abolished forever. In this way they will lose their financial leverage of manipulating humanity prior to Ascension.

As the national states have also been designed by the hidden governments to promote the New World Order on the long run, they will also financially collapse this year. In other words, there will be no more criminal bailouts to save the dark ones at the expense of the tax payers as means of enslaving the latter. The abolishment of the national states as operative units – the nations will remain -will be associated with the collapse of the health care system, rental system, and all other forms of human securities that have been promoted by the Powers That Be as part of the Orion monetary system with the objective to hold the people firm in their grip.

These institutions have been deliberately implemented to stimulate the survival (self-preservatory) fears of the masses about their future, as the current political discussion in the USA on the new health care reform of Obama clearly demonstrates. All these wrong concepts and structures stem originally from the primary idea of separation from the Whole and from hiding the fact that humans are unlimited powerful creators of their destiny, who are also responsible for the astral regulation of their bodies, so that no bank accounts or obsolete medical treatments can protect them from calamities, if the soul has a different plan from that of the incarnated entity.
*
Let us discuss in this context the concept of securitization in the financial system from a psychological point of view, as it is the central piece of fraud that creates the conditions of destructive interference in the economy and will cause its collapse this year.

The idea to secure one’s life by creating bank accounts and saving money is so perverted and at the same time so deeply rooted in current pecuniary human thinking that one has to put the whole humanity on Freudian couch and analyze it for the next 2000 years, before it can be declared convalescent. Unfortunately Cosmic Providence has not foreseen that much time for those who will make up their mind to ascend. For those who will go along the path of further separation on planet B, the time of healing their mental aberrations will be unlimited.

What is the psycho-mental dynamics behind the concept of securitization of all aspects of human life? The primary faulty idea is that people are vulnerable biological beings that may suffer from diseases, injuries, financial, social, and numerous other imponderable events that are beyond human control, because these follow the random laws of chaos and incalculable probabilities.

This world view is a central piece of the camouflage, of the cover-up, that humans are responsible creators of their destiny and that not a single event can ever occur on earth, unless it has been considered by the entity in advance in infinite astral probability alternatives in the dream state. We create at night and experience at daytime. Without dreaming, there will be no living. Alternatively we can say that we live our dreams. From another perspective, we may as well sustain that our dreams are the only true reality and that our life in the 3d-reality on earth is an illusion of our true dreams. It all comes up to the same thing.

All events, one encounters on earth, are mirror images of the particular feelings and beliefs of the individual entity that serve as pedagogical means to make him aware of the fact that he is an inexorable creator of reality as being part of All-That-Is. The outer experience is of a secondary importance – the events one experiences are decors for the emotional and mental multidimensionality of the entity. Such experiences are empty signs and symbols for deeper realities that show him the way on his individual roadmap to Ascension and merging with the Whole.

Therefore, if one has negative experiences, for instance, a series of car crashes, misfortunes in business and in personal relations that are always associated with financial losses, what sense does it make to securitize such risks by paying even more money to anonymous fraudulent corporations to protect him from such undesirable events? In this case, one only perpetuates the psycho-mental causes of his misfortune on the next existential level. The perverted mind-set of being a helpless victim of imponderable circumstances is further aggravated.

This pattern of human behavior stems from the wrong conviction that one has to solve his problems in the outer world by surrounding himself with huge hedges against all possible evils that lurk from the mist of unpredictable reality. Such a behavior leads to curtailing the inherent, unrestricted creativity of human beings by dumping down the inner impulses of the soul that guides the incarnated entity to make the appropriate experiences in the 3d-reality.

Ultimately, the entity gives up his freedom of choice given to him by his soul and succumbs to his fears. He no longer explores life with an open mind, but opens the door for even greater emotional manipulations by various dark forces from the 4^th dimension that hamper him in his spiritual evolution. This mind-set is underlying current society – from anti-terror wars and other atrocities of the Western nations against the rest of the world to rigid surveillance of their own people on airports and other areas of social life. The Big Brother is watching you. Orwell’s vision of 1984 does not belong to the past, but is already a reality and a foreboding of a grimmer future.

Let us be plain on this issue:One cannot do anything to secure his life, then life is created by the soul, and she is the ultimate authority on how it ought to be spent by the incarnated entity, and when it ought to be terminated.The agnostic ego of the incarnated entity lives in the greatest of all illusions that it has control over life.

It is driven by his fears to do something, anything, all the time in order to preserve his life – to earn money in order to eat and survive, to represent somebody in the society (the more you earn, the more you represent), to pay with precious money as to hedge an unpredictable future (the higher the amount of securitization, the more secure the entity feels), etc. Like the famous ant in the poem “why should she be calm and placid, when she is full of formic acid”, the formic acid being the fears of the entity, humans engage themselves all the time in worthless activities, instead of being powerful multidimensional, creative beings (tautology = principle of last equivalence): Being a soul. The soul, the higher self, is being – the fear-driven entity is doing.
*
A key point in the hidden agenda of the dark forces to enslave mankind is to use the current financial system to deepen the psychological conviction of incarnated human entities that they are separated from the Whole and thus an easy prey to unpredictable chaotic events. Money is considered to be the only save haven in the 3d-reality and in this context the only goal of human existence. Money symbolizes not only prosperity, easy life, and popularity, but, first and foremost, safe life amidst death and organic decay.

As most entities do not believe in the immortality of the human personality and the soul, they must believe that have only one life to live, and that this life is hence very precious. Extrapolate these faulty beliefs on the mentality of the current Elite as human representatives of the dark forces and consider the fact that most of them are the current controllers of the financial system you will have a vivisection of all human evils on earth nowadays.

The financial Elite, be they Rothschilds, Rockefellers, Fed, American and Anglo-Saxon banks, and their CEO, some of which are clones of the dark forces (the Greys and the Reptilians), are, from a higher vantage point of view, not only the perpetrators – they are in the first place victims of their hypertrophied fears. They are deeply perverted entities, entrapped in their earthly Purgatory.

In order to contain their fears with respect to their imagined mortality and biological vulnerability, they see the purpose of their life solely in laying financial shackles upon all human beings, whom they deeply despise. While worshiping the Mammon they serve, they strive to make all humans slaves of the Orion monetary system. The more the masses are impoverished and under their control, the better and secure the Elite feel.

However, there will be no absolute security for the Elite as long as they do not believe in life after death or in Ascension. Only the idea of the immortality of the soul and the incarnated personality as part of All-That-Is can render the feeling of security, even amidst mayhem and destruction, as the coming months will eventually reveal.

Had the Elite have acknowledged this truth, they would not have been found in the financial sector, but among light workers. Fears have the propensity to create new fears, until they encompass the whole reality. The fears of the Elite have intoxicated the whole planet. Therefore, they are not satisfied with the total financial enslavement of humanity, but they also aim at controlling the people physically through an oppressive political system. This is the reason why they prepare society for the New World Order during the last several centuries.

This human condition was almost achieved by the Bolsheviks after the October Revolution in Russia. Similar conditions can now be observed, for instance, in North Korea and in Myanmar. The situation in Egypt before the current revolution was not much different.

The means of enslavement in the Western world are far more subtle, but not less heinous. When one perceives recent history of mankind from this perspective, one will soon realize that every human effort to progress spiritually and to achieve abundance for the people has been successfully pervaded by the Powers That Be and their human minions – the current Elite. This is the reason why true progress and enlightenment have never gained broad success on this planet.

In the financial sector, these obstructive practices include the abolishment of the gold standard, the establishment of the European Union, the introduction of the Euro, the intention to establish a free trade zone in North America, the usurpation of financial power by central banks, such as the Fed that are private or corporative institutions but have control over the money system of sovereign countries, etc.

The list of financial crimes of the Elite against the people is infinite, but they are not really discerned by the masses, who are lulled by fake social ideals. Some of these atrocities have been highlighted by critical journalists and independent voices in the last several years, which are marked by a gradual increase of transparency and a quest for revelation of all hidden facts.
*
The moral and ethical indignation that sweeps the globe since the beginning of this year is part of the emotional reaction of the people who are beginning to awaken for the atrocities of the Powers That Be and realizing for the first time in the history of mankind that they have been pawns to them for thousands of years. While emotions are the astral wings to Ascension of the incarnated entity, they are not sufficient enough to comprehend the mechanisms of human enslavement on this toxic planet. Therefore, let us elaborate the aforementioned facts from a neutral scientific point of view by employing the cosmic laws of constructive and destructive interference, before we delve into technical details.

It is a leitmotif of this essay that a separation from All-That-Is does not exist. Even if an entity sustains the illusion of such a state for a long period of time, it can only exist as a sentient being, if it is in a state of perfect constructive interference at a higher level – that of his soul.

Now let us elaborate this basic insight with another example. The Powers that Be, the Unholy six, especially the Greys and the Reptilians, have developed in the last decades, since they have started to cooperate actively with the Elite and the hidden governments on earth, new human clones through genetic engineering. As already mentioned above, about one third of the entities that now live on earth are such clones. However, they can only exist, if they are humanized by souls from the 4^th and 5^th dimensions. No genetic engineering can create humans or other sentient beings, unless they contain energies and frequencies from the higher realms of All-That-Is. Their very existence is a proof that they do so under the condition of constructive interference within the infinite and absolute harmony of All-That-Is, even if they are not aware of it.

Most of these genetically created human beings are very young souls that are just beginning with their incarnation cycle and cannot root themselves firmly in the 3d-reality. The fraction of the soul (lower self) that is incarnated in such genetically engineered human vessels must be totally separated from All-That-Is as to guarantee the adequate 3d-conditions of physical density that such souls have chosen to experience at this low level of evolution.

As already mentioned, many CEO of large corporations are such clones of human entities, whose souls have finished with their earthly experience in this incarnation and have returned to the 5^th dimension. In order to preserve the charade on earth, such entities do not necessarily die, but are exchanged by the Unholy six and their human proxies with clones, which harbor much of the memories and the personality of the previous entity.

The former president George Bush is, for instance, such a clone. The original Bush was eliminated about two years before the end of his second term and was substituted with a clone, because he became somewhat rebellious to the Powers That Be that pull the strings behind the curtain in Washington. They feared that he may become a potential danger to their plans with his uncontrolled remarks, a liability they did not want to share. They murdered him and exchanged him with a clone. The new version of him was due to the genetic engineering much more docile to the Powers That Be, to the hidden American government. The entity B. Clinton has been substituted by several clones already. This example is paradigmatic as to how the manipulation of humanity is arranged from the 4^th dimension, although it can only exist with the help of the souls from the 5^th that have decided to incarnate in such genetically created human bodies.

The author understands very well that some readers may find this information abominable and recoil, but they should keep in mind that modern mankind was created in the same manner by the Powers That Be some 13,000 years ago. Why not now? It is one thing to create a human biological vessel through genetic engineering, quite a different thing to help the incarnated entity evolve to a 5^th-dimensional being.

In every incarnated entity on earth, there are two opposite forces that influence his mental and emotional body simultaneously and are in an incessant inner strife – the Forces of Light that forge his merging with All-That-Is and the forces of dark that push him into a deeper separation from the Whole.

Financial systems, societies, national states, armies, corporations, technological achievements are nothing else, but empty decors that prepare the scene for the eternal battle between the Luciferian forces, the fallen angels, and the Forces of Light. This inner strife is waged within each incarnated entity, so that the prodigal son can have his experience of separation and returns wiser to God. This is the ultimate eschatology of human existence on earth and on any 3d-planet in the solar universes.

Finally, it should be noted that the Forces of Light also have the right to eliminate evil human entities and substitute them with their own clones, if they pose a great threat to humanity. This was done, for instance, on a large scale in 1978-1979 when the hidden government of the USA, instigated by the Unholy six, planned a first destructive nuclear strike against the Soviet Union at the height of the Cold War. Most of the entities on power, including the then President Carter, were eliminated and substituted with clones by the Forces of Light.

The entity Carter was however murdered by the dark forces, because he objected their criminal plans and was only then substituted with a clone by the Forces of Light, so that he could carry out his mission as enlightened president. The moral and ethical structure of this entity was fully preserved in his clone. The other minions of the dark forces were eliminated by the Forces of Light and their helpers on earth as to prevent a devastating catastrophe. The price for this crime committed against a bunch of evil entities was the divine redemption of humanity from total destruction. This episode was the darkest and most critical in the recent history of mankind, notwithstanding the fact that this is not known to the broad public.

Such interventions are part of the game that has been played for eons of time on this toxic planet. Let us recall that the body is only an instrument of collecting 3d-experience and has nothing to do with the personality of the incarnated entity. After Ascension, all human beings will have the possibility to choose their own body and change it at their discretion through imagination and direct manifestation. Contrary to the Powers That Be from the 4^th dimension, they will not need to involve in primitive genetic engineering to create deficient clones that can only survive a limited period of time. Human beings will very soon begin to create from the soul level of unconditional love.
*
After this indispensable clarification as to how the Powers That Be actively manipulate mankind in general and the financial system in particular as to trigger its collapse, we must return to the cosmic laws of creation and destruction and explain why these manipulations fulfill the condition of destructive interference and will not only lead to a financial crash, but will also eliminate the influence of the dark forces on mankind before Ascension.

When an entity or a society decides to go along the path of greater separation from the Whole, it inevitably creates conditions of destructive interference all the time, as it no longer recognizes the laws of Creation as an inherent part of All-That-Is. Creation in separation lacks responsibility.

True Creation within All-That-Is is always responsible, as it is performed from the level of unconditional love, which is an esoteric circumscription for the cosmic condition of constructive interference. This truth will emerge as a key aspect after Ascension, when many incarnated entities will acquire the possibility to create by imagination, but will still have to learn how to do it in a responsible manner within the divine harmony of All-That-Is.

All structures that are created in a state of separation from the Source are intrinsically unstable and tend always to collapse at some point in linear time. The ultimate decision when such inferior creations ought to be destroyed is made in the higher realms or dimensions of All-That-Is, which render the energies for the existence of such structures and support the overall conditions of Creation. One may call such higher realms “God” or “Elohims”, without affecting anything on the laws of Creation as presented in this essay.

Under these premises the current battle between the Forces of Light and the dark forces is, strictly speaking, not a real battle, but a camouflage thereof. Just as the ego may gain the illusion that it has control over the life of the incarnated entity, as long as the soul let it believe so, so do the Forces of Light let the 4d-entities from the Orion Empire believe that they have control over earth and humanity for some time. Ultimately, the outcome of this symbolic battle is predetermined, as the decision for earth and mankind to ascend has been fallen at the highest levels of Cosmic Providence since eons of time.
*
The ego of the incarnated entity was initially created as an external reference point of view to that of the Creator-Soul. It ought to be a unique mirror-image of the soul, but it was never intended that the ego should take full control over the incarnated entity from the soul. It may only seem to be so. Especially in agnostic societies, such as current human society, this hallucinatory impression may cherish quite well for some time, as this has been the case in the last several centuries since the begin of industrialization of mankind.

During the so called “Dark Ages” (in German “Mittelalter”, Middle Ages), the connection of the incarnated entities with the soul was much more pronounced, probably due to the poor living conditions, where hope for immortality and eternal bliss was the only beacon of light in those dire human conditions. Much of the poetry at that time reflects this endeavor of humans to unite with God in the transcendental dimension.

Human ego is agnostic. And it has never been more agnostic than at this time. Like a kaleidoscope, the collective ego of our soulless mechanical time creates incessantly numerous illusionary images of its alleged autarky. These external images render the ego the false security and the erroneous conviction that it is the master of this human charade which it creates under extreme energetic limitations.

Especially in the industrialized world, where the number of material devices, such as phones, iPods, and all other child’s games that distract the incarnated entity from exploring the multidimensional nature of his soul has grown exponentially in the last few years, the separation from All-That-Is has reached an unprecedented peak. Under such conditions, it is no longer possible to have a further spiritual evolution. The conditions must, therefore, radically change, and the speckles removed from the blind eyes of humanity.

Ascension is the surrender of the ego to the soul. The ego must give up its illusion to be in full control of its destiny and merge with the higher self. This is the most poignant experience on earth and the most liberating at the same time. This greatest illusion of all times will be abruptly terminated this year.

Likewise, the illusion of the Powers That Be, the Unholy Six from the 4^th dimension, that they control earth must end this year. This will not happen exclusively by waging a battle in the higher realms, as many channels from the lower dimensions, that have gained some popularity in internet, suggest. What is currently happening on this planet is a dramatic increase in the frequencies of earth and humanity that render the actions of the dark ones futile from an energetic point of view, no matter how many efforts they may undertake.

Darkness has to succumb to Light prior to Ascension. Under the condition of destructive interference Darkness will be deleted and substituted by Light. It is as simple as that. Only human mind wants things to be much more complicated, as to experience its fake autarky to the full extent.

This pattern can be observed in the behavior of most incarnated entities. Their ego may choose to go along a certain path of experience that is not shared by the higher self. As the free will of the ego is respected by the soul, the entity may proceed with the realization of his intentions for some time. In this case he will eventually experience one failure after another, one disaster after another, until he starts to contemplate as to why he has no success in creating the destiny he desires.

The entity will eventually begin to scrutinize his beliefs and emotions that have urged him to choose this particular path of experience and he may find out that they are not as honorable and spiritually elevated, as they initially seemed to be. He will them begin to question his motives and will substitute them with more loving and compassionate thoughts and feelings. By doing so throughout his life and during numerous incarnations, the entity reaches the ultimate point of 3d-existence, where he acts most of the time from the position of unconditional love, compassion, and maximal understanding, which is the position of the soul.

When this point is reached, the soul may decide that she has learned all the lessons of incarnation and separation, she intended to experience. The soul will no longer need her external reference point of observation – the ego. It will be put aside forever, and the incarnation cycle of the soul will be terminated. The infinite journey of the soul will continue on a higher dimension on her way back to the Source, but her earthly experiences will remain her treasures forever.

The gradual return of the prodigal son to the Father is accompanied by a series of negative experiences summarized as karma, whereas, in fact, these are experiences of the conditions of destructive interference that help the entity to evolve to a responsible creator. The best way for an incarnated entity to learn this, is to experience personally the consequences of his creativity. Human destiny has no other purpose, but to give the entity amidst his total amnesia vital clues that he is “a spark of God.”

Anything that human entities experience on earth is part of their conscious choice of Creation at a higher level. The Powers That Be are thus not evil aliens that have invaded earth at some point in time to oppress and annihilate humanity. They have already been part of the game, before some souls from the 5^th dimension decided to incarnate on earth and have this particular experience with these 4d-creatures. The eschatological purpose of these souls was to find out, what they did not like – ultimately, the consequences and manifestations of total separation as mirrored by the behavior of the Unholy Six, to which they have subjected themselves on this planet in a conscious and deliberate manner.

Their hallucinatory enslavement will end at the very moment, at which they decide to end up this game of illusion and renounce enslavement. They do not need to fight the dark ones and their human proxies in order to liberate themselves. This is the lesson that the Egyptian people are now learning. This will be the lesson that the American nation will have to learn this year as part of the overall liberation and enlightenment of mankind.

Let us not forget that the USA is still the citadel of the dark forces, from where they have effectively enslaved humanity for the last 60-70 years after the Second World War. The other citadel of evil, the Soviet Union, has already crumbled and is now fully under the auspices of the Forces of Light, as any discerning observer can easily find out by analyzing the current political events and the tone of the mass media in these two countries.

Human entities are powerful creators. As soon as they make a conscious decision to return to the Source as responsible creators, it will be so. The greatest surprise, any human being will experience after Ascension in the 5^th dimension, will be to find out that he is one of infinite other responsible creators, and that there is nothing else in All-That-Is but Creation. Back to ContentsBack to The Orion ZoneBack to The Global Banking System     25. The Orion Monetary System in the Historical Perspective

The collapse of the financial system and the current World Order, which did not evolve to the extent to become the New World Order as envisaged by the dark forces for the End Times, is an act of pure creation:The creation of destruction, which Goethe’s Mephistopheles praises in “Faust”.The crash has been prepared for many years by creating various local conditions of destructive interference on numerous levels of financial transactions. The overall condition of destructive interference is the gargantuan inflation of the total amount of money in circulation, which reached a ratio of 100 to 1 at the end of 1999 with respect to the real material production as measured in GDP. This ratio was more than doubled in the last decade with the help of numerous virtual derivatives and other “financial weapons of mass destruction” that were invented by the American banksters with an unparalleled criminal creativity.

The chief mechanisms of fraudulent money creation are well known to the specialists and a growing number of awakening people and can only be summarized at this place.
*
Before the gold standard was abolished by Nixon in 1971, the main mechanism of money creation was the real inflation of retail prices. The gold standard was abolished as a result of the speculations of the dark forces, in particular of the Rockefeller faction, which wanted to gain domination over their initial creators, the Rothschild faction.

They started to buy in the 60s all the available gold at the then fixed price of 35$ per ounce. After that they deposited the gold they had bought in various banks and received from them new loans at the same amount. By using this fraudulent practice, which later became famous as “fractional banking”, they acquired most of the gold at zero price.

The era of fiat currencies, of paper money, could now commence and allowed for even greater fraud. The world inflation began to accelerate exponentially, as money was no longer linked to real value. However, this time the inflation did not affect the retail prices that much, as it was the case before 1971 and until the late 70s due to the inertia of the economic system, but was manifested in the first place as an inflation of corporative prices. The huge increase of all equity indices in the following years was a clear indicator of this trend. The price of gold jumped significantly during this period to reach a peak of more than 1500 $ per ounce at the End Times.

After gold was eliminated as means of exchange, the banksters were very quick to introduce the insidious “fractional banking” which helped them to buy out gold. In Europe, this practice is known as “giro money creation”. As long as the gold standard existed, the banks were obliged to keep the same amount of gold in reserve as the money supply in circulation, because every individual person had the right to buy gold at the fixed price of 35 $ per ounce at any bank.

With the abolishment of the gold standard this obligation was eliminated overnight. From now on the banks decided without any discussion with the governments to introduce the fractional banking, which is a key aspect of the treacherous Orion Monetary system. Although finance is the blood system of any economy, the politicians did not intervene and sanctioned this fraud, because most of them were, and still are, pawns of the dark forces.

This subordination of the political elite to the financial one is a key element of the planned New World Order by the dark forces and can be seen as an invariant pattern in all faked Western democracies. They are faked because elections in these countries have always been manipulated by the financial Elite behind the curtain and the results are most of the time predetermined, as it was the case with all elected presidents of the USA after the Second World War.

Fractional banking works as a miraculous device that creates money out of thin air. When a private investor deposits, say, 1000 $ in a bank, the bank borrows 90% of this sum to other banks and debtors and keeps only 10% of the private loan as a reserve. This was the initial ratio of fractional banking when this Ponzi scheme was first introduced by the American banksters after the gold standard was abolished.

The official rectification of this insidious practice was that the overall money supply and the rate of circulation will grow to such an extent that it will no longer be necessary to have reserves at the ratio of 1:1, as it was the case during the time when the gold standard was valid. The money acceleration – the rate of transaction (circulation) of the total amount of money from one entity to another – was estimated to be in order of 6 to 8 times per year. Hence, the banksters decided to keep no more than 10% of the deposited money by private investors as reserve money. They applied this rule also to all kinds of transactions between banks.

The introduction of fractional banking allowed the banks to create money out of thin air in the order of 10 to 12 times. This can be easily calculated by the so called “multiplier of fractional banking”. It is a numerical quotient, just as all relationships are according to the Theory of the Universal Law. Out of the 1000 $ deposited by a private client, the bank created now 10 0000 – 12 0000 $, which it could lend to other private persons or institutions. The actual multiplier of fractional banking in the USA was estimated in the early 80s to be in the order of 12. In this case, the banks were actually holding only 8% of their assets as reserves in their depots.
*
As already said, the fraudulent practice of fractional banking is a central piece of the Orion monetary system that has led to the current world inflation. The Powers That Be know that money is a substitute for energy, and energy can be multiplied under limited conditions, before the conditions of destructive interference come into power and all excess energy, respectively, excess money is destroyed. Within All-That-Is energy cannot be created or destroyed according to the law of conservation of energy. But it can be multiplied (inflated) under limited local conditions, until the law of destruction comes into play.

Money inflation is physically achieved by expanding the space-dimension at the expense of the time/frequency dimension, as this is assessed in the theory of relativity. According to the Universal Law E = E_Af, energy is proportional to time f, E ~ f and reciprocal to space E ~ 1/s, as f ~ 1/s. When we set space equivalent to the amount of money in circulation as measured by the surface, 2d-space, of the printed paper money, we acquire a very precise measure of money inflation. In this case, money is a mirror-image of energy = space-time that expresses all the properties of the primary term in a perfect way.

This insight was possible only after the author discovered the Universal Law and applied it to finance. However, this knowledge has always been known to the Powers That Be, who have manipulated their Orion monetary system at their discretion as to enslave humanity.

Space-inflation of printed money is thus equivalent to money inflation. At the same time it is a dilution of energy, according to the Universal Law as shown above: E = 1/space. For a short period of time, this property of space-time as manifested by money cannot be perceived by human beings because of their limited perception and the lack of knowledge of the Nature of Energy = Space-Time, which is a leitmotif of this essay. They believe that money still has the same power, even when faked inflation statistics (see below) are taken into consideration.

However, there comes a point in time, when the inflation of printed money-surface (2d-space) becomes so huge that the condition of destructive interference comes into play and money inflation explodes virtually in the hands of the consumer. This happened in Germany during the Great Depression when people had to carry a basket full of paper money in order to buy one egg on the market. The American people are bound to make a similar experience this year.

The author merely furnishes the scientific, physical background of money inflation from the point of view of the new theory of the Universal Law, which explains financial matters much more easily than present-day economic theory. The latter has been made deliberately complicated by the Powers That be and their human proxies in the financial sector as to lull humanity and exploit it to the verge of financial and physical enslavement.

In an ideal, stable economy, the amount of money in circulation should not exceed the amount of industrial production and social services as measured by GDP. This follows from the law of conservation of energy. In reality, the amount of money in circulation worldwide was at the end of 1999 one hundred times greater than the industrial production as measured in the official statistics of GDP for the world economy. This phenomenon is defined by the author as world inflation.

Under the gold standard the inflation was primarily an inflation of retail prices and salaries, and was accompanied with real industrial growth, as this is currently the case in China. After the abolishment of the gold standard, world inflation accelerated dramatically, but it no longer was an inflation of retail prices. This gargantuan inflation was now created through debt or precisely out of thin air and lost its correlation with the actual material production, upon which any society depends in order to survive and prosper.

After the gold standard was abolished, the tertiary sector of the economy of the western industrialized countries grew steadily from modest 15% -20% before 1970 to 75% by the end of the second millennium, The biggest part of the current tertiary sector is, however, the bank sector, which is nothing else but the optical façade of the world money inflation.

In order to hide this fact, all national statistical offices on inflation in the Western world were instructed to only calculate the inflation of retail prices and even further limit themselves to the so called “core price inflation”, which excludes all commodities and services that are still subjected to huge inflation rates due to growing, wild speculations.

What mankind has experienced in the last three decades is an unprecedented decoupling of the actual commodity values from their prices. The prices for commodities became an object of unlimited, greedy speculations, which were totally decoupled from real demand and supply. The steady growth of all commodities indices and house prices before the subprime mortgage crisis is a typical manifestation of this decoupling of prices from material values.
*
The buy-out of physical gold by the American banksters and the introduction of fractional banking were so successful that they decided to immediately implement it on a larger international scale. They applied this fraudulent practice in the following years to various other areas of finance with a growing amount of money in circulation and a greater sophistication in hiding their true intentions. The financial products differed optically from each other, but the criminal intent and fraudulent pattern remained invariant.

The western population, and later on, that of the whole world was completely dumped down by these practices, which nobody could really discern and expose as criminal and deleterious to the people. This situation changed dramatically after the crash in 2008 when a new, clearer perception of these criminal practices of the banks began slowly to emerge among some farsighted journalists and financial experts.

The author remembers however the time before the current crisis, when he was a lonely voice of critical discernment in a desert of blind economic experts – be they Nobel Prize winners or paid journalists in the numerous financial channels, such as CNBC and Bloomberg that sprouted like mushrooms after rain as a medial cover-up of the worldwide financial fraud.

After the gold standard was abolished, the American banksters and some of their European allies went to the oil rich Arab countries and made a deal with the sheiks. They offered them to unleash an oil crisis, so that the oil price per barrel would skyrocket. The sheiks gave their consent, as any greedy person would do so in a similar situation. At that time OPEC did not exist. The oil shock came promptly in 1972 and was repeated in 1975.

All crises, humanity has experienced so far, are arranged by the dark forces; they are not random events as the mass media, which also belong to the dark forces, claim. The current economic order of humanity is structured in such a way by the Orion Empire that the controllers of earth can easily unleash a global crisis, each time they consider it opportune to oppress humanity.

The major economic sectors, such as fraudulent inflationary finance, centralized, oligopolistic energy supply, ineffective motors of combustion used as vehicles and power engines, backward agriculture that is currently dominated by a handful of monopolistic corporations, producing genetic manipulated seeds and other bio-chemical fertilizers, and food suppliers are some of the tools, which the dark ones and their human minions employ to trigger a planned crisis and to offset the prosperity of mankind.

In addition, they manipulate the elected governments to employ destructive economic policies, as we shall show below, or to instigate perennial wars around the globe that hinder true economic growth on this planet. The whole pattern of modern industrialization of mankind is dominated by deliberate deficiencies inserted in the system by the clandestine Orion Controllers. They create the condition of destructive interference on numerous levels of current capitalist economy that is inherently susceptible to systemic crises and collapses.

After the oil crises in 1972 and 1975, the sheiks became multi-billionaires over night at the expense of the world population which had to pay for the higher gasoline prices at the tank stations. This was the first huge wave of global impoverishment triggered by the dark ones after the Second World War in their heinous effort to establish the New World Order.

After this insidious act, the American banksters convinced the sheiks to invest their riches from the oil production in American banks by offering interest rates from 5 to 8%. At that time the practice of demanding or accepting interest rates was considered usury in the Arab world and was practically forbidden. The sheiks were very happy to give their money to the American banksters, who promised them to multiply it within a short period of time.

Being naïve nomads a generation ago, they did not perceive that they have been chosen to become victims of a huge Ponzi scheme, just as the investors of Bernie Medoff did not suspect anything for many years, until he suddenly went bankrupt two years ago and the scam was exposed. Some of the brightest American brains happened to be his victims. The scheme which the American financial Elite employed to expropriate the Arab sheiks was, however, much more brutal than that of Bernie Madoff, because they knew that they will never go to prison. They did it the following way.

The oil money of the sheiks was given as loans through the World Bank to Third World countries. However, these loans were now multiplied by fractional banking. If the sheiks invested in total about 500 billion $ between 1972 and 1980 in American banks, the third world countries received loans during this time in the order of 5 000 billions.

It was obvious from the very beginning that these countries could never pay back these huge loans. This was not the intent of the American banksters. The Third World countries were forced instead to mortgage the loans with their natural resources in case of default. In this way, the insidious dark ones gained physical control over the world resources. As a result, the American faction of the Rockefellers became much more powerful than its European counterpart, from which it originally had emerged.

In order not to be able to pay their loans back, the dark forces and their secret services took care that the Third World countries were embroiled in civil and other disastrous wars or were even directly attacked by the USA government, which has always served the interests of these dark ones. When the third world countries began to default one after the other, and it became evident that they cannot pay back their loans, the American banksters went to the sheiks and opened them that they have lost all their investments.

This scenario may sound quite familiar to the reader. It was only two years ago, when the Wall Street banks went bust. Immediately after that they blackmailed the American government to bail them out or else they will ruin the economy. As any true mafia boss, they always use the same argument:”Either you do what I tell you, or else…”Washington has voted since then two huge bailouts, plus two additional bailouts by the Fed, titled in euphemistic financial slang as “Quantitative Easing“, such as QE1, QE2… QE3. Of course all these measures were done at the expense of the tax payers.

The state budget deficit of the USA skyrocketed since then. The financial crisis impoverished the middle class of America and virtually ruined the already poor people that comprise one third of the American population. Only the few rich became richer. This is the current disastrous situation in this country. Now back to our sheiks.

When the sheiks got it that they were ruined somewhere in the 80s, they were scared to death and were ready to do anything, the American banksters would suggest them to recuperate their riches. It was not that the sheiks put the blame on their bankers, as these dark ones had water-proved alibi:”We cannot do anything for your losses. It is the world order to be blamed for. We have no influence on politics of Third World countries. This is up to the big powers. We are not politicians, we are simple bankers.”They then suggested that the situation could be rectified, if the sheiks would continue investing in American banks and in the industry. In return they would receive modern weapons to protect themselves from rogue states that menace the precarious balance of their puppet regimes. The American dark ones pointed at Iran, who had recently ousted the Shah and had become extremely hostile to the USA and the neighboring Arab states. The sheiks had no other option, but to follow the advice of their robbers and to give them once again their money as to save their lifestyle of leisure.

In the meantime the American banksters decided to invent some new fraudulent practices in order to create new monies after they have wiped out the savings of the sheiks. The era of derivatives and other exotic “financial weapons of mass destruction” commenced. However, it was not until the late 90s that this insidious financial practice could really explode.

In the meantime the dark ones in the USA developed a second scenario in order to keep the sheiks hostages to their atrocious plans, as the latter began to feel tangibly uncomfortable with the machinations of their rogue bankers, which they now began slowly to discern.

Bush senior, the chief representative of the American dark ones, decided to instigate the first Iraq war. For this purpose, the Americans suggested to their proxy and CIA-agent Saddam Hussein to attack Kuwait, only to beat him afterwards in a spectacular manner in a phony war that was officially designed in the mass media as a just cause to save the helpless sheiks. Some of the alleged atrocities of the Iraqi soldiers in Kuwait were filmed in Hollywood as it was revealed sometimes later by investigative journalists.

In this way, the dark ones in stripes and stars showed the sheiks in an unmistakable manner how precarious their situation was and needed few arguments to convince them that they can only survive under the military umbrella of the USA. After the first Iraq war in 1991, the sheiks gave up their sovereign rights willy-nilly to the new world power that has emerged after the end of the Cold War. It is important to observe that this criminal war was only possible, because the Soviet Union had already collapsed and did not pose any nuclear threat to the USA at that time.

After the dark American ones practically swallowed the oil rich Arab countries of the sheiks, they became even more avaricious. The second Iraq war and the Afghanistan war should be interpreted in the light of these facts. Afghanistan was of strategic importance because a pipeline was built there by American firms to transport oil from the former Soviet republics in Central Asia. Iraq was known to have huge oil reserves, and his dictator was a CIA agent who could be easily manipulated.

What the arrogant American dark ones did not properly calculated, was the severe opposition of the Iraqi and Afghan people against their invasion. This is paradigmatic for the tactic of all dark ones. They have been accustomed for so long time to control this planet and mankind in an unrestricted manner, that they cannot imagine a situation where the balance of power can be reversed.

The current revolutions in the Arab World are the logical consequence of this nefarious economic scam of the American banksters that was further aggravated by the criminal policies of the installed puppet regimes in the Middle East at the expense of the oppressed and impoverished Arab people.

Entities that live in total separation from the Source are not used to cope with a completely new situation, for instance, in one where the Powers of Light have the sway. They have been used to live in darkness for eons of time and to put the shackles on humanity in a clandestine manner without encountering any fierce opposition whatsoever.

While all their odious plans have crumbled in the last several years, the dark ones are now becoming increasingly helpless. Since the beginning of this year they have virtually lost all their power to effectively manipulate mankind. After their total surrender, most probably around spring equinox of 2011, the events leading to Ascension will accelerate in a dramatic manner in the course of this year.

This quick excursion in the recent economic past of mankind had the purpose to refresh the historical memory of the reader and to serve him as a roadmap to navigate through all human crimes and atrocities that have been committed by the dark forces in the last several decades prior to Ascension, as many of these facts will be revealed in the course of this year. The truth about mankind and its controllers will enable the people to make a clear choice – either to go to heaven or have more of the same hell on planet B that will remain under the total control of the current Powers That Be.
*
The broad introduction of numerous derivatives and other virtual financial products in the 90s opened the door for unlimited fraud on a worldwide scale. This practice was facilitated by the emerging globalization of the world economy after the collapse of the Communist system in 1990 -1992. As a consequence, the world inflation began to grow exponentially. This could be observed in the unprecedented surge of all equity markets during the last decade of the second millennium. Dow Jones Index rose for instance from about 2,500 points in 1990 to almost 11,000 points by the end of the second millennium.

But the new level of global financial fraud tilted the world economy towards a greater imbalance between world inflation and material production. The conditions of destructive interference on all levels of economic transactions became more pronounced each year, as this could be measured by the growing exorbitance of banksters’ bonuses.

The frequency of financial crises that swept the global economy exceeded any previous experience so far. Between 1997 and 2007 the world economy suffered two major recessions, the Asian crisis of 1997-1998, including the hedge funds crisis, and the crisis of 2001-2003 that were followed by the greatest depression since the Great Depression, which began in 2007 and is still going on. In the short periods of treacherous recovery between the crises, the foundations for the next crisis were laid with an exponentially growing criminal energy, as it was the case between 2004 and 2006 when the subprime mortgage crisis was deliberately instigated.

This last crisis will end up with a total crash this year that will eliminate all financial structures of the Orion monetary system and will lead to a collapse of the capitalist economic order as it has been known for the last 200 years.
*
The amount of virtual derivatives exceeds currently many times the actual value of industrial production worldwide. These derivatives are fraudulent methods of creating monies out of debt or thin air. They have forged the world inflation to an even greater extent than the fractional banking. The latter was renamed at the same time in financial slang to “excessive leverage” of debt and toxic loans in the order of 30-40 times, as officially announced at the begin of the current depression. This means that the banks have practically no reserves at present to cover their losses.

In addition to the veritable explosion of virtual derivatives without any real value, the excessive leverage of the banks contributed decisively to their actual insolvency since October 2008. The total amount of toxic loans of the biggest American banks is estimated to be between 2.5 and 5 trillion $. This sum is, however, peanuts in comparison to the amount of virtual collateral default obligations (CDO) that these banks created in a criminal fervor during the last decade.

At the height of the current depression, the amount of CDO was estimated to be in the order of 600 – 650 trillion $, which is 40 times greater than the actual industrial production of the world economy measured as a fraction of GDP (one third of world GDP of about 45 trillion $). These virtual securitization products were mainly created by American banks. The ten biggest American banks have issued and possess about 90% of all derivatives worldwide. JP Morgan alone has CDO of 95 trillion $ in total. This sum is one thousand times bigger than the capitalization of this bank on the New Yorker stock exchange.

At the same time this bank holds the majority of all shorts in the silver market. The current campaign “Crash JP Morgan, buy silver”, initiated by the critical journalist on financial affairs Max Keiser (Russian Television), may eventually lead to the bankruptcy of this financial citadel of the American dark ones. This event will undoubtedly unleash the crash of the worldwide financial system.

This is one possible scenario, how the financial collapse may start this year. But there are many other probabilities that will soon superimpose to create the ideal condition of destructive interference in the banking sector and will trigger this event. Here we have the same situation as in the famous saying that “all roads lead to Rome”, especially at the time of its decay.

All CDO, silver, and other shorts, and all outstanding assets and loans that the big banks harbor as “toxic loans” have been taken out of their official balance sheets since 2008 with the explicit permission of the US- and other western governments. Otherwise they should have declared bankruptcy three years ago. After the American and international banksters discovered the advantages of creating virtual financial products out of thin air, they have now invented the “creative accounting”, which is yet another euphemism for impertinent fraud.

In their overt criminal activities they are actively supported by the central bank Fed, which is in the private hands of these banks. The Fed has fictively bought many toxic debts from these banks since 2008, but has kept their volume secret to the public. Trustworthy financial experts are convinced that the Fed is already insolvent, notwithstanding the fact that it can create billions of dollars with a click on the computer, as its chairman, the famous “helicopter-Ben”, proudly announced in front of the US-senate.

This financial situation is further aggravated by the fact that all major buyers of US-debt, such as China, Japan, Russia, and other countries have stopped buying US-treasures and have decided to substitute the dollar as world exchange currency with a basket of their own currencies.

While the financial banking system is de facto insolvent since 2008 and can only exist on life-supporting measures at the expense of the tax payers, the banks have continued with their scam by paying their employees huge bonuses and salaries ($500,000) in average for all Wall Street banksters in 2010), which are ten times bigger than the average salaries of qualified engineers in the American industry.

At the same time, the debt of the American nation has skyrocketed. When all outstanding debt positions of the federal government, the local governments, the health care system, the rental system, the private debt of the citizens etc. are considered, the total debt, as calculated by the experts, has reached the scary amount of 200 trillion, which is 13 times bigger than the GDP of this financially ruined country.

This sum is still only one third of the total amount of virtual derivatives, which the American banks possess or have put in circulation around the globe. A large portion of it is owned by foreign countries and investors. After the USA has crashed this year, they will have to write down their US-investments and will also declare bankruptcy.

This mixture of negative trends will create a perfect storm in the financial system this year. All parameters point to the bottom – the bottom being the total destruction of the Orion monetary system worldwide. This will be the most creative and liberating act in the history of humanity.
*
From this succinct economic overview one can easily conclude that the conditions of destructive interference in the financial sector have long reached the tipping point, where a deadly tsunami can be unleashed any time soon to wipe out all the assets of the banks and other corporations, including the savings of the people.

The intent of the dark forces was to trigger this event at their discretion in order to impoverish the world population with a single stroke and thus introduce the New World Order. This was counterfeited by the Forces of Light on numerous occasions. They deliberately postponed the worldwide financial crash for this year, when the dark forces will be fully handicapped by the new high frequency energies on earth and will have no longer the power to promote their insidious plans. The Antichrist, the Beast, must finally surrender.

The advantage of postponing the financial crash for this year has several tactical and strategic advantages from the vantage point of view of awakening mankind and the Forces of Light, which are the true keepers of the legitimate aspirations of all human incarnated entities:The crash will take place within a very short period of time and will wipe out the power of the dark forces in the financial sector, which has always been their stronghold. This event will be so sweeping that the expropriated financial Elite will not be able to exert any opposition or to undermine the subsequent reforms, as they have always done in the past.
The postponing of the crash at a later date will shorten the period of tribulations during the End Times. The hardship of humanity will be thus shortened in the time dimension. The lack of any opposition on the part of the dark forces will allow for the immediate implementation of simple, just systems of food and commodities exchange as to meet the needs of the population after the crash. In many places simple barter systems will be implemented that will be directly controlled by the people. No misuse or corruption by some greedy entities will be allowed during the End Times.
The time point of the financial crash will coincide with the time of revelations, when all criminal acts of the dark ones will be exposed in the mass media.This strategy has, however, some disadvantages. The time of revelations and spiritual evolution is much shorter than previously envisaged by the Forces of Light. The dramatics and the intensity of the upcoming events will, on the other hand, create a favorable situation, where the rug will be very effectively pulled away from under the feet of the political, financial, and economic Elite, so that they will no longer have the possibility to meddle in the shaping of the new destiny of mankind.

The full power will be given to the people. They will be guided by some ascended masters and enlightened light workers, who will work in close cooperation with the Forces of Light. The latter will show themselves this year, after they have postponed their “first contact” with humanity for the last three years. The reason for this delay was that the dark forces were deeply entrenched in human society and had no intent to give up their power without creating mayhem on earth and eradicating many human beings.

This danger has now been effectively averted and the probability of first contact has become a certainty. The build-up of favorable energies of Christ consciousness has exponentially grown since the opening of the stargate on 10.10.10 and will most probably erupt around Equinox this year, when the last wave of Christ consciousness will be released. Parallel to this phenomenon, there are myriads of other energetic events and processes that build the conditions of constructive interference for earth and humanity to merge with the high frequency energies of the 5^th dimension in preparation for the final Ascension.
*
The total financial crash of the Orion monetary system and the collapse of the current capitalist order will inevitably undermine the foundations of the western type of national state, which is based on three pillars:the fiscal system, the rental system, and the health care system.The fiscal system, with all its ramifications, comprises about 45-55% of the national GDP of the western, industrialized countries. The health care system makes for 16-19% of the GDP of each country and the rental system is in the same order as the health care system. All three systems will go bust immediately after the financial crash. This will lead to the abolishment of the national state in its current pecuniary form.

The national state has been the chief cause of separation of incarnated human entities on earth. It has been the primary reason for all wars that have chronically devastated humanity and have hampered its progress. Just as the Orion monetary system, the national state was deliberately introduced by the Powers That Be/the Anunnaki to keep the incarnated entities in total subordination and in a state of permanent calamities.

For this reason they, the Anunnaki (the Orion Reptilians), introduced long time ago many different languages and created deliberately the famous “Babylonian confusion of languages” (in German “Babylonische Sprachverwirrung”) among human beings.

The current national states have historically evolved around such language populations, which were, by and large, divided by linguistic barriers from their neighbors. Where national states included minorities based on different languages, this linguistic division has always led to perennial wars and national catastrophes. The history of the Balkan states is paradigmatic for this trend. These nationalistic frictions were shamelessly exploited by the big powers to promote their egoistic imperial goals throughout the globe. This was the actual fall from grace of humanity for many thousand years. The End Times will finally terminate this vicious circle of incessant wars and destructions.

This is part of the overall divine plan for Ascension of mankind in the End Times. As the current civilization is a product of all wrong human ideas of separation from All-That-Is, all its structures are also highly unstable and must be abolished during the End Times. This destruction will be accomplished in the course of this year. The next year will be fully dedicated to the preparation of mankind for Ascension and will represent an anti-climax to the destructive events that will take place this year.

There is virtually not a single social structure in current society that is not biased by the wrong idea of separation. Such systems will no longer exist in the 5^th dimension after Ascension. Therefore, they must be eliminated in the course of this year, so that the people can begin to adopt themselves to the new conditions, which they will experience after Ascension. The lesser the distractions from the outer world are, the higher the level of introspection and spiritual evolution of the incarnated entities.

Human beings will never be able to discern all the pitfalls and fallacies of the Orion monetary system that forges their basic survival fears, unless they become free of it in their daily activities and begin to live in a state of true spiritual abundance. True abundance is always spiritual. All-That-Is is Spirit – it is “Weltgeist” (Plotinus), and not the Zeitgeist of Mammon.

The financial crash will most probably take place after spring equinox and will dominate the world events during the whole summer. The world financial order will be wrapped up around 11.11.11 (November 11, 2011) when the last but one stargate will be opened. This date will herald the final stage of preparation for Ascension. There is very little time left. As time/frequency ‘f’ will accelerate exponentially in the coming months, its reciprocal value – conventional time ‘t’ – will be significantly shortened, so that the future events, we are talking about, will seem to occur in a highly accelerated modus. Back to ContentsBack to The Orion ZoneBack to The Global Banking System
    26. The Theory of Macroeconomics Promotes the Orion Monetary System

It is not the objective of the author to present an academic discussion on the macro- and micro-economic factors that will trigger the upcoming financial collapse. This effort has been accomplished many years ago, when he integrated the major economic teachings of modern times, such as Keynes theory on anti-cyclic fiscal regulation and monetarism (initially Austrian school of economics), on the basis of the new theory of the Universal Law in a simple axiomatic, straight forward manner that can also be understood by non-specialists. A summary of his lectures can be found in Internet in German language.

In this discussion he will furnish the proof that all economic theories that have been elaborated in the last 150-200 years, since modern capitalism has begun, have led to the development of world inflation, which undermines the stability of any sound economic activity and promotes the idea of the Powers That Be to establish the New World Order.

Both theories were created in the two countries, from where the major factions of the dark forces on earth operate – the Rothschilds in the UK and the Rockefellers in the USA. They are, however, proxies, human slaves of the Powers That Be, of the Unholy Six from the Orion Empire. Throughout history, these families, which mainly constitute of reptilian shapeshifters, have amassed huge powers that they have misused on virtually every occasion. The history of their crimes should be the topic of many books and revelations.

At this place, it is important to observe that they have been the promoters of the two basic macro-theories that dominate current economics and political decisions – the theory of Keynes of anti-cyclic intervention of national governments during recession and the theory of monetarism of Milton Freedman and the Chicago school that promotes the idea of an independent central bank which should exclusively regulate the economy with the help of variable interest rates. The political version of monetarism is also known as neo-liberalism.
*
After the negative experience during the Great Depression, when the banks restricted their lending activities and aggravated the crisis by creating “tight money”, Keynes suggested that the government should take the lead in economic crises, which are regularly occurring in a capitalist type of economy. He suggested that in times of recession it is appropriate for the national government to make debts and increase money supply as to stimulate industrial production and consumption. When the economy begins to grow, the state will pay back its debt with the higher revenues which it will collect during the years of growth. This is the core of Keynes’ anti-cyclic approach of navigating the national economy through fiscal stimuli along the bumpy capitalist road of bubbles and busts, of booms, dooms and glooms.

This advice was however carried out much further than Keynes’ recommendation. The Keynes theory was misused by all western governments, who created new fiscal debt also in periods of economic growth. The current catastrophic fiscal situation in the UK and the USA is the result of this unrestricted and uncritical implementation of Keynes antic-cyclic theory of governmental intervention during recession also in times of economic prosperity.

This theory was very popular in the post-war time and was excessively applied by all western governments. As a result of this uncritical implementation the inflation rates in the 60s and 70s were double-digit in most industrialized countries.

The difficulties of the governments to contain inflation triggered the counter-movement of monetarism, which was a continuation of the main ideas of Austrian school of economics as further propagated by London School of Economics, which is totally under the hidden influence of the Rothschild family. The American branch of this economic teaching was the Chicago school of monetarism which was sponsored by the Rockefeller faction. It is not a coincidence that the current President comes from this city. Their chief argument was that the state and the government should not intervene in the regulation of the national economy by creating fiscal debt, but should leave it to the regulatory powers of free capitalism. The era of neo-liberalism was born.

For this purpose the monetarists suggested that an independent central bank should acquire the exclusive right to adjust money supply in times of recession and growth by using variable interest rates. In this way the central bank will be able to create “cheap” or “tight money” and thus regulate money supply.

In a recession, the central bank would lower interest rates and cheap money would be created. Cheap money would increase money supply, as companies would be inclined to borrow more money for investments, and this would stimulate the economy. In times of growth, the interest rates of the central bank would be raised. Tight money would automatically restrict money supply and the economic growth would not lead to inflation and financial bubbles due to overheating the economy. This was precisely what happened when Keynes’ anti-cyclic fiscal intervention was implemented by the governments in times of economic growth.

Both theories were originally designed to promote the hidden agenda of the dark forces and were thus intended to achieve the opposite effect, of what they theoretically preached. The academic make-up of these theories has practically lulled all prominent economists up to the present day with respect to their true function.

The Theory of Keynes was a blank check for the western governments to create new fiscal debt at the expense of tax payers and thus impoverish them. The taxes reached in the 60s and 70s fifty and more per cent of the income of the working population in the western countries, whereas the corporations were exempted from most taxes.

The Orion monetary system is in the first place an economic system of big corporations, which are ruled through hierarchic structure and can be easily controlled by the Powers That Be from the top. For instance, they can substitute any CEO or manager with a docile clone created through genetic engineering or through a shape-shifter of the Reptilian-type, who will promote their hidden agenda from the top without any checks and balances.

Although the governments are constituted by elected representatives, they in reality also carry out the hidden agenda of the dark ones, however, to a lesser extent. The percentage of clones among politicians is somewhat lower than that of CEO, because politicians operate in the limelight of mass media and such substitutions through clones may not always fulfill the requirements of a proper camouflage that cannot be discerned by the masses.

It is, nonetheless, important to reiterate that the true governments of all western democracies are the hidden governments of the dark ones, such as the Trilateral Commission and the Council of Foreign Affairs in the USA, or the Bilderbergers in Europe, who pull the strings behind the scene and not the officially elected ones. They are the ones who make the final decisions with respect to fiscal or any other national policy.

The financial and social policy of the current puppet of a black president in the White House (observe the symbolism of “Black and White” for the current duality of human experience) is paradigmatic for the kind of hidden political agenda that only serves the interests of the financial Elite, where most of the dark ones are to be found:A Dark president for the Dark Ones – what an irony!”‘Yes, we can’ deceive you anytime!” was their last arrogant cry and a deliberate slap in the face of the ignorant American electorate.

This explains why the theory of Keynes was used as alibi by the hidden governments to indebt all national states even at a time of growth and to transfer this debt onto the tax payers, either through voting higher taxes or austerity programs. In this manner the people could easily be impoverished in a clandestine manner by putting the blame onto the ruling parties, which of course could be substituted in the next elections. With the help of this political charade, the hidden governments prepared the people of the western nations for their role as future slaves of the New World Order.

To achieve this goal, they made them first fiscal slaves of the national state. In a second step, the dark ones intended to eliminate the national states by triggering a worldwide financial and economic collapse which would lead to a default of the western states. This goal was almost achieved in 2008, but it was then mitigated by the hidden intervention of the Forces of Light.

To this end the dark ones employed the theory of monetarism in a second step to cover up their true intentions. This theory rendered the central banks an unlimited financial and political power that is not sanctioned by any independent authority such as the legislative. The gate for all kinds of fraudulent practices at the highest international level was widely opened.

Off-shores companies were founded en masse that operated outside any national laws, where all the monies of the people could be illegally transferred.

Political efforts, being made to control money flaws, were condemned as obstructions to free capitalist economy by the Powers That Be and their minions in the media and had no chance to become national laws. Three years after the crash in 2008 and numerous international meetings of G8 and G20, accompanied by loud announcements to finally control the worldwide money speculations of the financial dark ones, nothing has been practically done to stop their global fraud.

Basel III, the new bank accounting system, was for instance wrapped up and postponed for the time after Ascension. Please observe that all important reforms, which the elected governments announced loudly in the last several years as to cope with the current financial and economic crisis, were scheduled after 2012 in the full knowledge of the upcoming Ascension. Only the stupid public and the journalists are not aware of this “time-dependent” fraud.

The Fed, being the chief instrument of the American financial Elite, committed every possible crime to make its proprietors, the Wall Street banks, richer at the expense of the American people. “Enrichez vous!” was the cry of the dark financial ones during the last two decades that reverberated around the globe.

When the financial collapse came in 2008, the strings of the elected puppet governments in the Western World could no longer be hidden to the public, after they announced one huge bailout after the other on behalf of the big banks – be they American or European banks, even at a time when the default of many national states became an imminent danger. The draconian (please observe the semantic identity of the word “draconian” with the economic policy of the Orion Reptilians from the Draco constellation) austerity programs in England, Greece, Ireland, Spain, Portugal, and many other western countries announced in 2010 will, however, not save them from falling into the abyss of their gargantuan fiscal debt.

But these Draconian (Reptilian) austerity programs have already ignited the revolutionary mood of the stricken people in these countries, who have begun to discern more clearly the clandestine methods of their masters to first impoverish them and then enslave them under the banner of the New World Order. This revolutionary mood will explode this year to a true revolution of the masses.

It has always been the plan of the dark ones to eliminate the national states by defaulting them and delegating their sovereign rights to a new international institution, for instance, to the United Nations that has been planned to execute the power of the New World Order at the beginning. The United Nations have always been firmly in the hands of the dark ones, who control them through their New York banks nearby, whose policy has always been to bribe and corrupt most of the representatives of this international institution.

This scenario has already been tested on a smaller scale in the creation of the European Union. The latter received recently a constitution that was bargained by its bribed politicians behind closed doors and has not been approved by the electorate in a free vote. This constitution and the executive EU-institutions that are appointed by the hidden governments of these countries have already water-downed many sovereign rights of the people of the EU-nations, who are not even aware of their losses of basic rights. The New World Order was supposed to come in a similar way, like a “thief in the night” and catch the masses by surprise.

In this context, it is important to observe that the creation of EU was part of the Rothschild plan to establish the New World Order and was promoted by the Bilderberger group, which was hastily summoned after the Second World War. This clandestine organization has its hands in virtually all important political decisions in Western Europe and in many other places around the world. All heads of important European states need the initial confirmation of the Bilderberger group, before they can be nominated for elections.
*
This information was given to explain how the western governments were used by the dark forces to forge the financial collapse of their countries by implementing Keynes theory of anti-cyclic intervention in an excessive manner. This theory was never intended to establish stable economic growth for the benefit of the masses, as its author might have believed, but to promote the hidden agenda of the Powers That Be. This is the insidious economic policy of the Orion Empire, which it has successfully implemented on many planets in this galaxy in order to subjugate their incarnated populations. These reptilians have huge experience in this.

The application of the theory of monetarism was not less hideous. First and foremost, the Chicago boys, the spiritual fathers of this theory, forgot to tell the public that the central bank, which they wanted to give an unlimited economic power in their theory, was not the central bank of the American people, but the private bank Fed, which is possessed by the banks of the dark ones on Wall Street.

Equally important was the fact that the hidden governments and the financial Elite did not intend to use the variable interest rates of the central bank to promote true economic growth, but to solidify the position of the financial sector in the overall economy by creating monopolistic international bank corporations. Ultimately, this led to the precarious situation of “too big to fail”, with which the dark ones blackmailed the elected governments of the western countries. This Damocles sward is still hanging over the heads of the elected governments and will definitely fall this year to unleash the final crash of the Orion monetary system.

In order to strengthen the position of the financial Elite, Greenspan and his successor Bernanke lowered the interest rates for long periods of time in order to create speculative bubbles, from which the banks profited by creating fraudulent financial products and selling them to the rest of the world. Even when the Fed raised interest rates, as it was the case in the early 80s, the banks were the only institutions that profited from these high interest rates, while the population was further impoverished.

Currently the American banks borrow money from the Fed at zero interest rates and buy bonds at 3-4%. The difference is paid by the American people as docile tax payers. This is the greatest scam, any country could possibly create, and it takes place in front of the very eyes of all American citizens, who should have revolted long time ago against this obvious crime.

Therefore, it is not an exaggeration to say that the inventor-nation of all fraudulent financial products of the 20^th century has, at the same time, dumped down its citizens to an even greater extent than the communist dictatorships did with their peoples during the Cold War. The major difference is that the peoples in Eastern Europe never trusted their red dictators, while the majority of the American people still believe that they live in the most democratic and advanced country in the world. Their blindness and sheepishness exceed anything mankind has experienced so far. The American people, the citizens of the new Roman Empire of Modern times, have been degraded to spiritual pariah by their dark ones. What a shame!

It is a leitmotif of this essay that the Powers That Be have falsified any intellectual or social effort of mankind in the past to achieve true progress. The most insidious falsifications have been made in the realm of theoretical science, as the author has extensively shown in this discussion. This is particularly true for the theory of economics, which is much broadly represented at universities and high schools than all natural sciences put together.

Let us not forget that millions of young people attend universities and high schools and indebt themselves for their whole life by paying huge fees, only to study faked economic theories, the only purpose of which is to deepen the state of enslavement of mankind. The present-day situation on earth prior to Ascension is, indeed, disgusting, and it is most disgusting in the USA – the citadel of the dark forces on this planet. Therefore, the financial and economic collapse will begin this year in this country and will eliminate it as a world power once and for all.

In the 5^th dimension, there will be no countries and no nations. Humanity will perceive its true nature as a galactic civilization of multidimensional beings. Communication will be through telepathy, and money will only exist in the imagination of some entities, who will still stick to their out-dated pecuniary 3d-beliefs.

These hilarious circumstances should be experienced on earth in advance under the energetic limitations of 3d-reality during the End Times. Therefore, it is not a punishment, but a privilege to be unemployed at this time and to not contribute to the prolongation of the Orion economic system. It is no coincidence that the rate of unemployment has doubled in the Western world during the current depression and will skyrocket this year. This will be in anticipation of the conditions of life in the 5^th dimension, where there will be no necessity to work in order to survive, as all entities are immortal powerful creators of their destiny.

The Orion Empire on the other hand has degraded humanity to working mass force. It is therefore not a privilege to work for the Orion Empire and their human proxies – employment, as it is exerted on earth today, is not a basic human right, but the most insidious form of human enslavement.

Economic education of the ascended population will begin immediately after Ascension in small groups that will be taught by highly evolved entities. One can imagine how some of the current politicians such as Obama will awaken in the 5^th dimension and find themselves to be students in such educational courses. In their confusion they may begin to ask:”Where is America? Where is Europe, and what happened with the White House?”The truth will be that all these political constructions and centers of power will no longer exist in the 5^th dimension. The ascended entities will find themselves under the loving supervision of highly evolved beings such as the author of this essay and will experience for the first time in their life what true abundance free of fear and effort really means. But this is another story. Back to ContentsBack to The Orion ZoneBack to The Global Banking System
    Final Remarks

This essay has been written in hurry between January 15 and February 15, 2011. I had the urgent feeling that I have little time left, and that my individual Ascension is imminent. The intensity and frequency of my body vibrations have exceeded any normal human experience and make my daily life in the density of this toxic planet a real torture. This has nothing to do with nice esoteric palaver but with certain energetic realities, about which most light workers have virtually no idea, as they have not experienced them yet. The messages they channel are also silent on this issue.

This may change for some of them in the coming months when the intensity of the cosmic waves that flood earth will exponentially increase and the Great Cleansing prior to Ascension will commence. It will not be a nice experience for most human entities, as they harbor much negativity from their past and present incarnations that has to be deleted from their energetic fields.

Ascension is the final accord of a long era of darkness on this planet. As there will be no place for any aspect of darkness in the 5^th dimension, these negativities must be eliminated from the energetic fields of all human beings that have made up their mind to ascend in a very short period of time. The intensity of this release of negative emotions and beliefs that have determined life on earth for eons of time from the individual and collective aura of humanity will be unprecedented in the history of this rather toxic planet.
*
Very little of my personal experience with the light body process in its final stage has been revealed in this essay, as it will not be relevant to most people during these End Times. This situation will radically change after Ascension. The incompatibility of my high frequency body fields with the low frequency, high density vibrations of earth and humanity cannot be expressed in words, as language fails as a medium at this high energetic level.

Human language has always been a trap for true transcendence. Therefore, it is not a coincidence that many channels have begun in February to make all light workers aware of their potential ability to communicate through telepathy. This direct means of communication eliminates the shortcomings of human language.

Much will change in the coming months. I must admit that I have some difficulties to envisage how mankind will digest all the revelations it needs to acquire, before it has a clear idea as to how and when modern human beings have been created, why science and religions have totally failed to give true information on this issue, who has ruled on this planet for eons of times, why humans have always been slaves of dark forces, the existence of which they still negate, and why there must be a “separation of the wheat from the chaff” in the Time of Ascension. Without this knowledge there can be no Ascension.
*
When two brothers live together in a family and the one is evil and brutal, and the other one loving and compassionate, this situation may last for some time. The loving brother may succumb to the bad deeds of his evil brother and try to develop an understanding and tolerance for his behavior. However, on the long run the loving brother will lose his spiritual propensity to evolve, because he will be occupied all the time in neutralizing the negative actions of his evil brother.

The only solution in such a situation is to separate the two brothers. The evil one will have to live alone and will be confronted with his personal negativity, which he did not realize as long as he could transfer it to his loving brother, who endured it with patience. During this time he has sincerely believed that this is how the world has always been arranged – of evil doers and sheepish victims and that the evil ones have all the rights to behave according to their heinous nature.

Staying alone with his own evil nature, the bad brother will slowly begin to perceive that in order to avoid the destructive results of his negativity he will have to begin to behave like his brother, whom he will be for the first time dearly missing.

The loving brother will go to a new home, where he will meet other loving brothers and sisters that have also fled from their evil brothers and sisters. They will remember together what it was like to live among such evil entities and will enjoy from the bottom of their hearts the community of other loving entities. They will never look back in anger.

This is precisely what will happen when the two earths will finally split at the end of 2012. The energetic divorce of the two timelines has already begun and will accelerate in the course of this year. After the last, but one, stargate 11.11.11 will be opened in November this year the split of these two future energetic probabilities will become evident to most human entities.

The energetic, emotional, and spiritual implications and consequences of this rapture will be broadly discussed by the world community. Most of the discussion will evolve around the themes outlined in the present essay. Few of these topics are currently elaborated by the light workers’ community. It lacks pronounced intellectual leaders, who could be the pacemakers of their rapid spiritual evolution.

The situation with the rest of humanity is even more disheartening. There is a remarkable defiance among most incarnated human entities on this planet against any novel intellectual challenge that escapes any logical, rational explanation. I have experimented with this human intransigence throughout my lifetime on numerous occasions and under various circumstances. I have modulated the threshold of intellectual stimulation in my interlocutions with the people in an infinite way as to find out the adequate pedagogical approach that opens human mind to new insights without scaring it, and I must admit that I have given up on this issue. The experiment has totally failed. The threshold of fear is very low on this planet.

Although I have dedicated myself to the highest standards of intellectual expression throughout my whole life, I have given up a long time ago on any effort to transfuse this spiritual ideal to other entities. I have restricted my educational and pedagogical activity to being a personal example, by making no visible concessions to the stupidity, ignorance, and intransigence of my social environment, even at the expense of limiting my social contacts and having a life of a hermit.

It is not possible on this planet to be nice to other people, unless you neglect your own legitimate emotional and intellectual aspirations. The current popular concept of “political correctness” that is forged by the dark forces is a very effective method of dumping down all powerful personalities on earth by obliging them to comply with the broad negative aspects of the dominating majority of agnostic young souls, which still serve the goals of the dark ones in a docile manner. On the other hand, one should not awake somebody from his somnambulism, because he may kill him in an act of rage.

Political correctness is the dictatorship of young, spiritually underdeveloped souls over the excellence of old, highly evolved souls. Let us, therefore, wrap up our discussion with one final statement:Every incarnated soul on earth has only one duty – to express her unlimited spiritual potential to the best of her divine powers against all social resistance, prejudices, and suppression that she may encounter throughout her incarnation, but without challenging or limiting the prospects of evolution of other entities even when this evolution may take for a long period of time the road of perdition, leading to a greater separation from All-That-Is, as this will be the case with the incarnated human beings staying on planet B.Every incarnated entity is, first and foremost, the Supreme Creator of his own destiny. This attitude will become prevalent in the coming months when the people will realize that they are unlimited creators of their reality and that no society or plane of existence can limit the scope of their individual spiritual aspirations. Back to Contents

by Georgi Stankov

2011

from ExopoliticsBlog Website

Contents

Preface

Part I

The Creator and his Creation

The Limitations of Human Creation

The Physical Laws of Creation reflect the Nature of All-That-Is

The Law of Conservation of Energy

The Primary Term of All Consciousness

The Principle of Last Equivalence

Energy and Information are One and the Same

The Mathematical Concept of U-Sets

The Notion of Separation is the Origin of All Wrong Ideas

The Foundation Crisis of Mathematics

The Discovery of the Universal Law Solved The Foundation Crisis of Mathematics

The Basic Theory of the Universal Law

The Theory of the Universal Law as a Cosmic View

The Idea of Separation from All-That-Is Explains The Eschatology of Human Existence

Ascension is the Separation of the Wheat from the Chaff

Why Entities want to be Evil

The Light Body Process (LBP) Eliminates Separation by Establishing The Conditions of Constructive Interference with the Higher Realms

The Dark Forces use the Health Care System to Exterminate Humans

Human Fears and the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction

The Laws of Creation and Destruction are Laws of Expansion and Contraction

The Ideas Promoted by the Dark Forces are N-Sets

The Forces of Light Promote the Perception of Oneness by Encouraging Human Beings to Think in Terms of U-Sets

Basic Ideas of Mankind that are N-Sets

Pitfalls and Fallacies of the Orion Monetary System

The Orion Monetary System in the Historical Perspective

The Theory of Macroeconomics Promotes The Orion Monetary System

Final Remarks

Part II – Commentaries (Page 97)

Return to Cosmos

Return to Ascension

Return to The Universe of The New Physics

Return to Consciousness And The Conscious Universe

Return to The Divine and Manipulative Extraterrestrials

Preface

This book is a true product of internet.

During my scientific research activities in the 80s, I used some scientific “data banks” that could be considered a precursor of internet, The data banks worked rather clumsy, the entrance to them was restricted, and the services were very expensive.

Nevertheless, the existence of such data banks was perceived at that time as a true revolution in information and data processing by all scientists like me, who have commenced with their scientific and research activities in old libraries and have wasted much time going through hand-written or typed catalogues that were sometimes 200-300 years old.

When internet was broadly introduced in the 90s, my expectations were hugely disappointed.

The quality of most information was appalling, outrageous, at best, confusing and of little scientific or spiritual value. The few scientific journals that began to publish in internet were as expensive as their paper versions and did not provide for any interactive services as some search providers like Google later did.

I soon realized that internet is a mirror image of the uncensored thoughts, ideas, beliefs, and confusions of humanity, and how naïve I must have been in the past to assume that true intelligence is a common virtue among human beings.

I realized that traditional libraries, to which I felt attracted since my early childhood, have never been a true vivisection of human mentality but the best and most spiritual part of it. Internet started instead as a closet of the mental excrements of humanity. I do not intend to be too harsh on mankind – I am simply making a dispassionate, objective observation. Much has changed since then, and the improvement in some areas is more than evident.

But I still miss the intellectual aspirations that make us enlightened beings in this medium.

When I began with the last, most intensive phase of my light body process in 1999, I decided to boycott this new mass medium and to switch on to telepathy. I could no longer bear the negativity, which internet emitted at that time. The advantage of telepathy is that it is simultaneous, time-saving, emotionally much more intensive than the written word, and always precise in the transmitted information.

My boycott lasted for more than ten years, until I was urged by my higher self in autumn 2010 to check the latest channeled information on internet and make an analysis of the mental and spiritual conditions, under which light workers operate worldwide. To this I must add that I am speaking or using several languages, including Bulgarian, German, English, Italian, French, Russian, and some other Slavonic languages.

Now, that I am approaching the end of my current incarnation and my soul contract as an incarnated human being is almost fulfilled, I can definitely say that my chief mission on earth has always been in making a profound analysis of human intellectual achievements in all areas of spiritual activities and in evaluating all human errors and mental confusions from which Darkness on this planet stems.

This mission began with natural science and philosophy, but it soon became much broader and involved politics, economics, history, religions, trivial human thinking, social behavior, and human emotions.

Finally, I had to deal with modern esotericism, which is a poor substitute for human Gnosis, as it has been developed by many excellent thinkers in the past, such as Heraclitus, Plato, Aristotle, Socrates, Plotinus, Cusanus, Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Kant, to name some of them.

None of their teachings can be found in present-day esotericism and in particular in the numerous channeled messages from the 4^th and 5^th dimension, although this, in the history of modern mankind, unique information transfer from the higher astral realms onto the earth plane was meant to be a continuation of the spiritual Endeavour of these excellent thinkers in the past.

True knowledge can only evolve out of clear comprehension of the spiritual heritage of mankind.

The most astounding feature of modern esotericism is its profound lack of any historical, philosophical, and cultural background. It is a declaration of intellectual bankruptcy.

All light workers, I have come upon so far, have absolutely no real scientific background and hence no understanding for the theoretical and intellectual deficits that current empiric science on this planet harbors. They have never made any attempt to recognize these flaws in human scientific thinking or to examine the possibilities, how they can be eliminated from the point of view of true spiritual knowledge.

In other words, they have failed to comprehend the actual purpose of this broad transfer of divine information from the higher spiritual realms, which has, in the first place, the function to transcend the narrow-mindedness of present-day scientists, whose ideas shape our modern technological society in a profound manner. At present, there is virtually no dialogue between scientists and light workers as to adjust or possibly enrich their world views.

This lack of communication is paralyzing the intellectual discernment of both groups.

For instance, most channeled messages are transmitted in oral (in trance) or written (automatic writing) language.

At the same time many channels make their mediums aware of the fact that the original information that they receive is in a pure energetic form and that this information has to be diluted and transformed through many energetic levels into oral or written form, and that this energy transformation has to cope with many energetic resistances and limitations within the mental and emotional bodies of the channeled entity.

The chief energetic limitation is, however, the structure of human language, which is sequential and inadequate to express the simultaneity, multidimensionality and synchronicity of the information from the higher realms that create human reality on the earth plane in a secondary manner.

This information can be found in numerous channeled messages. It is a red flag of many channels for all incarnated entities who read their messages to start thinking over the structure of human languages and how it limits the scope of the information coming from the higher realms. This is a huge Gnostic theme, the theoretical importance of which has yet to be discovered.

However, I have not come upon a single light worker or medium that has taken this clue seriously and has made an effort to analyze human language from an energetic, astral point of view. Light workers have not even realized this theoretical problem, because they are not trained in analytical thinking.

For this reason, they cannot adequately evaluate the messages, they receive from their channels.

They are, so to say, “lost in translation” of the multidimensional information from the higher realms into the linearity of three-dimensional space-time as experienced on earth. This is the most common fallacy of all light workers prior to Ascension. They have not yet developed an appropriate abstract intellectuality as to imagine how multidimensional life will be in the simultaneity of the higher realms.

Apart from that, they are also lost in their emotions, because they have neglected true logical thinking, which is the key to an understanding of all human emotions without suppressing them. They should really start reading about human “affectations” in the classical works of western philosophy.

As I far as I am aware – and I say this as a matter of fact – I am the first and only person on earth to have realized the importance of this linguistic problem from a cognitive and epistemological point of view and to have solved it in an immaculate scientific manner by considering the existing linguistic and semantic theories and by expanding them with true spiritual knowledge.

This is just one example as to how unprepared all light workers are in analyzing the information they receive from various channels from the higher, and not so high, realms in terms of true science and knowledge.

This intellectual deficiency can be observed on both sides. All channeled messages, I have read in the last 15 years, do not discuss scientific and theoretical aspects. Some channels may evoke the impression that they are giving scientific information as for instance Metatron that is channeled by several incarnated entities.

This channel discusses some physical aspects of Ascension from the point of view of quantum mechanics.

However, both the didactical approach and the quality of the information are so poor, that this channel makes a disservice to real science and should be discarded as irrelevant and confusing. This is the worst of all possible worlds – to pretend to be scientific, but to lack the basics and the faculty for a true scientific elaboration.

Of course, one can put forward the argument that channels from the higher realms can only transmit the kind of information that the medium can comprehend. But this statement does not hold true in reality. There are many channeled books that contain information, which, by far and large, exceeds the apprehending faculty of the medium, as this can be excellently observed in Seth’s books channeled by Jane Roberts.

The best channel that I have found in internet is “Cosmic Awareness“.

The information of this channel is quite precise and does not pretend to be unnecessarily scientific, although it is highly philosophical and precise with respects to the facts that it elaborates. This approach is contrary to that of most channels, which are rather pretentious without giving any substantial background information.

Unfortunately, exactly this philosophical dimension of cosmic awareness overwhelms the intellectual abilities of the medium and the energizers who put the questions to this source from the highest realms. This intellectual incompatibility between source and receivers is quite annoying upon reading.

The discrepancy between the cosmic view, this channel presents, and the narrow-mindedness of the members of this group is so obvious and disturbing that one begins to question the effectiveness of such kind of information exchange.

If one expresses the conviction, as I do, that the purpose of any channeled information from the higher realms must be in the first place pedagogical and educational, then it should be the responsibility of all users of this information to comprehend and internalize it in a profound way. This propensity to learn from channeled information as to enrich one’s philosophical weltanschauung is unfortunately not at all developed among all light workers.

Almost all channeling entities follow in a slave-like manner the messages they receive from their source and are not able to develop an intellectual curiosity for other related messages that will help them expand their spiritual horizon. In this respect, the mental deficiencies among light workers are representative of those of the broad population.

The only difference lies in their orientation towards more transcendental, spiritual issues and values.

I have personally great doubts, whether this unfavorable intellectual situation could be substantially improved prior to Ascension, even when the anticipated events as discussed in this book will take place this year and will dramatically change the collective mind-set.

Therefore, I personally believe that the bar for Ascension for most incarnated entities on earth will be set very low with respect to their intellectual achievements. This has to do with the fact that most human beings only use 8-10% of the potential of their brain.

After Ascension this capacity will increase to 50% and more.

In the meantime I have scrutinized more than 500 prominent channels and other esoteric sites in internet retrospectively, as well as prospectively.

The intellectual and scientific level of all channeled messages can only be described as appalling. There is virtually no discussion on fundamental scientific and cognitive issues, for instance, which basic ideas in natural sciences have prohibited an understanding of the transcendental dimension of human beings – their true multidimensional nature as powerful sentient beings of cosmic proportions in contrast to their cognitive and sensual limitations as biological entities, incarnated in the dense three-dimensional space-time of earth.

These gnostic topics have always been in the centre of interest of all highly evolved human beings who have lived on earth and have contributed to a better understanding of the eschatology of human existence.

All problems of humanity stem from the lack of spiritual understanding and can be eliminated as soon as all humans become enlightened beings. This is what Ascension is all about.

Ascension is not an event, but a process that has begun a long time ago and has accelerated in the last 24 years since the first harmonic convergence took place in the summer of 1987. In the course of this and next year, this process will reach its final culmination. We are in the End Times, as predicted in many religious and esoteric books.

The Rapture of mankind is in full swing and many entities will leave earth and enter the 5^th dimension before the final split of the two earths – the ascended earth A and the descended planet B – takes place in December 2012.

Much of what has been written in this book will no longer be of relevance to those entities who will ascend.

But the more so for those, who have not yet made up their mind. The coming months will be crucial not only with respect to their earthly destiny, but also with respect to their future incarnations. Ascension of earth and mankind is a juncture of cosmic proportions for numerous souls throughout the whole galaxy and beyond it.

It will terminate the incarnation cycle of many souls, so that they can proceed with their infinite journey of cosmic experience and exploration towards the Oneness of All-That-Is.

PART I

1. The Creator and his Creation

The three-dimensional reality (3d-reality) on earth that builds the current plane of existence of mankind is a product of the creative imagination of the higher realms of All-That-Is, to which our souls also belong.

The cosmic rule of Creation says that first there is an idea, an imagination of what might be, and only then its realization. In the higher realms, there is no time-lag between imagination and creation, as time does not exist as a dimension in these realms.

Everything is created in the “Now”.

This circumstance is defined in human language as “simultaneity” and “synchronicity”.

However, the sequentially operating human mind is limited by the biological brain and its slow propagation of neuronal signals due to their retardation at the neuronal synapses and cannot truly understand the concept of simultaneity of the higher realms and how they actually operate.

Most human beings believe that matter comes first, and all they can do is to adjust to it by manipulating it in various ways. Current technological society is entirely based on this notion. This is the reversal of the actual creative process of All-That-Is.

Present-day empiric science and modern technologies are manifestations of this narrow human concept of Creation. This is the principal cognitive flaw of all humans, most of whom do not bother about transcendental issues, but also of light workers, who, while deeply engaged in expanding the boundaries of their spiritual knowledge, fail to consider the cognitive and epistemological pre-requisitions for any true Creation from a philosophical and Gnostic point of view.

It is, therefore, very important to clearly define this upper limit of cognition of all incarnated human entities in an a priori manner, in order to understand the necessity and inevitability of the upcoming events during this year that will prepare the ground for Ascension of earth and part of mankind at the end of 2012.

The author assumes that the reader is well informed about these events from the many channeled messages in Internet.

In particular, the messages of Cosmic Awareness are an excellent introduction into these unique and key events in the history of earth and modern mankind, being the last of many civilizations that have evolved and completed their incarnation cycle on this planet since eons of time.

As already said, the realization of all imagined ideas occurs immediately in the higher frequency realms of existence, also defined as 5^th, 6th, and higher dimensions. This affords a much higher level of responsibility from the Creator – be he an individual or collective entity – as any creation has repercussions on the Creator. If the Creator creates entities that also have the capacity to create, there are theoretically two alternatives how to manage Creation in a responsible manner.

The first one is the original creator gives the created entities the unlimited power to create, because he has created them perfect.

This alternative is defined in religion and philosophy as the “free will of man” given to him by God or Nature. However, both religion and philosophy, respectively, science, have so far failed to prove that God and Nature are different entities, while at the same time they vigorously sustain the notion of their separation, which is the only legitimacy for their existence as separate systems of knowledge.

If God and Nature were one and the same, as they actually are, religion must merge with science, and science must become transcendental by eliminating most of its empiric dogmas that narrow its scope of human cognition.

However, all religions are so overloaded with wrong spiritual concepts and ideas that they cannot be reformed, but must be replaced and substituted by a new system of transcendental knowledge that also incorporates some of the valid concepts of empiric science.

This task has been successfully accomplished by the author in the 90s by developing the new Theory and Gnosis of the Universal Law. This huge theoretical topic has been covered by the author in many books and goes beyond the scope of this essay.

The other alternative is to restrict the creative potential of the created entity to some selected areas of experience.

The latter alternative is that which has been actually explored on earth for the last 13 000 years under different sets of circumstances and preconditions. In this respect the free will of the incarnated entity is subjected to the pre-conceived plan of the soul. The latter takes into consideration myriad existential alternatives which the incarnated entity can explore throughout his life.

Therefore, the scope of the free will of the incarnated entity is already pre-determined by the soul prior to incarnation.

At the same time, the space of existential alternatives is so vast that it practically can never be explored by the individual. Therefore, the free will of human beings does exist, but only within the pre-established conditions of the soul or the Higher Self, which is at the same time the co-creator of the plane of existence on earth.

Needless to say that most of the incarnated entities do not use this potential of the free will to its full extent to promote their spiritual growth, but instead succumb through the social habit of adaptation to the pre-existing material and other illusions of 3d-life.

This is the source of all human malaise on earth.

2. The Limitations of Human Creation

Human entities are born on earth in a state of more or less total amnesia with respect to their creative potential as cosmic multidimensional beings.

This is also known as the “veil of forgetfulness”. The term encompasses the deliberate separation of the incarnated entity from the Source – from the higher pristine realms of existence -for the purpose of having collective experience under extreme limited energetic conditions. It is very important to observe that the creation of such a limitation affords the deliberate application of huge energies that “seal” the corresponding plane of existence from the simultaneity, synchronicity, and co-creation of the higher realms.

This level of maximal separation from the Source is only achieved in the 3d-space-time of the solar universes. Life on earth represents the maximal possible separation from the Source in the whole galaxy.

This separation is of course a subjective perception of the incarnated entity, created by his limited senses and narrow daily consciousness. In reality, human beings are, from an energetic point of view, always an integral part of the soul and the higher realms.

The whole metabolism and unconditional, subconscious reflexes, being indispensable for the support of human life, are regulated by higher frequency energies of the soul. In this respect the much discussed chakras are interceptions between the high frequency energies of the soul and the electromagnetic and quantum energies of the biological body.

The energies that accomplish this separation from the Source and create the perceived 3d-space-time must inevitably be of low frequency, as to build a destructive interference with the harmonic higher frequency levels of Creation; the latter are perceived by human beings as “unconditional love”.

Such obstructive energies create the human concept of duality, which is central to all religious and esoteric concepts, which mankind has developed throughout history in its effort to comprehend the Nature of All-That-Is.

From the restricted dualistic point of view of human awareness, the low frequency energies of matter and flesh are usually described as “dark forces, Ahriman forces, Luciferian forces, demons, evil aliens” etc.

However, these phenomena, though they may be quite real at a given 3d-plane of existence, can only exist within the Oneness of All-That-Is.

We introduce the physical term “destructive interference” which should be cogent to all readers with a modest understanding of wave theory from school at this place, as to make aware of the fact that all the so called “dark forces” on earth are created by local destructive interference within the harmony and simultaneity of the Whole and can be automatically eliminated by changing the conditions of destructive interference with those of constructive interference, also known as harmonic convergence in the esoteric literature.

As there will be a lot of talk this year about the dark forces – the Powers That Be – that have controlled earth and humanity for thousands of years, it is very important to stress the core message of this essay, namely, that all evil forces are integral part of All-That-Is.

It is from the subjective point of view of the dark forces to consider themselves separated from the Source. Within this subjectivity they create their own experience of separation.

The current process of earth’s Ascension, which has entered its final and most intensive phase in the summer of 1987 (first harmonic convergence), is from an energetic point of view the establishment of the condition of constructive interference – of unconditional love – on earth by eliminating step by step all local destructive interferences that may be experienced as emotional negativities and spiritual blockades.

These are the driving emotional and mental forces behind all atrocities, one can currently observe on earth, just as they have always been in the core of the bellicose history of mankind.

As Ascension is the return to Oneness, there is always the possibility for any representative of the dark forces to also return to the Source. It depends only on their free will – on what choice such entities will make in this particular moment, while Ascension is virtually unfolding in front of our very eyes.

This preliminary statement is meant to avoid any confusion from the very beginning, as a substantial part of mankind may choose to go along the path of greater separation from the Source and will decide against Ascension and merging with the Oneness of All-That-Is.

This choice should be respected by all those who have decided to ascend with earth in the 5^th dimension.

At this point we must make the reader aware of the fact that the terms “Oneness” and “All-That-Is” are tautologies of one and the same thing. This is what we call the “principle of last equivalence” of human awareness. As we shall show below, this is the first principle of all human thinking, not only on earth, but also as cosmic consciousness, respectively, awareness throughout the whole universe and within infinite dimensions and realities.

Although the above discussed interactions, even when they involve human behavior and ethics, may seem at first glance to be very complex and far-fetched, they are, in fact, all of energetic origin and can be reduced to some very simple physical principles.

Unfortunately, current esoteric and channeled literature is full of dubious and unclear terms in this respect, such as,

“rays and colors, and flames, e.g. 5^th ray, blue ray, twin flame, etc.”,

…which further confuse the already distorted human mind.

Out of this semantic confusion various schools of esoteric thought have emerged in the last years that contribute to a further mental separation among the few light workers (less than 1% of the world population).

This is precisely what should be overcome in this crucial year in the history of mankind.

3. The Physical Laws of Creation reflect the Nature of All-That-Is

All-That-Is is as simple as it is infinite in its plurality.

One should not confuse the variety of forms with the simplicity of the Laws of Creation. This is the principal fallacy of any restricted awareness that is separated from the Source. Although there may be an infinite number of planes of existence in the horizontal and vertical line, they all obey the simple law of frequency superposition, defined as constructive and destructive interference in wave theory.

In order to understand these laws we have to establish a preliminary idea of the Nature of All-that-Is.

All-That-Is, the Whole, no matter how we name it, has some characteristics that have not been realized either by present-day science or by its counterpart -current esotericism.

Religions have not even made an effort to comprehend the Whole; therefore, they can be excluded from this discussion without affecting its universal validity.

For this reason we refer to any true science of transcendental knowledge as “Gnosis”, which is the ancient Greek term for “true spiritual knowledge”, respectively, for the study of such knowledge. It should be observed at this place that any true scientific knowledge can only be of transcendental, gnostic character.

Such knowledge should begin with an exploration of the Nature of the Whole.

All-That-Is has the following characteristics that any human being without a deep spiritual knowledge can easily derive from his consciousness in an a priori manner.

These are:

the Whole is closed, infinite, and discrete, that is, it consists of infinite levels and systems

it is continuous, that is, there are no voids (vacuum) between its levels and systems

it is in a state of permanent energy exchange

Let us elaborate these primary features of All-That-Is that are conceivable to any human mind from a physical and cognitive point of view.

4. The Law of Conservation of Energy

By saying that the Whole is closed, we simply acknowledge the fact that energy cannot be lost.

This we can observe in all energy interactions. Current physics has acknowledged this fact as first discovered by the German physician Robert Meyer only in the late 19^th century and has defined it as the “law of conservation of energy”, also known as the “first law of thermodynamics“.

All known physical laws reflect the law of conservation of energy. Without the conservation of energy, it will not be possible to define any known physical law as a mathematical equation. This elementary fact is currently not fully apprehended in theoretical physics.

The law of conservation of energy can only exist because there is an incessant energy exchange between the systems and levels of All-That-Is. The Whole is Energy Exchange (see below).

We can apply this law for instance to the creation and regulation of the human body by the soul.

All astral, vital energies that the human body acquires from the soul and the higher realms of Creation in order to support its life as a biological organism are transformed into biochemical matter in the process of cell metabolism and then radiated as pure energetic experience of 3d-space-time back to the higher realms.

This is the only reason, and purpose, of the soul to seek incarnation experience in the 3d space-time of the solar universes. Experience, in its purest essence, is a particular energy exchange, as well as the memory of this exchange, whereas memory is another particular form of energy exchange. The last statement is tautological and this confirms the closed character of Al-That-Is.

This ought to be basic esoteric knowledge to any light worker with a modicum of spiritual awareness.

5. The Primary Term of All Consciousness

By acknowledging that the Whole is closed and manifests itself as a conservation of energy in every interaction we actually recognize that there is no difference between All-That-Is and Energy.

They are one and the same. This is a basic observation that holds true for any kind of awareness -be it human or cosmic.

We can call this insight “the primary term of all consciousness” and write it as a simple equation:

All-That-Is = Energy = Space-Time = any Consciousness or Awareness = etc. =

= Primary Term of Human Consciousness

The primary equation encompasses the basic knowledge of any kind of awareness:

All-That-Is exists as a concept in every individual consciousness, no matter how restricted or evolved it may be.

In religion, this primordial idea has been recognized by postulating that “God is everything and exists in all beings and objects”.

In the naturalistic and shamanistic religions, this is known as pantheism, in quantum physics this is referred to as the principle of superposition, which means that all quantum systems are interrelated and interdependent as demonstrated in the famous EPRB-experiment for photon interactions.

6. The Principle of Last Equivalence

The above equation is the first and last equivalence of human consciousness, and, most probably, of any kind of consciousness within All-That-Is.

It discloses a fundamental tautology of human perception. This tautology is the fundamental proof that All-That-Is is closed. The concept of the closed character of All-That-Is is a metaphysical, transcendental idea that can be experimentally proven by its concrete manifestation – the law of conservation of energy:

All energy interactions that we observe in the real physical world follow the law of conservation of energy.

Theoretically, the closed character of All-That-Is can be proven by building numerous tautologies which point to the semantic equivalence of all terms attributed to All-That-Is.

This primordial idea of human and any consciousness or awareness is defined as:

The Principle of Last Equivalence

One can alternatively define this principle as the Law of Oneness without altering the essence of the knowledge that this principle perspires.

Purely for this reason, we introduce the concept of the “primary term”, thus making the reader aware of the fact that we can use any word for the primary term of our consciousness, as long as we mean All-That-Is.

The primary term is the primordial mirror-image of All-That-Is of any particular awareness as part of the Whole.

This tautological equivalence of all words that assess the primary term of our consciousness as expressed by the previous statement is the actual “principle of last equivalence”. It is the first and ONLY axiomatic statement of human consciousness – be it individual or collective – that cannot be derived from any other statement. Otherwise, it will not be a first statement. This is another tautology that proves the closed character of All-That-Is.

This first statement or idea of human consciousness is also defined as the Primary Axiom of human thinking.

This definition has been deliberately chosen as to make the vast majority of uneducated people aware of the fact, that since Antiquity numerous thinkers, such as Euclid, Plato, and Aristotle have developed the concept of Axiomatics – the study of logical arrangement of all human statements in a categorical system, such as science, in which there is no inconsistency or contradiction between any two arbitrary statements -by departing from a small number of self-evident statements, preferably, from only one statement.

The Geometry of Euclid was considered for many centuries to be a paradigm of true axiomatics and an ultimate goal for any other scientific discipline, such as philosophy. For instance, both Descartes, the father of modern science, and Spinoza, the father of modern ethics, wrote their philosophical treatises according to the axiomatic principle of Euclidean Geometry.

This ideal remained central to Western scientific thinking until empirical, explorative science emerged in the late 19th century.

The putative success of scientific empiricism in the last one hundred years eliminated axiomatic philosophy as a way of thinking and approaching the Nature of All-That-Is from our modern educational system. The current agnosticism of all scientists is the natural consequence of the dominance of this narrow-minded empirical dogma over the collective human mind-set.

The author has dedicated some comprehensive books on this key philosophical issue which is in the core of current agnosticism of mankind. This will be the greatest mental hurdle which mankind must circumvent this year in order to ascend at the end of 2012.

The concept of full axiomatization of human knowledge and the corresponding categorical systems has dominated the philosophical thinking of Western civilization as an intellectual ideal since Antiquity, as demonstrated in the works of Descartes, Leibniz, Spinoza, Kant, and many other thinkers, notwithstanding the fact that they have all failed to establish a truly universal system of human knowledge or to develop a proper scientific language that can be axiomatized without a single exception.

It is important to observe that the English language does not even have a word for “axiomatics”, although this term is quite popular in most European languages.

This fact brings into a focus the cognitive misery of Anglo-Saxon scientific, empirical thinking that has, for historical reasons, influenced and flawed the current weltanschauung of most human beings on earth in a most profound and deplorable way.

The establishment of a truly universal axiomatics of all science and human language was achieved for the first time in the history of modern mankind in 1994-1995 by the author of this essay, after he discovered the Universal Law and developed the new physical and mathematical axiomatics as a result of this discovery.

He has extensively proved that human knowledge has its origin in the principle of last equivalence and can be derived from the primary term in an axiomatic manner.

He initially proved that the whole theory of physics can be axiomatically derived from this principle, by showing in an irrevocable manner that the Universal Law is the most simple mathematical presentation of All-That-Is as a rule of three a = b/c.

This is the only physical law of All-That-Is, perceived as space-time by human consciousness.

To this we shall say much more below.

It should be cogent to the reader that the equation defined as the principle of last equivalence is the limit of any human cognition. Forever! We may ascend as human beings to the 5^th dimension and acquire much more knowledge about the systems and levels (dimensions) of All-That-Is, but we shall still not be able to enlarge our awareness beyond the primary term of All-That-Is.

It is very important for the reader to comprehend this insight to its full extent and to make it the foundation of his very thinking – as soon as possible and as profoundly as one is able to think.

7. Energy and Information are One and the Same

The law of conservation of energy introduces a new concept that has not been realized so far by science and esotericism.

All-That-Is is evidently Organized Energy – there is no such thing as chaos, as current empiric science (chaos theory) makes us believe – and organized energy can also be comprehended as Information. There is, indeed, no difference between Energy and Information – they are synonyms for All-That-is (principle of last equivalence, see above).

At the same time, organized energy is Consciousness – there is no way of distinguishing organized energy from consciousness.

Software programs are for instance organized forms of electromagnetic energy, and they may evolve to artificial consciousness. What we observe on a small scale on earth in the last 20 years with respect to internet and computer technologies, is also occurring on a grander scale throughout All-That-Is.

From this knowledge we can deduce that all parts – systems and levels – of All-That-is have a consciousness. All parts of All-That-Is have an ultimate idea of All-That-Is – from the smallest elementary particle or cell to the most evolved entity.

We say in this context:

“The parts contain the Whole as an element”, the element being awareness, consciousness, organized energy, Spirit (synonyms).

This is a very important statement that will help us organize our knowledge of All-That-Is in a very simple manner.

8. The Mathematical Concept of U-Sets

Systems that contain the Whole as an element are defined in mathematics as U-sets.

This term was introduced for the first time by Russell at the beginning of the 20^th century and helped to unify the various mathematical disciplines under the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradiction as first formulated by the German mathematician Hilbert in 1900.

For further information we recommend the essay “Universal Law”, written by the author and published in internet under:

dictionary.sensagent.com/universal+law/en-en/

or www.thefullwiki.org/Universal_Law

All systems and levels of All-That-Is are U-sets and contain the Whole, the primary term, as an element.

This is a fundamentally new concept that offsets the current narrow human perceptions in science, religion, politics, and everyday life, namely, that material objects and human beings are distinct entities that are separated from each other and the Whole and must fight against each other in order to survive.

9. The Notion of Separation is the Origin of All Wrong Ideas

The energetic separation of the incarnated entities on earth from the Whole has promulgated the basic notion of their hallucinatory somatic perception of being distinct biological organisms throughout all current concepts of mankind on Nature and social life.

These ideas of biological exclusiveness have shaped the collective world view in such a profound and, at the same time, invisible manner that these ideas are very seldom put into question – in fact, only when they have thoroughly failed, as this will be the case this year with respect to Darwin’s doctrine on the evolution of human and other species.

The notion of separation is contrary to the nature of All-That-Is, which is at the same time the primary term of our consciousness, precisely, it can be equated with our consciousness according to the principle of last equivalence.

Since Gödel published his first Theorem on the validity of mathematics in 1931, we know – or at least all theoreticians of science should be aware of it – that it is sufficient to introduce only one wrong statement in a categorical system of knowledge, such as science, religion, and economics in order to bias the whole system.

This is what has happened with these systems of knowledge again and again on this planet in the last several thousand years, since modern man has begun to put his spoken thoughts into a written form. That is why they have no value and must disappear during the next two years in the course of human Ascension, because these systems of separation will have no place in the expanded awareness of the ascended human entities in the 5^th dimension.

Gödel proved that mathematics, when organized according to the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradiction as first postulated by Hilbert in 1900, inevitably leads to two fundamentally contrary statements that seem to be apparently true.

This fundamental paradox of mathematics is known as antinomy.

The term was introduced by Russell at the beginning of the 20th century. He was the first to realize that all human thoughts are U-sets and contain themselves and the Whole as an element. The ultimate term is consciousness – it is the total set of all human thoughts, and it is also a thought.

This means that all human thoughts contain the whole human consciousness as an element, while the latter is equivalent to the primary term of our consciousness, which is the primordial idea of the Whole of any sentient entity within All-That-Is.

This proof is obviously of a tautological character and this is the ultimate proof that the Whole, being the primary notion of any kind of consciousness or awareness throughout All-That-Is, is of closed character. This proof is of transcendental nature and goes beyond the argumentation of current science and mathematics. At the same time this knowledge builds the epistemological foundation of any true science and transcendental system of knowledge.

The latter should ideally amalgamate all current religious views, stripped off of all their wrong ideas of separation, as well as all current esoteric views that make no effort to establish a coherent system of transcendental knowledge.

In practice, all world religions should be abolished as false Gnostic systems of spiritual knowledge, because none of them adequately assesses the Nature of All-That-Is, respectively, of God.

The above mentioned concepts are self-evident and should be cogent to the reader.

However, the personal experience teaches us that they can hardly be comprehended and incorporated into daily consciousness by most human beings. The reason for this is that current human species suffers from serious energetic deficiencies that have been deliberately inserted into his biological structure by his co-creators – The Powers That Be -in order to hinder the above advocated holistic approach.

This is a huge theme that goes beyond the scope of this essay, but it will inevitably become a central piece of theoretical dispute in the second half of this year, after some basic revelations are made public to humanity. At this place we shall say the following.

The most prominent energetic malfunction of incarnated human entities on earth is the separation of the left from the right brain hemisphere in their neurological function. The second key malfunction is the limited use of only 8-10% of the actual brain capacity. There are many more malfunctions inserted deliberately in the energetic structure of Homo sapiens by his genetic co-engineers – the Powers That Be – to separate him from the Source, most notably the reptilian brain (cerebellum in association with medulla oblongata).

The reptilian human brain is highly susceptible to fear patterns that can be also artificially emitted with the help of certain advanced technologies from the 4^th dimension, from where the dark forces have until now effectively controlled mankind.

This situation will change dramatically this year as a result of the huge, high frequency waves from the central sun of the Galaxy and the higher realms that flood our planet with increasing intensity.

Such fear patterns have been successfully used by the dark forces to dump down the critical, logical, and independent thinking of human beings.

Other prominent energetic malfunctions of current human beings are the separation of the three lower chakras from the three higher chakras by the 4^th heart chakra. This has so far prohibited the development of Christ consciousness on earth that integrates the idea of Oneness in human behavior.

The reduction of human DNA to two strands and the use of only a small portion of it for storing information is another important energetic malfunction of incarnated human entities that limits their perception as sentient beings.

It should be observed at this place that present-day bio-science has no idea of this genetic deficiency of human species and defines the unused 95% of human DNA as “junk-DNA“.

This fact brings into a focus the cognitive malaise of current, narrow-minded empiric science with respect to its object of study:

What scientists do not understand is degraded to “junk” or “dark matter” (for further explanations see below).

It is important to stress that all logical thinking is first and foremost an independent thinking.

Precisely this kind of thinking has been dumped down by the Powers That Be for the last 13,000 years, since they have taken full control over this planet and created modern man.

This suppression of independent critical thinking of humans is energetically accomplished by modulating and deranging the original independent ideas of the incarnated entity, which he acquires in form of inspirations from his soul, by establishing the condition of destructive interference, which is at the same time the condition of all human angst on earth. Such fear deranged patterns of human thinking are always void of logic and true axiomatic arrangement.

This is another huge theme that ought to be elaborated in detail in a special book.

However, as Homo sapiens was in addition genetically improved by the Forces of Light, respectively, by the human souls of the incarnated entities, which are part of the Source, modern man has the inherent capacity to be aware of his indistinguishable bond with All-That-Is, even when the notion of his bond with God has been buried in the course of numerous painful incarnations on earth under the veil of total forgetfulness.

Human beings are said to be “sparks of God”. This means that any human entity always has an unrestricted access to Spirit (Geist, Weltgeist) of Cosmic Logic, also known as Logos in Antiquity or Nous in Neo-Platonism.

Therefore, it is not a coincidence that John’s Gospel begins with “At the beginning was Logos”, and not the “word”, as it has been erroneously translated from Greek in the Bible in virtually all modern languages in the last sixteen hundred years. Logos was also a synonym for logical thinking – hence the science of logic, which was at the beginning and the culmination of ancient Greek education.

This single semantic blunder has effectively hindered a true understanding of the Nature of All-That-Is by all christians, as the author has extensively elaborated in his theoretical work “Neo-Platonism and Christianity”.

As the reader may have already perceived, all central themes of humanity mentioned in this essay so far are closely intertwined and can only be properly tackled when one departs from their common epistemological origin – the Nature of All-That-Is.

10. The Foundation Crisis of Mathematics

Let us summarize the essence of our previous discussion.

All systems and levels of All-That-Is are U-sets and contain the Nature of the Whole = the Source = All-That-Is = God = etc. (principle of last equivalence) as an element. Or as one often reads in channeled messages: Human beings are “sparks of God”, which is but a metaphor for the true Nature of All-That-Is.

It is of great importance to realize that this knowledge is basic to the existence of all science, beginning with mathematics. Let us illustrate this basic statement with the following example from the history of mathematics that is at present virtually forgotten or deliberately neglected by all theoreticians.

When Gödel proved that mathematics cannot be axiomatized with its own methods, as propagated by Hilbert and many other European mathematicians since the beginning of the 20^th century, this basic discipline virtually plunged into its Foundation crisis. This crisis lasted until 1995, when the author discovered the Universal Law of All-That-Is and eliminated it as an artifact, born in the realm of distorted scientific consciousness.

Mathematics is, as some may know, a hermeneutic discipline of human knowledge. “Hermeneutic” means that this discipline has no external object of study and exploration as for instance other empirical sciences, such as physics and bio-science are believed to be, although this perception is essentially wrong as we shall show below.

Mathematics deals with numbers and other signs of relation which are abstract symbols that have no external object, but can be eventually applied to external material objects, for instance, to count them. But these hermeneutic symbols are pure platonic ideas of human consciousness. While they are true, otherwise there will be no need to use mathematics, they exist independently of the outer world.

This has been acknowledged by many continental European mathematicians since the turn of the 19^th century, but this dispute and its implications are virtually unknown to their counterparts in England and the USA, although, ironically, it were Russell and Whitehead who triggered this dispute with their fundamental theoretical work “Principia Mathematica” published in 1908-1913.

What is the Foundation crisis of mathematics all about?

It simply acknowledges the fact that this hermeneutic discipline is not in the position to solve its crisis with its own mathematical means and to prove its validity in the outer world, as this is the case for instance with physics. This discipline assesses natural laws which can be experimentally confirmed at any point in space and time, as well as independently of the observer, as this is the case for instance with Newton’s laws of gravitation.

The reason for this is that all natural laws can be expressed as mathematical equations, which are of universal validity.

This is the actual reason, why physics is generally considered to be an exact natural science, whereas most other sciences, such as bio-science and economics cannot claim this ubiquitous exactness as they cannot be mathematically expressed.

However, theoretical physics has made no effort to explain us, how it is possible that Nature functions according to mathematics, while this discipline is a fairly recent intellectual artifact of human civilization, whereas Nature on this planet ought to be several billions years old, if one assumes that the Darwin’s doctrine of evolution is correct.

How is it possible that an older a priori phenomenon of galactic dimension such as Nature adjusts to the modest spiritual achievements of a humble species, called Homo sapiens, who is not even in the position to organize his social life without perennial wars and collapses and, above of all, only by virtue of destroying this very Nature, by incorporating in a posterior manner his recent, modest mathematics that has not been able to render a single reliable statistical tool or future prediction on his own destiny, as the upcoming cosmic events will prove beyond any doubt?

To account for this “child-mother paradox” – the child, being Homo sapiens, changing the essence of Mother-Nature – scientists have resorted to a variety of obscure concepts summarized under the terms “strong” and “weak anthropomorphism”, which is but a further monument of their collective imbecility.

Furthermore, theoreticians of physics have failed to take into consideration the Foundation crisis of mathematics, while using it is an exclusive means to adequately describe Nature, thus claiming the rank of the most exact science, whereas this privilege should be actually reserved for mathematics.

These are obvious observations and arguments that any human entity with a modest faculty of logical thinking ought to make and find a proper answer, before he decides to study such epistemologically unfounded sciences.

And where are the true theoreticians that make such observations? While not on earth, they will be definitely found on the new 5^th-dimensional earth, because such will be the new transcendental physics of cosmic Creation.

How can scientists properly understand the Nature of All-That-Is if they do not even border to prove the validity of its best and unique tool of exploration – mathematics – and solve its Foundation crisis? Have there been such efforts to solve the problem in the past?

The answer is definitely “Yes”.

But when the theoreticians came to the conclusion that they are helpless on this issue at some point in time in the 60s, they decided not to border any more about such “trivial inconsistencies” of their beloved discipline and brushed aside this unresolved theoretical problem of mathematics by hiding it under the rug of scientific forgetfulness.

Each time somebody tried to unify mathematics on the basis of the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradiction as advocated by the German mathematician Hilbert in his program, known as Hilbert formalism – and there have been many mathematicians that have made this effort in the past – he has acquired two equally valid results that exclude each other and build an antinomy. Mathematics cannot prove its own validity.

This fiasco led to the general acknowledgement that the only possible solution of the Foundation crisis of mathematics would be to prove its validity outside the hermeneutic (closed) area of pure human consciousness – namely, in the real physical world.

This requirement for the validity of mathematics is known since then as “proof of existence”.

We shall show below that this proof is of the same nature as the “proof of God”, which has been the cognitive Armageddon of all religions – first and foremost, of Christianity.

11. The Discovery of the Universal Law Solved the Foundation Crisis of Mathematics

It remains still a mystery as to why this simple requirement for the validity of mathematics has not been tackled and solved in the last 70-80 years, since the idea of its Foundation crisis was firmly established in the scientific world.

Although this elaboration may seem to be quite theoretical and far-fetched with respect to our anticipated intent to explain why and how the world economic order will collapse this year, we shall show that exactly this unsolved theoretical problem of mathematics lies in the core of the upcoming crisis, which is man-made and a mirror image of all wrong concepts of mankind about the Nature of All-That-Is and of humans as incarnated entities, being U-sets of All-That-Is.

Present-day science does not give us any valid answer to the question:

“Who are we really?”

The Foundation crisis of mathematics was finally solved by the author in 1995 when he discovered the Universal Law of All-That-Is and showed that all known physical laws and their applications, including all known physical dimensions, magnitudes, quantities, and constants, can be derived as U-subsets from the primary term of our consciousness, defined in physical terms as Space-Time.

This was the missing “proof of existence” that numerous mathematicians have been searching in vain during the last 20th century.

As the author has dedicated many comprehensive books on this discovery and its implications for human thinking and perceptions, this huge topic will not be further elaborated in this essay. The author would only like to reiterate at this place the conviction that a competence in the General Theory of the Universal Law is indispensable for a proper understanding of the argumentation forwarded in this book.

How is the discovery of the Universal law, being a natural law of energy exchange, linked to mathematics and its Foundation crisis? We have shown above that the primary term of our consciousness can be expressed by any word or symbol according to the principle of last equivalence.

Therefore, we can also write it in the following manner:

Primary term = any number or mathematical symbol = Continuum =

= foundation of mathematics

The primary term is the origin not only of all verbal ideas expressed in terms of language, but also the origin of mathematics as a system of abstract symbols and signs.

It actually proves that there is no difference between verbal and mathematical expressions.

Mathematics has, since Euclid, Plato, and Aristotle, been considered to be a prolongation of human logic. Vice versa, any verbal categorical system of knowledge, such as politics can be logically organized and subsequently mathematically expressed.

Just as nobody disputes the correctness of the equation 2 + 2 = 4, it is possible to organize trivial human thinking in a logical manner as to eliminate all kinds of futile discussions in politics and in any other area of common interest that hinder social progress and generate political and economic crises.

The American political system in Washington is a paramount example for the gridlock that always occurs when human beings leave the solid ground of common human logic and prefer to experience their separation in a bellicose manner, as the recent heinous shooting of a congress-woman demonstrated in a deplorable and very depressing manner.

The solution to the streamlining of human consciousness and thinking in order to comply with the Nature of All-That-Is renders for the first time in the history of modern mankind the discovery of the Universal Law and its application in science and daily affairs.

The Universal Law is the mathematical presentation of the primary term of All-That-Is as a simple rule of three a = b/c, because the primary term can also be defined as the continuum of all numbers.

Since Cantor and Frege, the continuum of all numbers is generally acknowledged to be the “paradise of mathematics”.

Based on the principle of last equivalence, it can be now proven for the first time that all words of human language can be mathematically expressed and vice versa – all mathematical symbols can be substituted with precise verbal terms without changing the validity of mathematics. This is achieved by implementing the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradictions throughout the whole system of human knowledge.

Language is an energetic system or level of All-That-Is and contains the Whole as an element. Since all U-sets of the Whole abide by the Universal Law, they do not contradict each other in the infinite harmony of All-That-Is. The same must also apply to human language and to all categorical systems of knowledge that build the tissue of language.

Therefore, they need not contradict, as they do now, but can be arranged according to the same principle of universal harmony just as the parts of All-That-Is are arranged.

This principle is the alleged axiomatization of human language. It postulates that human beings should depart from the primary term of All-That-Is, which is also the primary term of human consciousness and can be equated with the latter, and derive from it all words and terms that they use orally or in a written form in everyday life, science, religion, and esotericism.

This principle was first applied by the author in physics to derive all known physical magnitudes and laws from the Universal Law, respectively, from the primary term without changing any mathematical result obtained in this empiric discipline so far.

However, most of the verbal explanations of mathematical results that have been experimentally generated in physics had to be rejected in the process of its axiomatization, because they contained numerous contradictory connotations and meanings that biased the whole edifice of this natural science.

The universal idea underlying all semantic, logical, and factual contradictions in physics (and science) is the idea of the separation of the parts from each other and from the Whole. This is a leitmotif of this essay. Precisely these wrong verbal interpretations have hindered the unification of this discipline before the author discovered the Universal Law and unified physics on the basis of it.

Let us illustrate this with an example from present-day physics.

It is a well-known fact that gravitation cannot be integrated with the other three fundamental forces in the standard model, which is considered to be the utmost unification, conventional physics has been able to achieve so far.

However, Nature is a unity – for instance, gravitation is propagated with the speed of light ‘c,’ which is at the same time the speed of electromagnetism. For instance, all fundamental constants of electromagnetism, such as electric and magnetic permittivity, can be derived from the speed of light. At the same time these constants are part of all laws of magnetism, electricity, and electromagnetism as summarized in the four Maxwell’s equations.

This information is given for physicists. The author does not expect that the average reader understands physics, as he has found out that most physicists do not even understand their own discipline.

If gravitation and electromagnetism, two fundamental forces of Nature according to the standard model, use the same universal speed of light, how comes that they cannot be integrated by current physical theory? It is obvious that physics has fundamentally missed the point as to how Nature really operates. At the same time the protagonists of this discipline are not honest enough to acknowledge this basic cognitive deficiency of their physical theory, while claiming at the same time that they possess the Holy Grail of Science.

The reason why physicists have failed to integrate gravitation with electromagnetism was that they postulated in an a priori wrong manner that there is vacuum in All-That-Is and that photons, the carrier of electromagnetic forces, are particles without a mass. Both, the concept of vacuum and the existence of “mass-less” particles as N-sets of All-That-Is are concrete applications of the initial idea of separation.

N-sets are sets that do not contain themselves as an element, for instance, vacuum is an N-set, because it contains particles which are something, while vacuum is per definition nothing – it is void.

The integration of gravitation with electromagnetism, and thus with the other two fundamental forces, was achieved for the first time by the author in 1995. He was able to derive all fundamental natural constants, such as the gravitational constant ‘G’ from those of electromagnetism and to prove in an irrevocable manner that both forces are mathematical aspects of All-That-Is.

In order to do this, he proved in the first place that the term “mass” has been defined in physics in a profoundly wrong manner. Mass is considered to be an intrinsic property of matter, whereas the particles of light, the photons, should not have any mass. It is difficult to perceive when, why, and how this irrational idea has entered this discipline, but it is a matter of fact that it has evolved in the meantime to an infallible dogma. This concept alone has prevented physicists from grasping the nature of All-That-Is.

Mass is a physical quantity, and all physical quantities in physics are defined within mathematics in an a priori manner. This should say that physical quantities are abstract mathematical, hermeneutic ideas of the human mind, with which the physical world can be adequately described in a secondary manner. Therefore, physics is applied mathematics to physical matter and is thus not a separate scientific system of knowledge.

This fundamental epistemological fact has not been apprehended in theoretical science so far. From this we conclude that all physical quantities belong to the continuum, and the latter is the primary term of All-That-Is. This means that they contain the properties of the Whole as an element. Practically, this fact tells us that all parts of the Whole have energy – they are energetic systems, because the Whole is energy.

Each system exhibits a specific constant amount of energy. When two systems are compared, we obtain a relationship of their energies, which is a dimensionless number that belongs to the continuum.

This is precisely what physicists have done in the past in an unconscious, irrational manner with the definition of mass without analyzing it from a methodological and epistemological point of view: Mass is energy relationship. To those, who are keen on physics, the author would recommend that they scrutinize the current definition of mass in any available textbook on physics and find out for themselves that mass is nothing else but an energy relationship.

What does it follow from this simple conclusion? If all systems/parts of All-That-Is have energy, then they must also have a mass, as they can be compared with any other system. In this case, it is a fundamental blunder to believe that photons are mass-less particles.

They must also have a mass because there are energetic systems according to Planck’s equation for photon energy E = h f.

If all systems and levels of All-That-Is are energy, which means something, then there is no such thing that is nothing. In this case the idea of vacuum as void or of particles that are without a mass are absolutely wrong concepts (N-sets) that should be cogent to anybody with a modicum of logical thinking. They stem from the primordial notion of separation of human beings from the Whole and should be eliminated from physics and science once and for all.

This is exactly what the author did, when he started with the axiomatization of conventional physics. By eliminating these wrong ideas of separation, he ultimately eliminated most of the confusion in this “exact” natural science. Ultimately he could unify this discipline by applying the Universal law to each energetic system and energy interaction that has been experimentally observed and described in this natural science so far – without any exception!

In practice, he confirmed all mathematical results obtained in physics up to date, but eliminated most of the verbal interpretations of these mathematical results as flawed and wrong.

In particular, he derived the mass of the elementary photon, known as Planck’s constant h (see above), from basic physical equations and showed that the macro-mass of all material objects can be calculated from the basic mass of the elementary photon. He actually proved that matter is condensed light (photon energy).

The anthropocentric unit “kilogram” is, for instance, a derivative (surrogate) from the primary mass of the elementary photon h obtained within mathematics.

By acknowledging that photons have a mass, the author could easily explain the mechanism of gravitation as being propagated by photons with the speed of light and eliminated the obscure search for the hypothetical graviton.

Further on, he proved that the fundamental gravitational constant G, which is basic to all gravitational laws of Newton, can be easily derived in an axiomatic manner from the speed of light. In this way he integrated for the first time gravitation with electromagnetism on the basis of mathematical formalism and established a new coherent theory of cosmology that eliminates virtually all basic ideas of this discipline – beginning with such imbecilities as the big bang and the hot expansion of the universe.

However, this essay is not intended to be an introduction to the physical theory of the Universal Law, but has the purpose to show how all wrong ideas in physics have emerged from the primary concept of separation from the Whole.

This elaboration, while being the Final Judgment on all fallacies of modern physics and science, aims in the first place to explain why the current structure of human civilization, which depends to a large extent on theoretical and experimental science, will inevitably collapse this year.

Current empiric science and technology will be a major part of this collapse.

From this disquisition we conclude that mathematics can be expressed in verbal terms and vice versa, any verbal system of knowledge can be presented in terms of mathematics when the axiomatic principle of inner consistency and lack of contradictions is thoroughly observed.

This novel insight will transform current empiric science, which has deliberately neglected this intellectual heritage of Western civilization since Antiquity, in the remaining time prior to Ascension to a true, infallible system of knowledge.

The new science of the Universal Law will retain its validity in the 5^th dimension by axiomatically incorporating the new transcendental knowledge that will be then available to the ascended entities. Without a full understanding of the new theory of the Universal Law they will not be able to truly comprehend the laws of Creation of All-That-Is and will experience difficulties in progressing on their path of spiritual evolution.

The basic conclusion from the discovery of the Universal Law is that there is no difference between Consciousness and the outer physical world, currently perceived as Nature.

The outer world is shaped by the consciousness of all beings that participate in the common life on a certain plane of existence. This is the ultimate proof of existence of mathematics, but also of the existence of pure cosmic consciousness that creates this or any other world in the 3d-space-time of solar universes.

But it also tells us that there are levels of Creation beyond 3d-space-time, out of which the latter has evolved in a secondary manner.

12. The Basic Theory of the Universal Law

The key novel knowledge from the discovery of the Universal Law is that All-That-Is has only two dimensions when perceived by the narrow human senses – Space and Time, whereby time in the new theory is actually defined as frequency f = 1/t.

In this case, time, as humans know it, is defined as “conventional time” t. Both quantities are included in the term “space-time” = s f = s/t = velocity, which is also the origin of mathematics and any other science.

All scientific terms, including all numbers in mathematics that build the fabric of our scientific knowledge, can be axiomatically derived from the term “space-time”, which is the physical perception of human mind of the primary term at the current plane of existence on earth:

Space-time = All-That-Is = Energy = Primary Term of Consciousness =

= 3d-reality (descriptive terms) = Continuum (mathematical presentations) =

= [space][time] = s f = s/t = velocity = [1d-space-time] = [n-d-space-time] =

= any number, such as = 1 = 1×1 = 1×0 = 0 = ∞×1 = ∞

The above equations are various equivalent presentations of the principle of last equivalence of human consciousness.

They prove that both human language and mathematics have their epistemological origin in the primary term perceived as space-time. This insight is the most revolutionary idea in the history of modern mankind.

However, it has been known to all previous enlightened civilizations on earth.

It is important to observe that the above presentations of the principle of last equivalence are beyond the realm of any mathematical argumentation, as this principle builds the cognitive basis for the very existence of mathematics as a science of abstract symbols. This fundamental fact is regularly overlooked by all protagonists of conventional mathematical thinking when they raise objections as to the appropriateness of this presentation.

These objections stem from their restricted thinking, which is intoxicated by the primordial idea of separation from the Whole. Why?

This is a very important psychological observation that goes to the roots of modern mathematics. First and foremost, such objections stem from the ignorance of most mathematicians with respect to the fact that their discipline is still suffering under its Foundation crisis, when the discovery of the Universal Law and the solution of this crisis are ignored for the moment.

Secondly, all mathematicians have so far failed to recognize that all the mathematical symbols which they use in their discipline are not U-sets, that is, they do not contain themselves and the Whole as an element: They are N-sets. Therefore, the do not pertain to All-That-Is. They are wrong mirror images of the Nature of Al-That-Is.

This is the cognitive “fall from grace” of empiric science on earth.

The return of the “prodigal son to the Father” will be achieved by substituting present-day empiric science with the new General Theory of Science of the Universal Law in the short period of time prior to Ascension and in the infinity of All-That-Is after Ascension.

How is the Whole actually perceived in mathematics? Very simply – it is the continuum of all numbers.

The numbers that are currently used in mathematics are closed numbers that exclude all other adjacent numbers and hence they also exclude the continuum to which they belong. For instance, the number 2 excludes all its approximations such as 2.00001.

These numbers are called rational numbers. Rational numbers are closed. Modern mathematics operates only with such numbers. It is extremely important to stress that mathematics has virtually no idea as to how to operate with open numbers, which are U-sets and contain the Whole, the continuum, as an element.

Closed rational numbers fulfill the definition of N-sets: The sets that exclude themselves and the Whole as an element. Since they are closed, they have no contact with the other adjacent numbers, and for this simple reason, they cannot build a continuum. The idea of closed numbers precludes the existence of the continuum. However, without a continuum there is no mathematics at all (see below).

We have already said that it is sufficient to introduce only one statement that is an N-set in a categorical system to bias the whole system. This is what has happened with mathematics prior to the discovery of the Universal Law – hence its continuing Foundation crisis.

We have learned so far that all systems and levels of All-That-Is are open systems and exchange energy with each other – therefore, they must have a contact with each other. Purely for this reason, we say that the Nature of All-That-Is is continuous – there are no gaps between the systems that are perceived at present as vacuum or voids in physics.

All systems and levels of All-That-Is are open, adjacent, contiguous, because they are U-sets. They contain the Whole = Energy as an element.

According to the principle of last equivalence, we can define All-That-Is as a continuum. The parts of the mathematical continuum must therefore be open to reflect the openness of the energetic systems and levels of All-That-Is. However, the rational numbers used in mathematics are closed. Therefore, they are N-sets and hence inadequate presentations of the outer world. They must be replaced by open numbers.

Which numbers are open?

All the so called transcendental numbers are open numbers. Such numbers contain an infinite number of approximations, which are closed rational numbers. The most prominent example is the number pi (π).

The mathematicians became for the first time aware of the fundamental difference between closed rational numbers and open transcendental numbers when Cantor established his theory of sets in the late 19^th century. Since then this theory is considered to be the basis of modern mathematics – the “paradise of mathematics” as Hilbert defined it.

Cantor’s problem was to define the continuum in an a priory manner. If one had to resort only to the established closed numbers, the continuum would not have been what it actually says – a continuum, but a discrete, discontinuous assembly of closed rational numbers that are divided by gaps (voids) along the continuum.

To avoid this embarrassment Cantor introduced the concept of transcendental numbers which are open to their surroundings -they are contiguous and touch each other. For this purpose he distinguished between two sets of infinities which, by the way, is another word for continuum – the infinities of rational numbers and the infinities of transcendental numbers.

Before that infinity was infinity and there was no possibility to discern them with respect to their power. Or as Cantor put it himself: “In the night all cats are grey”.

By introducing the transcendental numbers, which to Cantor’s perception filled the gaps between the closed rational numbers along the continuum, he for the first time presented a valuable definition of the continuum and established the theoretical and epistemological foundation of mathematics.

This is basic theoretical stuff that should be actually cogent to any theoretician and scientist with a modest understanding of mathematics after spending four, five or more years at the university. Unfortunately, it is very difficult to find a theoretician nowadays who is aware of these basic epistemological problems of mathematics and science.

Most scientists have been dumped down to such an extent by the current illogical educational system that has been deliberately established by the Powers That Be as to camouflage the actual situation on earth that the author is fully aware of the fact, that it will be very difficult to liberate them from this inextricable labyrinth of self-inflicted scientific blunders.

This deplorable situation of total scientific confusion will tantamount to a true cosmic revelation in the course of this and next year in order to save the souls of most scientists from their total perdition and enable them to ascend with a clear mind in the 5^th dimension.

With respect to the theory of mathematics, it is important to observe that while Cantor laid the basis for transcendental numbers, these numbers were not known to mathematicians. It was only several decades later when another German mathematician found out that the number pi is a transcendental number.

This number opened a completely new perspective of approaching mathematics and its application to the outer world, although the incommensurability of real space magnitudes was known to all ancient Greek mathematicians.

The number pi is per definition a relationship between two geometric distances – the circumference of the circle and its diameter. Circles are abstract geometric presentations of waves.

They are abstract platonic ideas built within the hermeneutic mathematical consciousness of humans. In the real universe, all closed circular motions are elliptical as Kepler’s laws on the motion of celestial objects clearly prove. This fact has not been fully apprehended by all theoreticians, although the number pi is used in many key physical laws and formulae in classical and quantum mechanics.

On the other hand it is generally acknowledged in physics that all waves are products of rotations. Rotations are closed motions -they can be circular, elliptical or more complex forms of closed motions. This is basic physical knowledge of wave theory.

This holds true not only for the electromagnetic spectrum, also defined as photon space-time by the author, but also for matter which is also of wave-character. This is a well-established idea in quantum mechanics since de Broglie introduced the concept of wave-particle dualism in physics in 1924.

This is another basic physical stuff, the cognitive importance of which has not been fully apprehended in physics.

The fact that all systems of All-That-Is are open in terms of energy exchange but at the same time represent superimposed closed motions proves both, the closed character of All-That-Is and the openness of all its contiguous parts as U-sets of the Whole.

As the reader may already perceive, we use this discussion in the first place to present the basic inconsistencies and flaws that scientists have inserted into the edifice of modern empiric science without having any comprehension as to how profoundly these blunders, which stem without any exception from their primordial idea of separation, have intoxicated the dominating scientific thinking of Modern Times and have prevented them from grasping the Nature of All-That-Is.

Therefore the upcoming End Times will be in the first place a requiem for current empiric science, where the author will play the first fiddle.

What should one conclude from this basic scientific knowledge? It is cogent that all levels and systems of All-That-Is are waves or rotational systems.

Since they are all open systems, they are superimposed wave systems and thus obey the laws of constructive and destructive interference. Here we close the circle of our initial argumentation with respect to the universal character of the Cosmic Laws of constructive and destructive interference, which are the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction.

These laws are concrete applications of the Universal Law.

When we compare two arbitrary real rotational wave systems, we always acquire transcendental numbers. All space-time relationships between two real systems are transcendental magnitudes and can only be adequately assessed by open transcendental numbers.

We now make a very important statement:

The conditions of constructive and destructive interference which are the Cosmic
Laws of Creation and Destruction of all systems and levels of All-That-Is can
only be adequately assessed by employing transcendental numbers.

However, mathematics has virtually no idea as to how to use such numbers in its practical calculations.

All numbers that scientists currently acquire from Nature, for instance, as natural constants or various statistics, e.g. in economic pools, are expressed as closed real, rational numbers, which are closed approximations of the real open transcendental magnitudes.

Purely for this reason mankind is not in the position to make adequate predictions on the future or to assess precisely when the condition of destructive interference occurs, under which a system will inevitably collapse.

We shall elaborate this conclusion below in a stringent way by departing from the new knowledge of the General Theory of the Universal Law.

13. The Theory of the Universal Law as a Cosmic View

Let us now return once again to the Nature of All-That-Is and its parts (levels and systems).

We said explicitly that the Whole is closed, while all its parts are U-subsets of All-That-Is and contain it as an element. This statement should be reiterated by the reader as a mantra as many times as possible, until he has fully comprehended it.

And here comes a fundamental knowledge of All-That-Is that has not been fully realized in science so far. If the parts are U-sets and contain the Whole as an element, they cannot be closed, but must be open and exchange energy with each other. All-That-Is is an incessant energy exchange. This is an intrinsic aspect of the Nature of All-That-Is as stated in the primary axiom that should be cogent to everybody.

For instance, without food-intake and cell metabolism, which is nothing else but a complex exchange of biochemical energy, human beings cannot exist or survive. In this sense, energy is a synonym of All-That-Is.

On the other hand, all open systems and levels of All-That-Is express its Nature during their energy exchange. In particular, they express the closed character of the Whole. This aspect can be concretely observed as the law of conservation of energy. As all systems are closed superimposed motions, they are both open and manifest themselves as closed motions or rotations.

This is the Heavenly Dichotomy of All-That-Is that has not been comprehended by all scientists so far.

The same holds true for all religions.

In other words, there is nothing else but Energy:

All-That-Is is Energy – it is Organized Energy – it is Information – it is Awareness – it is Consciousness – it is Space-Time, when perceived by the narrow senses of human beings.

And all these words for the primary term can be mathematically expressed with the Universal Law – it is the mathematical envelope of the Nature of All-That-Is.

This also holds true for all current scientific disciplines that have chosen various terms for All-That-Is as objects of their study – e.g. continuum = mathematics, biological matter = bio-science, matter = physics, etc..

The Universal Law is a law of energy interactions. There is nothing else in All-That-Is that is not an energy interaction and does not abide by the Universal Law. Therefore, all separate sciences that currently exist can be unified to a new universal science called Energology of the Universal Law.

All human perceptions, feelings, and mental ideas are energetic events and follow the Universal Law independently of the awareness of the entity. For this reason psychology, philosophy, sociology, economics, and all other associated disciplines must inevitably become part of Energology.

As the time to final Ascension in December 2012 is very short, this unification of science will be fully accomplished in the 5^th dimension under much more favorable conditions and with the help of an expanded human consciousness.

But we can already begin with the modification of our wrong belief systems, which are all products of the narrow perception of human senses. All human sensations are energy interactions. For instance, our optical perceptions are evoked by the procession and transformation of photons by the retinal cones and rods to electromagnetic signals in the optical neuronal synapses in the brain, before they are visualized as objects.

However, the original carriers of the optical information/energy, the photons, have neither form, nor are they solid particles.

How comes that our eyes receive invisible photons from the material surroundings, which according to present-day physics do not even have a mass, but can, at the same time, evoke images of three-dimensional objects with volume and mass in the human brain?

This is one of the many paradoxes and unanswered questions, one can encounter in present-day empiric science that give us a clue as to why it has totally failed to understand the Nature of All-That-Is and has to be replaced with the new theory of the Universal Law.

The primordial false idea of being separated from the Source, respectively, from the Whole, while being part of the drama of human illusions on earth, has obviously generated numerous ideas that carry this vicious concept. Just as a software program can harbor a virus, a bug, and infect any other software program, so do the idea of separation from the Whole: It infiltrates all subsequent ideas of mankind in such a profound way that a whole civilization can be created on false ideas and sustained for some time for the sake of illusion.

This is what has actually happened on earth for eons of times.

Such civilizations that are grounded in false ideas of separation can only exist by the active support of the cohesive energies of All-That-Is, because it is impossible for any system to be truly separated from All-That-Is. This is known as the Law of Oneness in esoteric circles.

This insight will be in the centre of the upcoming revelations that will unfold this year in collective human consciousness and will ultimately lead to Ascension of the vast majority of human beings on earth by the end of 2012 or some time later.

At present human beings are not capable of discerning the numerous wrong ideas of separation that build the fabric of their society, because they have been raised with them, and these have shaped their belief systems in a profound way.

Very often such wrong ideas carry the nimbus of infallible scientific truths that a humble human being can hardly oppose, as is the case with most light workers who are, on the one hand, ignorant on current failed science for good reasons, but, on the other, quite vulnerable to flawed scientific argumentation.

One central flawed concept of science is the exclusive application of closed rational numbers in mathematics and, from there, in all exact natural sciences, as we have shown above. Another basic flawed idea is the introduction of closed physical systems in modern physics, such as “ideal elastic collision”, “blackbody radiation”, “Carnot machine”.

These closed systems are used to describe various energy interactions or to derive particular physical laws thereof.

The introduction of the concept of closed systems has, however, a sound ground. As already said, one can only describe the physical world in a correct manner, if one has grasped the essence of All-That-Is – first and foremost, its closed character.

This is precisely where empiric science has totally failed. The Whole is closed. In order to describe its parts, this idea must be introduced somehow in the physical view of the world. This has been achieved by inventing such abstract closed systems as ideal elastic collision, blackbody radiation, etc., which are hypothetically supposed not to exchange energy with the surroundings.

However, all systems are open. Here we have an antinomy, a fundamental paradox of physics and science, which we have also described as heavenly dichotomy. Just like mathematics, physics is essentially founded on paradoxes and antinomies. It is important to observe that conventional physics is fully unaware of this fundamental inconsistency.

While such closed systems can be found in any textbook on physics, this discipline has failed to acknowledge the fact that such a system as for instance Carnot machine, with which the thermodynamics of adiabatic processes is explained, is a phantom. Otherwise, we would have already created perpetuum mobile, an everlasting energy source, and all our energy problems would have been solved forever.

There are many other fundamental theoretical flaws of present-day physics. For instance, all current physical constants, magnitudes, quantities, variables, dimensions, and corresponding SI-units are defined in a circular manner, for instance, space (length) is defined by introducing time and assuming tacitly that this quantity is already firmly established.

The definition of time, itself, needs the a priori introduction of length (space); electric current and its corresponding SI-unit is defined through charge and vice versa – charge through current. This list can be extended ad infinitum. The author recommends the reader to scrutinize these definitions in any textbook on physics with a fresh eye after he has read this essay.

All definitions of physical quantities and their dimensions obey without an exception the principle of the vicious circle (circulus vitiosus): One part is defined through another, while the Whole is neglected. This circumstance has precluded a true understanding of All-That-Is in current empiric science.

This simple epistemological fact is so evident in the theory of physics even for beginners that the author is really baffled and has failed to find any other explanation as to why this fact has not be acknowledged so far but to assume that all scientists are imbecile and are totally unable of any elementary logical thinking.

All wrong trivial and scientifically disguised ideas stem from the primordial subjective perception of humans as being distinct biological entities separated from All-That-Is.

For most people their identity ends with the boundary of their epidermis. This is the central illusion of mankind that will be eliminated with Ascension.

How comes that such wrong ideas have become the spiritual foundation of our society without leading to a massive collapse much earlier? The answer is fairly simple and has been anticipated by our previous discussion. Even when a whole society has been established on completely wrong ideas and beliefs, it can continue to exist for a long period of time, because it has never ceased to be part of the life-spending and life-sustaining energies of All-That-Is.

We can alternatively discuss this aspect in scientific, physical terms. It is always possible for the higher realms of Creation to establish local conditions of destructive interference on a single planet by employing immense higher frequency energies that surround the system of destructive interference and sustain it by creating conditions of constructive interference on a much higher energetic level.

This is similar to the (futile) efforts of scientists to sustain a plasma reaction by encompassing it with a powerful electromagnetic field.

In the channeled esoteric literature one often reads that earth is a planet of negative, toxic, dark energies that has been “sealed” by the higher realms from the rest of the galaxy for eons of times. This idea has been initially promoted in John’s Revelations, although this book has been obviously written much later by other channeled spiritual beings.

The current process of Ascension embodies the stepwise elimination of massive energetic layers that establish the condition of destructive interference and operate as effective barriers that hinder the entrance of high frequency energies of All-That-Is in the astral atmosphere of our planet.

The much discussed star portals or gateways at specific numerological dates, such as 01.01.01, 02.02.02… 11.11.11, and 12.12.12, represent the elimination of the conditions of destructive interference on earth by that of constructive interference.

Practically, the low frequency layers that shield earth from the 4^th and 5^th dimensions and sustain its current three-dimensional density are eliminated step by step, so that the veil of forgetfulness can be lifted for the whole mankind during this and next year. When these low frequency layers created by destructive interference begin to dissolve, earth can no longer stay in its current 3d-density and will begin to ascend to the 4^th and 5^th dimensions.

This is what is actually happening since the first harmonic convergence in the summer of 1987. In the last several years the deletion of the local conditions of destructive interference on earth has exponentially accelerated.

This explanation also renders the scientific solution to the central theological dispute since Antiquity as presented by Leibniz in his famous Theodizee. How come that God and the world, he has created, are perfect, while human beings and their petty objects of Creation are so imperfect?

As this essay is not intended to be a philosophical disquisition of theological topics, we shall not indulge into it any further, but the author would like to express the wish that modern mankind were much better informed with respect to the intellectual achievements of its numerous thinkers in the past, so that present-day light workers need not discover the wheel on a much primitive intellectual level again and again.

The intellectual abyss and spiritual ignorance that one encounters on this planet prior to Ascension are indeed staggering, as the author must confess with great regret.

14. The Idea of Separation from All-That-Is Explains the Eschatology of Human Existence

All-That-Is is closed, discrete, i.e., it consists of infinite open systems and levels that exchange energy, continuous, i.e., there is no vacuum between the systems and levels, and infinite.

All these attributes of All-That-Is can be used as nouns, synonyms, tautologies for All-That-Is, For example, we can use consistently the words continuum, infinity, closed entity, discreteness, etc. for All-That-Is according to the principle of last equivalence without changing anything in this discussion or in our knowledge about the world and who we are.

The parts contain the Whole as an element and can be mathematically defined as U-sets. There is, however, one fundamental difference between the Whole and its parts that has been realized for the first time to its full extent in the history of mankind after the Universal Law was discovered and the new Energology elaborated:

While the Whole is closed, all levels and systems of it are open.

As this basic eschatological fact has not been apprehended by science and religion so far, it has led to a profound, prolonged, and very painful confusion among all believers and scientists throughout the history of mankind. Most of the mental disarray that will be experienced this year can be attributed to this ignorance of humans. All wars, crimes, and atrocities that have been accomplished on earth so far stem from this mental confusion.

Therefore, this aspect has become a leitmotif of the present essay and will be elaborated specifically in this chapter.

The difference between the Whole, being closed, and its parts, being open, creates the only true eschatological reason for the existence of 3d-space-time of solar universes. The Whole is something. The opposite of it would be nothing. As we, human beings, are something, we have no idea of nothing. It will stay so forever. This holds true for any consciousness or awareness within All-That-Is.

The Nothing can be called Void or Vacuum. None of them exists. The Whole is All-That-Is.

However, the idea of nothing cannot be wholly excluded from human mind, respectively, from any other consciousness or cosmic awareness.

Both terms – Something and Nothing – build the fundamental Antinomy of Existence of All-That-Is. As All-That-Is is Creativity, it must also explore the Conditions of Nothing. However as nothing does not exist, All-That-Is creates local conditions of destructive interference that imitate the existence of nothing. We have a deliberately created antinomy for the sake of experiencing an extreme separation.

How does All-That-Is accomplish this task?

Very simply, it imitates itself in the parts. It creates systems and levels that are seemingly closed (separated) from All-That-is, although this is virtually impossible. The total Amnesia of incarnated human entities creates for instance the illusion of being a biological species that is closed and separated from All-That-Is.

The same holds true for human civilization at the collective level.

Mankind, in its vast majority, currently believes that it is unique in the whole galaxy which contains trillions of solar systems and planets.

Current agnostic humanity considers itself to be the exquisite and coincidental crowning of biological evolution that has started from a primitive one-cellular organism and has slowly evolved in eons of time. Therefore, mankind officially still believes that it is totally separated from the Source and other incarnated civilizations, some of which are populating the astral space of our planet for eons of time.

Notwithstanding this belief, the actual Powers That be, the “aliens” from the Orion/Reptilian Empire, are actually endemic on this planet for more than 500,000 years and consider themselves to be owners of this planet.

From this point of view, they consider modern human beings, which they have initially created through genetic engineering, as their slaves that they have introduced on earth for the purpose of fulfilling their basic needs. They consider humans, just as humans consider animals. This explains their nefarious deeds against humanity which seem to have the only purpose of annihilating human beings.

This is the actual cognitive and existential dilemma in which humanity is currently entrapped by the Powers That Be in a deliberate way.

Their tactic is to keep humans ignorant on the actual situation on earth and to lull them into the wrong belief that they are an exquisite ultimate manifestation of a protracted biological evolution, based on the principle of chaos, or trial and error, whereas, in fact, they have been conceptually created as servants for these dark forces some 13,000 years ago, first by the Reptilian Anunnaki and later on genetically improved by the Sirians, which are representatives of the Forces of Light.

For this purpose the Powers That Be have introduced numerous ideas and concepts in human society that cement the wrong idea of separation.

The most insidious system of deception of all is the Orion monetary system that creates the impression that human beings must work hard to earn money in order to survive. Darwin’s flawed evolutionary idea of “the survival of the fittest” was further exaggerated to become an established social doctrine and a rectification for all predatory practices of the economic and financial Elite.

During their social activities, human beings have been forced to compete all the time with other human beings and to consider them potential rivals or even enemies. The working place has become a jungle. The eschatological purpose of human life has been reduced to the acquirement of paper money and material goods that create the illusion of security.

Money is considered to be the only viable security for survival in an unfriendly environment. Creation out of unconditional love, compassion, and understanding has no place in the Orion monetary system. These conditions deepen the wrong impression of separation among all human entities that culminates in the ubiquitous angst of death in present-day society.

Humans believe that they must surround themselves with as much material goods as they can imagine for the purpose of surviving, but they know deep in their heart that they have no power over death. That is the cardinal dilemma of the current Elite.

Their fears are hypertrophied to such an extent that their desire to control everything, first and foremost, all the monies available, and through them all human lives, seems to be, in their view, the only alternative to appease their basic angst in front of death.

This, however, does not exclude the possibility of eliminating each other within their power games, as this can be seen among Mafia families.

Have these entities had more compassion for their fellows, they would have easily discerned that no money or power on this earth could protect them from the nefarious thoughts and deeds of their akin. This insight would have been sufficient to convince them to wrap up their insidious plans to control the world.

The author is optimistic that this will happen this year.

The numerous mental and emotional ramifications of the Orion monetary system on human thinking, feeling, and behavior are so profound and ubiquitous that there is virtually no space in current human society that is not thoroughly poisoned by this vicious system. This is the current problem of all light workers who have to immerse in the toxic atmosphere of earth and cannot find an adequate place that will serve them as a spiritual shelter.

It is important to observe at this place that all enlightened civilizations in the solar universes do not use money, because they do not need this primitive means for the organization of their society. They have understood the nature of money.

Money imitates the Nature of All-That-Is which is energy.

The difference of the Orion monetary system to energy is that it entraps the entities and steals their energy, while real energy is always free – it floats from one system to another without any preference. Money, as it is used today, stipulates all the wrong emotional and mental concepts of separation, such as greed, power, manipulation, aggression, etc., that are basic fears of the human templates and thus typical for all entities that live in total amnesia and lead to their enslavement.

These negative characteristics are typical for the mentality of young souls who live in the greatest separation from the Source. The American society, being determined by collective greed, corruption, unlimited aggression, self-righteousness, arrogance, and ignorance for the rest of the world, is paradigmatic for the collective behavior of all entities that are separated from All-That-Is.

As young souls build the majority of the current population on earth, their negative features are inherent to the whole mankind.

Therefore, we will witness this year in the first place a radical shift of public opinion away from these negative collective characteristics towards more transparency, compassion, equality, and respect for the free will of the individual. All the revolutions and upheavals that will be unleashed this year will demand for such a change in human perceptions.

This change is a necessary prerequisite for preparing humanity mentally and emotionally for the upcoming Ascension at the end of next year.

Religion is the next huge system of deception of the Powers That Be that deepens the wrong concept of separation.

Most of the sacred books of current world religions have been dictated or rewritten by the Powers That Be through channeling or by human proxies, which have been reptilian incarnations and have always belonged to the Elite (Illuminati, ruling families, etc.). The religious practices have institutionalized this idea in everyday life.

In Christianity for instance the reincarnation of the soul and its multidimensional nature as originally preached by Jesus were eliminated in its official teaching and the direct contact of the incarnated entity to the higher self was negated. Instead, priests became the only competent intermediaries between All-That-Is and the individual. This has led to a profound spiritual enslavement of western mankind.

The very existence of Jesus Christ has been totally fabricated as ordered by Constantine, the Great, in the 4^th century. The myth about this entity was established as a composite of two spiritually highly evolved personalities, who lived approximately at the same time as described in the New Testament – the entity Jeshua from the group of the Essenes in Palestine and Apollonius of Tyana, whose life has been depicted by Philostratos.

The synoptic gospels were written by the Piso brothers on behalf of Constantine for the Nicene council that established Christianity as official religion of Rome. John’s Gospel was written by the sister of the Piso brothers, who belonged to the Reptilian Elite at that time.

Nostradamus was, for instance, also a representative of the Elite and made deliberate predictions for the End Times that suited the plans of the Powers That Be. They knew that they are bound to lose their power during this crucial period and wanted to alter the circumstances in advance as to suit their plans.

There is virtually not a single major sacred book of mankind that has not been falsified or written under the dictation of the Powers That Be, as to serve their aims to enslave human beings by forging the idea of their separation from All-That-Is.

This also holds true for most social and economic doctrines in the past that have further deepened the separation of humanity, as we shall discuss it below for the current major macroeconomic theories.

The situation with science and its theory is quite similar to that of religion and finance.

Science has always had the propensity to discern the truth behind the veil of forgetfulness and human illusions. This has been primarily the task of philosophy since Antiquity, throughout the Dark Ages, Renaissance, and Enlightenment. With the begin of industrialization and modern empiric science, this philosophical pursuit and quest for knowledge were diverted from the inner spiritual dimension of the individual towards the external world and the spiritual dumping down of the incarnated human entities reached an unprecedented peak.

The 19^th and 20^thcenturies marked the darkest period of human history with respect to their alienation from the Whole. This trend has been reversed in the last 50-60 years when a large number of highly evolved souls, known as light workers, way showers, star seeds, have incarnated on earth to prepare this planet and the vast majority of its human population for Ascension.

Through manipulating religion, science, and economic activities of human beings, the surreptitious dark forces on earth have effectively suppressed the pristine knowledge that humans are immortal souls and independent creators of their destiny to the point that a return to Oneness seems now impossible for many beings.

This heinous strategy has been used for thousands of years and has become an inextricable reality for most incarnated human beings. Purely for this reason the current financial system must collapse this year in order to liberate humans from the shackles of overwhelming pecuniary and materialism that reign over modern society.

Both are manifestations of the primordial idea of separation from the Whole.

In addition to these suppressive measures that have essentially affected human minds, the incarnated entities have been genetically engineered as to harbor a vast number of astral templates at the cellular and genetic level that promote various feelings of fear and fear based beliefs.

These fear patterns are local destructive interferences within the physical, emotional, and mental body and also involve the chakra system.

This is a huge theme that is beyond the scope of this essay and has been broadly discussed by numerous channels in the last years. Purely for this reason, many incarnated entities undergo currently a light body process, which is essentially an elimination of these blockades through establishing the conditions of constructive interference in the human bodies by augmenting their frequencies.

Current Ascension is the liberation of human beings as incarnated entities from the invisible enslavement by the dark entities from the 4^th dimension, the Powers That Be, who have chosen the path of total separation from the Whole.

Since these entities are guided by this primordial idea in their very existence, they have introduced it on every level of human society – from everyday life to science and religion, although the latter was originally intended to eliminate the idea of separation and to open the eyes of the believers for the truth that they are “sparks of God”.

It is not an exaggeration to conclude that human beings have been for eons of time pawns in the hands of the dark forces that have pulled their strings from the 4^th dimension of total separation from All-That-Is.

They have used various insidious tactics to achieve this goal.

For instance, to every enlightened soul/star seed that incarnates on earth, three Orion entities from the 4^th dimension are attached upon birth. Their function is to effectively block the lower, middle and higher self of the incarnated entity and to boycott its creativity. Many light workers, who under normal conditions would have had the power and mentality to create abundance on earth, are inhibited by such destructive 4d-entities throughout their lives.

Numerous such unholy trios have accommodated themselves so perfectly into the emotional and mental structure of the incarnated light workers – they live in such a perfect mimicry with the fear-driven templates of these entities, without which no entity can exist on earth – that most light workers are not able to discern these evil energy spongers and effectively eliminate them from their energetic fields.

The elimination of these energy-sponging entities follows the Universal Law of Free Will. As soon as the entity discerns the existence of such an inhibiting 4d-astral trio in his energetic aura, he has the right to expel it from his fields by stating this wish firmly and deliberately. In this case, he may ask for help from the higher realms. This process will accelerate this year when the “separation of the wheat from the chaff” will finally take place (see below).

This is the dumping practice of the dark forces at the individual level that overlaps with their hidden negative influences on the collective intellectual (science), emotional (entertainment, financial problems) and social level (dictatorship, political repression, etc.).

These methods of the dark ones must be made known to the public, so that all people can take appropriate measures to protect themselves with established spiritual techniques, but also to comprehend why human society has failed to achieve true spiritual progress throughout his long history of oppression.

The author pays great attention to this aspect of psycho-mental repression of human incarnated entities by the dark Orion forces, because he has gone through this personal experience and knows how unpleasant it can be.

In this case knowledge is power.

The decision of earth souls to incarnate on this toxic planet, called Gaia, which can be regarded as an asylum, where the inmates have taken control over the asylum and any sane being that enters this asylum is immediately declared insane by the true insane ones, is to experience the utmost separation from All-That-Is at any price.

In order to create this condition of separation, the incarnated souls on earth use such dark agents as the Powers That Be, the Luciferian, Ahriman, and demonic forces from the 4^th dimension, to establish the condition of destructive interference and to gestalt it in the most realistic way by instigating numerous human dramas.

The inner bond of the incarnated entity with All-That-Is cannot be wholly severed, as the personality is always an intrinsic part of the Source.

However, the actual energetic separation through destructive interference on many different energetic levels that constitute the incarnated entity and his physical vessel can be so pronounced, that it shapes his mentality as well as the collective beliefs and behavior patterns of human society in a profound way.

This condition of total separation is planned for planet B that will remain in the 3d-density, after the shift of the ascended earth (Planet A) in the 5^th dimension has taken place. The planet B will progress along the path of even greater separation than currently observed. Life on this planet will remain under the total control of the dark forces and will be a living hell.

Only those incarnated entities who cannot ascend will continue with their incarnation on this catastrophic planet that has already entered this streamline at the beginning of this year.

This will be a small fraction of the current population that will also include part of the Elite who will survive the shift in underground bases, which they have been building for many years with the help of the dark aliens in anticipation of this event.

Those entities who will survive the huge energy tsunami at the time of Rapture will be the future slaves of the Elite on planet B and will be confronted with terrible living conditions. The cosmic energies that will trigger the split of the two earths will destroy most current technologies. The electric grid, the communication system, internet, and all engines of combustion will no longer function because the properties of the new photon space-time (electromagnetic field) on earth after the shift will be altered dramatically.

It is important to observe that currently about 1/3 of all souls are baby and child souls.

These are incarnated entities that are products of recent genetic engineering by the Powers That Be and have a very rudimentary soul. While they will proceed with their incarnation cycle on planet B, their DNA will be reduced to one strand, and they will totally forget their bond with All-That-Is. They will immerse into the new denser physicality of planet B and will live in a very primitive oppressive society, where even the concept of religion will no longer exist.

About one third of human population will leave earth in the End Times through natural cause or through dematerialization of the human body. It is estimated that about half of the population will ascend at the time of Rapture on 21 December 2012 and that there will be one or more Ascension waves of highly evolved entities prior to this event.

This is concise information on the future of planet A and planet B.

The reader may learn more about these planets from the channeled messages of Cosmic Awareness.

The situation of the incarnated entities on earth is essentially as follows.

The earth souls come from the 5^th dimension when they incarnate on this planet. Some star seeds come from a higher dimension to assist the process of Ascension at this time. At the 5^th dimension, which is also known as Celestria, the soul can experience the Oneness with All-That-Is and has the unlimited power to create immediately through imagination.

Upon entering the physical vessel of the organic body, the incarnated soul creates the veil of forgetfulness, a state of total amnesia with respect to its origin. The crucial consequence of this amnesia is that the incarnated entity forgets that he is a powerful being and has the unlimited potential to create his destiny and his surroundings.

Instead, he regards himself as a weak biological entity that is seemingly helpless and vulnerable to all kinds of natural dangers and astral influences.

Starting from this ultimate “fall from grace”, the soul begins with her gradual Ascension and reconnection with All-That-Is within her long incarnation cycle. The strife that the incarnated entity experiences in its inner realm throughout his earthly life and which he incessantly projects onto the outer world, is the battle between the dark Ahriman forces, the Cabal, the dark forces of the Orion entities from the 4^th dimension, that have the function to dump down the entities to a greater separation and control, and the inner voice of the soul from the 5^th dimension that is perceived as pristine feelings, intuitions and pre-conceived knowledge and lead him on the path to Ascension.

This is the allegoric battle between Gog and Magog about which one can read in John’s Revelations.

This book has been channeled by enlightened entities much later than the other gospels and has been included only per chance in the New Testament in order to inform the people what will happen on this planet at the End Times.

This inner battle between Darkness and Light that is fought in each incarnated entity is a key concept of many religions in East and West. This inner strife can only be solved within the mental and emotional confines of the individual, as every incarnated entity is an independent and powerful creator of his destiny and planes of experience.

However, it lies in the essence of the incarnated entities, living in total separation from All-That-Is, to solve this inner collision in the outer world by instigating wars, invasions, and all kinds of atrocities. This is the key to an eschatological understanding of human existence on earth.

This negative tendency lasts as long as the incarnated entity begins to realize that all crimes and atrocities, which he commits upon other entities, are crimes committed against oneself. Purely for this purpose, the law of karma has been introduced. Karma has the function of making the entity aware of the fact that he is not separated from the Source and that all he has to do is to recognize this eternal truth, re-member who he is, and surrender to the soul as part of the Whole.

After this spiritual insight is achieved, there is no need for the soul to incarnate anymore in the 3d-space-time of solar universes and the incarnation cycle is completed.

This is what most human beings will experience at the end of 2012, when they will ascend in the 5^th dimension. It is the apotheosis of all human experience – an event of truly cosmic, heavenly dimension, and mankind ought to be exalted in the coming days by this dazzling perspective. Heaven has been promised to mankind since eons of time, Jesus, being the last prophet in a raw, to make them aware of this promise, and now heaven is within a reach.

Brethren, this is the most exciting time to live on earth.

Enjoy it!

The greatest grievance of mankind has always been that it does not understand how it manifests its reality, although the higher self does this in an incessant manner for its incarnated entity in synchronization with the other souls from the 5^th dimension.

This is accomplished by the creation of myriad alternative worlds, realities, astral probabilities of individual destinies until the optimal solution is found.

The higher realms of Creation operate like a huge interactive internet or a mathematical algorithm that is incessantly fed by an infinite amount of input data. The data are processed in the Now by establishing myriads of feedback mechanisms with parallel realities. The final outcome is the creation of human life on earth with respect to this planet.

However, there are myriads planets and solar systems, as there are countless souls in the higher realms.

Earth is a very small planet in comparison to most other planets in the solar universes. In addition, there are infinite versions of earth, which can be defined from a human, linear point of view as past, present and future; in reality they exist simultaneously in All-That–Is and interact with each other.

For a short period of time, the ascended earth A and the catastrophic planet B will intercept after they have split in 2012. This split has already commenced. After the final split is accomplished, the ascended entities in the 5^th dimensional earth may establish contact with those human beings living on planet B, but these entities will not recognize them anymore because their perception will be exclusively orientated towards the greater density and physicality of planet B.

Hence, there will soon be no need to communicate with these entities and the two worlds will definitely separate.

Currently, we have the same situation between the incarnated entities on earth and the excarnated entities in the higher realms. While the entities from the higher realms can always contact us through telepathy and other means of communication, most human beings on earth, defined as the “sleeping majority” by the author, have no idea that they can also contact their higher self and other related souls.

This state of spiritual denial will end abruptly this year, when some major events will occur on this planet and will eliminate forever the veil of forgetfulness under which mankind has existed for eons of time.

The role of the dark forces on current earth can only be understood in this context.

There are, for instance, infinite earth versions that are as valid as this one that have no dark forces, because they vibrate at a much higher frequency, where the dark forces can no longer exist. The already existing blueprint of the ascending earth in the 5^th dimension is such a version.

Even when the dark forces create through genetic engineering new human clones, they can only accomplish this task with the hidden support from the higher realms of Creation, which are responsible for the myriad earth versions known as omni-earth. However, the influence of the dark forces from the 4^th dimension upon human consciousness at the individual and social level of our current plane of existence has been enormous and has determined to a great extent the conditions of life on earth.

These conditions have been partially corrected by the souls from the 5^th dimension to the extent, to which the incarnated entities have become more enlightened and aware of their bond with God.

This year the balance of powers on earth will dramatically shift. Due to the increase in frequency of earth and most human beings, the dark forces, which already vibrate with a lower frequency than that of earth and many light workers, will lose their grip on the planet and humanity.

They will have to retrieve in the 4^th dimension and wait the final Ascension at the end of 2012. During these End Times that include the years 2010 to 2012 the energetic conditions for destructive interference for all social structures that are based on the primary idea of separation will be firmly established and the world order will inevitably collapse.

This is achieved by pouring huge waves of high frequency energies onto the earth that alter the habitual, long existing conditions of low frequency constructive interference creating the idea of separation with that of new destructive interference.

This would say that all low frequency material and social systems, behavior patterns, as well as their underlying beliefs will be now out of balance with respect to the new augmented basic frequencies of earth and mankind.

When the tipping point of total destructive interference is reached, the old structures will crumble within a very short period of time.

This is seen to happen this year (2011).

The period of preparation of humanity for Ascension includes a radical shift in the weltanschauung of most human beings.

While it has always been easy in the past to blame others for one’s problems or to seek condolence in a higher authority, in a Christian God, Judaic God, Allah, or any other arbitrary supreme deity, human beings will begin to realize that they have the absolute autarky to create their own destiny and reality.

The truth will emerge that all human beings are creator beings. Incessantly – at every moment in the Now! This truth will become more and more apparent this year, as we approach Ascension and the veil of forgetfulness is thinned. The true multidimensional nature of human beings will emerge behind this veil and the people will begin to understand the Nature of All-That-Is – the Unity of all Consciousness.

When the Egyptian people finally awakened and revolted against the long-standing dictatorship of the Reptilian Mubarak and his clique, they explicitly declared their will to be the legitimate sovereign of their ancient country and that they intend to take their destiny for the first time in their long history in their own hands. They no longer need the alleged support or the clandestine oppression of external foreign powers and dark forces that hide behind them.

This collective acclamation of the Egyptian people of their natural rights of freedom, expression, and self-determination has been enabled by the huge changes in the astral energetic fields of earth and mankind.

At the same time, the emotional outburst of the people of this ancient country is so powerful that it will not only oust the dark forces on power, but will trigger a sweeping wave of revolutions and liberation movements throughout the globe that will mark the end of the reign of all dark forces on earth prior to Ascension.

This is well understood by the Powers That Be and their proxies – the hidden governments, the Elite, the thirteen families, the Cabal, the super-secret services, the political powers that have been embroiled to such an extent with the Orion reptilian empire that they have now only two choices:

Either revolt against their former masters and eventually risk their lives or stick to them and choose that living hell, called planet B.

If they decide to shoulder with the awakening population and facilitate the transition of mankind to an enlightened society, they may eventually qualify for Ascension. It is their choice. There is very little time left.

Most channels transmit nowadays the information that human beings can begin to create their own destiny through their thoughts and feelings.

They may create a sparkling future in Heaven (Celestria) after Ascension or choose a catastrophic timeline that will bind them to the remaining planet B, where the Powers That Be will regain the unlimited power that they have enjoyed for the last 13,000 years. This creation of future timelines must begin now. Ascension is not an event but a prolonged mental, emotional and energetic process.

The separation of the wheat from the chaff has already begun.

The uniqueness of current Ascension of mankind and earth is that the slaves now become sovereign masters and creators of their own destiny.

They have been given the divine right to surpass their former masters from the 4^th dimension and to ascend directly in the 5^th dimension. However, most of mankind will find itself in the lower 5^th dimension, where the new ascended planet A will still retain its physicality and where immediate creation through imagination will have to be learned step by step.

But there will be also those – the light workers and the star seeds -that will go directly to Celestria and will become the new-born leaders of their ascended human fellows; they will teach them how to create the much proclaimed Golden Age. This is the choice that each and every individual will have to make in the course of this and next year, when current human civilization will irreversibly collapse.

And make no mistake, there is very little time left for creating new social structures, as some 4d-channels of disinformation of the dark forces currently suggest with the aim of stirring confusion among the people.

The current concept of NESARA that is hugely popular among many light workers should be re-evaluated in this context.

Humans will have to accommodate with the little that is left after the financial crash will hit the economy this year so hard that it will eliminate most of the opportunities to earn one’s living.

On the other hand, it is not planned that human beings will still feed the old Orion system of economics in the End Times. Therefore, no new economic system is planned for this earth in the remaining period before Ascension. The dark ones may have their own nefarious plans for Planet B, but this will no longer be of interest to the awakening majority of human beings. They will awake after Ascension on the ascended planet A, where abundance is the Nature of All-That-Is. None of the current economic and social structures will exist in the 5^th dimension.

Those, who will not ascend, may not even realize that such a process is taking place, because it will not fit into their narrow-minded world view.

They will continue with their lives in the living hell on planet B, steadily forgetting the advantages of the past industrial epoch that has been irrevocably terminated with the Rupture of the two earths.

This is essentially the eschatology of human existence on earth during the End Times prior to Ascension.

15. Ascension is the Separation of the Wheat from the Chaff

The last several decades in the history of mankind are marked by a severe battle in the 4^th, 5^th and higher dimensions between the dark forces, The Powers That be, the so called “Unholy six” (Greys, zeta reticuli, Reptilians, etc.), the actual controllers of earth, on the one hand, and the Forces of Light (Galactic Federation, White Brotherhood, etc.) on the other.

While this battle has huge repercussions in the third dimension on earth, the vast majority of human entities are not even aware of it.

The sleeping majority of human beings are involuntary slaves of the Powers That Be, who execute this perennial enslavement through their proxies. The latter have the hidden agenda to create the New World Order, as one of their main speakers, Kissinger, recently loudly proclaimed on television.

To this end they have corrupted in the last several decades the financial system worldwide by transforming it into a huge Ponzi scheme that is exclusively based on creating new debt and money out of thin air.

The chief culprits are the FED and the private American and Anglo-Saxon banks that own this central bank, followed by ECB and other central banks.

Many of the CEOs of these financial corporations are human clones that are created by genetic engineering by the Unholy Six, in the first place, by the Greys. This knowledge will become a central piece of information in the revelations and tribulations that will take place in the course of this year.

Therefore, the only people that know exactly what will occur in the End Times are the proxies of the Dark forces, also known as Illuminati, the hidden Government, the Powers of the New World Order, the 13 families, etc., and the super-secret services that have been engaged in clandestine joint ventures, mainly underground, with the Unholy six.

They have created many new technologies, including UFOs and other vehicles, while at the same time they have systematically suppressed the implementation of numerous patents and new technologies for the sake of the broad population.

For instance, the clean technology to produce hydrogen and oxygen from water as a fuel for all kinds of motors of combustion is available for several decades, but it has been deliberately suppressed by the oil corporations which are in the hands of the dark forces.

The ultimate goal of such nefarious practices is the enslavement of mankind. However, this is not the plan for humanity at this time, as the Forces of Light will also have a say on this issue.

There are some light workers that are also informed about what is happening behind the scene.

However, the vast majority of star seeds are either completely ignorant on the role of the dark forces in the shaping of humanity or prefer to close their eyes, as these facts can be indeed very scary, and fears do not help the light body process and Ascension. Nevertheless, some of these facts must be made public very soon.

Information is Light, and where Light is, there is no Evil.

The activities of the dark forces must be completely blocked this year, so that they can no longer exert their deplorable influence on mankind prior to Ascension.

While the dark forces want to preserve the status-quo, the Forces of Light are preparing our planet and the vast majority of mankind for Ascension in the 5^th dimension.

The final shift of earth – in the Bible this event is also known as Rapture – will be accomplished on 21 December 2012.

Our planet will then split into two planets as already discussed:

Planet A will ascend in the 5^th dimension

Planet B will stay in the present 3d-density, will experience huge material and natural disasters during and after the shift, and will slowly degrade to an even greater density and separation from the Whole

As already said, planet B will be a living hell.

The portion of incarnated entities that will decide to live in further separation will continue to live on planet B or will leave earth prior to Ascension. The Powers That Be will have full control on this planet. They are preparing themselves for this event for a long time. They are fully aware of the fact that in the last two years of Revelations and Tribulations they will lose their grip on mankind and earth.

All they want to achieve currently is somehow to survive the shift and proceed with their evil business as usual on Planet B. In the meantime, they are doing everything possible to take as many sleeping human beings with them on planet B, as they can harvest in these times of tribulations.

The Forces of Light and the highly evolved earth souls are doing their best to awaken as much incarnated entities as possible, so that they can make their own choices based on their free will and personal knowledge.

The alternatives are:

to awaken and ascend with the earth in the 5^th dimension

to leave earth and go back to the original realms of all souls

to stay on a degrading catastrophic planet and experience more of the same and even worse

All evolved souls will ascend.

This will include all star seeds (light workers), indigo, crystalline, and rainbow children (old souls), and most adult souls. According to the working model of soul age, as developed by the author, all adult and old souls will ascend. His estimations are that there are currently about 4-8% old souls and about 25-30% adult souls on earth.

During the End Times, the adult soul population will transgress into old souls and most old souls (star seeds) will ascend in the 5^th dimension prior to the final mass Ascension.

The transition from one soul age cycle to the next one is associated with a profound confusion that arises from the new psycho-mental and energetic orientation of the incarnated entities as to comply with the requirements of the new soul age.

The adult souls have been exploring their inner dimension for the last 3-4000 years on earth in numerous incarnations, various cultural environments, races, social positions, and dramatic destinies. Quite often they have chosen the role of the martyr and have consented to become victims of young souls who have to make the experience of the perpetrator and extinguish human lives in this soul age.

This is part of their “fall from grace”, through which every soul must go. Such intensive human involvements and experiences create the necessary karma that has to be worked out step by step in the following incarnations when the ability to show compassion, love, and understanding have grown in the course of painful experience. This is the chief objective of the adult soul age.

Therefore, in this soul age the incarnated entities must work out their karma either by consenting to become victims of other younger souls or to take responsibilities for other souls that require from them huge sacrifices. During this age cycle the adult soul experiences seldom moments of fulfillment and happiness. She has to live through many stressful moments and to shed many tears.

For this reason her eyes are clear and shining.

The eyes of young souls of lower grade of evolution are on the contrary dark and without any sparkling. It should be well known, at least among light workers, that the eyes of the incarnated entity are windows to the soul.

Purely for this reason young souls cannot look in the eyes of adult and old souls, as they have to re-member the existence of the soul and this insight scares them to death. Most of these souls are product of genetic engineering by the dark forces and can be easily recognized by their lifeless, dark eyes.

The vast majority of souls that have incarnated on earth at this time are in the young soul cycle (45-50%). Most of them are on the verge of being transgressed into the adult soul cycle. This transgression begins with a total confusion and a dramatic shift of previous beliefs and social habits.

The young soul cycle is associated with a maximal amnesia, because in this age the soul has to focus its intent and abilities towards manipulating and changing the external world. These activities include physical matter, but also the manipulation of other entities under various conditions. This kind of experience is typical for the young soul age.

The baby and child souls are also separated from the Source. However, as their mental abilities are rudimental, they are guided in an instinctive, subconscious manner by their souls throughout their life. Since they are unable to exert any influence on society, their biographies are well wrapped in rigid family structures, or they have the assurance to leave the body vessel prematurely, if they cannot cope with the harsh conditions on earth.

The majority of baby and young souls can be found in third world countries, where the mortality rate due to diseases and poor living conditions is quite high, and life expectancy is low. In the industrial countries, baby and young souls can be found in rural areas with stable family structures. In this environment mobility and individuality are not needed to the same extent as in big cities and other urban areas, which are predominantly populated by young souls.

As young souls live in maximal separation from the higher self and All-That-Is, their psychological characteristics are very similar to those of the dark forces that live for eons of time in total separation from the Source.

Therefore, they tend to cooperate with them or to succumb to their dark influence from the 4^th dimension.

Most of the current Elite are young souls.

The dark forces in the 4^th dimension are defined in the esoteric literature as demonic, Luciferian, satanic (Rhyee), etc. In previous times, for instance, in ancient Greece and Hellenism, there was a better understanding for these dark forces and their despicable influence on human behavior.

Plotinus, the founder of Neo-Platonism, the most sophisticated Gnostic teaching in the history of Western civilization, has described these demonic forces extensively and very precisely in his Enneads.

Christianity borrowed its knowledge on the dark forces from him and other Neo-Platonists, but distorted their teachings to such an extent that the primitive and very corrupt idea of “the Devil” or “Evil” as a distinct entity was born. This distortion was deliberately forged by the Orion reptilians during the Dark Ages, when their reign on earth was unlimited.

The concept of evil, such as Bush’s “axis of evil”, Reagan’s “empire of evil” (Soviet Union), is used anytime, when an evil one has made up his mind to commit crimes on humanity and needs a false pretext and a rectification for his intended crime. This pattern has remained invariant throughout history.

It will be sufficient to point out to the fact that the American nation is paradigmatic for the collective behavior of young souls: It is the classical young soul nation on earth that dominates and determines the behavior of a large portion of humanity.

The plots and protagonists of Hollywood films have stipulated these negative, perverse, truly dark features of the young American souls to the utmost.

This is the psycho-mental mind-set of present-day humanity and, to the opinion of the author, one need few words to persuade the reader as to how deplorable the situation on earth has become prior to Ascension.

This year, the huge wave of young souls on earth will enter the adult soul cycle.

This transgression is associated with a radical shift in their obsession with the manipulation of the outer reality towards the multidimensionality of the inner soul. This process begins with a total confusion of this population of incarnated entities, as none of their young soul beliefs of maximal separation will hold true after their energetic transformation.

The events that are about to unfold very soon will pull the rug away from under their feet and they will have to glimpse into the abysses of their “rotten” souls.

This will be a very painful experience, and their reactions and mental aberrations at this time will surpass anything known so far. The recommendation of the author to the light workers is to see through these events with a great portion of relaxation and humor and to not let them being dragged down by the psychopathic and schizophrenic moods of their surroundings and on the world stage.

The transgression from one soul age into the next one is the greatest challenge to every soul during her incarnation cycle. For this reason some souls prefer to perform this transformation as excarnated entities in the 5^th dimension, because it is less dramatic. Other, more courageous souls make this transformation in the 3d-reality. There is no fixed rule to this.

The transgression from one soul age to another is associated with a massive release of energetic blockages in the four bodies or fields of the incarnated entity – the physical, emotional, mental, and causal.

During this time, the seven body chakras also undergo a huge energetic transformation that is generally referred to as light body process.

It begins with the 4^th heart chakra that opens first, as this is currently the case with most light workers, When it is fully opened, it enlarges significantly and encompasses the lower three chakras, and unifies them with the upper three chakras. The newly built chakra is a unified chakra of the human body. It allows the flow of much more energy from the higher self and the higher realms into the physical body.

The massive transformation of the physical body can now begin with a high speed. The goal is to augment the frequency of the organic body to that of the ethereal body. At that point the phase transformation of the organic body into light body can be instantaneously accomplished.

This description holds true for the individual Ascension process, when the entity can ascend without being supported by earth’s Ascension and the cosmic tsunami wave at the end of 2012.

The 6^th and 7^th chakra of such highly evolved entities must be fully opened and connected with the 7^th to 14^th chakra of the over-soul. Normally, the 6^th and 7^th chakra are closed in most incarnated entities. This is the reason, why the vast majority of the incarnated entities on earth do not exhibit any medial abilities.

With the opening of the portal 10.10.10, these upper chakras have also begun to open by most star seeds, and they are now connected with their higher self.

Only incarnated entities who have achieved this level in the light body process will qualify for Ascension prior to mass Ascension, most probably after the last, but one, portal 11.11.11 is opened in late autumn this year.

With the beginning of this year humanity has fully entered the process of transgression from one soul age into the higher one. This process is not truly comprehended by most light workers, and it is a non-entity for the rest of mankind. This must change radically this year. A major objective of this essay is to expand human consciousness and to make the people aware of this astral process that now takes place behind the curtain, but will very soon unleash its force on mass psychology and behavior.

Some young souls will successfully manage their transgression into the adult soul age in the End Times and will qualify for Ascension.

Others will return to the 5^th dimension as excarnated souls and the rest will remain on planet B. Some of these entities, who belong to the current Elite, may become the new Elite on this planet, provided the fact that they have survived the shift and the turmoil thereafter.

There will be some small waves of Ascension of star seeds, who have sufficiently progressed with their light body process before December 2012. This event will trigger a true spiritual revolution and evolution in the minds of most human beings. It will urge the people to rapidly make their minds to ascend with earth at the end of 2012.

However, not all of them will be prepared for Ascension on December 21, when our planet will be in alignment with the central sun of the galaxy and with the other planets of the Galactic Federation, and a huge photon wave will flood earth.

Some of them will stay on planet B for a while and will have the possibility to enter the 5^th dimension at a later stage. In the meantime, they will have to live on a catastrophic earth. This circumstance will eventually facilitate their decision.

In the post-shift period of 3-4 years, the two planets A and B will still have energetic interceptions that will allow the establishment of portals, which can be used by these entities to enter the 5^th dimension. They will receive much help at this difficult time from the Forces of Light and from some highly evolved incarnated entities that have already ascended.

After that the two earths will irreversibly separate, Planet A will move definitely in the 5^th dimension and planet B will go along the path of greater density and separation from All-That-Is.

This is the experience, which some very young souls will prefer to make in the course of their incarnation circle.

One should accept their choice without expressing false moral prejudices.

The splitting of earth and humanity in two streamlines of existence during the End Times is summarized in the famous statement,

“The separation of the wheat from the chaff”.

The portion of mankind that will decide to remain on Planet B will have for a long period of time no idea of God or even religion, as there will be no more highly evolved souls on this planet that will be beacons of light, as most light workers are nowadays.

There will be also no incarnated souls that will be ready to play the role of the martyr and give these young souls the possibility to commit all kinds of atrocities, while learning their karmic lessons. All entities on planet B will be equally evil.

The society on planet B will constitute entirely of entities who will behave according to their egoistic, fearful view of total separation from each other and the Whole. They will consider all other entities as foes and will not be able to follow any moral or ethical principles whatsoever. Human life will have no value on this planet, and all kinds of heinous criminal acts will represent the normal way of living in this debased society.

These entities will have to discover anew the Light in their own personality, before they can begin to evolve and experience Ascension in eons of time. This is the normal cycle of incarnation on earth and many other planets in the solar universes of 3d-space-time.

The entities who will ascend on planet A will stay in the 5^th dimension for another 2000 years.

Each individual will have the possibility to progress at his own pace. Death will no longer be necessary in order to leave this plane of existence – the entity will be able to dematerialize his light body at his own discretion. Many will soon be able to create and dissolve their light bodies whenever they wish. The contact with other souls from the soul family or past friends can be established anytime.

Matter will be more fluid, and immediate Creation upon imagination will soon be possible for many ascended entities.

Karma will no longer exist. All relations will be heart-based and will express Christ consciousness. The autarky of all entities will be fully guaranteed and abundance will be the normal state of living, as immediate Creation will be possible for all entities.

Life in the 5^th dimension, also known as Celestria, will be, indeed, Heaven.

Therefore, the choice that mankind and every individual will have to make in the next two years will be as follows: Ascend to Heaven or stay on earth and live in Hell.

Hardly a choice! But as the events will show, quite a number of human entities will eventually decide to follow their current masters – the Powers That Be – and will stay on earth B, where they can continue enjoying their heinous plans to enslave mankind, without the meddling of some star seeds.

16. Why Entities want to be Evil

Evil does not exist as a distinct entity.

Evil is the absence of Love, and Love is Light. Light is Information. Light, Love, Information are synonyms for Energy, and Energy is the Primary Term of human or any cosmic awareness – it is All-That-Is. All parts of All-That-Is are open and closely related – they exist in a state of constructive interference, in harmony. They are not separated. Separation is the condition of destructive interference.

This condition allows the existence of evil. But how?

Separation from the Whole due to destructive interference is the worst experience an entity can endure. It is the fall from grace. Separation creates fear, and fear augments separation. These are two dialectical aspects of one and the same thing. Fear nurtures more fear. Fears are powerful emotional impulses that require action.

Action is meant to appease fear. But instead, it creates more fear. Fear can only be eliminated by love and compassion. Also by understanding and information, then without information there is no understanding.

If entities cannot experience love, they cannot appreciate compassion, understanding, and information. They will act out of fear and will generate more fear, than fear is contagious. Such entities hate knowledge and information, that is, transparency, and commit their heinous acts in the dark – hence the term “Dark Forces”.

Evil is always an aspect of darkness.

Ultimately, such evil dark forces hate light. Because in the light evil can be seen and dissolved. But how can be this circle of perpetuating evil interrupted?

Not until the entities have experienced so much evil and darkness that slowly a longing for something else emerges in their dark awareness. This longing is God’s spark that exists in every distinct consciousness, no matter how dark and evil. This is the inextinguishable bond with the Source. Every entity is a U-set of All-That-Is and carries its essence as an element even if he has forgotten it.

When this longing occurs, everything changes. The entity begins to cherish the spark of Light that he has discovered within himself and starts to search for a possibility to express it in the outer space. This is the moment when the entity says farewell to darkness, as it realizes that there is another alternative – that of Light and Oneness.

However, this process is long and painful.

During this time darkness and light exist side by side and create the illusion of duality. The battle that now rages between these two extremities is the battle for Ascension and reunion with the Source or further separation from the Whole. During this struggle, evil may eventually win some skirmishes, but the final outcome of this perennial war of cosmic dimensions is always in favor of Light.

In this state of illusion, evil may become a personification, but ultimately all ideas stem from All-That-Is. When this last limit of illusion is also circumvented, the path to Ascension and merging with All-That-Is is finally free. The Prodigal Son returns to the Father. The fallen angles return to God. This is what many human entities will experience in the next two years.

It is the apotheosis of this planet and of all civilizations that it has nurtured for eons of time, as they all exist in the eternal simultaneity of All-That-Is and are linked to current humanity.

17. The Light Body Process (LBP)

…Eliminates Separation by Establishing the Conditions of Constructive Interference with the Higher Realms

The reluctance of many human beings to accept the existence of the Forces of Light is an outstanding manifestation of this ubiquitous belief in total separation from the Source.

The same pattern applies to the clandestine existence of the Dark Forces – the Powers That Be – that control earth and human civilization since the fall of Atlantis and even earlier.

Although there are many representatives of the hidden governments around the globe that cooperate with these evil forces and contribute as their proxies to the enslavement of mankind, they prefer to foster the idea that human beings are cosmic Robinson Crusoe, stranded by the odds of Nature on an insignificant planet, at the periphery of an unspectacular galaxy, amidst myriad galaxies in All-That-Is.

While this camouflage may serve well the heinous plans of the Powers That Be, the readiness with which such lies are accepted by the masses is a clear indication that the basic idea of separation from the Whole still shapes the weltanschauung of most human beings in a profound way.

The upcoming awakening in the second half of this year will make this state of denial impossible.

Where light is, there can be no darkness and no secrets. Light is transparency – it is knowledge and full awareness. The elimination of darkness by light is achieved by establishing the condition of constructive interference and the elimination of all local conditions of destructive interference, where darkness and fears can dwell.

The current state of denial of mankind with respect to the existence of numerous other civilizations in All-That-Is is a manifestation of the fear based structure of human beings that has been artificially engineered by the Powers That Be in order to control them as part of the incarnation game on earth. This has been accomplished with the explicit consent of the incarnated earth souls, because they wanted this kind of limited experience.

For this reason the original human energetic structure as created by the Anunnaki reptilians was somewhat improved by the Forces of Light as to allow for further spiritual evolution of human beings. In particular, they grafted the original reptilian brain of subordination with the simian, mammalian brain and created a humanoid with the ability to express his free will at some point in time along his path of evolution.

The psycho-mental structure of present-day human beings has evolved in the last 13,000 years within the energetic constraints of 500 pre-determined templates that allowed the development of individual characters under the three-dimensional limitations of the physical vessel.

These templates of restriction have begun now rapidly to dissolve under the influence of a variety of energetic processes that are coordinated from the higher realms at the individual soul level and at the planetary level. The ultimate goal is to eliminate all levels and conditions of destructive interference within the four fields/bodies of human entities – the biological, emotional (ethereal), mental (spiritual), and causal. This is what light body process is all about.

It should be observed in this context that there is no difference between the terms “body” and “field”. All energetic fields are superimposed wave systems of coherent energetic structure that follow strict geometric principles and can also be described as bodies. They are U-sets that contain themselves as an element.

For instance, the astral body is a mirror image of the organic body and contains the latter at a higher frequency level. It can be regarded as the software astral program, out of which the materialization of the organic body emerges in a secondary manner. This ought to be basic esoteric knowledge.

During the light body process the seven body chakras that have been more or less closed in the past are now beginning to open and to merge until a Unified Chakra is built that can transmit much more high frequency energies from the higher realms into the four bodies than previously. Most of the channeled information in the years 2009 and 2010 has been dedicated to these processes.

All these energetic transformations fulfill the conditions of both constructive and destructive interference at the level of the four human bodies.

At this place a further theoretical elaboration is necessary.

It is not possible to separate the condition of constructive interference from that of destructive interference, as they go hand in hand (U-sets). Let us illustrate this circumstance with another existential phenomenon that currently affects many light workers at the conscious level and the rest of mankind at the subconscious level.

A key aspect of the light body process (LBP) is the cleansing of old emotional patterns (karmic patterns), which are essentially fear based patterns. Emotions can be regarded as superimposed wave systems with frequencies that are higher than those of the organic body, but lower than that of the mental or spiritual body. Spirit, being the total set of all consciousness, exhibits an unlimited spectrum of frequencies and can be highly modulated. This topic is huge and can only be marginally tackled in this essay.

Let us now take an emotional pattern and consider it as a superimposed wave pattern with a specific frequency range. This range has two poles – the positive and the negative one. The positive pole is of higher frequency and can be described as the more loving one and the negative pole is of lower frequency and represents the emotions of fear. These are relative assignments within the narrow range of each specific emotional pattern.

For instance, the positive emotional pole of a young soul may vibrate with a frequency which will, at the same time, represent the negative emotional pole of an old soul.

The older the incarnated soul is, the higher the frequencies of all her bodies are. The frequency level of an entity is an indicator of his evolution during his incarnation cycle. The LBP is an accelerated evolution of the incarnated entity in the linear time by rapidly augmenting his frequencies. The mechanism of augmenting these frequencies will be elaborating below for the emotional body.

Each specific emotional pattern of an incarnated entity alternates between the two poles, the positive and negative one, while dwelling most of the time in the middle range. This is a highly dynamic process, of which mankind and most light workers have no clear idea.

The ultimate goal of the LBP is to augment the frequency range of all four bodes of the incarnated entity as to allow them to ascend to the higher frequency levels of the 5^th dimension. This process is nothing else, but the establishment of the condition of constructive interference between the energetic field of the entity and the high frequency levels of the 5^th dimension.

How is this gradual increase in frequency in the four bodies of the entity actually accomplished?

Very simply! When the LBP is initiated, the chakras begin to open and the flow of high frequency energies in the four bodies increases gradually. During the initial phase, the emotional body is the main target of this transformation, as it contains most of the fear based patterns that separate the entity from the soul and the higher realms.

These patterns are essentially responsible for the establishment of the so called Veil of Forgetfulness (Amnesia). Therefore, these fear based pattern must be eliminated from the emotional body step by step in the course of the LBP.

The elimination is accomplished by established a new condition of constructive interference. The soul projects in a precise manner higher frequency energies through the now fully opened Unified Chakra into the emotional body. These energies build through superposition initially the condition of destructive interference with the fear based pattern that ought to be cleansed. In this manner the fear based pattern is extinguished, as this can be observed in wave theory under this condition.

This process is described in the channeled literature as “emotional cleansing”.

It goes like this:

When two waves or wave patterns are superimposed and out of phase, the maxima of the one wave overlap with the minima of the other wave and the resulting wave pattern is a zero wave line. As a result of this superposition (interference), both waves are extinguished.

This is the simplest case.

There are infinite variations of interference between the two poles of total constructive and destructive interference. The author has to simplify somewhat the actual situation for didactical purposes, and for this reason he describes the ideal case.

During this process of elimination, the fear based pattern emerges on the surface of conscious awareness and is intensively experienced by the mental body. As fear based emotional patterns are stored at different places in the organic body, the entity can discern after some training the exact somatic location of the fear pattern that is actually deleted and is being felt in a conscious manner in the emotional, mental, and physical body.

It is important to observe that the emotional and mental bodies of the entity are U-sets that contain themselves as an element, as this is the case with all systems of All-That-Is.

For this reason all mental ideas are emotionally tainted, and all emotions have to be mentally perceived, before the entity becomes aware of them.

The author makes in this context a key distinction between emotions and feelings that has to be elaborated for the sake of clarity.

Feelings are original ethereal (emotional) patterns that occur in the higher self, respectively, in the soul, and present themselves as pure intuition to the incarnated entity. Since Antiquity it has been known to humans that the soul can manifest itself mainly through feelings. It is therefore no coincidence that the Greek word for soul is “Psyche”.

When the incarnated entity is aware of his pristine feelings coming from the higher self, he can always know what the soul wants to tell him.

Negative feelings associated with some planned activities of the incarnated entity indicate that these plans are in breach with the preconceived plan of the soul and are bound to fail according to the saying:

“The best plans of men and mice go sometimes awry”.

Unfortunately most of the incarnated entities on earth are deaf to the emotional inspirations of their souls that contain much valuable information about the soul’s plan and its concrete realization on the 3d-plane.

Intuitive feelings are perceived by the right hemisphere of the brain which, as mentioned above, is largely disconnected from the left hemisphere as part of the energetic malfunction of human beings.

When the pristine feelings of the right brain are perceived by the mental body, which is predominantly associated with the left hemisphere of the brain, these feelings undergo a profound energetic modulation and distortion that abide by the laws of interference.

The feeling is no longer the pristine message of the soul, but is modulated during his mental perception by the fear based beliefs of the Ego that are nurtured in the mental body:

The pristine feelings of the soul now become human emotions.

Human emotions are hence fear tainted feelings of the soul that initially reach the awareness of the incarnated entity as pure intuition.

We can also put it this way:

The Ego is responsible for the deformation of the intuitive feelings of the soul by transforming them into fear based emotional patterns.

These emotions no longer contain the valuable information of the soul, but rather entrap the entity in the numerous fallacies and distortions of the reality that is coming from the Ego.

The Ego is like a kaleidoscope that reproduces its basic fears around which it has evolved from early childhood to adolescence in numerous redundant mirror images and variations. These images distort the reality of All-That-Is in a profound way. Human reality on earth is therefore a reality distorted by collective fears.

As all fears are illusions, 3d-reality on earth is also an illusion.

This aspect has been extensively discussed by the author in his five books on human Gnosis written in German. The advantage of this language is that it has two different words for reality – Realität and Wirklichkeit.

The author uses the word “Realität” for the true reality of the higher realms and the word “Wirklichkeit” for the fear distorted reality of human existence on this planet. The ultimate goal of all light workers should be to discern the fear based distortions of human reality and ascend mentally to the pristine reality of the higher realms.

This will be their chief objective in the next two years prior to Ascension.

The psycho-mental structure of the Ego consists essentially of preconceived beliefs and fears that have been more or less unconsciously acquired in the family and confirmed through numerous positive feedbacks from the social environment. They impregnate the entity throughout his life. This kind of social adaptation has been extensively explored in the theory of behaviorism from an outward, empiric point of view.

Behaviorism assumes that the external conditions determine human behavior, and that it is sufficient to analyze these conditions in order to predict human behavior. This is agnosticism par excellence.

Our approach in this essay is contrary to that of behaviorism. It begins with the inward dimension, which is the dimension of the soul – the creator of the incarnated entity and his destiny – in order to explain the psycho-mental motors that drive the evolution of the incarnated entity. It is therefore up to the entity to begin to question the fear based patterns that he has acquired throughout his life and to disentangle oneself from their influence. In this way the entity can alter his reality effectively.

We shall show below that the manipulation of fears is the principal mechanism that the dark forces employ to mind-control human entities on earth. Therefore, it is quite logical that most channeled messages suggest the total surrender of the Ego to the soul. The Ego, being a fear based structure, is the main hindrance to true knowledge and transcendence.

The Ego blocks the way to Ascension.

This should be the ultimate transcendental insight of any evolved personality.

The author is fully aware of the fact that he does not add anything new to current esoteric discussion. He only puts the available Gnostic knowledge on a sound physical, scientific ground by explaining the mechanism of energy transformation of any system in All-That-Is according to the Universal Law and its concrete applications – the laws of constructive and destructive interference.

During the process of cleansing as described above the negative, fear based emotion surges on the surface of the entity’s awareness before it is deleted. This experience can be very unpleasant and exhausting. The intensity of the fear based pattern may be very strong and can overwhelm the entity during the cleansing process. This phenomenon touches numerous existential conditions that have been extensively discussed by the author in his five books on human Gnosis.

The actual mechanism of dissolving a fear based pattern is accomplished by energizing it to the extent that it begins to vibrate very quickly between the negative and the positive pole. The high frequency superimposed vibration from the higher realms flows through the opened unified chakra in the emotional and physical body and interferes with the existing fear based pattern that has to be cleansed.

Before the condition of destructive interference is reached and the fear based pattern is deleted (cleansed), the latter reaches a maximal intensity that is perceived at the level of consciousness as antagonistic emotions. This may lead to total emotional exhaustion of the incarnated entity.

The entity has the experience that his emotions are running amok – the emotional ups and downs are the result of the alternating of the fear based pattern between the two extremes – the negative and the positive pole.

This is a very challenging experience that occurs again and again during the LBP. Depending on how the entity approaches these gushes of fear, it may support the LBP or impede it.

Most of the channeled literature is dedicated to this negative experience without giving any clues about its physical, energetic background. Instead, one can find numerous suggestions and recommendations as to how to mitigate this challenging experience by certain meditation and breathing techniques.

The factual knowledge of light workers is seldom stimulated by such one-sided, counter-intellectual channeled messages.

In fact, most of the fear based beliefs have been inserted in the minds of human entities by the dark forces by employing energetic tactics and techniques similar to those used by the soul to sustain the veil of forgetfulness. They are all based on the laws of constructive and destructive interference by employing low frequency fear patterns in the emotional and mental body that separate the entity from the harmonic higher frequency energies perceived as unconditional love.

In this sense the term “unconditional love” is a synonym for the universal constructive interference of all superimposed wave systems and levels (U-sets) of All-That-Is. This level of universal constructive interference cannot be experienced in the 3d-density on earth – therefore, the experience of unconditional love on earth is a myth forged by many channels from the lower astral realms to lull the incarnated entities.

They make human entities dependant on their idiotic, iterative advices as to how to experience unconditional love in order to evolve spiritually by instigating in these mediums deliberately the feeling of spiritual deficiency.

They know very well that human beings cannot experience unconditional love on earth to the extent that has been recommended to them by these self-acclaimed astral mentors.

Most astral entities that channel are much less evolved than the incarnated souls they contact. They use this kind of communication only to bask in their role of spiritual mentors by keeping the incarnated entities in a state of emotional co-dependence. This aspect is not truly understood by most mediums who are so proud that they can channel that they forget in their naïve exuberance to display intellectual discernment.

Very often they become conduits of all kinds of esoteric trash. Internet is full of such channeled messages that have absolutely no spiritual value.

Unconditional love is an illusionary ideal, as anything in the 3d-space-time. The incarnated entity may long for this blissful state of existence and thus eventually evolve on the spiritual path, but this earthly concept is a poor substitute for the intensity of the universal constructive interference that one can only experience after Ascension in the 5^th dimension.

The author apologizes for eliminating this greatest illusion of all light workers, but clarity must precede illusion.

Such fear based patterns build layer upon layer in the emotional, mental, and ethereal body and are also stored in the cells and the genetic code. They function as a very effective barrier that separates the incarnated entity from the soul and hence from All-That-Is. These low frequency levels can be easily manipulated by the dark forces from the 4^th dimension.

Most of the mind control that has been exerted in the past 13 000 years on earth is transmitted through these fear based energetic layers that are intertwined in the physical vessel of the entity.

Therefore, any true spiritual evolution of human beings must be supported by major changes in these restricted energetic conditions in the human bodies. This is the actual purpose of the light body process, which is a prolonged process over many years. It consists of numerous distinct cleansing energetic waves that built the new human template, which is open to the high frequencies of the soul and the higher realms.

Precisely, the four human bodies can harbor these new high frequency energies and resonate with them in a state of constructive interference without being burnt out or having a short circuit.

The author has a vast personal experience in this matter, as he entered the last and most intensive phase of the light body process in 1999.

Since then he feels and experiences the various qualities of high frequency energies from the higher realms in his body 24 hours a day, seven days a week. He has done extensive research on the esoteric and channeled literature in the last 25 years and has not found a single source that describes a similar experience of light body process.

However, this does not exclude the possibility that there are some individuals who go through the same process, but have not written anything about it.

On the other hand, the author is fully aware of the fact, that only somebody, who is deeply acquainted with the energetic and physiological transformations of the body at the scientific level, can have the clarity, determination, and perseverance to proceed with the light body process in this intensity without searching the help of doctors and other specialists, who are fully unaware of these phenomena and will only hamper the process with their incompetent intervention.

It is important to observe on this occasion that the actual light body process is associated with numerous severe symptoms and chronic conditions that go beyond any medical description and cannot be found in any comprehensive textbook on medicine.

Since these conditions are very debilitating, any person fully involved in the light body process who has no medical competence will inevitably seek the expertise of medical doctors and will thus inhibit the progress of his body transformation.

The reason for this is that the entity will demonstrate that he is not the master of his body and that he has consented to delegate his power over it to other entities at a lower level of spiritual evolution.

It should be noted at this place that most of the doctors are young souls that have no transcendental experience and have chosen this profession only to experience their profound agnosticism in the field of medical science.

18. The Dark Forces use the Health Care System to Exterminate Humans

The current health care system in the western world is under the full control of the dark forces that use it as a vehicle to exterminate a large number of human beings in order to better control humanity.

Their greatest fear is that they may get thinned out by the enormous population explosion in the last decades and may lose their grip on humanity. This is, by the way, exactly the tactic that the higher realms of All-That-Is employ on this planet in order to promote Ascension.

The ramifications of this clandestine iatrogenic genocide are so numerous and interwoven that the author has dedicated several books to explain and expose them, without being able to tackle all of them. A major tool of human genocide employed in the health care system is the development of synthetic drugs by the pharmaceutical industry that increase morbidity and mortality in the patient population.

About 90% of all drugs currently registered by the FDA and EMEA (the European equivalent of FDA) are such drugs, which the author defines as “cell-inhibiting drugs”

This has been done on purpose by employing false biological models that allow the wrong evaluation of the safety and clinical efficacy of these drugs. The scientific, moral, and ethical crimes on humanity in this area are so overwhelming that they by any means surpass the holocaust of Slavonic people and Jews by the Nazis during the Second World War.

The author has estimated that through the use of such cell-inhibiting drugs more than one hundred million patients have been prematurely exterminated only in the western, industrialized world in the last 4-5 decades, where their application is very broad and virtually affects all citizens.

On the other hand, it should be said that most of the diseases have been deliberately induced by the dark forces, for instance, AIDS and the recent H1N1 epidemic that has been successfully contained by the Galactic Federation.

This theme is huge and beyond the scope of the present essay, but the author is convinced that there will be a lot of discussion in the coming months when he and other people will have the possibility to make vital revelations on the nefarious practices of the dark forces and their proxies in the health care sector.

It should be stressed on this occasion that the author has developed the The General Theory of Biological Regulation based on the Universal law that includes the newest scientific data and has integrated without a single contradiction all the facts obtained in bio-science so far.

This is the greatest scientific and intellectual achievement in the history of medicine and bioscience.

As he has also extensive experience in clinical research with numerous indications and treatments, he is in the position to evaluate all clinical symptoms that occur during the light body process and explain them from an objective scientific point of view.

From this elaboration we can succinctly conclude that one cannot successfully complete the light body process in the aforementioned intensity, unless he has the absolute clarity and the scientific competence what is going on in his body and in the energetic fields that surround it. Nobody, who relies on current health care system, will be able to successfully complete his light body process, as all medical treatments and procedures are designed to hamper this process.

They create the condition of destructive interference with the cosmic laws of biological regulation. The author has extensively discussed in his books the various energy inhibiting mechanisms of synthetic drugs on the regulation of body metabolism, and how they trigger severe side effects, new diseases, and increase mortality.

At the same time the author has gone through so many dangerous, life threatening situations that he has developed a very strong will, which is firmly rooted in his spiritual knowledge on the immortality of the soul and human personality. From this higher vantage point of view, he has always displayed an unshakable conviction in the appropriateness of all interventions of his soul and the higher realms with respect to his body transformation.

This attitude – an absolute emotional and spiritual autarky of the entity, who knows that he is a powerful creator of his destiny -is an indispensable prerequisite to complete the light body process successfully and ascend individually prior to mass Ascension.

After Ascension, all medical problems and the crimes associated with human health and the treatment of diseases will disappear forever.

They are products of the 3d-reality. In the 5^th dimension, the entity will exhibit a light body, which will be free of diseases and will easily adjust to the various frequency levels. The individual may choose at his discretion how his body will appear –as a young man or woman or as an elderly person.

The optical form of the body will be subjected to the unlimited creative potential of the individual entity, as it will be understood that it is only a vehicle and a symbol of his desire for outer experience under various energetic conditions.

19. Human Fears and the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction

Now back to human fears that play a central role in the current transformation of humanity.

It is a well- known truth that fears are contagious – fear patterns of one entity can augment the same or similar fear patterns in another entity according to the condition of constructive interference. The collective paranoia that was triggered by the dark forces after the 9/11 attack, which they nefariously instigated, exploited this superposition of numerous individual fear patterns to achieve a collective paranoia.

It is not a coincidence that since then the term “fear mongering” has become the most widely used word in political discussions in the USA. It helped Obama, who effectively criticized his opponent to promote fear mongering, to win the elections; this was the turning point away from this practice.

Under such depressed psychological conditions, the minds of the people are dumped down and any atrocity can be accomplished without being confronted with a significant opposition based on moral and ethical considerations.

This is what happened in the USA in the first decade of the third millennium. The collective paranoia of this nation spread around the globe and caused the death of millions innocent people. Fear always leads to death and destruction. It is the universal condition of destructive interference.

It was, indeed, quite depressing to witness how the American nation was thrown into two criminal wars, which caused the death of millions of people, the displacement and impoverishment of tens of millions without triggering a true revolution by the people of the USA.

Where is their indignation, where is the “Wrath of Ants”, about which Steinbeck once so brilliantly wrote?

It is, of course, very convenient to blame Bush and Cheney for these atrocities and to point at their numerous lies that were once collectively believed by the American people, but it is much more difficult to re-member the fact that the majority of these people freely elected these criminal ones for a second term at a time, when their lies and bellicose deeds were already exposed to the public.

Ergo: All the good ones were inextricable linked with the evil they witnessed, experienced, but seldom condemned in the last ten years.

Darkness always merges with Light on this planet and makes a clear distinction impossible. “Do not judge” is not only a slogan, but also of all channeled messages that the author has read so far. Understand, but not judge, expose, but not condemn – this will be the imperative this year when many crimes and perpetrators will be exposed in the course of the upcoming revelations and tribulations.

The current masters of earth must give up their power this year, while the Forces of Light and some ascended masters will take command over this planet.

This is the divine promise of All-That-Is for earth and humanity at the End Times.

What do these observations tell us actually? That evil does not exist as a distinct entity.

Evil is the absence of Light and Love. Evil is the absence of full awareness. Evil is a product of fear – numerous fears! Fear feeds fear. Fear is what makes life on earth a living hell. The elimination of all fears during the light body process eliminates evil on earth and opens the portal of Ascension for the individual and mankind. It is as simple as that. And as challenging, as the upcoming events will eventually prove.

To eliminate fear, respectively, evil, the incarnated entity has to experience it first. This is the whole eschatology of the incarnation cycle of the soul as a human being on earth. There is no better way to circumvent human fear than to understand its nature:

Fears are low frequency emotional patterns that use the laws of superposition to separate the incarnated entity from the soul by establishing the condition of destructive interference with the high frequency energies of the higher realms and to enhance the fear patterns of other entities on earth by establishing the condition of constructive interference among their ego-driven, low frequency beliefs.

Fears are Energy, just as Unconditional Love is Energy. Energy is always Energy. There is nothing else, but Energy.

In essence, Fear and Love are one and the same – they are Energy.

They both use the same physical laws of superposition – the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction. While Love is the sensual manifestation of the condition of constructive interference of All-That-Is, fear and its manifestation, the evil, is the experience of local conditions of destructive interference within the infinite harmony of All-That-Is.

This is the ultimate vantage point of view – the zero point, as many light workers use to say – which any incarnated human entity can ultimately achieve. After that the hallucination of separation can no longer be sustained and the incarnation cycle of the soul is terminated.

For many light workers Ascension will mark the end of their incarnation cycle. For the vast majority of mankind that will ascend, the journey goes in the next dimension. But life in the 5^th dimension will be, in comparison to current hell on earth, the Heaven that all religions promise their believers. However, before all believers enter heaven, they will have to leave their religions back where they belong – on this planet.

Just as all rich people will not have a higher chance to ascend to heaven than a camel to be squeezed through the eye of the needle, unless they leave their riches on earth, so will all scientists have to leave their empiric science behind them because it has failed to grasp the nature of All-That-Is, where they are bound to ascend.

Empiric science is a fear based science – it fears the exploration of the inner, multidimensional nature of the soul. This has been the reason for its profound agnosticism: The fears of the young soul scientists have precluded their understanding of the Whole.

This “fall from grace” of present-day empiric science will be soon terminated and will be substituted by the New General Theory of the Universal Law.

The prodigal son will finally return to the Father.

20. The Laws of Creation and Destruction are Laws of Expansion and Contraction

We have learned that the laws of creation and destruction are the physical laws of wave interference under the conditions of constructive and destructive interference.

We shall discuss in this chapter another aspect of these laws that is often mentioned in many channeled messages without being properly explained from a physical, scientific point of view. We shall now close this gap.

Human beings live in the duality of fear and love. Unconditional love is the overall condition of constructive interference of all wave systems and levels of All-That-Is and is perceived as harmony by all sentient beings. Fear is the condition of destructive interference, whereby the interacting systems delete their wave patterns upon superposition or create energetic blockades that hinder the propagation of other waves – first and foremost, the propagation of Light.

Fear thus creates Darkness.

This knowledge is basic to an understanding of the common theme in many channeled messages that unconditional love leads to expansion of the energetic fields of the incarnated entity, while fear leads to contraction of these fields. Expansion of the self is associated with its merging with the soul and the higher realms, while contraction increases the level of separation of the entity from All-That-Is.

Entities immerse through contraction deeper into the 3d-density of space-time. These basic physical phenomena can be expressed within human language in a multidimensional way.

Let us take a simple example. When an incarnated entity experiences fear, this leads to contraction of his emotional body. We have learned that emotions modulate the ideas of the mental body, as the two fields are superimposed wave systems. In this case, the thoughts of the entity also experience a physical contraction.

How does this contraction express itself at the mental level? It creates fear-driven projections which the entity extrapolates in the future.

If the entity has for instance some financial problems, it develops the fear pattern that it will impoverish to an even greater extent in the future. This kind of fear is very common among elderly people. The actual fear pattern leads to a contraction of the mental activities of the incarnated entity.

Because of this energetic contraction of the mental field, the entity cannot imagine positive alternatives for his future. His mind is exclusively fixed on the negative idea of impoverishment due to current financial problems that scare him, and he believes that this is the only alternative that he will ever experience in the future.

As his mind is preoccupied the whole time with this negative version of his future life, the entity feeds it with more energy. According to the cosmic law of attraction he will most probably materialize this unfavorable perspective at some point in the future. The fear-driven contraction of the mental body manifests itself as a limitation of the entity to imagine more than one future alternative. His spectrum of positive future probabilities is contracted by his actual fear.

On other hand, all Creation happens in the Now. Past, present and future fears can only be overcome in the present moment.

Now let us take the opposite case. The entity has financial problems, but experiences empathy and thankfulness towards his soul because she has given him the possibility to have this valuable experience. This should be the enlightened view of all incarnated entities. The entity evaluates his present situation from the position of unconditional acceptance of all human experience by expanding his emotional and mental body to such an extent that they now merge with the point of view of the higher self, which always operates from the position of unconditional love and lack of duality.

In this case, even if the entity may experience some transient fears as to how to cope with his financial gridlock, he is able to transmute his fears by expanding his view of the world.

The entity discerns that he is a powerful, independent creator of all his experience and not a victim of uncontrollable circumstances, so that he can change his destiny anytime from the “Now-point” by imagining several favorable versions of his future: He can experience these versions in his imagination and thus attract positive energies in his emotional and mental body from All-That-Is.

The esoteric law of attraction is, in this sense, nothing else, but another circumlocution for constructive interference of wave systems: Similar emotional and mental patterns attract and superimpose to create a new stronger energetic pattern of the same kind. This is also the mechanism of Ascension of earth and mankind in these times.

The fearful, contracted entity, on the other hand, sustains the view that he is a victim of negative circumstances and that he has no influence on them. This entity, being in a state of maximal contraction of his emotional and mental bodies, experiences the maximal state of separation from the soul, respectively, from All-That-Is.

This energetic state of contraction creates the feeling of helplessness.

The more fearful the entity is, the more contracted his emotional and mental bodies are and the weaker his power to alter the unfavorable situation.

Empowerment of the individual can only be achieved by reducing his fears and expanding his ability for compassion and understanding of the whole picture. First and foremost, he must learn to love himself unconditionally with all his virtues and defaults.

The author can for instance localize in his intuitive imagination such contractions in the fields of other entities and immediately discern their mental and emotional limitations based on common fear-driven beliefs. But he also recognizes how difficult it is to transmit this knowledge to such entities who have hermetically enclosed their personality with such fear based patterns that shield it from any benevolent influences from outside aiming at its expansion.

From this elaboration we can conclude that all mental and emotional experiences, we make as incarnated entities, are the result of underlying physical, energetic phenomena. In terms of human language, these processes can be described as “laws of interference or superposition” which create the conditions of constructive and destructive interference. Alternatively, we may describe them as “laws of creation and destruction” as the title of this essay suggests.

Both definitions are valid presentations of the Nature of All-That-Is.

Language, being a U-set of All-That-Is, is intrinsically multidimensional, but this aspect is also the origin of all oral redundancy and semantic blunders that lead to a profound confusion in human communication.

Ultimately, we may speak of All-That-Is in terms of “expansion” and “contraction”: All-That-Is is that which expands and contracts. For those light workers, who have no idea of physics, these phenomena are circumscribed in present-day esotericism as “fear” and “unconditional love”.

Let us be however clear on this issue. There is no such thing as “unconditional love” on earth. This is a linguistic expression of an energetic condition that is beyond the limitation of human experience. Human beings, who use language to express such conditions, cannot in reality experience this energetic state of cosmic constructive interference as long as they dwell in an organic body.

This term is thus a poor substitute for the universal energetic state of harmonic existence of all entities that are not separated from All-That-Is. Human beings are.

In this energetic condition of total constructive interference with all cosmic energies, the human carbon-based body will be immediately burnt out. Only after that can the lower self, liberated from the shackles of “his mortal coil”, merge with the soul and experience for the first time this blissful state of total harmony in a conscious way. The same experience will await all those who will ascend in the 5^th dimension.

For this reason the carbon-based bodies of such entities will be transformed into crystalline bodies during the light body process that will lead to mass Ascension at the end of next year.

Expansion and contraction can be easily understood when the wave theory is applied.

As this essay does not have the objective to introduce the reader in the theory of physics, we shall restrict ourselves to some popular observations. Consider a particle of a medium which propagates waves. When there is no wave, the particle is at rest. When a wave is propagated, the particle is displaced. The magnitude of the displacement determines the amplitude of the wave.

As all waves are rotations, the particle performs in reality a circular motion.

One assumes in physics that all mediums that propagate waves have elastic properties. This has led in the 19th century to the concept of “elastic ether”, in which light is propagated. This term actually described the properties of photon space-time. By eliminating this correct idea erroneously after the performance of Michelson-Morley experiment and substituting it with the idiotic concept of “action at a distance” in vacuum, which is an N-set, physics has plunged into its deepest cognitive crisis in its history that lasted for one century, until this author liberated this natural science in 1995 from its self-inflicted agnostic misery (see below).

All elastic mediums follow according to conventional physics the so called Hooke’s law of elasticity.

It says that when a particle is displaced from its initial position at rest, a restoring elastic force, called Hooke’s force, is created that is opposite to the direction of the displacement and brings the particle back to its initial position at rest. This is a simplistic, mechanistic interpretation of the elastic properties of All-That-Is in terms of classical mechanics.

The Nature of Space-Time = All-That-Is as perceived by human senses is indeed elastic.

Elasticity expresses itself as expansion and contraction. This is the mechanism of creation of all waves and rotations, which are circular motions. Elasticity creates Motion – motion is the manifestation of waves/rotations. All systems of All-That-Is are waves/rotations.

Energy/space-time is elastic energy exchange that is perceived as motion. Motion is expansion and contraction of space-time. When one truly comprehends this property of All-That-Is in all its manifestations, one has become an enlightened person.

The whole theory of relativity can be explained with this idea.

The so called “time dilution” and “space contraction” of material objects in motion reflect the elasticity of space-time. The same holds true for thermodynamics – without expansion and contraction of gases, there will be no engines of combustion and no cars to drive. This author has pondered over the elasticity of space-time since early childhood, and this observation has ultimately led to the discovery of the Universal Law of All-That-Is.

Human bodies are also subjected to the elasticity of space-time. All our feelings, mental ideas, and the very structure of our personality are products of infinite expansions and contractions of the infinite levels and systems that comprise the incarnated entity. The Universal law of All-That-Is is a law of expansion and contraction. From a physical point of view, there is nothing else, but expansion and contraction.

This simple physical fact has not been fully comprehended either by scientists or light workers, or any other contemplative, spiritual human being.

The agnosticism of mankind is indeed overwhelming, and the author is wondering, where one should commence to enlighten humanity in the few remaining months prior to Ascension as to achieve some modest spiritual results.

It is indeed a mystery to the author as to why human mind is not able to discern this evident aspect of All-That-Is, given the fact that the idea of elasticity is as old as written Western history.

The Dialectics of ancient Greek philosophy since Heraclitus has evolved around the primordial idea of human awareness of the elasticity of All-That-Is. It is not a coincidence that Dialectics is basic to all prominent Western philosophical teachings – from Plato, Aristotle, and Plotinus to Fichte, Hegel, and Marx.

The profound misunderstanding of this basic property of All-That-Is in the political version of Marx’ dialectical materialism and its total neglect in Anglo-Saxon political empiricism have ultimately triggered the greatest calamities, mankind has ever experienced -the First and Second World War, and the Cold War.

Dialectics is the gate to Oneness of Consciousness -lack of dialectics, the neglect of the elasticity of All-That-Is in human thinking, leads to separation. Wars have always resulted from the separation of humanity in antagonistic factions.

Dialectical thinking circumvents the idea of separation. This philosophical aspect that was inherent to the German idealistic school has been completely forgotten by the intellectual community in the last century under the devastating influence of narrow-minded, disparate empiricism. Hence the numerous perilous wars, humanity has experienced during the last one hundred years up to the present day.

True dialectical thinking is the acknowledgement of the elastic nature of All-That-Is – of its ability to expand and contract within its Oneness. All parts of the Whole are created through expansion and contraction. Elasticity is the mechanism of Unity and Separation of the Whole. All ideas that neglect the elasticity of All-That-Is are N-sets that carry the notion of separation and lead to Darkness and destruction.

Before the author confirmed the Universal Law for all known physical laws, he defined it as the Universal Law of Elasticity.

Ascension is expansion of all human beings to the 5^th dimension out of their current 3d-contraction, which creates the illusion of separation and density. And here comes the greatest dichotomy, or if you wish, mysticism of All-That-Is that very few incarnated entities on earth have ever discerned.

While we expand our emotional and mental body to the 5^th dimension, we at same time participate in the contraction of All-That-Is that brings back its human Creation from its state of greatest separation, which can also be interpreted as the state of greatest expansion (alienation) of the parts from the Source. The “in-breath” of All-That-Is brings back all his parts to Oneness.

From the point of view of All-That-Is, this is a contraction, a return of all individual Creation to the Source.

The “out-breath” of All-That-Is creates, on the other hand, parts that are seemingly separated from each other and the Whole by means of individual contraction, but the Whole itself has expanded by creating and dispersing its infinite parts.

This is the sublimation of cosmic Metaphysics, and for this reason the author will stop his discussion at this place. But he hopes that he has stimulated the reader to continue to ponder on this eschatological dichotomy of All-That-Is.

If anything else, the elaboration of such questions leads to the utmost expansion of human awareness.

21. The Ideas Promoted by the Dark Forces are N-Sets

We have learned that all human concepts of closed systems, objects, and entities can be summarized under the mathematical concept of N-sets.

N-Sets are sets that do not contain themselves and the Whole as an element. All closed rational numbers, which are the only numbers that present-day mathematics uses, are N-sets. All closed physical systems in physics and everyday thinking are N-sets.

Ideas that are N-sets are the mental bugs that corrupt human thinking – indeed, every consciousness and awareness throughout the universe.

When humanity develops the idea of its uniqueness in the infinite galaxy and supports this collective idea of separation with such elaborated doctrines as Darwin’s evolutionary theory, then the level of separation has, indeed, reached pathological dimensions. Within such a mind-set, there is no possibility for further evolution of the incarnated entities, and the energetic conditions must be altered dramatically.

This is what Ascension is all about. Therefore, Darwin’s doctrine must be collectively rejected by all human beings on earth and substituted with the idea of Oneness of all parts of All-That-Is. Oneness does not, however, mean unification: The Whole exists and grows through the individualization of all its parts within its infinite plurality.

One can now sustain that the collective awareness of mankind has been dumped down by the Powers That Be, the controllers on earth, the evil forces, the Greys and the Reptilians, the zeta reticuli, the “Unholy six”, who have promoted such ideas of separation for the last 13,000 years since the Fall of Atlantis, but this will be an over-simplification, born in the hallucinatory realm of experienced duality.

The truth is that the souls of all incarnated human entities come on earth from Oneness to have precisely this kind of experience of utmost separation in all possible aspects and facets of human awareness, including the numerous sufferings that are associated with such an illusionary idea.

The earth souls needed the dark agents of separation who arranged this negative experience for them. Human beings were supposed to re-member throughout their incarnation cycle peú a peù their true origin – them being Sparks of God – and make a conscious choice in favor of the Whole versus Separation.

This is the eschatological purpose of the current human incarnation experiment on earth in the light of the new Theory of the Universal Law of All-That-Is that will end with Ascension at the end of 2012.

There are many ideas that the Powers That Be have promoted in the history of mankind that are N-sets and augment the level of separation.

The current Orion monetary system that was first established in the Western World, and especially in Great Britain and the USA by the powerful bankster faction (a neologism from “banker” and “gangster”) of the Anglo-Saxon Elite (the Rothschild and Rockefeller families), is one very powerful tool of separating human beings, enslaving them, and pushing them into perennial wars with the ultimate aim of exterminating them.

To this we shall say much more below, when the collapse of the worldwide financial system will be discussed in detail.

Furthermore, the author has extensively explored the flawed basic concepts of modern medicine and health care system in his books, which have essentially the same goal as the Orion monetary system – to deepen the sense of separation among the incarnated entities and to promote their helplessness with respect to the energetic regulation of their biological bodies by the soul.

These social systems of suppression hinder the entities to realize that their health condition lies entirely in the autarky of each individual soul and incarnated entity.

In addition, many therapies and other procedures have been deliberately introduced by the dark forces and their proxies in the pharmaceutical and health care industry to increase morbidity and mortality among patients. These heinous practices of the dark forces have the purpose of inducing collective iatrogenic genocide on humans.

This is the most despicable side of the dark forces in the last several decades, which the author has extensively explored in his books from a scientific, theoretical, and practical point of view. But there is much more to be said that goes beyond the limited capacity of a single way shower.

Beside the Orion monetary system, medicine and health care system are the two most crucial means of the dark forces, with which they control present-day agnostic humanity, who fears all kind of diseases that may ultimately lead to death. These fear generating mechanisms of the dark forces deepen further human agnosticism and will undoubtedly play a key role in the upcoming revelations and subsequent discussions in the mass media.

The author, being a clinical researcher for many years and a professional in this field, has made vital contributions to this topic in his volume III “The General Theory of Biological Regulation” and in his book “Thoughts”.

All ideas that lead to premature death and destruction are N-sets that can only be contrived under the condition of destructive interference.

Although all entities are immortal, so that the very idea of killing another entity mirrors a total absence of awareness about the true nature of All-That-Is, it is, nonetheless, a spiritual crime with severe karmic consequences that have to be compensated soon or later by the perpetrator soul – in this or in a future incarnation.

The split of earth in two planets in December 2012 will be in this sense a kind of a Final Judgment for such souls. This has nothing to do with religious prophecies, but with energetic necessities that are aspects of the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction.

You cannot have the conditions of total constructive and destructive interference at once – hence the “separation of the wheat from the chaff” and the splitting of earth in two different energetic timelines – the ascended planet A and the descended planet B.

22. The Forces of Light Promote the Perception of Oneness

…by Encouraging Human Beings to Think in Terms of U-Sets

The spiritual opening of mankind to the Forces of Light, being representatives of All-That-Is, and the return to Oneness is what the current Ascension of earth and mankind is all about.

This year will be the crucial one, because it will lead to the collapse of all man-made social, political, economic, and intellectual structures, such as empiric science and external material technologies that are about to destroy Gaia, unless there is a massive intervention by the Galactic Federation.

All aspects of current human civilization are products of mental N-sets, of the various ideas of separation that have imbued the fabric of human society to such an extent that only very few far-sighted, enlightened entities can readily discern them. All these aspects of humanity reflect the hallucinatory idea of separation. This idea has been multiplied through the kaleidoscope of numerous collective fear based patterns which the separation of human beings from the Whole has generated for eons of time.

All these multiple facets of mental illusion and fear-driven behavior are distracting them from their process of Ascension and from merging with the Source, as it will be experienced after Ascension in the 5^th dimension.

But why should be all current structures of human society destroyed, before mankind is able to ascend?

The answer is fairly simple, once we have comprehended why and how these materializations of the primary idea of separation have been established on earth. The leitmotif of this essay is that first there is an idea and only then its realization. We use the word “realization” and not materialization, as in the 5^th dimension any idea can be immediately realized without being necessarily material.

Matter, as we perceive it in the 3d-reality on earth, is a very dense form of energy that transpires the illusionary idea of hard impermeable staff. In fact, matter constitutes of 99.99% of empty space, whereby empty space should not be confused with void or vacuum, as it is currently done in physics, but regarded as diluted astral energy.

For this same reason the space around our planet is not empty but full of highly evolved entities coming from all parts of our galaxy, as well as from many distant galaxies. They are here to observe the unique Ascension of Gaia and a large portion of mankind from the densest 3d-reality and a maximal separation from the Whole straight into the 5^th dimension of Oneness.

This is the most dramatic event in the history of this planet and throughout this galaxy that will catapult mankind on a higher level of evolution than that of the current Powers That Be. The knowledge about this very important fact should empower all human beings to begin with the inner rebellion and to stop promoting the hidden agenda of the dark ones.

Many human entities, especially those in key positions of power, have become consciously or subconsciously proxies of the dark forces and carry out rigorously and without any compassion for human life their heinous plans. This is a deplorable fact, but it is also part of the illusionary drama that has been designed for this planet and has been unfolding for a very long time.

This year the drama will definitely come to an end.

The goal should be the full awakening of all actors on this planet, so that they can shed away their current roles and become aware of the fact that they have always been multidimensional cosmic beings, and that present-day earth has never been their original home. We are all guests on earth. Most of us have come here only to experience Ascension and return to our pristine realms of existence. Ascension may be a unique event on earth, but it is rather common throughout the universe, where myriads of 3d-civilisations exist and evolve within their particular incarnation experiment.

This will be accomplished with the active support of the Forces of Light that will take control of earth this year.

They will be supported by selected entities such as the author, who will ascend prior to mass Ascension at the end of 2012 and will demonstrate that all human beings also belong to the Forces of Light, so that there are no such things as “aliens” on the one hand and humble human species, being entrapped in their biological vessel and thus an easy prey to technologically highly evolved aliens, on the other.

The full comprehension of this simple truth will unleash a powerful mental revolution that will sweep away all wrong ideas and their material mirror images from the surface of this planet.

It is however naïve, and even dangerous, to believe that the crumbling material and social structures will be substituted with a better version thereof with the help of the Galactic Federation, as many fear-driven light workers believe by extrapolating their deprived earthy hopes for abundance linearly into the future. This would only mean “more of the same”.

For this same reason, there will not be any major reforms of the current Orion monetary system such as NESARA after its collapse, which the author predicts to begin in the summer of this year, as the future enlightened humanity in the 5^th dimension will not need money anymore. Human beings should get used to this idea prior to Ascension.

This primitive substitute of energy exchange – recall that All-That-Is is energy exchange according to the principle of last equivalence (primary axiom) -will definitely come to an end with Ascension. In the short transition period before Ascension, money will be substituted in many places with simple local barter systems that will guarantee the survival of most incarnated entities during this time of tribulations.

The people will soon realize that it will not be money that will secure their lives in the upcoming turmoil, but their ability to create with their thoughts and optimistic feelings the new fifth-dimensional reality in the Now.

This ability will determine their individual timeline leading to Ascension in the 5^th dimension.

The author, being a representative of the Forces of Light, has taken the burden throughout this incarnation to discover the Universal Law of All-That-Is, to develop a new infallible scientific theory of Oneness, and to derive the Cosmic Laws of Creation and Destruction from this.

The new theory of the Universal Law encompasses All-That-Is, as it is axiomatically developed from this primary term of consciousness by employing only such ideas and concepts that are U-sets and contain the Whole as an element. At the same time, his universal theory includes all current disciplines of science and eliminates all ideas and terms in human language which are N-Sets and support the illusionary idea of separation.

The author has shown that the introduction of only one idea that is an N-Set in an arbitrary categorical system automatically leads to two opposite conclusions that exclude each other. Such paradoxes or antinomies are an irrefutable proof that such categorical systems are wrong and must be excluded forever from the collective knowledge of mankind. This holds true for current science, religions, economics, as well as for all trivial concepts and beliefs.

During this year humanity will see the implementation of this deep insight under the auspices of the Forces of Light and the active intervention of the author in the destiny of mankind as an ascended master.

An essential part of this “cleansing of the Aegeus stables” of human knowledge is to discern which categorical systems and concepts contain the most dangerous ideas that are N-sets and cement the illusion of separation.

There are many ideas of separation that have been promoted by the dark forces on earth and have been accepted by the masses without any questions.

All these ideas are N-sets that cover various aspects of human life. They have intoxicated human minds to such an extent that only a thorough evaluation and eradication of these ideas can put their deleterious effects to an end.

This fact brings into a focus the chief psycho-mental malaise of humanity and explains why many channeled messages are insisting upon the necessity of the sleeping masses to awaken for the reality on earth in the course of this year and to begin to prepare for Ascension. Only entities with a clear, informed mind and a loving heart will ultimately ascend.

The initial clandestine idea behind all mental N-sets has been the complete enslavement of humanity by the dark forces. However, enlightened entities cannot be enslaved, only such that are confused and fear-driven, because they believe that they are forever separated from the Whole and must materialize this idea in all aspects of their life as to survive.

Let us recall in this context that even a confused, fear based entity is Creator of his own reality – the reality, he experiences all the time, is an external perpetuation of his inner chaos and confusion. This is Dante’s Inferno, where all sinners are condemned to experience eternally all the consequences of their earthly vices in a stipulated form.

This aspect will become very important after 21 December 2012 when some fear-driven entities will ascend, only to awaken in the lower levels of the 4^th dimension and find themselves amidst their worst nightmares, which they will take for real and will, in their fear, perpetuate in their imagination again and again.

This level is known as Purgatory, but it may as well become Hell for the ascended entity, unless he decides to leave this vicious circle of illusion through an active effort of enlightenment and discernment of the Nature of All-That-Is. Such confused entities will need the active support of highly evolved beings to leave the hell of their horror visions of separation.

Below we shall discuss some of the basic ideas of mankind that have firmly established the notion of separation. Such ideas can only be comprehended from the solid axiomatic basis of the new Theory of the Universal Law, which is the physical Law of Oneness. In this respect the author of this essay can be regarded as a scientific way shower of mankind.

But he will, in addition, demonstrate what it will be to become an ascended master, or as he puts it – a Transliminal (boundless) Soul.

23. Basic Ideas of Mankind that are N-Sets

The most vicious idea of humanity that permeates all other ideas is the concept of the void, respectively, vacuum in physics. All-That-Is is something. It is Continuity.

Continuity cannot have gaps, voids or vacuum, which are synonyms for nothing. It is unbelievable, how extensively the concept of vacuum has been elaborated in present-day physics to the point that nowadays nobody on this planet, except the author, challenges the semantic, epistemological, and ontological foundation of this faulty physical idea.

The physical view of the world nowadays postulates that space is empty, a vacuum, a void, in which material objects are embedded. The nothing contains something. The vacuum, the void, is, per definition, an N-set – it is a set that does not contain itself as an element, because it contains something – for instance, it contains the elementary particles that build matter.

This is the cardinal cognitive fallacy of conventional physics that has biased the whole edifice of this discipline and has precluded a true understanding of All-That-Is.

The idea of the void as vacuum was introduced more than a century ago, after the false interpretation of Michelson-Morley experiment led to the refutation of the ether-concept. The analysis of this false interpretation and its dire consequences for the further development of physics has been extensively presented by the author in his two volumes on the new physical theory of the Universal Law.

Since then, all energetic interactions, such as gravitation and electromagnetism, have been described as an “action at a distance” occurring with the finite speed of light ‘c’ in vacuum.

This idiotic concept hindered physicists from understanding the mechanism of gravitation and was further promulgated in Einstein’s theory of relativity.

The underlying goal of Einstein was to correct classical Newtonian mechanics by eliminating the absoluteness of empty geometric Euclidean space that has been used since then as the universal reference system in physics, and to substitute it with real photon space-time, by introducing the principle of relativity.

However, Einstein performed his reformation of Newtonian classical mechanics incompletely – he did not go far enough as to abolish empty Euclidean space as the initial reference system of physics.

Instead, he introduced the concept of relative reference systems. Had he accomplished his reformation of classical mechanics to the full extent, he should have, in the first place, abolished Newton’s law of inertia which is another flawed concept and an N-set of physics.

The abolishment of the law of inertia was done for the first time by the author of this essay in an irrefutable manner on the basis of the new physical and mathematical Axiomatics of the Universal Law. This was also the ultimate reason, why Einstein failed to discover the anticipated “universal field equation”, he has been searching in vain during his whole life; this equation is nothing else, but the Universal Law as discovered by the author.

By introducing empty Euclidean space as an N-set in physics, Newton committed the initial fundamental blunder which precluded the unification of physics and a true understanding of the Nature of All-That-Is.

One cannot have a unified science, unless one has understood the essence of his object of study in an a priori manner. Science is not an exploration and empiric collection of random experiences, as it is understood today, but a remembrance of the Nature of All-That-Is.

This insight was central to Greek philosophy, especially in the teachings of Plato and Aristotle. It is the simplest truth of all knowledge that should stay at the beginning of any valid science. However, this simple methodological insight has not been comprehended by all scientists so far.

The author has made numerous attempts to transcend this theoretical insight to physicists and theoreticians since the 90s and has come to the conclusion that it is impossible to overcome their mental blockages in this respect by means of an enlightened and civilized theoretical discussion.

This year they will have to accept this truth after the author has ascended, and empiric science has crumbled forever. Human beings are only ready to learn new contents, after one has pulled the rug away from under their feet. Under normal, stable conditions, they will rather sweep any inconvenient truth under the carpet than cleanse their rotten science from all vicious ideas.

Therefore, all rugs, carpets, curtains, and veils of forgetfulness will be eliminated this year, so that the people can begin to discern the truth behind the mist of their separation. They must learn to re-member All-That-Is.

Back to physics! From Newtonian classical mechanics, the wrong idea of the existence of vacuum/void as an empty geometric space was further propagated in classical quantum mechanics and, later on, in quantum electrodynamics (QED), and quantum chromo-dynamics (QCD) as summarized in the standard model.

This example illustrates how one wrong idea is deepened and multiplied, and how it begins to suffocate the minds of scientists to such an overwhelming extent, that there is virtually no escape from this mental labyrinth of intellectual madness, until somebody comes with a clear mind and cuts the Gordian node of this confusion, called empiric science.

The Ariadne thread, with the help of which scientists will escape from the current labyrinth of their infinite scientific blunders, is the new physical and mathematical Axiomatics of the Universal Law

The refutation of ether that stood as an explanatory concept for photon space-time led, in fact, to the refutation of photon space-time as an equivalent level to matter, which has the same properties and behavior as matter.

This follows from the primary axiomatic knowledge that all systems and levels of All-That-Is are energy systems and must have the same properties – they all contain the Whole, Energy as an element.

As already mentioned, one prominent idiotic conclusion of conventional physics is the statement that photons have no mass. In fact, physics has failed to understand the epistemological background of this very simple term that builds the backbone not only of classical physics, but also of all other disciplines, such as thermodynamics, theory of relativity, and quantum mechanics.

This is another example that illustrates how the mental bugs of separation infect the mind-set of scientists, how they are multiplied, and how they undermine their common sense.

As already said above, “mass” is currently defined in physics as an energy relationship. One compares the energy of one system with that of another, which is usually defined as a reference system. Therefore, the comparison of their energies must be, strictly speaking, given as a mathematical relation without any SI-units.

Mass is a dimensionless quotient – it is a pure number. In current-day physics this quantity is defined as “mass” and measured with the SI-unit “kilogram”.

This physical quantity is considered an intrinsic property of matter, but not of photons, which are the carrier of light. This faulty concept is basic to Newtonian mechanics, and from there it has entered the theory of relativity and quantum mechanics. Thus the current concept of mass has distorted the whole edifice of this natural science.

None of the millions physicists and scientists that study and teach this discipline, including all scientists who have lived in the last four hundred years, since modern physics has emerged, have realized the true logic behind this simple definition of mass, which should be accessible to anybody with elementary mathematical knowledge.

One has to ask himself, when scientists have left the borderline of oligophrenia and have entered the realm of imbecility.

Let us elaborate this annihilating conclusion in depth, as it is very important for our understanding as to why present-day physics has totally failed to comprehend the Nature of All-That-Is. As all systems of All-That-Is are energetic systems, they all have a mass, because mass is an energy relationship.

Photons are energetic particles as assessed by the famous Einstein’s equation of equivalence between matter and energy E = mc².

In this case, they must also have a mass, measured as an energy relationship: m = E/c².

This simple conclusion was made for the first time by the author, after he had proved that physicists have completely missed the point with their definition of mass. Indeed, it is a conundrum yet to be solved, how comes that billions of physicists, scientists, and other normal people have studied physics for centuries at schools, universities and technical high schools without realizing this greatest scientific blunder of all times – greater than the geocentric Ptolemaic system – until a modest medical doctor had to appear on the scene and liberate physics from this and many others cognitive blunders that have made this natural science an asylum for lunatics.

A final remark with respect to photon mass ought to be made, before we close this painful chapter for physicists and all scientists.

After the author came to the simple conclusion that photons also have a mass, he proved that all SI-units used today are derived from the energy = space-time of the basic photon h, also known as Planck’s constant, within mathematics in an a priori manner. All SI-units are derived from the energy = space-time of the basic photon.

As there are only two dimensions/constituents of energy/space-time – space and time f – the space/wavelength λ= c/f = c/1 = 3.108 m² and time/frequency = 1 of the basic photon are the real initial reference system for all physical dimensions and measurements in SI-units in the outer world.

This simple insight has fundamental theoretical, epistemological, and practical consequences and implications for physics and science. The author has elaborated them in a comprehensive manner in two volumes on physics on more than 1100 pages.

He has further proved that the mass and energy of all elementary particles, such as neutron, proton, electron, neutrinos, mesons, etc., can be very easily calculated from the mass of the basic photon by applying the Universal Law, which is a simple rule of three a= b/c. This is, indeed, physics for idiots. But most physicists and other theoreticians nowadays are not even idiots – they are imbeciles.

For instance, the author calculated with the Universal Law the mass of neutrinos, many years before it was experimentally established that these particles have a mass. At that time most physicists believed that, like photons, neutrinos are mass-less particles.

Knowing that photon space-time has mass, one can explain for the first time in the history of physics the mechanism of gravitation and very easily integrate it with electromagnetism, and thus with the other two fundamental forces in the standard model. Until this moment physics was not able to integrate gravitation with the other fundamental forces, and there is no theory of gravitation at all.

It is generally acknowledged that this is the chief deficiency of this “exact” natural science, but physicists prefer to neglect this obvious failure of their science. There are numerous books on this issue, so that the author will not delve into it.

By proving that photon space-time has mass, the author finally eliminated the fundamental blunder of modern cosmology, which is unable to explain the mass of the universe. Currently, cosmologists sustain that there is such thing as “dark matter” in the universe that contains about 90% of the invisible, theoretically estimated mass of the universe according to various cosmological models.

The dark mass is, in fact, the mass of photon space-time, which is currently regarded as an assembly of mass-less particles in vacuum.

The author showed further that the “big bang” model of hot expanding universe, which is at the core of modern cosmology, is the next greatest fallacy of science comparable to that of the geocentric Ptolemaic system. There is virtually not a single basic idea in modern cosmology that is not flawed. The author attributes this idiosyncrasy to the hideous influence of the Powers That Be on the minds of the scientists.

This rather new discipline has been, from an intellectual point of view, successfully dumped down by the dark forces from its very beginning, because a true cosmological view would have inevitably engendered the idea that All-That-Is is living consciousness, where myriad human civilizations exist and evolve.

However, the Powers That Be on earth aim precisely at preventing the occurrence of such enlightened ideas among humans, as this would have jeopardized their clandestine insidious hegemony on earth and humanity.

Such scientific blunders as “dark matter” or “junk-DNA” have been introduced by scientists, only because they reject the existence of the soul and the high frequency realms that regulate human DNA, the metabolism of the body, and the organization of 3d-solar universes, which cosmologists can only observe.

They stick stubbornly to the empiric dogma that repudiates the idea that there are higher frequency levels/realms beyond the electromagnetic spectrum, which is the only level that scientists can measure with material devices.

In its succinct version the empiric dogma postulates:

“What one cannot measure, should not exist.”

This is the utmost form of scientific agnosticism that has been deliberately introduced by the dark forces on earth to dumb down human scientific community.

It is important to observe that their human proxies that are involved in secret joint ventures with the 4d-entities from the Orion Empire in underground bases, do not follow this stupid dogma, as they have already developed many technologies that use these high frequency energies.

Why is this theoretical elaboration at the popular level so important for mankind in the near future?

The reason is that photon space-time is an unlimited source of free energy that can be used on earth and in the 5^th dimension after Ascension. This energy source could have eliminated all expensive and dangerous energy sources, such as nuclear power and fossil fuels that are used at present and contaminate our planet.

In addition, Ascension of earth and mankind will be carried out by a huge tsunami of high energy photons that will transform the carbon-based bodies of humans to crystalline ones. At the same time, this photon wave will render all electrical devices and engines of combustion on earth inutile. This powerful energetic event will destroy the very foundation of modern technology, so that the remaining fraction of humanity that will stay on planet B will proceed with its incarnation cycle from a very low level of technical and social development.

For those entities our current technological epoch will be what Atlantis once was for Plato – the Golden Age of the past, although this term should be reserved for the ascended earth A.

It is important to stress that this free energy source is known to mankind, since Tesla discovered it more than 100 years ago.

However, this discovery was hidden from humanity by the dark forces and their proxies on earth, first and foremost, by Rockefeller, who stole Tesla’s patent in order to make human beings dependent on centralized sources of energy and thus subjugate them to the Powers That Be.

Finally, it is important to know that the Forces of Light have contacted the governments of the big powers on many occasions in the 20^th century and have offered them the technology to use free photon energy, but these ones were so deeply embroiled with the dark forces in enslaving mankind at that time, that they discarded this offer, which was coupled to the condition that they should stop with their nuclear armament.

During the Cold War all powers, such as the USA and the Soviet Union, believed that they needed nuclear weapons to protect themselves. Such was the collective mind-set of total separation that reigned at that time.

This is how the circle from science to politics – from the Forces of Light to the dark forces – is closed, before this illusionary conflict of 3d-reality on earth will be eliminated once and for all by virtue of Ascension.

24. Pitfalls and Fallacies of the Orion Monetary System

It is a done deal that the current financial system will collapse this year within a very short period of time.

In fact, the system has already collapsed more than two years ago when the Wall Street investment banking was practically wiped out from the map within a week in October 2008.

This happened shortly after the first huge wave of Christ consciousness was released on earth and allowed for more transparency and sincerity in human relations. This information is given as evidence for the basic statement in this essay: All dramatic and sweeping changes, we experience on earth, are associated with and triggered by significant changes in the energetic structure of human beings.

They weaken the shackles of all incarnated entities that have been imposed on them in a perfidious manner by the Powers That Be and open them for the transcendental truth of All-That-Is. This is also the objective of this essay prior to Ascension of the author and his official appearance as an ascended master in front of humanity.

The release of Christ consciousness on earth is associated with the so called Ra-Ta-experiment which is explained by the channel Cosmic Awareness in his numerous messages. The author recommends the reader to check this information in order to better understand the current situation on earth. It is one of the clearest channels this author has ever come upon.

Unfortunately, the energizers and the group around this channel are intellectually not quite prepared for the information that has been given to them.

This fact explains the redundancy in the messages and the somewhat narrow spectrum of topics discussed by this channel. For instance, the actual financial situation is not at all elaborated by this channel from a theoretical point of view, although it has made some good economic forecasts in the past.

Nonetheless, this source is the most reliable and extensive source in Internet (over 8000 pages of channeled messages since 1975). In comparison to it, most channeled esoteric information available in Internet can only be digested, if one is prepared to commit an intellectual hara-kiri before reading it.

The author mentions the Ra-Ta-experiment at the beginning of his discussion, because it gives the reader a clue as to when the financial system is expected to collapse this year. In anticipation of this event, a theoretical analysis of the factors that will lead to this crash may appear to be of secondary importance. It is quite probable that the financial crash will happen before this essay will be published.

The second wave of Christ consciousness was released in late autumn 2009, shortly before the final period of earth Ascension – 2010 to 2012 (last triad) – has begun. In this context the last year was a preparation for what will be manifested this year.

The final third wave of Christ consciousness has commenced this year and will reach its peak around spring equinox. The current revolution in Egypt is the first eruptive manifestation of this wave, which is closely associated with the history of this ancient country, although Christ energies flood the whole planet.

It is expected that the Egyptian revolution will spread out to many other Arab countries and destroy the fragile balance of the current World Order as designed by the dark forces. One very probable consequence will be the disruption of oil supply to the West from the Middle East.

This event may trigger the financial crisis which has many fathers, but one mother – the world inflation, the unprecedented bubble in money supply that has undermined the foundations of the world economy.

This inflation has been deliberately instigated by the dark forces and their proxies in the financial corporations by creating money out of debt and thin air in order to impoverish humanity and establish the New World Order. This has been the pronounced aim of the Powers That Be in the last several decades.

This effort has exacerbated during the first decade of the third millennium.

Before the author begins with the analysis of the nefarious methods that the dark forces have employed in the past to destroy the financial system and the economy of mankind in order to enslave it, he would like to point out that their plan to establish the New World Order has already failed.

However, this does not mean that the financial system will not collapse.

It will collapse to a much greater extent than the dark forces and their financial proxies, the banksters on Wall Street and in London city, have planned for. Instead of achieving the intended impoverishment of the masses, first and foremost, of the middle class, the financial Elite will be buried under the rubble of the upcoming financial tsunami.

Precisely, they will lose very soon all their monies and power, and all their institutions, such as banks, funds, securitizations, stock exchanges, central banks, etc. will be abolished forever. In this way they will lose their financial leverage of manipulating humanity prior to Ascension.

As the national states have also been designed by the hidden governments to promote the New World Order on the long run, they will also financially collapse this year. In other words, there will be no more criminal bailouts to save the dark ones at the expense of the tax payers as means of enslaving the latter.

The abolishment of the national states as operative units – the nations will remain -will be associated with the collapse of the health care system, rental system, and all other forms of human securities that have been promoted by the Powers That Be as part of the Orion monetary system with the objective to hold the people firm in their grip.

These institutions have been deliberately implemented to stimulate the survival (self-preservatory) fears of the masses about their future, as the current political discussion in the USA on the new health care reform of Obama clearly demonstrates.

All these wrong concepts and structures stem originally from the primary idea of separation from the Whole and from hiding the fact that humans are unlimited powerful creators of their destiny, who are also responsible for the astral regulation of their bodies, so that no bank accounts or obsolete medical treatments can protect them from calamities, if the soul has a different plan from that of the incarnated entity.

Let us discuss in this context the concept of securitization in the financial system from a psychological point of view, as it is the central piece of fraud that creates the conditions of destructive interference in the economy and will cause its collapse this year.

The idea to secure one’s life by creating bank accounts and saving money is so perverted and at the same time so deeply rooted in current pecuniary human thinking that one has to put the whole humanity on Freudian couch and analyze it for the next 2000 years, before it can be declared convalescent. Unfortunately Cosmic Providence has not foreseen that much time for those who will make up their mind to ascend.

For those who will go along the path of further separation on planet B, the time of healing their mental aberrations will be unlimited.

What is the psycho-mental dynamics behind the concept of securitization of all aspects of human life? The primary faulty idea is that people are vulnerable biological beings that may suffer from diseases, injuries, financial, social, and numerous other imponderable events that are beyond human control, because these follow the random laws of chaos and incalculable probabilities.

This world view is a central piece of the camouflage, of the cover-up, that humans are responsible creators of their destiny and that not a single event can ever occur on earth, unless it has been considered by the entity in advance in infinite astral probability alternatives in the dream state. We create at night and experience at daytime. Without dreaming, there will be no living.

Alternatively we can say that we live our dreams. From another perspective, we may as well sustain that our dreams are the only true reality and that our life in the 3d-reality on earth is an illusion of our true dreams. It all comes up to the same thing.

All events, one encounters on earth, are mirror images of the particular feelings and beliefs of the individual entity that serve as pedagogical means to make him aware of the fact that he is an inexorable creator of reality as being part of All-That-Is. The outer experience is of a secondary importance – the events one experiences are decors for the emotional and mental multidimensionality of the entity.

Such experiences are empty signs and symbols for deeper realities that show him the way on his individual roadmap to Ascension and merging with the Whole.

Therefore, if one has negative experiences, for instance, a series of car crashes, misfortunes in business and in personal relations that are always associated with financial losses, what sense does it make to securitize such risks by paying even more money to anonymous fraudulent corporations to protect him from such undesirable events?

In this case, one only perpetuates the psycho-mental causes of his misfortune on the next existential level. The perverted mind-set of being a helpless victim of imponderable circumstances is further aggravated.

This pattern of human behavior stems from the wrong conviction that one has to solve his problems in the outer world by surrounding himself with huge hedges against all possible evils that lurk from the mist of unpredictable reality. Such a behavior leads to curtailing the inherent, unrestricted creativity of human beings by dumping down the inner impulses of the soul that guides the incarnated entity to make the appropriate experiences in the 3d-reality.

Ultimately, the entity gives up his freedom of choice given to him by his soul and succumbs to his fears. He no longer explores life with an open mind, but opens the door for even greater emotional manipulations by various dark forces from the 4^th dimension that hamper him in his spiritual evolution.

This mind-set is underlying current society – from anti-terror wars and other atrocities of the Western nations against the rest of the world to rigid surveillance of their own people on airports and other areas of social life.

The Big Brother is watching you. Orwell’s vision of 1984 does not belong to the past, but is already a reality and a foreboding of a grimmer future.

Let us be plain on this issue:

One cannot do anything to secure his life, then life is created by the soul, and she is the ultimate authority on how it ought to be spent by the incarnated entity, and when it ought to be terminated.

The agnostic ego of the incarnated entity lives in the greatest of all illusions that it has control over life.

It is driven by his fears to do something, anything, all the time in order to preserve his life – to earn money in order to eat and survive, to represent somebody in the society (the more you earn, the more you represent), to pay with precious money as to hedge an unpredictable future (the higher the amount of securitization, the more secure the entity feels), etc.

Like the famous ant in the poem “why should she be calm and placid, when she is full of formic acid”, the formic acid being the fears of the entity, humans engage themselves all the time in worthless activities, instead of being powerful multidimensional, creative beings (tautology = principle of last equivalence): Being a soul.

The soul, the higher self, is being – the fear-driven entity is doing.

A key point in the hidden agenda of the dark forces to enslave mankind is to use the current financial system to deepen the psychological conviction of incarnated human entities that they are separated from the Whole and thus an easy prey to unpredictable chaotic events.

Money is considered to be the only save haven in the 3d-reality and in this context the only goal of human existence. Money symbolizes not only prosperity, easy life, and popularity, but, first and foremost, safe life amidst death and organic decay.

As most entities do not believe in the immortality of the human personality and the soul, they must believe that have only one life to live, and that this life is hence very precious. Extrapolate these faulty beliefs on the mentality of the current Elite as human representatives of the dark forces and consider the fact that most of them are the current controllers of the financial system you will have a vivisection of all human evils on earth nowadays.

The financial Elite, be they Rothschilds, Rockefellers, Fed, American and Anglo-Saxon banks, and their CEO, some of which are clones of the dark forces (the Greys and the Reptilians), are, from a higher vantage point of view, not only the perpetrators – they are in the first place victims of their hypertrophied fears. They are deeply perverted entities, entrapped in their earthly Purgatory.

In order to contain their fears with respect to their imagined mortality and biological vulnerability, they see the purpose of their life solely in laying financial shackles upon all human beings, whom they deeply despise.

While worshiping the Mammon they serve, they strive to make all humans slaves of the Orion monetary system.

The more the masses are impoverished and under their control, the better and secure the Elite feel.

However, there will be no absolute security for the Elite as long as they do not believe in life after death or in Ascension. Only the idea of the immortality of the soul and the incarnated personality as part of All-That-Is can render the feeling of security, even amidst mayhem and destruction, as the coming months will eventually reveal.

Had the Elite have acknowledged this truth, they would not have been found in the financial sector, but among light workers. Fears have the propensity to create new fears, until they encompass the whole reality. The fears of the Elite have intoxicated the whole planet. Therefore, they are not satisfied with the total financial enslavement of humanity, but they also aim at controlling the people physically through an oppressive political system.

This is the reason why they prepare society for the New World Order during the last several centuries.

This human condition was almost achieved by the Bolsheviks after the October Revolution in Russia. Similar conditions can now be observed, for instance, in North Korea and in Myanmar. The situation in Egypt before the current revolution was not much different.

The means of enslavement in the Western world are far more subtle, but not less heinous. When one perceives recent history of mankind from this perspective, one will soon realize that every human effort to progress spiritually and to achieve abundance for the people has been successfully pervaded by the Powers That Be and their human minions – the current Elite. This is the reason why true progress and enlightenment have never gained broad success on this planet.

In the financial sector, these obstructive practices include the abolishment of the gold standard, the establishment of the European Union, the introduction of the Euro, the intention to establish a free trade zone in North America, the usurpation of financial power by central banks, such as the Fed that are private or corporative institutions but have control over the money system of sovereign countries, etc.

The list of financial crimes of the Elite against the people is infinite, but they are not really discerned by the masses, who are lulled by fake social ideals.

Some of these atrocities have been highlighted by critical journalists and independent voices in the last several years, which are marked by a gradual increase of transparency and a quest for revelation of all hidden facts.

The moral and ethical indignation that sweeps the globe since the beginning of this year is part of the emotional reaction of the people who are beginning to awaken for the atrocities of the Powers That Be and realizing for the first time in the history of mankind that they have been pawns to them for thousands of years.

While emotions are the astral wings to Ascension of the incarnated entity, they are not sufficient enough to comprehend the mechanisms of human enslavement on this toxic planet.

Therefore, let us elaborate the aforementioned facts from a neutral scientific point of view by employing the cosmic laws of constructive and destructive interference, before we delve into technical details.

It is a leitmotif of this essay that a separation from All-That-Is does not exist. Even if an entity sustains the illusion of such a state for a long period of time, it can only exist as a sentient being, if it is in a state of perfect constructive interference at a higher level – that of his soul.

Now let us elaborate this basic insight with another example. The Powers that Be, the Unholy six, especially the Greys and the Reptilians, have developed in the last decades, since they have started to cooperate actively with the Elite and the hidden governments on earth, new human clones through genetic engineering.

As already mentioned above, about one third of the entities that now live on earth are such clones. However, they can only exist, if they are humanized by souls from the 4^th and 5^th dimensions. No genetic engineering can create humans or other sentient beings, unless they contain energies and frequencies from the higher realms of All-That-Is.

Their very existence is a proof that they do so under the condition of constructive interference within the infinite and absolute harmony of All-That-Is, even if they are not aware of it.

Most of these genetically created human beings are very young souls that are just beginning with their incarnation cycle and cannot root themselves firmly in the 3d-reality. The fraction of the soul (lower self) that is incarnated in such genetically engineered human vessels must be totally separated from All-That-Is as to guarantee the adequate 3d-conditions of physical density that such souls have chosen to experience at this low level of evolution.

As already mentioned, many CEO of large corporations are such clones of human entities, whose souls have finished with their earthly experience in this incarnation and have returned to the 5^th dimension. In order to preserve the charade on earth, such entities do not necessarily die, but are exchanged by the Unholy six and their human proxies with clones, which harbor much of the memories and the personality of the previous entity.

The former president George Bush is, for instance, such a clone. The original Bush was eliminated about two years before the end of his second term and was substituted with a clone, because he became somewhat rebellious to the Powers That Be that pull the strings behind the curtain in Washington.

They feared that he may become a potential danger to their plans with his uncontrolled remarks, a liability they did not want to share. They murdered him and exchanged him with a clone.

The new version of him was due to the genetic engineering much more docile to the Powers That Be, to the hidden American government. The entity B. Clinton has been substituted by several clones already. This example is paradigmatic as to how the manipulation of humanity is arranged from the 4^th dimension, although it can only exist with the help of the souls from the 5^th that have decided to incarnate in such genetically created human bodies.

The author understands very well that some readers may find this information abominable and recoil, but they should keep in mind that modern mankind was created in the same manner by the Powers That Be some 13,000 years ago.

Why not now? It is one thing to create a human biological vessel through genetic engineering, quite a different thing to help the incarnated entity evolve to a 5^th-dimensional being.

In every incarnated entity on earth, there are two opposite forces that influence his mental and emotional body simultaneously and are in an incessant inner strife – the Forces of Light that forge his merging with All-That-Is and the forces of dark that push him into a deeper separation from the Whole.

Financial systems, societies, national states, armies, corporations, technological achievements are nothing else, but empty decors that prepare the scene for the eternal battle between the Luciferian forces, the fallen angels, and the Forces of Light.

This inner strife is waged within each incarnated entity, so that the prodigal son can have his experience of separation and returns wiser to God. This is the ultimate eschatology of human existence on earth and on any 3d-planet in the solar universes.

Finally, it should be noted that the Forces of Light also have the right to eliminate evil human entities and substitute them with their own clones, if they pose a great threat to humanity. This was done, for instance, on a large scale in 1978-1979 when the hidden government of the USA, instigated by the Unholy six, planned a first destructive nuclear strike against the Soviet Union at the height of the Cold War. Most of the entities on power, including the then President Carter, were eliminated and substituted with clones by the Forces of Light.

The entity Carter was however murdered by the dark forces, because he objected their criminal plans and was only then substituted with a clone by the Forces of Light, so that he could carry out his mission as enlightened president.

The moral and ethical structure of this entity was fully preserved in his clone. The other minions of the dark forces were eliminated by the Forces of Light and their helpers on earth as to prevent a devastating catastrophe. The price for this crime committed against a bunch of evil entities was the divine redemption of humanity from total destruction.

This episode was the darkest and most critical in the recent history of mankind, notwithstanding the fact that this is not known to the broad public.

Such interventions are part of the game that has been played for eons of time on this toxic planet. Let us recall that the body is only an instrument of collecting 3d-experience and has nothing to do with the personality of the incarnated entity. After Ascension, all human beings will have the possibility to choose their own body and change it at their discretion through imagination and direct manifestation.

Contrary to the Powers That Be from the 4^th dimension, they will not need to involve in primitive genetic engineering to create deficient clones that can only survive a limited period of time.

Human beings will very soon begin to create from the soul level of unconditional love.

After this indispensable clarification as to how the Powers That Be actively manipulate mankind in general and the financial system in particular as to trigger its collapse, we must return to the cosmic laws of creation and destruction and explain why these manipulations fulfill the condition of destructive interference and will not only lead to a financial crash, but will also eliminate the influence of the dark forces on mankind before Ascension.

When an entity or a society decides to go along the path of greater separation from the Whole, it inevitably creates conditions of destructive interference all the time, as it no longer recognizes the laws of Creation as an inherent part of All-That-Is.

Creation in separation lacks responsibility.

True Creation within All-That-Is is always responsible, as it is performed from the level of unconditional love, which is an esoteric circumscription for the cosmic condition of constructive interference. This truth will emerge as a key aspect after Ascension, when many incarnated entities will acquire the possibility to create by imagination, but will still have to learn how to do it in a responsible manner within the divine harmony of All-That-Is.

All structures that are created in a state of separation from the Source are intrinsically unstable and tend always to collapse at some point in linear time. The ultimate decision when such inferior creations ought to be destroyed is made in the higher realms or dimensions of All-That-Is, which render the energies for the existence of such structures and support the overall conditions of Creation.

One may call such higher realms “God” or “Elohims”, without affecting anything on the laws of Creation as presented in this essay.

Under these premises the current battle between the Forces of Light and the dark forces is, strictly speaking, not a real battle, but a camouflage thereof. Just as the ego may gain the illusion that it has control over the life of the incarnated entity, as long as the soul let it believe so, so do the Forces of Light let the 4d-entities from the Orion Empire believe that they have control over earth and humanity for some time.

Ultimately, the outcome of this symbolic battle is predetermined, as the decision for earth and mankind to ascend has been fallen at the highest levels of Cosmic Providence since eons of time.

The ego of the incarnated entity was initially created as an external reference point of view to that of the Creator-Soul.

It ought to be a unique mirror-image of the soul, but it was never intended that the ego should take full control over the incarnated entity from the soul. It may only seem to be so. Especially in agnostic societies, such as current human society, this hallucinatory impression may cherish quite well for some time, as this has been the case in the last several centuries since the begin of industrialization of mankind.

During the so called “Dark Ages” (in German “Mittelalter”, Middle Ages), the connection of the incarnated entities with the soul was much more pronounced, probably due to the poor living conditions, where hope for immortality and eternal bliss was the only beacon of light in those dire human conditions.

Much of the poetry at that time reflects this endeavor of humans to unite with God in the transcendental dimension.

Human ego is agnostic. And it has never been more agnostic than at this time. Like a kaleidoscope, the collective ego of our soulless mechanical time creates incessantly numerous illusionary images of its alleged autarky. These external images render the ego the false security and the erroneous conviction that it is the master of this human charade which it creates under extreme energetic limitations.

Especially in the industrialized world, where the number of material devices, such as phones, iPods, and all other child’s games that distract the incarnated entity from exploring the multidimensional nature of his soul has grown exponentially in the last few years, the separation from All-That-Is has reached an unprecedented peak.

Under such conditions, it is no longer possible to have a further spiritual evolution. The conditions must, therefore, radically change, and the speckles removed from the blind eyes of humanity.

Ascension is the surrender of the ego to the soul. The ego must give up its illusion to be in full control of its destiny and merge with the higher self. This is the most poignant experience on earth and the most liberating at the same time. This greatest illusion of all times will be abruptly terminated this year.

Likewise, the illusion of the Powers That Be, the Unholy Six from the 4^th dimension, that they control earth must end this year. This will not happen exclusively by waging a battle in the higher realms, as many channels from the lower dimensions, that have gained some popularity in internet, suggest.

What is currently happening on this planet is a dramatic increase in the frequencies of earth and humanity that render the actions of the dark ones futile from an energetic point of view, no matter how many efforts they may undertake.

Darkness has to succumb to Light prior to Ascension. Under the condition of destructive interference Darkness will be deleted and substituted by Light. It is as simple as that. Only human mind wants things to be much more complicated, as to experience its fake autarky to the full extent.

This pattern can be observed in the behavior of most incarnated entities. Their ego may choose to go along a certain path of experience that is not shared by the higher self. As the free will of the ego is respected by the soul, the entity may proceed with the realization of his intentions for some time. In this case he will eventually experience one failure after another, one disaster after another, until he starts to contemplate as to why he has no success in creating the destiny he desires.

The entity will eventually begin to scrutinize his beliefs and emotions that have urged him to choose this particular path of experience and he may find out that they are not as honorable and spiritually elevated, as they initially seemed to be.

He will them begin to question his motives and will substitute them with more loving and compassionate thoughts and feelings. By doing so throughout his life and during numerous incarnations, the entity reaches the ultimate point of 3d-existence, where he acts most of the time from the position of unconditional love, compassion, and maximal understanding, which is the position of the soul.

When this point is reached, the soul may decide that she has learned all the lessons of incarnation and separation, she intended to experience. The soul will no longer need her external reference point of observation – the ego. It will be put aside forever, and the incarnation cycle of the soul will be terminated.

The infinite journey of the soul will continue on a higher dimension on her way back to the Source, but her earthly experiences will remain her treasures forever.

The gradual return of the prodigal son to the Father is accompanied by a series of negative experiences summarized as karma, whereas, in fact, these are experiences of the conditions of destructive interference that help the entity to evolve to a responsible creator. The best way for an incarnated entity to learn this, is to experience personally the consequences of his creativity. Human destiny has no other purpose, but to give the entity amidst his total amnesia vital clues that he is “a spark of God.”

Anything that human entities experience on earth is part of their conscious choice of Creation at a higher level.

The Powers That Be are thus not evil aliens that have invaded earth at some point in time to oppress and annihilate humanity. They have already been part of the game, before some souls from the 5^th dimension decided to incarnate on earth and have this particular experience with these 4d-creatures.

The eschatological purpose of these souls was to find out, what they did not like – ultimately, the consequences and manifestations of total separation as mirrored by the behavior of the Unholy Six, to which they have subjected themselves on this planet in a conscious and deliberate manner.

Their hallucinatory enslavement will end at the very moment, at which they decide to end up this game of illusion and renounce enslavement. They do not need to fight the dark ones and their human proxies in order to liberate themselves. This is the lesson that the Egyptian people are now learning. This will be the lesson that the American nation will have to learn this year as part of the overall liberation and enlightenment of mankind.

Let us not forget that the USA is still the citadel of the dark forces, from where they have effectively enslaved humanity for the last 60-70 years after the Second World War.

The other citadel of evil, the Soviet Union, has already crumbled and is now fully under the auspices of the Forces of Light, as any discerning observer can easily find out by analyzing the current political events and the tone of the mass media in these two countries.

Human entities are powerful creators. As soon as they make a conscious decision to return to the Source as responsible creators, it will be so.

The greatest surprise, any human being will experience after Ascension in the 5^th dimension, will be to find out that he is one of infinite other responsible creators, and that there is nothing else in All-That-Is but Creation.

Back to The Orion Zone

Back to The Global Banking System

25. The Orion Monetary System in the Historical Perspective

The collapse of the financial system and the current World Order, which did not evolve to the extent to become the New World Order as envisaged by the dark forces for the End Times, is an act of pure creation:

The creation of destruction, which Goethe’s Mephistopheles praises in “Faust”.

The crash has been prepared for many years by creating various local conditions of destructive interference on numerous levels of financial transactions.

The overall condition of destructive interference is the gargantuan inflation of the total amount of money in circulation, which reached a ratio of 100 to 1 at the end of 1999 with respect to the real material production as measured in GDP. This ratio was more than doubled in the last decade with the help of numerous virtual derivatives and other “financial weapons of mass destruction” that were invented by the American banksters with an unparalleled criminal creativity.

The chief mechanisms of fraudulent money creation are well known to the specialists and a growing number of awakening people and can only be summarized at this place.

Before the gold standard was abolished by Nixon in 1971, the main mechanism of money creation was the real inflation of retail prices.

The gold standard was abolished as a result of the speculations of the dark forces, in particular of the Rockefeller faction, which wanted to gain domination over their initial creators, the Rothschild faction.

They started to buy in the 60s all the available gold at the then fixed price of 35$ per ounce. After that they deposited the gold they had bought in various banks and received from them new loans at the same amount. By using this fraudulent practice, which later became famous as “fractional banking”, they acquired most of the gold at zero price.

The era of fiat currencies, of paper money, could now commence and allowed for even greater fraud. The world inflation began to accelerate exponentially, as money was no longer linked to real value. However, this time the inflation did not affect the retail prices that much, as it was the case before 1971 and until the late 70s due to the inertia of the economic system, but was manifested in the first place as an inflation of corporative prices.

The huge increase of all equity indices in the following years was a clear indicator of this trend. The price of gold jumped significantly during this period to reach a peak of more than 1500 $ per ounce at the End Times.

After gold was eliminated as means of exchange, the banksters were very quick to introduce the insidious “fractional banking” which helped them to buy out gold. In Europe, this practice is known as “giro money creation”.

As long as the gold standard existed, the banks were obliged to keep the same amount of gold in reserve as the money supply in circulation, because every individual person had the right to buy gold at the fixed price of 35 $ per ounce at any bank.

With the abolishment of the gold standard this obligation was eliminated overnight. From now on the banks decided without any discussion with the governments to introduce the fractional banking, which is a key aspect of the treacherous Orion Monetary system. Although finance is the blood system of any economy, the politicians did not intervene and sanctioned this fraud, because most of them were, and still are, pawns of the dark forces.

This subordination of the political elite to the financial one is a key element of the planned New World Order by the dark forces and can be seen as an invariant pattern in all faked Western democracies. They are faked because elections in these countries have always been manipulated by the financial Elite behind the curtain and the results are most of the time predetermined, as it was the case with all elected presidents of the USA after the Second World War.

Fractional banking works as a miraculous device that creates money out of thin air.

When a private investor deposits, say, 1000 $ in a bank, the bank borrows 90% of this sum to other banks and debtors and keeps only 10% of the private loan as a reserve. This was the initial ratio of fractional banking when this Ponzi scheme was first introduced by the American banksters after the gold standard was abolished.

The official rectification of this insidious practice was that the overall money supply and the rate of circulation will grow to such an extent that it will no longer be necessary to have reserves at the ratio of 1:1, as it was the case during the time when the gold standard was valid.

The money acceleration – the rate of transaction (circulation) of the total amount of money from one entity to another – was estimated to be in order of 6 to 8 times per year. Hence, the banksters decided to keep no more than 10% of the deposited money by private investors as reserve money. They applied this rule also to all kinds of transactions between banks.

The introduction of fractional banking allowed the banks to create money out of thin air in the order of 10 to 12 times.

This can be easily calculated by the so called “multiplier of fractional banking”. It is a numerical quotient, just as all relationships are according to the Theory of the Universal Law. Out of the 1000 $ deposited by a private client, the bank created now 10 0000 – 12 0000 $, which it could lend to other private persons or institutions.

The actual multiplier of fractional banking in the USA was estimated in the early 80s to be in the order of 12. In this case, the banks were actually holding only 8% of their assets as reserves in their depots.

As already said, the fraudulent practice of fractional banking is a central piece of the Orion monetary system that has led to the current world inflation.

The Powers That Be know that money is a substitute for energy, and energy can be multiplied under limited conditions, before the conditions of destructive interference come into power and all excess energy, respectively, excess money is destroyed. Within All-That-Is energy cannot be created or destroyed according to the law of conservation of energy.

But it can be multiplied (inflated) under limited local conditions, until the law of destruction comes into play.

Money inflation is physically achieved by expanding the space-dimension at the expense of the time/frequency dimension, as this is assessed in the theory of relativity.

According to the Universal Law E = E_Af, energy is proportional to time f, E ~ f and reciprocal to space E ~ 1/s, as f ~ 1/s.

When we set space equivalent to the amount of money in circulation as measured by the surface, 2d-space, of the printed paper money, we acquire a very precise measure of money inflation. In this case, money is a mirror-image of energy = space-time that expresses all the properties of the primary term in a perfect way.

This insight was possible only after the author discovered the Universal Law and applied it to finance. However, this knowledge has always been known to the Powers That Be, who have manipulated their Orion monetary system at their discretion as to enslave humanity.

Space-inflation of printed money is thus equivalent to money inflation. At the same time it is a dilution of energy, according to the Universal Law as shown above: E = 1/space.

For a short period of time, this property of space-time as manifested by money cannot be perceived by human beings because of their limited perception and the lack of knowledge of the Nature of Energy = Space-Time, which is a leitmotif of this essay.

They believe that money still has the same power, even when faked inflation statistics (see below) are taken into consideration.

However, there comes a point in time, when the inflation of printed money-surface (2d-space) becomes so huge that the condition of destructive interference comes into play and money inflation explodes virtually in the hands of the consumer. This happened in Germany during the Great Depression when people had to carry a basket full of paper money in order to buy one egg on the market. The American people are bound to make a similar experience this year.

The author merely furnishes the scientific, physical background of money inflation from the point of view of the new theory of the Universal Law, which explains financial matters much more easily than present-day economic theory. The latter has been made deliberately complicated by the Powers That be and their human proxies in the financial sector as to lull humanity and exploit it to the verge of financial and physical enslavement.

In an ideal, stable economy, the amount of money in circulation should not exceed the amount of industrial production and social services as measured by GDP. This follows from the law of conservation of energy. In reality, the amount of money in circulation worldwide was at the end of 1999 one hundred times greater than the industrial production as measured in the official statistics of GDP for the world economy.

This phenomenon is defined by the author as world inflation.

Under the gold standard the inflation was primarily an inflation of retail prices and salaries, and was accompanied with real industrial growth, as this is currently the case in China.

After the abolishment of the gold standard, world inflation accelerated dramatically, but it no longer was an inflation of retail prices. This gargantuan inflation was now created through debt or precisely out of thin air and lost its correlation with the actual material production, upon which any society depends in order to survive and prosper.

After the gold standard was abolished, the tertiary sector of the economy of the western industrialized countries grew steadily from modest 15% -20% before 1970 to 75% by the end of the second millennium, The biggest part of the current tertiary sector is, however, the bank sector, which is nothing else but the optical façade of the world money inflation.

In order to hide this fact, all national statistical offices on inflation in the Western world were instructed to only calculate the inflation of retail prices and even further limit themselves to the so called “core price inflation”, which excludes all commodities and services that are still subjected to huge inflation rates due to growing, wild speculations.

What mankind has experienced in the last three decades is an unprecedented decoupling of the actual commodity values from their prices. The prices for commodities became an object of unlimited, greedy speculations, which were totally decoupled from real demand and supply.

The steady growth of all commodities indices and house prices before the subprime mortgage crisis is a typical manifestation of this decoupling of prices from material values.

The buy-out of physical gold by the American banksters and the introduction of fractional banking were so successful that they decided to immediately implement it on a larger international scale.

They applied this fraudulent practice in the following years to various other areas of finance with a growing amount of money in circulation and a greater sophistication in hiding their true intentions. The financial products differed optically from each other, but the criminal intent and fraudulent pattern remained invariant.

The western population, and later on, that of the whole world was completely dumped down by these practices, which nobody could really discern and expose as criminal and deleterious to the people. This situation changed dramatically after the crash in 2008 when a new, clearer perception of these criminal practices of the banks began slowly to emerge among some farsighted journalists and financial experts.

The author remembers however the time before the current crisis, when he was a lonely voice of critical discernment in a desert of blind economic experts – be they Nobel Prize winners or paid journalists in the numerous financial channels, such as CNBC and Bloomberg that sprouted like mushrooms after rain as a medial cover-up of the worldwide financial fraud.

After the gold standard was abolished, the American banksters and some of their European allies went to the oil rich Arab countries and made a deal with the sheiks.

They offered them to unleash an oil crisis, so that the oil price per barrel would skyrocket. The sheiks gave their consent, as any greedy person would do so in a similar situation. At that time OPEC did not exist. The oil shock came promptly in 1972 and was repeated in 1975.

All crises, humanity has experienced so far, are arranged by the dark forces; they are not random events as the mass media, which also belong to the dark forces, claim. The current economic order of humanity is structured in such a way by the Orion Empire that the controllers of earth can easily unleash a global crisis, each time they consider it opportune to oppress humanity.

The major economic sectors, such as fraudulent inflationary finance, centralized, oligopolistic energy supply, ineffective motors of combustion used as vehicles and power engines, backward agriculture that is currently dominated by a handful of monopolistic corporations, producing genetic manipulated seeds and other bio-chemical fertilizers, and food suppliers are some of the tools, which the dark ones and their human minions employ to trigger a planned crisis and to offset the prosperity of mankind.

In addition, they manipulate the elected governments to employ destructive economic policies, as we shall show below, or to instigate perennial wars around the globe that hinder true economic growth on this planet. The whole pattern of modern industrialization of mankind is dominated by deliberate deficiencies inserted in the system by the clandestine Orion Controllers.

They create the condition of destructive interference on numerous levels of current capitalist economy that is inherently susceptible to systemic crises and collapses.

After the oil crises in 1972 and 1975, the sheiks became multi-billionaires over night at the expense of the world population which had to pay for the higher gasoline prices at the tank stations. This was the first huge wave of global impoverishment triggered by the dark ones after the Second World War in their heinous effort to establish the New World Order.

After this insidious act, the American banksters convinced the sheiks to invest their riches from the oil production in American banks by offering interest rates from 5 to 8%. At that time the practice of demanding or accepting interest rates was considered usury in the Arab world and was practically forbidden.

The sheiks were very happy to give their money to the American banksters, who promised them to multiply it within a short period of time.

Being naïve nomads a generation ago, they did not perceive that they have been chosen to become victims of a huge Ponzi scheme, just as the investors of Bernie Medoff did not suspect anything for many years, until he suddenly went bankrupt two years ago and the scam was exposed. Some of the brightest American brains happened to be his victims.

The scheme which the American financial Elite employed to expropriate the Arab sheiks was, however, much more brutal than that of Bernie Madoff, because they knew that they will never go to prison. They did it the following way.

The oil money of the sheiks was given as loans through the World Bank to Third World countries. However, these loans were now multiplied by fractional banking. If the sheiks invested in total about 500 billion $ between 1972 and 1980 in American banks, the third world countries received loans during this time in the order of 5 000 billions.

It was obvious from the very beginning that these countries could never pay back these huge loans. This was not the intent of the American banksters.

The Third World countries were forced instead to mortgage the loans with their natural resources in case of default. In this way, the insidious dark ones gained physical control over the world resources. As a result, the American faction of the Rockefellers became much more powerful than its European counterpart, from which it originally had emerged.

In order not to be able to pay their loans back, the dark forces and their secret services took care that the Third World countries were embroiled in civil and other disastrous wars or were even directly attacked by the USA government, which has always served the interests of these dark ones.

When the third world countries began to default one after the other, and it became evident that they cannot pay back their loans, the American banksters went to the sheiks and opened them that they have lost all their investments.

This scenario may sound quite familiar to the reader.

It was only two years ago, when the Wall Street banks went bust. Immediately after that they blackmailed the American government to bail them out or else they will ruin the economy.

As any true mafia boss, they always use the same argument:

“Either you do what I tell you, or else…”

Washington has voted since then two huge bailouts, plus two additional bailouts by the Fed, titled in euphemistic financial slang as “Quantitative Easing“, such as QE1, QE2… QE3. Of course all these measures were done at the expense of the tax payers.

The state budget deficit of the USA skyrocketed since then. The financial crisis impoverished the middle class of America and virtually ruined the already poor people that comprise one third of the American population. Only the few rich became richer. This is the current disastrous situation in this country. Now back to our sheiks.

When the sheiks got it that they were ruined somewhere in the 80s, they were scared to death and were ready to do anything, the American banksters would suggest them to recuperate their riches.

It was not that the sheiks put the blame on their bankers, as these dark ones had water-proved alibi:

“We cannot do anything for your losses. It is the world order to be blamed for. We have no influence on politics of Third World countries. This is up to the big powers. We are not politicians, we are simple bankers.”

They then suggested that the situation could be rectified, if the sheiks would continue investing in American banks and in the industry.

In return they would receive modern weapons to protect themselves from rogue states that menace the precarious balance of their puppet regimes. The American dark ones pointed at Iran, who had recently ousted the Shah and had become extremely hostile to the USA and the neighboring Arab states. The sheiks had no other option, but to follow the advice of their robbers and to give them once again their money as to save their lifestyle of leisure.

In the meantime the American banksters decided to invent some new fraudulent practices in order to create new monies after they have wiped out the savings of the sheiks. The era of derivatives and other exotic “financial weapons of mass destruction” commenced.

However, it was not until the late 90s that this insidious financial practice could really explode.

In the meantime the dark ones in the USA developed a second scenario in order to keep the sheiks hostages to their atrocious plans, as the latter began to feel tangibly uncomfortable with the machinations of their rogue bankers, which they now began slowly to discern.

Bush senior, the chief representative of the American dark ones, decided to instigate the first Iraq war.

For this purpose, the Americans suggested to their proxy and CIA-agent Saddam Hussein to attack Kuwait, only to beat him afterwards in a spectacular manner in a phony war that was officially designed in the mass media as a just cause to save the helpless sheiks.

Some of the alleged atrocities of the Iraqi soldiers in Kuwait were filmed in Hollywood as it was revealed sometimes later by investigative journalists.

In this way, the dark ones in stripes and stars showed the sheiks in an unmistakable manner how precarious their situation was and needed few arguments to convince them that they can only survive under the military umbrella of the USA. After the first Iraq war in 1991, the sheiks gave up their sovereign rights willy-nilly to the new world power that has emerged after the end of the Cold War.

It is important to observe that this criminal war was only possible, because the Soviet Union had already collapsed and did not pose any nuclear threat to the USA at that time.

After the dark American ones practically swallowed the oil rich Arab countries of the sheiks, they became even more avaricious.

The second Iraq war and the Afghanistan war should be interpreted in the light of these facts. Afghanistan was of strategic importance because a pipeline was built there by American firms to transport oil from the former Soviet republics in Central Asia.

Iraq was known to have huge oil reserves, and his dictator was a CIA agent who could be easily manipulated.

What the arrogant American dark ones did not properly calculated, was the severe opposition of the Iraqi and Afghan people against their invasion. This is paradigmatic for the tactic of all dark ones. They have been accustomed for so long time to control this planet and mankind in an unrestricted manner, that they cannot imagine a situation where the balance of power can be reversed.

The current revolutions in the Arab World are the logical consequence of this nefarious economic scam of the American banksters that was further aggravated by the criminal policies of the installed puppet regimes in the Middle East at the expense of the oppressed and impoverished Arab people.

Entities that live in total separation from the Source are not used to cope with a completely new situation, for instance, in one where the Powers of Light have the sway. They have been used to live in darkness for eons of time and to put the shackles on humanity in a clandestine manner without encountering any fierce opposition whatsoever.

While all their odious plans have crumbled in the last several years, the dark ones are now becoming increasingly helpless.

Since the beginning of this year they have virtually lost all their power to effectively manipulate mankind. After their total surrender, most probably around spring equinox of 2011, the events leading to Ascension will accelerate in a dramatic manner in the course of this year.

This quick excursion in the recent economic past of mankind had the purpose to refresh the historical memory of the reader and to serve him as a roadmap to navigate through all human crimes and atrocities that have been committed by the dark forces in the last several decades prior to Ascension, as many of these facts will be revealed in the course of this year.

The truth about mankind and its controllers will enable the people to make a clear choice – either to go to heaven or have more of the same hell on planet B that will remain under the total control of the current Powers That Be.

The broad introduction of numerous derivatives and other virtual financial products in the 90s opened the door for unlimited fraud on a worldwide scale.

This practice was facilitated by the emerging globalization of the world economy after the collapse of the Communist system in 1990 -1992. As a consequence, the world inflation began to grow exponentially. This could be observed in the unprecedented surge of all equity markets during the last decade of the second millennium.

Dow Jones Index rose for instance from about 2,500 points in 1990 to almost 11,000 points by the end of the second millennium.

But the new level of global financial fraud tilted the world economy towards a greater imbalance between world inflation and material production. The conditions of destructive interference on all levels of economic transactions became more pronounced each year, as this could be measured by the growing exorbitance of banksters’ bonuses.

The frequency of financial crises that swept the global economy exceeded any previous experience so far. Between 1997 and 2007 the world economy suffered two major recessions, the Asian crisis of 1997-1998, including the hedge funds crisis, and the crisis of 2001-2003 that were followed by the greatest depression since the Great Depression, which began in 2007 and is still going on. In the short periods of treacherous recovery between the crises, the foundations for the next crisis were laid with an exponentially growing criminal energy, as it was the case between 2004 and 2006 when the subprime mortgage crisis was deliberately instigated.

This last crisis will end up with a total crash this year that will eliminate all financial structures of the Orion monetary system and will lead to a collapse of the capitalist economic order as it has been known for the last 200 years.

The amount of virtual derivatives exceeds currently many times the actual value of industrial production worldwide.

These derivatives are fraudulent methods of creating monies out of debt or thin air. They have forged the world inflation to an even greater extent than the fractional banking. The latter was renamed at the same time in financial slang to “excessive leverage” of debt and toxic loans in the order of 30-40 times, as officially announced at the begin of the current depression.

This means that the banks have practically no reserves at present to cover their losses.

In addition to the veritable explosion of virtual derivatives without any real value, the excessive leverage of the banks contributed decisively to their actual insolvency since October 2008. The total amount of toxic loans of the biggest American banks is estimated to be between 2.5 and 5 trillion $. This sum is, however, peanuts in comparison to the amount of virtual collateral default obligations (CDO) that these banks created in a criminal fervor during the last decade.

At the height of the current depression, the amount of CDO was estimated to be in the order of 600 – 650 trillion $, which is 40 times greater than the actual industrial production of the world economy measured as a fraction of GDP (one third of world GDP of about 45 trillion $). These virtual securitization products were mainly created by American banks.

The ten biggest American banks have issued and possess about 90% of all derivatives worldwide.

JP Morgan alone has CDO of 95 trillion $ in total. This sum is one thousand times bigger than the capitalization of this bank on the New Yorker stock exchange.

At the same time this bank holds the majority of all shorts in the silver market. The current campaign “Crash JP Morgan, buy silver”, initiated by the critical journalist on financial affairs Max Keiser (Russian Television), may eventually lead to the bankruptcy of this financial citadel of the American dark ones. This event will undoubtedly unleash the crash of the worldwide financial system.

This is one possible scenario, how the financial collapse may start this year. But there are many other probabilities that will soon superimpose to create the ideal condition of destructive interference in the banking sector and will trigger this event. Here we have the same situation as in the famous saying that “all roads lead to Rome”, especially at the time of its decay.

All CDO, silver, and other shorts, and all outstanding assets and loans that the big banks harbor as “toxic loans” have been taken out of their official balance sheets since 2008 with the explicit permission of the US- and other western governments. Otherwise they should have declared bankruptcy three years ago.

After the American and international banksters discovered the advantages of creating virtual financial products out of thin air, they have now invented the “creative accounting”, which is yet another euphemism for impertinent fraud.

In their overt criminal activities they are actively supported by the central bank Fed, which is in the private hands of these banks. The Fed has fictively bought many toxic debts from these banks since 2008, but has kept their volume secret to the public.

Trustworthy financial experts are convinced that the Fed is already insolvent, notwithstanding the fact that it can create billions of dollars with a click on the computer, as its chairman, the famous “helicopter-Ben”, proudly announced in front of the US-senate.

This financial situation is further aggravated by the fact that all major buyers of US-debt, such as China, Japan, Russia, and other countries have stopped buying US-treasures and have decided to substitute the dollar as world exchange currency with a basket of their own currencies.

While the financial banking system is de facto insolvent since 2008 and can only exist on life-supporting measures at the expense of the tax payers, the banks have continued with their scam by paying their employees huge bonuses and salaries ($500,000) in average for all Wall Street banksters in 2010), which are ten times bigger than the average salaries of qualified engineers in the American industry.

At the same time, the debt of the American nation has skyrocketed. When all outstanding debt positions of the federal government, the local governments, the health care system, the rental system, the private debt of the citizens etc. are considered, the total debt, as calculated by the experts, has reached the scary amount of 200 trillion, which is 13 times bigger than the GDP of this financially ruined country.

This sum is still only one third of the total amount of virtual derivatives, which the American banks possess or have put in circulation around the globe. A large portion of it is owned by foreign countries and investors. After the USA has crashed this year, they will have to write down their US-investments and will also declare bankruptcy.

This mixture of negative trends will create a perfect storm in the financial system this year. All parameters point to the bottom – the bottom being the total destruction of the Orion monetary system worldwide.

This will be the most creative and liberating act in the history of humanity.

From this succinct economic overview one can easily conclude that the conditions of destructive interference in the financial sector have long reached the tipping point, where a deadly tsunami can be unleashed any time soon to wipe out all the assets of the banks and other corporations, including the savings of the people.

The intent of the dark forces was to trigger this event at their discretion in order to impoverish the world population with a single stroke and thus introduce the New World Order.

This was counterfeited by the Forces of Light on numerous occasions. They deliberately postponed the worldwide financial crash for this year, when the dark forces will be fully handicapped by the new high frequency energies on earth and will have no longer the power to promote their insidious plans. The Antichrist, the Beast, must finally surrender.

The advantage of postponing the financial crash for this year has several tactical and strategic advantages from the vantage point of view of awakening mankind and the Forces of Light, which are the true keepers of the legitimate aspirations of all human incarnated entities:

The crash will take place within a very short period of time and will wipe out the power of the dark forces in the financial sector, which has always been their stronghold. This event will be so sweeping that the expropriated financial Elite will not be able to exert any opposition or to undermine the subsequent reforms, as they have always done in the past.

The postponing of the crash at a later date will shorten the period of tribulations during the End Times. The hardship of humanity will be thus shortened in the time dimension. The lack of any opposition on the part of the dark forces will allow for the immediate implementation of simple, just systems of food and commodities exchange as to meet the needs of the population after the crash. In many places simple barter systems will be implemented that will be directly controlled by the people. No misuse or corruption by some greedy entities will be allowed during the End Times.

The time point of the financial crash will coincide with the time of revelations, when all criminal acts of the dark ones will be exposed in the mass media.

This strategy has, however, some disadvantages.

The time of revelations and spiritual evolution is much shorter than previously envisaged by the Forces of Light. The dramatics and the intensity of the upcoming events will, on the other hand, create a favorable situation, where the rug will be very effectively pulled away from under the feet of the political, financial, and economic Elite, so that they will no longer have the possibility to meddle in the shaping of the new destiny of mankind.

The full power will be given to the people.

They will be guided by some ascended masters and enlightened light workers, who will work in close cooperation with the Forces of Light. The latter will show themselves this year, after they have postponed their “first contact” with humanity for the last three years.

The reason for this delay was that the dark forces were deeply entrenched in human society and had no intent to give up their power without creating mayhem on earth and eradicating many human beings.

This danger has now been effectively averted and the probability of first contact has become a certainty. The build-up of favorable energies of Christ consciousness has exponentially grown since the opening of the stargate on 10.10.10 and will most probably erupt around Equinox this year, when the last wave of Christ consciousness will be released.

Parallel to this phenomenon, there are myriads of other energetic events and processes that build the conditions of constructive interference for earth and humanity to merge with the high frequency energies of the 5^th dimension in preparation for the final Ascension.

The total financial crash of the Orion monetary system and the collapse of the current capitalist order will inevitably undermine the foundations of the western type of national state, which is based on three pillars:

the fiscal system, the rental system, and the health care system.

The fiscal system, with all its ramifications, comprises about 45-55% of the national GDP of the western, industrialized countries.

The health care system makes for 16-19% of the GDP of each country and the rental system is in the same order as the health care system. All three systems will go bust immediately after the financial crash. This will lead to the abolishment of the national state in its current pecuniary form.

The national state has been the chief cause of separation of incarnated human entities on earth. It has been the primary reason for all wars that have chronically devastated humanity and have hampered its progress. Just as the Orion monetary system, the national state was deliberately introduced by the Powers That Be/the Anunnaki to keep the incarnated entities in total subordination and in a state of permanent calamities.

For this reason they, the Anunnaki (the Orion Reptilians), introduced long time ago many different languages and created deliberately the famous “Babylonian confusion of languages” (in German “Babylonische Sprachverwirrung”) among human beings.

The current national states have historically evolved around such language populations, which were, by and large, divided by linguistic barriers from their neighbors. Where national states included minorities based on different languages, this linguistic division has always led to perennial wars and national catastrophes.

The history of the Balkan states is paradigmatic for this trend.

These nationalistic frictions were shamelessly exploited by the big powers to promote their egoistic imperial goals throughout the globe. This was the actual fall from grace of humanity for many thousand years. The End Times will finally terminate this vicious circle of incessant wars and destructions.

This is part of the overall divine plan for Ascension of mankind in the End Times. As the current civilization is a product of all wrong human ideas of separation from All-That-Is, all its structures are also highly unstable and must be abolished during the End Times. This destruction will be accomplished in the course of this year. The next year will be fully dedicated to the preparation of mankind for Ascension and will represent an anti-climax to the destructive events that will take place this year.

There is virtually not a single social structure in current society that is not biased by the wrong idea of separation. Such systems will no longer exist in the 5^th dimension after Ascension. Therefore, they must be eliminated in the course of this year, so that the people can begin to adopt themselves to the new conditions, which they will experience after Ascension.

The lesser the distractions from the outer world are, the higher the level of introspection and spiritual evolution of the incarnated entities.

Human beings will never be able to discern all the pitfalls and fallacies of the Orion monetary system that forges their basic survival fears, unless they become free of it in their daily activities and begin to live in a state of true spiritual abundance. True abundance is always spiritual. All-That-Is is Spirit – it is “Weltgeist” (Plotinus), and not the Zeitgeist of Mammon.

The financial crash will most probably take place after spring equinox and will dominate the world events during the whole summer.

The world financial order will be wrapped up around 11.11.11 (November 11, 2011) when the last but one stargate will be opened. This date will herald the final stage of preparation for Ascension. There is very little time left.

As time/frequency ‘f’ will accelerate exponentially in the coming months, its reciprocal value – conventional time ‘t’ – will be significantly shortened, so that the future events, we are talking about, will seem to occur in a highly accelerated modus.

Back to The Orion Zone

Back to The Global Banking System

26. The Theory of Macroeconomics Promotes the Orion Monetary System

It is not the objective of the author to present an academic discussion on the macro- and micro-economic factors that will trigger the upcoming financial collapse.

This effort has been accomplished many years ago, when he integrated the major economic teachings of modern times, such as Keynes theory on anti-cyclic fiscal regulation and monetarism (initially Austrian school of economics), on the basis of the new theory of the Universal Law in a simple axiomatic, straight forward manner that can also be understood by non-specialists.

A summary of his lectures can be found in Internet in German language.

In this discussion he will furnish the proof that all economic theories that have been elaborated in the last 150-200 years, since modern capitalism has begun, have led to the development of world inflation, which undermines the stability of any sound economic activity and promotes the idea of the Powers That Be to establish the New World Order.

Both theories were created in the two countries, from where the major factions of the dark forces on earth operate – the Rothschilds in the UK and the Rockefellers in the USA. They are, however, proxies, human slaves of the Powers That Be, of the Unholy Six from the Orion Empire.

Throughout history, these families, which mainly constitute of reptilian shapeshifters, have amassed huge powers that they have misused on virtually every occasion. The history of their crimes should be the topic of many books and revelations.

At this place, it is important to observe that they have been the promoters of the two basic macro-theories that dominate current economics and political decisions – the theory of Keynes of anti-cyclic intervention of national governments during recession and the theory of monetarism of Milton Freedman and the Chicago school that promotes the idea of an independent central bank which should exclusively regulate the economy with the help of variable interest rates.

The political version of monetarism is also known as neo-liberalism.

After the negative experience during the Great Depression, when the banks restricted their lending activities and aggravated the crisis by creating “tight money”, Keynes suggested that the government should take the lead in economic crises, which are regularly occurring in a capitalist type of economy.

He suggested that in times of recession it is appropriate for the national government to make debts and increase money supply as to stimulate industrial production and consumption. When the economy begins to grow, the state will pay back its debt with the higher revenues which it will collect during the years of growth.

This is the core of Keynes’ anti-cyclic approach of navigating the national economy through fiscal stimuli along the bumpy capitalist road of bubbles and busts, of booms, dooms and glooms.

This advice was however carried out much further than Keynes’ recommendation. The Keynes theory was misused by all western governments, who created new fiscal debt also in periods of economic growth. The current catastrophic fiscal situation in the UK and the USA is the result of this unrestricted and uncritical implementation of Keynes antic-cyclic theory of governmental intervention during recession also in times of economic prosperity.

This theory was very popular in the post-war time and was excessively applied by all western governments. As a result of this uncritical implementation the inflation rates in the 60s and 70s were double-digit in most industrialized countries.

The difficulties of the governments to contain inflation triggered the counter-movement of monetarism, which was a continuation of the main ideas of Austrian school of economics as further propagated by London School of Economics, which is totally under the hidden influence of the Rothschild family. The American branch of this economic teaching was the Chicago school of monetarism which was sponsored by the Rockefeller faction.

It is not a coincidence that the current President comes from this city. Their chief argument was that the state and the government should not intervene in the regulation of the national economy by creating fiscal debt, but should leave it to the regulatory powers of free capitalism.

The era of neo-liberalism was born.

For this purpose the monetarists suggested that an independent central bank should acquire the exclusive right to adjust money supply in times of recession and growth by using variable interest rates. In this way the central bank will be able to create “cheap” or “tight money” and thus regulate money supply.

In a recession, the central bank would lower interest rates and cheap money would be created. Cheap money would increase money supply, as companies would be inclined to borrow more money for investments, and this would stimulate the economy. In times of growth, the interest rates of the central bank would be raised.

Tight money would automatically restrict money supply and the economic growth would not lead to inflation and financial bubbles due to overheating the economy. This was precisely what happened when Keynes’ anti-cyclic fiscal intervention was implemented by the governments in times of economic growth.

Both theories were originally designed to promote the hidden agenda of the dark forces and were thus intended to achieve the opposite effect, of what they theoretically preached. The academic make-up of these theories has practically lulled all prominent economists up to the present day with respect to their true function.

The Theory of Keynes was a blank check for the western governments to create new fiscal debt at the expense of tax payers and thus impoverish them. The taxes reached in the 60s and 70s fifty and more per cent of the income of the working population in the western countries, whereas the corporations were exempted from most taxes.

The Orion monetary system is in the first place an economic system of big corporations, which are ruled through hierarchic structure and can be easily controlled by the Powers That Be from the top. For instance, they can substitute any CEO or manager with a docile clone created through genetic engineering or through a shape-shifter of the Reptilian-type, who will promote their hidden agenda from the top without any checks and balances.

Although the governments are constituted by elected representatives, they in reality also carry out the hidden agenda of the dark ones, however, to a lesser extent. The percentage of clones among politicians is somewhat lower than that of CEO, because politicians operate in the limelight of mass media and such substitutions through clones may not always fulfill the requirements of a proper camouflage that cannot be discerned by the masses.

It is, nonetheless, important to reiterate that the true governments of all western democracies are the hidden governments of the dark ones, such as the Trilateral Commission and the Council of Foreign Affairs in the USA, or the Bilderbergers in Europe, who pull the strings behind the scene and not the officially elected ones.

They are the ones who make the final decisions with respect to fiscal or any other national policy.

The financial and social policy of the current puppet of a black president in the White House (observe the symbolism of “Black and White” for the current duality of human experience) is paradigmatic for the kind of hidden political agenda that only serves the interests of the financial Elite, where most of the dark ones are to be found:

A Dark president for the Dark Ones – what an irony!

“‘Yes, we can’ deceive you anytime!” was their last arrogant cry and a deliberate slap in the face of the ignorant American electorate.

This explains why the theory of Keynes was used as alibi by the hidden governments to indebt all national states even at a time of growth and to transfer this debt onto the tax payers, either through voting higher taxes or austerity programs.

In this manner the people could easily be impoverished in a clandestine manner by putting the blame onto the ruling parties, which of course could be substituted in the next elections. With the help of this political charade, the hidden governments prepared the people of the western nations for their role as future slaves of the New World Order.

To achieve this goal, they made them first fiscal slaves of the national state. In a second step, the dark ones intended to eliminate the national states by triggering a worldwide financial and economic collapse which would lead to a default of the western states. This goal was almost achieved in 2008, but it was then mitigated by the hidden intervention of the Forces of Light.

To this end the dark ones employed the theory of monetarism in a second step to cover up their true intentions. This theory rendered the central banks an unlimited financial and political power that is not sanctioned by any independent authority such as the legislative. The gate for all kinds of fraudulent practices at the highest international level was widely opened.

Off-shores companies were founded en masse that operated outside any national laws, where all the monies of the people could be illegally transferred.

Political efforts, being made to control money flaws, were condemned as obstructions to free capitalist economy by the Powers That Be and their minions in the media and had no chance to become national laws. Three years after the crash in 2008 and numerous international meetings of G8 and G20, accompanied by loud announcements to finally control the worldwide money speculations of the financial dark ones, nothing has been practically done to stop their global fraud.

Basel III, the new bank accounting system, was for instance wrapped up and postponed for the time after Ascension. Please observe that all important reforms, which the elected governments announced loudly in the last several years as to cope with the current financial and economic crisis, were scheduled after 2012 in the full knowledge of the upcoming Ascension.

Only the stupid public and the journalists are not aware of this “time-dependent” fraud.

The Fed, being the chief instrument of the American financial Elite, committed every possible crime to make its proprietors, the Wall Street banks, richer at the expense of the American people.

“Enrichez vous!” was the cry of the dark financial ones during the last two decades that reverberated around the globe.

When the financial collapse came in 2008, the strings of the elected puppet governments in the Western World could no longer be hidden to the public, after they announced one huge bailout after the other on behalf of the big banks – be they American or European banks, even at a time when the default of many national states became an imminent danger.

The draconian (please observe the semantic identity of the word “draconian” with the economic policy of the Orion Reptilians from the Draco constellation) austerity programs in England, Greece, Ireland, Spain, Portugal, and many other western countries announced in 2010 will, however, not save them from falling into the abyss of their gargantuan fiscal debt.

But these Draconian (Reptilian) austerity programs have already ignited the revolutionary mood of the stricken people in these countries, who have begun to discern more clearly the clandestine methods of their masters to first impoverish them and then enslave them under the banner of the New World Order. This revolutionary mood will explode this year to a true revolution of the masses.

It has always been the plan of the dark ones to eliminate the national states by defaulting them and delegating their sovereign rights to a new international institution, for instance, to the United Nations that has been planned to execute the power of the New World Order at the beginning.

The United Nations have always been firmly in the hands of the dark ones, who control them through their New York banks nearby, whose policy has always been to bribe and corrupt most of the representatives of this international institution.

This scenario has already been tested on a smaller scale in the creation of the European Union.

The latter received recently a constitution that was bargained by its bribed politicians behind closed doors and has not been approved by the electorate in a free vote. This constitution and the executive EU-institutions that are appointed by the hidden governments of these countries have already water-downed many sovereign rights of the people of the EU-nations, who are not even aware of their losses of basic rights.

The New World Order was supposed to come in a similar way, like a “thief in the night” and catch the masses by surprise.

In this context, it is important to observe that the creation of EU was part of the Rothschild plan to establish the New World Order and was promoted by the Bilderberger group, which was hastily summoned after the Second World War. This clandestine organization has its hands in virtually all important political decisions in Western Europe and in many other places around the world.

All heads of important European states need the initial confirmation of the Bilderberger group, before they can be nominated for elections.

This information was given to explain how the western governments were used by the dark forces to forge the financial collapse of their countries by implementing Keynes theory of anti-cyclic intervention in an excessive manner.

This theory was never intended to establish stable economic growth for the benefit of the masses, as its author might have believed, but to promote the hidden agenda of the Powers That Be. This is the insidious economic policy of the Orion Empire, which it has successfully implemented on many planets in this galaxy in order to subjugate their incarnated populations. These reptilians have huge experience in this.

The application of the theory of monetarism was not less hideous. First and foremost, the Chicago boys, the spiritual fathers of this theory, forgot to tell the public that the central bank, which they wanted to give an unlimited economic power in their theory, was not the central bank of the American people, but the private bank Fed, which is possessed by the banks of the dark ones on Wall Street.

Equally important was the fact that the hidden governments and the financial Elite did not intend to use the variable interest rates of the central bank to promote true economic growth, but to solidify the position of the financial sector in the overall economy by creating monopolistic international bank corporations.

Ultimately, this led to the precarious situation of “too big to fail”, with which the dark ones blackmailed the elected governments of the western countries.

This Damocles sward is still hanging over the heads of the elected governments and will definitely fall this year to unleash the final crash of the Orion monetary system.

In order to strengthen the position of the financial Elite, Greenspan and his successor Bernanke lowered the interest rates for long periods of time in order to create speculative bubbles, from which the banks profited by creating fraudulent financial products and selling them to the rest of the world. Even when the Fed raised interest rates, as it was the case in the early 80s, the banks were the only institutions that profited from these high interest rates, while the population was further impoverished.

Currently the American banks borrow money from the Fed at zero interest rates and buy bonds at 3-4%. The difference is paid by the American people as docile tax payers. This is the greatest scam, any country could possibly create, and it takes place in front of the very eyes of all American citizens, who should have revolted long time ago against this obvious crime.

Therefore, it is not an exaggeration to say that the inventor-nation of all fraudulent financial products of the 20^th century has, at the same time, dumped down its citizens to an even greater extent than the communist dictatorships did with their peoples during the Cold War.

The major difference is that the peoples in Eastern Europe never trusted their red dictators, while the majority of the American people still believe that they live in the most democratic and advanced country in the world. Their blindness and sheepishness exceed anything mankind has experienced so far.

The American people, the citizens of the new Roman Empire of Modern times, have been degraded to spiritual pariah by their dark ones.

What a shame!

It is a leitmotif of this essay that the Powers That Be have falsified any intellectual or social effort of mankind in the past to achieve true progress. The most insidious falsifications have been made in the realm of theoretical science, as the author has extensively shown in this discussion. This is particularly true for the theory of economics, which is much broadly represented at universities and high schools than all natural sciences put together.

Let us not forget that millions of young people attend universities and high schools and indebt themselves for their whole life by paying huge fees, only to study faked economic theories, the only purpose of which is to deepen the state of enslavement of mankind. The present-day situation on earth prior to Ascension is, indeed, disgusting, and it is most disgusting in the USA – the citadel of the dark forces on this planet. Therefore, the financial and economic collapse will begin this year in this country and will eliminate it as a world power once and for all.

In the 5^th dimension, there will be no countries and no nations. Humanity will perceive its true nature as a galactic civilization of multidimensional beings. Communication will be through telepathy, and money will only exist in the imagination of some entities, who will still stick to their out-dated pecuniary 3d-beliefs.

These hilarious circumstances should be experienced on earth in advance under the energetic limitations of 3d-reality during the End Times.

Therefore, it is not a punishment, but a privilege to be unemployed at this time and to not contribute to the prolongation of the Orion economic system. It is no coincidence that the rate of unemployment has doubled in the Western world during the current depression and will skyrocket this year.

This will be in anticipation of the conditions of life in the 5^th dimension, where there will be no necessity to work in order to survive, as all entities are immortal powerful creators of their destiny.

The Orion Empire on the other hand has degraded humanity to working mass force. It is therefore not a privilege to work for the Orion Empire and their human proxies – employment, as it is exerted on earth today, is not a basic human right, but the most insidious form of human enslavement.

Economic education of the ascended population will begin immediately after Ascension in small groups that will be taught by highly evolved entities. One can imagine how some of the current politicians such as Obama will awaken in the 5^th dimension and find themselves to be students in such educational courses.

In their confusion they may begin to ask:

“Where is America? Where is Europe, and what happened with the White House?”

The truth will be that all these political constructions and centers of power will no longer exist in the 5^th dimension.

The ascended entities will find themselves under the loving supervision of highly evolved beings such as the author of this essay and will experience for the first time in their life what true abundance free of fear and effort really means.

But this is another story.

Back to The Orion Zone

Back to The Global Banking System

Final Remarks

This essay has been written in hurry between January 15 and February 15, 2011.

I had the urgent feeling that I have little time left, and that my individual Ascension is imminent. The intensity and frequency of my body vibrations have exceeded any normal human experience and make my daily life in the density of this toxic planet a real torture. This has nothing to do with nice esoteric palaver but with certain energetic realities, about which most light workers have virtually no idea, as they have not experienced them yet.

The messages they channel are also silent on this issue.

This may change for some of them in the coming months when the intensity of the cosmic waves that flood earth will exponentially increase and the Great Cleansing prior to Ascension will commence. It will not be a nice experience for most human entities, as they harbor much negativity from their past and present incarnations that has to be deleted from their energetic fields.

Ascension is the final accord of a long era of darkness on this planet. As there will be no place for any aspect of darkness in the 5^th dimension, these negativities must be eliminated from the energetic fields of all human beings that have made up their mind to ascend in a very short period of time.

The intensity of this release of negative emotions and beliefs that have determined life on earth for eons of time from the individual and collective aura of humanity will be unprecedented in the history of this rather toxic planet.

Very little of my personal experience with the light body process in its final stage has been revealed in this essay, as it will not be relevant to most people during these End Times.

This situation will radically change after Ascension. The incompatibility of my high frequency body fields with the low frequency, high density vibrations of earth and humanity cannot be expressed in words, as language fails as a medium at this high energetic level.

Human language has always been a trap for true transcendence. Therefore, it is not a coincidence that many channels have begun in February to make all light workers aware of their potential ability to communicate through telepathy. This direct means of communication eliminates the shortcomings of human language.

Much will change in the coming months.

I must admit that I have some difficulties to envisage how mankind will digest all the revelations it needs to acquire, before it has a clear idea as to how and when modern human beings have been created, why science and religions have totally failed to give true information on this issue, who has ruled on this planet for eons of times, why humans have always been slaves of dark forces, the existence of which they still negate, and why there must be a “separation of the wheat from the chaff” in the Time of Ascension.

Without this knowledge there can be no Ascension.

When two brothers live together in a family and the one is evil and brutal, and the other one loving and compassionate, this situation may last for some time.

The loving brother may succumb to the bad deeds of his evil brother and try to develop an understanding and tolerance for his behavior. However, on the long run the loving brother will lose his spiritual propensity to evolve, because he will be occupied all the time in neutralizing the negative actions of his evil brother.

The only solution in such a situation is to separate the two brothers.

The evil one will have to live alone and will be confronted with his personal negativity, which he did not realize as long as he could transfer it to his loving brother, who endured it with patience. During this time he has sincerely believed that this is how the world has always been arranged – of evil doers and sheepish victims and that the evil ones have all the rights to behave according to their heinous nature.

Staying alone with his own evil nature, the bad brother will slowly begin to perceive that in order to avoid the destructive results of his negativity he will have to begin to behave like his brother, whom he will be for the first time dearly missing.

The loving brother will go to a new home, where he will meet other loving brothers and sisters that have also fled from their evil brothers and sisters. They will remember together what it was like to live among such evil entities and will enjoy from the bottom of their hearts the community of other loving entities. They will never look back in anger.

This is precisely what will happen when the two earths will finally split at the end of 2012. The energetic divorce of the two timelines has already begun and will accelerate in the course of this year.

After the last, but one, stargate 11.11.11 will be opened in November this year the split of these two future energetic probabilities will become evident to most human entities.

The energetic, emotional, and spiritual implications and consequences of this rapture will be broadly discussed by the world community. Most of the discussion will evolve around the themes outlined in the present essay. Few of these topics are currently elaborated by the light workers’ community. It lacks pronounced intellectual leaders, who could be the pacemakers of their rapid spiritual evolution.

The situation with the rest of humanity is even more disheartening.

There is a remarkable defiance among most incarnated human entities on this planet against any novel intellectual challenge that escapes any logical, rational explanation. I have experimented with this human intransigence throughout my lifetime on numerous occasions and under various circumstances.

I have modulated the threshold of intellectual stimulation in my interlocutions with the people in an infinite way as to find out the adequate pedagogical approach that opens human mind to new insights without scaring it, and I must admit that I have given up on this issue. The experiment has totally failed. The threshold of fear is very low on this planet.

Although I have dedicated myself to the highest standards of intellectual expression throughout my whole life, I have given up a long time ago on any effort to transfuse this spiritual ideal to other entities. I have restricted my educational and pedagogical activity to being a personal example, by making no visible concessions to the stupidity, ignorance, and intransigence of my social environment, even at the expense of limiting my social contacts and having a life of a hermit.

It is not possible on this planet to be nice to other people, unless you neglect your own legitimate emotional and intellectual aspirations. The current popular concept of “political correctness” that is forged by the dark forces is a very effective method of dumping down all powerful personalities on earth by obliging them to comply with the broad negative aspects of the dominating majority of agnostic young souls, which still serve the goals of the dark ones in a docile manner.

On the other hand, one should not awake somebody from his somnambulism, because he may kill him in an act of rage.

Political correctness is the dictatorship of young, spiritually underdeveloped souls over the excellence of old, highly evolved souls.

Let us, therefore, wrap up our discussion with one final statement:

Every incarnated soul on earth has only one duty – to express her unlimited spiritual potential to the best of her divine powers against all social resistance, prejudices, and suppression that she may encounter throughout her incarnation, but without challenging or limiting the prospects of evolution of other entities even when this evolution may take for a long period of time the road of perdition, leading to a greater separation from All-That-Is, as this will be the case with the incarnated human beings staying on planet B.

Every incarnated entity is, first and foremost, the Supreme Creator of his own destiny.

This attitude will become prevalent in the coming months when the people will realize that they are unlimited creators of their reality and that no society or plane of existence can limit the scope of their individual spiritual aspirations.

Links; Matilda-macelroy.com

Eu-China. https://matilda-macelroy.com/wp63/blog/2024/11/29/eu-china/

Legalized-theft-monetizing-nature-all-for-the-greater-good.